Table of Contents Title PageCopyright PageDedicationPREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITIONABBREVIATIONSIntroductionPREFACEMysteriorum Liber Primus

Anno 1581 Decembris 22. Mane MortlakAnno 1582. Martij die. 10. hora 11¼ Ante meridiem. SaterdayThe same Saterday after none. Hora. 5.1582 Martij 11 - Sonday. a Meridie hora .3. a circiter.Martij 14. Wensday. mane circa horam 9ã.Martij 15. Thursday. Hora 1¼ a meridie.

[Mysteriorum Liber Secundus]

Tuesday the 20 of Marche: circa 10ã mane.A meridie circa 2ãWensday 21 Martij, circa 2ã a meridie.

Mysteriorum, liber Tertius.

Anno 1582 Aprilis 28 a meridie hora 4.Aprilis 29: Sonday: Nocte hora 8¼.Fryday Maij 4: hor 2½ a meridie

Quartus Liber Mysteriorum

1582 Die ♀ A meridie: hora 5. Nouemb. 16.Friday. After drinking at night, circiter horam 8 ã.Anno 1582: Saterday. Die 17. Nouemb: A meridie hora circiter 1 ã.After 7 of the clok at night. die .Monday. Nouembris 19: Circiter 1 ã horã a meridieNouemb. 20 Tuesday, a meridie circa 2ã.Wensday: Nouemb 21. hora 7 a meridie

Liber Mysteriorum Quintus - 1583 Martij 23.

Anno 1583 Martij 23. Saterday a meridie.Martij 24. Sonday: morning abowt 8.Martij 26. hor. 10 ante Meridiem.Martij 26. a meridie + Tuesday hor. 5½Martij 28. Thursday morning. Mawndy Thursday.Mawndy Thursday, after None. hor 3½On good friday; After NoneMartij 31. Easter day after none abowt 4.1583 Aprilis 2. Tuesday. Jesus + before noneAprilis.3. Wensday, Forenone †Aprilis .3. Wensday + After none hor 5¼Aprilis 4 Thursday + mane hor. 5½Aprilis .5. Friday + a meridie hora 5¼Aprilis 6. Saterday affore none hora 10¼Aprilis 6. Saterday after none.Aprilis 10. hor. 9.Aprilis .11. ThursdayAprilis 15. MondayAprilis 18. Thursday morning .hor. 8. CirciterThursday. Aprilis 18. after dynner

Quinti libri Mysteriorum - AppendixBibliographyINDEX

First published in 2003 by Red Wheel/Weiser, LLC

York Beach, ME With offices at:

368 Congress Street Boston, MA 02210

www.redwheelweiser.com

Copyright © 2003 Joseph H. PetersonAll rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,

including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from RedWheel/Weiser, LLC. Reviewers may quote brief passages. Previously published as The Five Books of Mystical Exercises of John Dee

as part of the Magnum Opus Hermetic Sourceworks series in a handbound edition by Adam McLean, 1985.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataDee, John, 1527–1608

John Dee’s five books of mystery : original sourcebook of Enochian magic : from the collected works known as Mysteriorum libriquinque / Joseph H. Peterson, editor.

p. cm.Originally published: The five books of mystical experience. [S.I.] : A. Megan, 1985, in the series: Magnum Opus Hermetic

Sourceworks. Includes bibliographical references and index.ISBN 1-57863-178-5 (alk. paper)

1. Enochian magic. I. Title: Five books of mystery. II. Peterson, Joseph H. III. Title.BF1623.E55 D45 2003

133—dc212002151947

The image of Dee’s wax Sigillum Dei Aemeth Copyright © The British Museum used with permission.

Typeset in Sabon

Printed in the United States of America

VG

10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Information Sciences—

Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials Z39.48-1992 (R1997).

Dedication

For my wife, Candy. You have supported me in so many ways, especially by helping me sort out andkeep track of all the piles of obscure dead guy stuff. Without your help, so many things would havebeen impossible.

For Kerry, Sarah, Lisa, and Karl. You are the best kids a parent could ever hope for. Thanks for allthe times you shared your precious computer time.

For my close friend, Paul Deneka, who introduced me to John Dee’s writings and continues toshare my enthusiasm for obscure dead guys.

For the Board of Trustees of the British Museum who granted me special permission to studymanuscripts while I was under their age requirements, helped me during the many years that havepassed since then, and gave me permission to publish this unique material from their collections.

For my friend, Roger Williamson, at Magus Books for his encouragement and support over theyears.

For Jill Rogers at Red Wheel/Weiser, who has been great to work with. Thanks for helping to makethis a better book.

Finally, for Betty Lundsted, who is sincerely missed.

PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION

Dr. John Dee (1527 to 1608 or 1609) has been the subject of much interest in several fields. Severalgood book-length studies of him have appeared,1 as well as numerous articles.2 My intent inpresenting this text is not to recap Dee’s life or present a new perspective, but to fill in an importantgap that has been generally neglected. The manuscript presented adds considerable detail for theyears 1581–1583, by most accounts the climax of his career. It sheds light on Dee’s politics, science,and occultism.

For the first edition of this text, I had the simple goal of eliminating two major barriers to the studyof John Dee and Edward Kelley. These barriers are availability and legibility of the material. Withthis new edition, I hope to address two other problems as well. First, the English of Dee’s day wassomewhat different from that spoken today, so I have added many footnotes to clarify obscurities inthe language. I have also translated the frequent Latin passages. Second, the subject matter of the text,medieval and Renaissance magic, assumes a view of the universe not commonly held today. Tofurther clarify the text in this context, I have expanded the introduction and index and explainedotherwise obscure references in the footnotes. I have also added supplementary material from Dee’sdiary and other manuscripts.

J. Peterson, 1999

ABBREVIATIONS

INTRODUCTION

These secret writings of John Dee, one of the leading scientists and occultists in Elizabethan England,record in minute detail his researches into the occult. They were discovered in a hidden compartmentof an old chest along with various magical implements. Although the angels made him swear never toreveal these doctrines to anyone not sanctioned by them, he complained, “If no man, by no means,shall perceive anything hereof by me, I would think that I should not do well.” Nevertheless, thesepages were carefully concealed, and nearly lost forever. Although this present work is concernedprimarily with his occult experiments, through it, we catch many glimpses of Elizabethan life andpolitics.

Dr. Dee represents the true Renaissance man—a master of many areas of learning. He was born in1527 and lived at the height of the English Renaissance. Dee’s knowledge included astronomy,mathematics, navigation, medicine, geography, history, music, painting, astrology, and the occultsciences.

In many ways, Dee lived at the center of conflicting forces and ideas—tradition vs. reformation,science vs. magic, Christianity vs. paganism (that is, Judaism, Hermeticism, and even studies ofArabic traditions). By studying Dee, we can gain insight into all these subjects and into theRenaissance as a whole. We can even throw light on our own struggle to reconcile our own conflicts.3

Dee had many famous and powerful friends and was heavily involved in politics. He becamescientific advisor and astrologer to Queen Elizabeth, who occasionally visited him at his home atMortlake. He was instrumental in planning the expansion of the British Empire, exploring the NewWorld, and, with the help of angelic agents, ushering in the new age as well. One of the mainobjectives of his life’s work was to bring about religious and social reform. It has been suggested4

that in this endeavor he was, to some extent, successful.Dee began his “mystical experiments” with a solid foundation in medieval and Renaissance

science, magic, Kabbalah, and the Hermetic arts. Further mysteries were revealed by the “angels”who manifested themselves, ultimately resulting in a new, unified occult system.5 This occult systemis perhaps closer to a face-lift than a new system. Most of it would have been familiar to occultists ofthe day, but with a veneer of new names and symbols.

Aside from the mechanical details of Dee’s system for communicating with angels, these recordsreveal that the angels were interested in and involved with the exploration and colonization of theNew World, and in heralding in a new age or new world order. The one aspect of these writings thathas fascinated most, however, is that the angels delivered a complete book in an otherwise unknownlanguage. They claimed this book, named Loagaeth, to be of utmost importance. Its language is thetrue language of creation so sought after by Kabbalists and by Dee himself.6 This “angelic book” waslater used to extract a long series of messages (or “calls”) in yet another unknown language, calledEnochian.

Interest in John Dee and his occult activities has increased tremendously in recent years. Onereason for this is the growing debate over the importance of Dee’s role in history by such eminentscholars as Francis Yates,7 Wayne Shumaker, and, more recently, William Sherman. Another reasonfor Dee’s popularity is undoubtedly the fact that his system was used and adapted by the Hermetic

Order of the Golden Dawn, and, subsequently, by Aleister Crowley. If one examines the GoldenDawn material, its appeal soon becomes clear: It draws together various occult methods into a highlycoherent system. In adapting Dee’s system, various additions, omissions, and mistakes were made.This departure was compounded by uncritical, although imaginative, treatments of the Golden Dawnand Crowley material by some authors. The net result is a maze of misinformation.8 The materialpresented here provides us with the keys necessary for understanding Dee’s original system as awhole. Since its previous editions were very limited in availability,9 it has largely been ignored, inspite of its importance.

Dee studies have created two radically different pictures of Dee—one as Magus, and the other asscientist-politician. I hope this volume will help bridge the gap. This polarization is partly caused bythe lack of availability of Dee’s writings. Those interested only in the occult have largely ignoredDee’s published output, and those who focus on his published output will find very little evidence ofoccult influences. Placing the focus on Dee’s public writings, however, can give the modern readerthe mistaken impression that occultism was not central to his thinking. This is simply because, inDee’s day, the occult was a dangerous pastime, placing you at risk, not just from hostile spirits, butfrom the frightened public. We would do well to keep in mind the fate of the less cautious magusGiordano Bruno, who was burned alive at the stake by the Inquisition only a few years after Deerecorded these accounts. Dee’s childhood idols, Roger Bacon, Trithemius, Agrippa, Paracelsus, andothers, all had suffered greatly because of their reputations as magi. Dee himself was imprisonedearly in life, an experience he was careful to avoid thereafter. His thoughts and motivations, however,centered around his “mystical experiments.” In addition, there is an “anti-manuscript” bias toovercome. Although many of Dee’s books were widely circulated, they were not intended forpublication, but rather were “directed inward, to an extremely restricted circle” for private politicalaims.10

Another goal in presenting this text is to help elucidate the tradition in which Dee’s occultendeavors took place. Although it has repeatedly been observed that Henry Cornelius Agrippa was amajor influence on Dee, most have concluded that Dee’s system is highly nontraditional. This view isdistorted by the fact that most attention has centered around an isolated set of records that describe asystem that, on the surface at least, appears to be highly original.11 I hope to show that Dee and hisspirit medium, Edward Kelley, were following traditional methods, especially during their earlierefforts, and that his later methods are adaptations of traditional ones, used within a traditionalframework.

Dee’s writings also are of interest in that they are a record of the most educated English ofShakespeare’s age. To some extent, Dee is even said to have influenced the English language.12

Dee’s Early Period

John Dee was born in London on July 13, 1527. His father, Rowland Dee, was an official at the courtof Henry VIII. John was born shortly after Luther’s break with Rome, and immediately afterEngland’s, during a period of radical reform. The resurgence of classical Greek studies combinedwith new interest in Hebrew studies to create Renaissance Neoplatonism. Renaissance philosopherssought to integrate Greek and Hebrew traditions in an attempt to unify the rapidly disintegratingreligious factions and end the constant political strife. They were thus the forerunners or prophets ofthe Rosicrucian and Illuminati movements.

By the age of 23, Dee had already established a brilliant reputation, lecturing in Paris on Euclid. Atage 31 (1558), he published his first major work, Aphoristic Introduction (PropædeumataAphoristica), and at age 37 (1564), his Monas Hieroglyphica. The Monas is a highly esoteric work.In it, he claims to be in possession of the most secret mysteries. He wrote it in twelve days, whileapparently in a peak (mystical) state: “[I am] the pen merely of [God] Whose Spirit, quickly writingthese things through me, I wish and I hope to be.”13 He claimed the work would revolutionizeastronomy, alchemy, mathematics, linguistics, mechanics, music, optics, magic, and adeptship.14

Like the Monas Hieroglyphica, the angel magic in the Mysteriorum Libri Quinque seeks a higherwisdom than science, religion, or Jewish Kabbalah—one that will unite them all, convince atheists,convert Jews as well as pagans, and heal Christendom.

John Dee, the Politician

The Renaissance saw a giant leap in the evolution of the Information Age. Printed works, a recentinnovation, were becoming more and more available, and manuscript collections were threatenedwith neglect. Dee was fascinated with books and spent vast amounts of energy and money collectingthem. Eventually Dee’s library became “Elizabethan England’s greatest library,”15 attracting scholarsand dignitaries alike. It is possible that Dee’s inspiration and model for his library came fromJohannes Trithemius, one of the greatest scholars and occultists of the sixteenth century. While abbotof the monastery of Sponheim in Germany, Trithemius built a library of unparalleled importance, andturned one of the poorest monasteries in the Palatinate into an “obligatory” place of pilgrimage forscholars.16 As William Sherman has noted, “Renaissance libraries were powerful sites of intellectualcreativity, social status, and political influence.” As such, their owners “were at once empoweredand endangered by their collections and skills.”17 This must have been a source of great anxiety toDee.

Dee’s library was a bustle of activity, especially in 1583, with frequent planning sessions fornautical expeditions, visitors borrowing and lending books, dignitaries, including the queen, andothers, such as Francis Bacon, who sought Dee’s advice and help.18

Plans for the New World and the New Age

Perhaps Dee’s greatest legacy is his seminal role in building Britain into a major maritime power.19

He is usually credited with coining the phrase “British Empire.” Dee played a prominent role in plansto colonize the New World (involving Lord Burghley, John Davis, Adrian Gilbert, and Sir WalterRaleigh), and consulted the angels quite often about the venture. His interest was not merelypatriotic.20 He had a farsighted plan for the new (or rather restored) British Empire to compete with(or replace) the Hispano-Papal empire. Part of his justification was the same as Rome’s—to “carrythe name of Jesus among the infidells to the great glory of God.”21 The magnitude of his vision isreflected in the vast extent of the empire that Britain went on to establish.

Dee associated the new empire and the New World with the new age. He was fascinated by theapocalyptic prophecies of his day, and tried his own hand at them based on his knowledge ofastrology. He believed the new age would begin in a few years, perhaps in 1583 or 1584. He basedthis on astronomical models of world history published by Trithemius (De Septem Secundeis) andCyprian Leowitz (De coniunctionibus magnis).22 The fact that Dee dated two of his works23 using hiscalculation of the “world year” allows us to calculate where he thought the world was in thecycle.These works place the start of the cycles at 3763 B.C.24 Nevertheless, Dee felt the end of theworld was immanent, largely based on astronomical observations.25 The coming great conjunctionwas foreshadowed by the appearance of a supernova in 1572, a comet in 1577, and a solar eclipse in1582.

In his scrying experiments,26 the angels tell Dee and Kelley that “the tyme of God’s visitation” was“8.” Dee’s speculation that this might mean 1588 seemed to be confirmed in later scrying sessions.27

Dee found political authority for the British Empire in the accounts of King Arthur and OwenMadoc, a legendary Welsh prince said to have discovered America in 1170.28 To compete with thespiritual authority of Rome, however, Dee sought divine authority from the angels and God himself.The angels told him what he wanted to hear—that “the World begynnes with thy doings.”29 Thus hisscrying, publications, and political activities were all part of his grand scheme to unify the peoples,religions, and languages of the world through universal knowledge. An element of this plan was toconvert the pagans of the New World, and the Jews.30

The angels revealed details of the New World and new age on several occasions. For example:“What I speak hath not byn reuealed, no not in these last tymes, of the second last world. But Ibegynne new worldes, new people, new kings, & new knowledge of a new Gouernment.” “Newworlds, shall spring of these. New manners: strange men:” “The old ways cease, the new begin.”31

After the appearance of the Polish prince, Albrecht (or Albertus) Laski, Dee shifted his hope for aroyal patron to Europe. In the end, Dee failed to convince any of his would-be royal patrons of thecosmic plan. He was also thwarted by the papal nuncio (ambassador) who managed to have him andKelley expelled by Rudolf. Dee was wise enough to decline an “invitation” to Rome.32

Renaissance Magic

By the Renaissance, magic had developed a complex theoretical and philosophical foundation. Therewas also a considerable amount of practical literature in circulation. Dee’s public and secret writingsshow the remarkable depth and breadth of his studies of magical literature. The classicalphilosophers, especially Plato and Aristotle, were the foundation on which the so-called Neoplatonicphilosophers built. Plotinus, Porphyry, Proclus, Iamblicus, and the Christian Pseudo-Dionysius wereall familiar to Dee, as were the Italian Neoplatonic revivalists Ficino, Pico, and others.

The practical literature largely relies on knowing the secret names of God (mostly from theHebrew Old Testament)33 and of the angels or spirits themselves. The more cautious methods involvepraying to God directly to send his angels.34 The less cautious methods involve appealing to thespirits directly. The use of consecrated tools in ceremonial magic reflects their use in religiousceremonies. Most of the literature also deals with the use of talismans or symbols of some kind, andoften with squares of letters or numbers.35

The object of these practices, often called “experiments,” is sometimes as sublime as the vision ofGod, but frequently as base as the recovery of stolen goods or the discovery of treasure. The mentionof treasure during a scrying session with Barnabas Saul (22 December 1581) probably reflects thegrimoire he is using more than a specific inquiry by Dee.

John Dee, The Magus

Dee’s reputation as a magus, or rather a conjurer, started fairly early in his life and has continued tothis day.36 While he was highly respected as a man of great learning within the scholarly communityand court circles, the less educated came to fear him. He was even briefly imprisoned in 1555 oncharges that he tried to enchant Queen Mary. He is said to have been the model for Prospero inShakespeare’s play The Tempest.

In his explanatory note to the present work, Dee writes that his interest shifted more toward theoccult after becoming convinced of the hopelessness of human endeavors as paths to wisdom. Sloane3188 records his earliest occult experiments centered around scrying. These early methods wereremarkably consistent with the occultism prevalent at the time, and Dee seems to be as widely readhere as he was in science. He mentions the famous occultists Cornelius Agrippa and Johann Reuchlin.The widely known Heptameron of Peter de Abano and Arbatel’s Of Magic are also mentioned, eventhough he did not include them in his externa bibliotheca.

Dee’s interest in angelology is indicated by his heavy annotations of such works as Pseudo-Dionysius’ Coelestis hierarchia, Richard of St. Victor’s De superdivina trinitate (1510), Scalinger’sExotericarum exercitationum liber decimus (1557), Pompilius Azalus’ De omnium rebusnaturalibus (1554), and J. Rivius’ Opera theologica (1562).37

Although Dee was careful not to catalog his more dangerous volumes, other sources can beidentified or deduced. One of these is Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Book of Honorius. Sloane 313(late fourteenth or early fifteenth century) is known to have been in his collection and containsmarginal notes in his handwriting.38 Liber Juratus contains detailed instructions for communicatingwith spirits, as well as obtaining the sight of God through the use of an elaborate sigil, named theSigillum Dei Aemeth. Dee is directed by the angels to use this sigil “which is allready perfected in aboke of thyne.” Dee is also promised the sight of God (“videbis Deum”).39 Another source that Deementions is the magical text Aldaraia sive Soyga (discussed below), which has squares of magicalletters and heavy astrological elements.

In addition to these, I believe that two other magical texts can be identified as having been used byDee. The first is Sloane 3849 article 1, “Manner of proceding in order to discover in the crystall,”inwhich the three angels Anchor, Anachor, and Anilos are central. This, or a similar text, seems to bebehind Dee’s first scrying session with Kelley, in which they try to call forth these three spirits.

Another magical text I believe may have been used is Sloane 3854. The first part includes article 4(“Book of Consecrations”)40 and article 5 (“Experimenta de Speculo”). In the blank space betweenthese two articles (folio 75r) a second hand, which I believe can be identified as Edward Kelley’s,has written some notes. This manuscript is also bound with the most complete and correct manuscriptof Liber Juratus that I have seen.

There are many examples of medieval and Renaissance magic texts with similar methods. I includesome examples in the appendices.

Dee’s system started with some Hebrew-centered Kabbalah like that he found in the writings ofReuchlin. Kabbalistic concepts abound, including his use of Hebrew etymology, traditional Hebrewnames of God and angels, and extracting names from tables of letters à la Abulafia. Dee had a largeHebrew collection in his library, and took many of the volumes with him to the continent in 1583,

showing sustained interest.Nevertheless, in the end his Sigillum Dei Aemeth replaced the traditional Hebrew names with new

names, and his angelic book was not in Hebrew, but a new (or unknown old) language. This mayreflect Dee’s (or Kelley’s) mistrust of Jews,41 or perhaps it may have been a way to compensate forKelley’s lack of knowledge of Hebrew and traditional Kabbalah. In any event, it is interesting to notethat what Dee found in these actions is exactly what he expected to discover. Instead of the confusingmaze of corruptions and variants found in the grimoires, he found an uncorrupted way ofcommunicating with angels based on their own language, and on mathematics.

The first angels to make their appearance at the scrying sessions all belong to the Judeo-Christiantradition. They are later supplemented with otherwise unknown names, derived mathematically fromletter squares. Dee is careful to catalog their jurisdictions, apparel, and symbols for future use. Therevealed method of invoking their help is described in detail in the action of 17 November 1582.

In addition to the seals of the spirits, the ritual apparatus included several other items: variousscrying stones, sometimes set in a frame; a “holy table” on which was painted or engraved varioussymbols; wax seals called Æmeth; a ring and lamin to be worn by the practitioner; and the rod “el,”divided into three parts, the ends painted black, the middle red.

The Mysterious Book of Soyga

As mentioned above, Dee refers in several places to a magical text named Aldaraia sive Soyga.Since Roberts’ and Watson’s 1990 book, John Dee’s Library Catalogue,42 two manuscripts of thiswork have been identified by Deborah E. Harkness. One is Sloane 8 in the British Library, and theother is Bodley 908 in the Bodleian library. It is possible that Sloane 8 was, in fact, the manuscript towhich Dee refers in his records.43

In their very first scrying session with Kelley, Dee asks the angels, “Ys my book, of Soyga, of anyexcellency?” (10 March 1582). He laments at that time, “Oh, my great and long desyre hath byn to behable to read those Tables of Soyga.” Liber Loagaeth (Sloane 3189) has several tables fromAldaraia/Soyga appended (in Dee’s handwriting—not Kelley’s, as in the rest of the manuscript). Inaddition, Dee’s statement, “Soyga: otherwise named ysoga, and Agyos, literis transpositis” is, in fact,a direct quote from the Aldaraia.44 The angel Il responds, “Soyga signifieth not Agyos,” in directcontradiction. This makes it probable that Kelley was not familiar with the text, and is possiblyevidence that he was in fact carrying out a deception. I do not believe the Book of Soyga is the sameas the “Arabick book” mentioned several times by Dee. The latter was apparently the same as thatprized by Pontois and described as having “cost doctor dye £ 600 ready money as he the deponent didhear himself the said doctor afferme. . .”45 There is nothing about either Soyga manuscript to justifysuch a vast sum.46

Scrying and Dee’s Earliest Attempts

The premise behind Dee’s mystical experiments is the veracity of scrying, or visions seen in a crystalball or other shining surface. Today, the crystal ball has become an icon for superstition, but scryinghas been widely used and respected for divination throughout history. It even has biblical authority.47

According to psychiatrist and researcher Raymond A. Moody, “That certain individuals do seevisions—specifically, hypnagogic images—when gazing into a transparent or reflective surface is awell-established fact that can be regarded as an item of psychological knowledge.”48 The realquestion is the value of these visions, or their interpretation.

Scrying instructions can be found widely in occult literature, in particular in manuscripts that it wasdangerous to possess.49 The published sources, such as Agrippa, make scant mention of scrying.Scrying also appears in popular legends, such as the legends of Roger Bacon’s scrying glass in whichanyone could see anything they wished within fifty miles.

With few exceptions, Dee did not use scrying to see far-off happenings, or to divine the future. Hisaim was to see into the spiritual realms to receive wisdom from higher beings. The spiritual realmswere thought to resemble, in many respects, the physical world.

It was common for scrying practices to be accompanied by religious and occult symbols andceremonies. These served to ensure the spiritual purity of the practice, but also to focus concentrationon the intent, much as techniques for lucid dreaming do. They also served to give form, context, andmeaning to the images seen by the scryer. For example, surrounding the scrying table with the symbolsof the seven planets provided a means of organizing and remembering the otherwise bewilderingmaze of images. This integration of magic with the art of memory was developed to a high degree inRenaissance occultism.50

Symbols and ceremonies also provided a means of controlling or manipulating the images (or, touse Couliano’s term, “phantasms”). For example, the scryer might place a talisman of Venus under thestone when he wanted to focus on affairs of the heart. This is essentially an attempt to facilitatecommunication between body and soul: “body and soul speak two languages, which are not onlydifferent, even inconsistent, but also inaudible to each other. The inner sense alone is able to hear andcomprehend them both, also having the role of translating one into the other.”51 The use of sacredsymbols and ceremonies also helped the scryer summon courage to face the possible confrontationwith demonic presences.

Dee’s interest in scrying clearly goes back far earlier than the records of his scrying experiments.52

Although he may have begun to experiment much earlier, the earliest records of Dee’s scrying begin in1581. On 8 March 1581, and several times during 1581, Dee records strange knocking and rapping inhis chamber, and a voice like an owl’s shriek. These events were clearly regarded as supernaturaland may have been related to early experiments.

His private diary records: “May 25th, I had sight in χρυσταλλω [Crystallo] offerd me, and I saw.”Generally, however, Dee relied on the scrying abilities of others, as prescribed by tradition. Hementions that he employed two seers around this time.53

Late in 1581, Dee began to employ Barnabas Saul as a scryer. Saul was a minister who washeavily involved with magic. Dee’s diary records additional details regarding his dealings with Saul:

Oct. 9th, Barnabas Saul, lying in the ........ hall was strangely trubled by a spiritual creatureabowt mydnight. [1582] Jan. 27th, Barnabas Sawl his brother cam. Feb. 12th, abowt 9 of theclok, Barnabas Saul and his brother Edward went homward from Mortlak: Saul his inditementbeing by law fownd insufficient at Westminster Hall: Mr. Serjeant Walmesley, Mr. Owen andMr. Hyde, his lawyers at the bar for the matter, and Mr. Ive, the clerk of the Crown Office,favoring the other. Feb. 20th I receyved a letter from Barnabas Saul. Feb. 21st, Mr. Skullthorprod toward Barnabas. Feb. 25th, Mr. Skulthorp cam home. March 6th, Barnabas Saul cam thisday agayn abowt one of the clok and went to London the same afternone. He confessed that heneyther hard or saw any spirituall creature any more. March 8th, Mr. Clerkson and his frende54

cam to my howse. Barnabas went home agayne abowt 3 or 2 clok, he lay not at my howse now;he went, I say, on Thursday, with Mr. Clerkson. March 9th, Fryday at dynner tyme Mr. Clerksonand Mr. Talbot declared a great deale of Barnabas nowghty dealing toward me, as in telling Mr.Clerkson ill things of me that I should mak his frend, as that he was wery of me, that I wold soflatter his frende the lerned man that I wold borow him of him. But his frend told me, before mywife and Mr. Clerkson, that a spirituall creature told him that Barnabas had censured both Mr.Clerkson and me. The injuries which this Barnabas had done me diverse wayes were very great.July 19th, Barnabas Saul came to see me at Mortlak: I chyd hym for his manifold untruereports.55

The experiments with Saul were not regarded as successful. His sessions were largely rejected asfalse. Dee records one of these sessions in the beginning of Mysteriorum Libri Quinque.

On 8 March 1582, Dee was visited by Edward Kelley, a.k.a. Edward Talbot. They wereintroduced by Dee’s friend Mr. Clerkson. Kelley began to scry regularly with Dee two days later.From Dee’s records, it is apparent that Kelley had a highly unstable personality. The relationshipbetween the two men was often strained, and Kelley would storm off for months at a time. Aside fromtheir conflicts, however, Dee regarded their sessions as highly successful.

Scrying Methods

Dee used various media for scrying—several crystal balls and the famous obsidian mirror are nowpreserved in the British Museum.56 Dee drew a picture of one of them in the record of the first scryingsession (see below). This shows an elaborate frame with a cross at the top. This is probably the stonethat William Lilly described as the size of a large orange, “set in silver, with a cross on the top, andanother on the handle; and round about engraved the names of these angels, Raphael, Gabriel,Uriel.”57 After intense prayer, the stone was placed in a frame and set on a specially prepared table.The angels were then called to appear in the stone to answer questions.

Nicholas Clulee has argued that Dee did not seem to consider these actions magical, but rather avariety of religious experience. He based this partly on the observation that they do not seem toinvoke the angels directly, as directed by the magical books. Rather, they start off with prayers toGod, and petitions that God send his angels.58 This is consistent with the method found in the Arbatel,which Dee mentions by name in the text. In his first action with Kelley, Dee is very careful todistinguish between “spirituall practise” and what is “vulgarly accownted Magik.” On the other hand,Dee and Kelley immediately proceed to “call for the good Angel Anchor, to appere in that stone tomy owne sight.” Dee states that he “make[s] motion to god, and his good Creatures.” Also, Dee’ssynopsis of his instructions for communicating with angels (Heptarchia Mystica and Tabula bonorumangelorum invocationes, bound in Sloane 3191) contains numerous invocations or “invitations”addressed directly to individual angels. These were based on the records Dee kept in Sloane 3188.

It does not appear that God or the angels obliged Dee’s request that they appear to his own sight,but Kelley experiences vivid and detailed apparitions. As soon as the angels appear in the stone, they“give thanks to God, and Wellcome to the good Creature.” Then they demand the angel’s name. Thesesteps are all consistent with the texts of ritual magic. In the second action, Dee is told that the methodof invoking the archangel Michael is by “the Seven psalmes.” This is also consistent with thegrimoires.59 The apparitions do not always seem confined to the crystal.60

Edward Kelley, the Magician

Edward Kelley was born on 1 August 1555. He was thus 28 years younger than Dee. He attendedOxford under the alias of Edward Talbot, but left after some trouble. He was later pilloried inLancaster for forgery. He was 26 when he arrived at Dee’s door on 10 March 1582.61 By this time,Kelley was well versed in the occult arts, including Agrippa’s works. He also possessed varioustexts on magic, at least some of which were regarded as “devilish.” Kelley was also an alchemist.His only book is on alchemy, and his final months were occupied with alchemical experiments forRudolph II. Elias Ashmole says, “Mr. Lilly told me that John Evans informed him that he wasacquainted with Kelly’s sister in Worchester, that she shewed him some of the gold her brother hadtransmuted, and that Kelly was first an apothecary in Worcester.”62 Kelley later married Jane Cooper.He also had a brother, Thomas.

The Sigillum Aemeth and Its Variations

The use of the Sigillum Aemeth (or Emeth) is central to Dee’s system, as well as to other forms ofmagic. The earliest examples of the Sigillum Aemeth are found in the Liber Juratus (see appendix 1).Most manuscripts describe the seal in great detail, but don’t actually draw it out. The versions that doexist vary, probably because they were based on the written description. Liber Juratus calls this sealthe “seal of God . . . which is the beginning,in this art.”63 Between the outer circles is to be writtenthe 72–letter name of God, or Schemhamphoras. Both Agrippa and Reuchlin refer to a seal by thisname, although I have been unable to find any descriptions or drawings of it in their writings. Deewas well aware of the fact that variations existed, since he asks the angels to provide a definitiveversion for his works. The version by Athanasius Kircher, which appears many years later in hismonumental work Oedipus Aegyptiacus, is highly corrupt.64

Dee was originally told by the angels to use a version found in one of his books. He thereuponconsulted several sources and asked the angels to resolve the discrepancies. This prompted them todeliver a radically new version of the sigil.

An examination of Dee’s original wax sigil (see figure 1, page 42), now preserved in the BritishMuseum, shows differences from that found in Sloane 3188.

The Holy Table and Its Variations

Dee’s scrying was conducted on a specially constructed table, two versions of which were describedto him by the angels. The first, whose design is now lost, was later declared by the angels to be false.The second design is apparently similar to the first. It consists of a large hexagram containing asquare of letters. Surrounding the hexagram is a border containing additional letters. Although theoriginal table does not appear to have survived, it was described in detail by Elias Ashmole, whosaw it in John Cotton’s library. It was “composed of 3 boards broad-waies besides the borderings; ofa fine grained wood & very heavy, but the scent now lost.” He described the Enochian letters aspainted in red on a gold background, between two blue lines. The seven sigils, or “ensigns ofCreation” were also painted with red letters and blue lines. The lines of the hexagon were gold, andthe central square had gold letters and blue lines.65 (The engraving found in Dee’s True and FaithfulRelation . . . does not correspond exactly with the description in Sloane 3188. See figure 3, page 43.)

As with the Sigillum Aemeth described above, this design is a variation of designs found in magictexts. It is likely that Dee employed one of the conventional designs in his early scrying before theangels revealed their version.

The instructions given in the grimoires concerning the holy table probably give a fairly accurateidea of how Dee proceeded in these experiments. In appendices 3, 4, and 5, I present excerpts fromthe Theurgia Goetia, Art Pauline, and Ars Almadel. The Art Pauline seems particularly close toDee’s method. The table contains a hexagram with the seven planetary seals arranged around it (seefigure 5, page 44). The spirit’s seal is placed on the appropriate planetary seal. Dee was instructedthat the seven seals could be constructed separately and arranged around the table, or they could bepainted onto the table.

The third example is from the Ars Almadel. This gives a method for calling forth the spirits thatgovern the four directions, north, south, east, and west. Here, we also find a hexagram on the holytable, and the use of wax sigils. This time, there is a border around the table with holy names drawnaround it. In the center of the hexagram is a small triangular seal with more names (see figures 6 and7, pages 45–46). Aldaraia sive Soyga also contains diagrams reminiscent of Dee’s (see figure 4, page44).

Other Ritual Implements

According to the Key of Solomon,66 Heptameron, Lemegeton,67 and other magical texts, the mastershould wear on his chest a lamin with a hexagram. Dee is likewise told to prepare a lamin to be usedfor this purpose, but his was triangular, thus symbolizing his name (∆ = Dee). He is later given a newversion, the original version having been declared false. The final version has Enochian lettering.

Dee is also instructed to prepare another ritual implement, the ring of Solomon. Solomon’s magicalring appears in early magical literature. For example, in the Testament of Solomon (first to thirdcentury A.D.), Solomon is given the magical ring by the archangel Michael.68 He uses it to call andcontrol the demons. The archangel Michael likewise reveals Solomon’s ring to Dee, stating that itwas by it that Solomon worked all his wonders. The Testament of Solomon was known in medievalmanuscripts and could have been known to Dee.69

The Spirits

Five archangels are central to Dee’s actions: Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel, and Annael. Thisgrouping is common in medieval and Renaissance occult works. In Liber Juratus, the first four areknown as the “Angels of the 4 winds.” Agrippa calls them the “four angels ruling over the corners ofthe world.”70 The Magical Calendar gives the same.71 The names of the first four are also foundwritten on the frame that holds the scrying crystal in Trithemius’ method of calling angels into acrystal.72 Michael and Gabriel are the only two angels mentioned by name in the Old Testament.Raphael is mentioned in the Apocryphal Book of Tobit, and Uriel is well known in noncanonical lore.Annael is relatively unknown.

The meanings of the Hebrew names and their compass allocations are:

During their first scrying session, Dee and Kelley called three angels: Anchor, Anachor, and Anilos.These names also occur in mainstream occult sources. In the Heptameron or Magical Elements ofPeter de Abano, they are mentioned in the oration to be said when the vesture is put on.73 It is knownthat Dee made use of that book, but he must have been following another source here, since the namesare not exactly the same. A likely source is Sloane 3849, article 1, “Manner of preceding in order todiscover in the crystall,” where these three angels are central.

It would be interesting to try to trace the development of this oration. The Heptameron version isas follows:

Ancor, Amacor, Amides, Theodonias, Anitor, by the merits of thy Angel, O Lord, I will put onthe Garments of Salvation, that this which I desire I may bring to effect: through thee the mostholy Adonay, whose kingdom endureth for ever and ever. Amen74

The Clavicula Salomonis gives the following:

Amor, Amator, Amides, Ideodaniach, Pamor, Plaior, Anitor; through the merits of these holyAngels will I robe and indue myself with the vestments of Power, through which may I conductunto the desired end those things which I ardently wish, through Thee, O most Holy ADONAI,whose Kingdom and Empire endureth forever. Amen.75

The Lemegeton gives:

By the figurative mystery of these holy vestures I will clothe me with the armour of salvation inthe strength of the Most High, ANCHOR; AMACOR; AMIDES; THEODONIAS; ANITOR; thatmy desired end may be effected through Thy Strength, Adonai; unto whom the praise and glorywill for ever and ever belong. Amen.76

Liber Juratus contains the earliest version with which I am familiar. It is numbered oration 17:

O Jesu the sonne of the incomprehensible god,hancor hanacor hamylos iehorna theodonos heliothos phagor corphandonos norizane corithico

hanosae helsezope phagora.ELEMINATOR candones helos helee resphaga thephagayn theundyn thahonos micemyahe

hortahonas nelos behebos belhores hacaphagan belehothol ortophagon corphandonos born in theshape of a man for us sinners and yow holy angells heliothos phagnoraherken and teche me andgouerne me [hic oic petitionem tuam sed p visione diuina dic ut sequitr] that I may come toobtayne the visyon of the deyte throwgh thee glorious and moste gentle and moste almightiecreator oure lyuyng lorde holy infinite godely and euerlastinge to whome be prayse honor andglorye worlde withowt ende. Amen.77

The Ars Notoria has a very similar oration, numbered 24 and called “The Oration of the PhysicalArt.” Its purpose is for determining the condition of a sick person:

Ihesus fili Dominus Incomprehensibilis:Ancor, Anacor, Anylos, Zohorna, Theodonas, helyotes Phagor, Norizane, Corichito, Anosae,

Helse Tonope, Phagora[another part of the same orison:]Elleminator, Cardones helosi, Tophagain, Tecendum, Thaones, Behelos, Belhoros, Hocho

Phagan, Corphandonos, Humanae natus & vos Eloytus Phugora: Be present ye holy Angels,advertise and reach me, whether such a one shall recover, or dye of this infirmity.78

The Ars Notoria reproduces most of the Orations found in the Liber Juratus, though in slightly alteredforms.

In Liber II, two other conventional lists of angels are given. The first is: Zaphiel, Zadkiel, Cumael,Raphael, Haniel, Michael, and Gabriel. The second is: Zedekieil, Madimiel, Semeliel, Nogahel,Corabiel, and Leuenael. Most of these names are identical to those given by Agrippa in his “Scale ofthe number seven.” The first list corresponds to the “seven angels which stand in the presence ofGod.” This also corresponds to the list of seven archangels according to Geonic lore, as well as thatof Pseudo-Dionysius.79 The second list corresponds to the Hebrew names for the seven planets, withthe name of God, “EL,” added to each. It is also found in Agrippa, book 3.

Description of the Manuscript

One of the most remarkable things about Dee, as exemplified by these records, is his meticulousattention to detail. In fact, Dee’s are probably the most detailed records of the actual practice ofceremonial magic extant.

The title of the book is slightly ambiguous. “Mysteriorum,” as in Mysteriorum Libri, can meaneither mysteries or secret rites. Both meanings seem fitting in this context.

The manuscript consists of 104 folios, mostly in Dee’s hand. It measures approximately 320mm by205mm. It contains a short preface by Elias Ashmole, and is bound with notes by Ashmole, many ofwhich are in his stenographic notation.80

Synopsis of Dee’s “Mystical Experiments” (1581–1583)

In his Mysteriorum Libri Quinque, Dee records prophetic visions (e.g., the Spanish Armada),visions of angels, magical instruction, and religious teachings. A few of the key messages of theangels include:

• Flesh is vile and corrupt (Gnostic or Neoplatonic attitude);• Mercy for the repentant is necessary;• Temptation of the faithful is necessary in order to show God’s mercy;• The immanent coming of the antichrist;• The immanent fall of existing political and religious establishments as punishment for

mankind’s corruption, to be replaced by new, righteous ones.

Although a lot of material remains obscure, especially passages from the “holy book,” I believeChristopher Whitby is correct in dismissing the theory of cryptographic messages hidden in theserecords.81

There is suprisingly little discussion of alchemy in these records, especially in view of the fact thatDee pursued it actively during this period.82 Perhaps Dee did not mention it here because he didn’twant to reveal his alchemical work to Kelley, who probably came to Dee for that purpose. Perhapsthis helps explain Kelley’s bouts of anger at Dee. One might also wonder if Kelley brought the scroll,book, and red powder in order to entice Dee into letting him in on Dee’s own secret alchemical work.The evidence that there was more to the visions than simply conscious deception from Kelley will bediscussed later.

The Book of Angelic Wisdom

Dee seems to have had an almost obsessive facination with the lost Apocrypha, especially the Bookof Enoch, which is mentioned and even quoted in the Bible (Jude 14), and Esdras. He is told by theangels that the Apocrypha are not lost, but in the keeping of the Jews.83 Most of his mystical exercisesare focused on recovery of the lost wisdom that these books represented to him.

The core of this book describes the revelation of a book of angelic wisdom, Liber Loagaeth (sonamed by Dee in A True and Faithful Relation . . . ). It is reported to be in the tongue of the angels.Only a few angelic words are translated in these manuscripts. The first parts of this book weredictated by Kelley and recorded meticulously by Dee in Sloane 3188. Later parts were written byKelley directly and are now found in Sloane 3189. The latter manuscript is incomplete in that it doesnot repeat the earlier material. It is also bound with four tables from the Book of Soyga, written inDee’s handwriting. Since the angels state that the angelic book contains forty-nine leaves (one ofwhich cannot be revealed), it is clear that the four tables from Soyga do not belong to it.

Dee was instructed to rewrite the book in the delivered script, but this does not seem to have beendone. One copy was to be bound in blue. Another, “whose skin shall bear Silver,” was to be “inlength; 8 [inches], in breadth 7. ”84

The importance of Liber Loagaeth cannot be overemphasized. From it would “be restored the holybokes, which haue perished euen from the begynning, and from the first that liued.” The truths itcontains will end religious disputes and restore religious unity. “Which when it hath spread a while,THEN COMMETH THE ENDE.”85 In short, it will usher in the new age. Since the book is so centralto these angelic communications, it is amazing that it has remained unpublished.

Synopsis of Dee’s True & Faithful Relation

The record of Dee’s experiments continues in later manuscripts. The bulk of the later material waspublished in 1659 by Meric Casaubon as A True & Faithful Relation . . . Between Dr. John Dee . . .and some Spirits. These records were published by Casaubon with the intent of discrediting Dee andKelley. The Casaubon edition, it should be noted, is full of typographic errors. Reliance on it alone,without the manuscript sources, has sadly resulted in the perpetuation of many errors.

A True & Faithful Relation takes up where Mysteriorum Libri Quinque left off. It goes on todescribe their six-year missionary journey to the continent. The revelations of the mystical heptarchywere followed by that of the 30 “Aethyrs,” the “48 Claves Angelicae,” and the four “EnochianTables.” The later material included a second language popularly known as “Enochian.”

Dee’s mission to the court of Rudolph II in Prague cannot be considered a success. An occultisthimself, Rudolph proved very unsupportive. In fact, Dee and Kelley narrowly escaped the papalnuncio and the possibility of facing the deadly Inquisition. Dee returned to England in 1589. Kelleyremained behind and had limited success in alchemical experiments for Rudolph. He died trying toescape in 1595.

Dee’s Later Life

The final period of Dee’s life and career have been judged variously as one of disgrace and failure,or as one of continued success and renown. I think William Sherman has made a credible case for thelatter view.86 While it is clear that his mission to the continent cost him politically, Dee continued tomaintain his contacts and influence, and even served in an official capacity to King James I when hesucceeded Queen Elizabeth in 1603. He continued his scrying experiments, but never again achievedthe dramatic results he had seen with Kelley. While the promised new age never materialized in thedramatic and apocalyptic way he had visualized, history has acknowledged Dee’s vital role inshaping our modern world.

Adaptation of Dee’s System by Later Occultists

Dee’s activities and writings have made a deep impact on later occult movements. Among the fruits ofhis labor is a heavy influence on the German Rosicrucian movement, whose manifestos began toappear around 1610.87

As mentioned above, Dee’s experiments also had a great influence on the Golden Dawn.Unfortunately, the process of adapting and assimilating Dee’s system was undertaken with uncriticalmethods and incomplete materials. In particular, these efforts have been based almost entirely onCasaubon’s True & Faithful Relation, with all its typographic errors. In many particulars, theCasaubon edition is impossible to understand without the Mysteriorum Libri Quinque.

The Four Angelic Tablets

Four tables of letters were produced during the later conferences.88 These tables served two differentpurposes: the production of ninety-one names that correspond to the ninety-one parts of the world (ascatalogued by Agrippa in his Occult Philosophy I, chap. 31), and the production of invocations(“Tabula Bonorum”) to be used with the names. The Golden Dawn adaptation of Dee’s system placesheavy emphasis of these tables.

Christian Wilby has written an excellent article on the four angelic tablets. There he states:

Unfortunately for later day occultists, the so-called synthetic genius—I prefer to call it rampanteclecticism—of McGregor Mathers has obscured the field of vision on this problem for toolong. For some reason best known to himself, Mathers was content to use the originally receivedtablets and ALL of the emmendations of the “corrected” version. This has produced, to thedetriment of everybody, one of the biggest mish-mashes ever to grace the Tradition.89

Another inaccuracy in the Golden Dawn system is the compass allocations used for the four angelictablets. The original allocations given to Dee were later corrected by the angels.90 The correctallocations are also given by Dee in his synopsis of his magical system (see Sloane 3191). Theseerrors have been perpetuated by more recent writers.

History of the Manuscript

In addition to the preface by Elias Ashmole, further history of the manuscript is found in the followingnotes written on the end sheets:

Ms A. 3188./XVI FThis volume is in Dr. Dee’s own handwriting, as far as fol 108.A fair copy of it by Elias Ashmole was purchased at Sir Joseph Jekyll’s sale, Jan 1739/40 (lot

465) and is now Ms. Sloane 3677.The original Mss. of the remaining Books are in the Cottonian Collection, Appendix XLVI but

were formerly (erroneously) numbered as Add. Mss. No. 5007 A.B.C.

J.M. Jan 1856

Dr. John Dee’s Conference with Angels from Dec 22 1581. to May 30 1583. being whatpreceeds the other Conferences printed by Dr. Meric Causabon [sic] Lond. 1659. in folio.

With a preface by Elias Ashmole An: 1672.

Notes on This Edition

This edition of John Dee’s spiritual diaries was prepared from the original manuscript in Dee’s ownhandwriting. The original manuscript is preserved in the British Library.91 Dee prepared a synopsisof this material in a short manuscript, De Heptarchia Mystica.92 This latter manuscript providessome material that has been lost from the original manuscript, along with additional explanatorynotes. All material used by Dee in his synopsis are printed in bold font to indicate its specialimportance. Additional notes from De Heptarchia Mystica are marked -D (HM).

The text has been normalized in some particulars. The personal pronoun thee is sometimes writtenthé or the in the manuscript. These have all been resolved into thee. The tittle—or macron (~),usually indicating a missing “m” or “n”—has been expanded in nearly all cases. Except for theseparticulars, everything else has been preserved, including spelling, capitalization, punctuation, andunderscores. Marginal notes are incorporated into the text as footnotes. Square brackets andparentheses are Dee’s. All editor’s notes are denoted by -Ed.

Ashmole’s notes are denoted by -E.A. Bound with the manuscript are partial transcriptions andnotes on this manuscript and the printed diaries by Elias Ashmole. Most of this is in Ashmole’sshorthand cipher. Some of these notes have also been included in this edition. Asmole’s “fair copy” isfull of careless errors.This is very surprising, since he apparently thought the book of utmostimportance.

In preparing this edition, I took the opportunity to review Christopher Whitby’s doctoral thesis.Garland Press printed a limited edition of this in 1988. It was poorly reproduced from his typewrittenthesis, making it completely illegible in many spots. I found Whitby’s introductory material very wellresearched and useful, although I was surprised at the number of errors in transcription andtranslation. Also unfortunate is the fact that Whitby doesn’t compare Sloane 3188 with Dee’smanuscript Heptarchia Mystica, where Dee collects excerpts from the Mysteriorum LibriQunique.93 These compensate greatly for much of the damage and illegibility of the latter, much moreso than Ashmole’s transcriptions. Although Whitby makes note of its importance, he doesn’t makemuch use of it.

Conclusions: The Evidence

Colin Wilson has written: “Dee is one of the few great magical adepts of the past who can present uswith some practical evidence of the existence of non-human entities.”94 How solid is this evidence?The most convincing evidence is perhaps the “Enochian” language revealed by the angels. Enochianhas been extensively studied by Donald Laycock, a prominent linguist. His comments indicate that he,for one, is not entirely convinced.95

The second body of evidence is the word and credibility of John Dee. It must be remembered thathe was regarded as one of the most educated people of his age, acknowledged to have impressivescientific credentials. In at least two places, he reports firsthand experience of supernatural events. Inhis diary, he writes, “I had sight in Crystallo offerd me, and I saw.”96 And in the Mysteriorum LibriQuinque, he reports, “I fele: and (by a great thundring noyce, thumming thuning myne eares) Iperceyue the presence of some spirituall creature abowt me.”97 He also witnessed the seeminglymiraculous materialization of the stone (21 November 1582). On the other hand, it must be admittedthat Dee was highly motivated to believe, and thus was more likely to misinterpret events.

The largest body of evidence comes in the form of the word and credibility of Edward Kelley.Views of him range from that of a highly gifted scryer to an outright charlatan. I am inclined to believethat the truth lies somewhere in the middle. Clulee concluded that Kelley

. . . may well have consciously fabricated everything to deceive Dee, but his bouts of emotionalanxiety and arguments with the spirits in the course of his visions, his reluctance to continueexcept for Dee’s desperate pleadings, and his admission of the visions to religious authorities inPrague when that might have had serious consequences all suggest that more than consciousdeception was involved (TFR, 64, 102, 370).98 Although Kelley often questioned the divinecharacter of the angels, he seems to have believed in their reality as firmly as Dee, and while itis clear that the revelations of the angels through Kelley were often prejudiced in favor ofKelley’s interests in particular circumstances, they also reflect what Kelley knew of Dee’sinterests. In a number of places in the minutes Dee has noted the similarity of the angelicrevelations to material in Agrippa, Reuchlin, Trithemius, and Peter of Abano, and since Kelleylived with Dee and had access to his library, the revelations are very likely the joint product ofKelley’s imagination and stock of knowledge and what he knew of Dee’s thinking from theirdiscussions and his reading among books of current interest to Dee.99

Dee and Kelley’s actions may be compared with so-called UFO abductees’ recovered memories,wherein a “hypnotist” puts the “witness” into a suggestible state, and, through leading questions,manages to arrive at all sorts of “memories.” The process may not be unlike the art of taking politicalpolls. Of course, the better therapists and pollsters are trained to avoid biased results.

Another similarity with the UFO phenomena is the apparent trickster nature of the entities. Theyseem to combine convincing elements with apparent nonsense in a way that has led some researchersto theorize deep psychological manipulation.100 Uri Geller’s suspicion that there was just some“goddam little clown that is playing with us” sounds hauntingly similar to many of Kelley’scomplaints.

Other significant evidence lies in the various accurate predictions (e.g., Mary’s beheading, theSpanish Armada, the homecoming of the Jews). These must, however, be weighed against thosepredictions that weren’t accurate (e.g., prophecies of doom, Laski’s future).101 Another event thatdeserves mention is a secret conversation between Dee and the angels, held in Greek in order toprevent Kelley from understanding it. Aside from this incident, the angels’ use of Latin seems toreflect Kelley’s limited schooling in that language. When using Latin, they tend to deliver fixedspeeches and avoid discourse. Also, as noticed by Calder, the angels “increase in fluency through theyears.”102

A quick survey of how practical the angel magic was to Dee is even less convincing. AlthoughDee’s aims were not only practical, but mystical as well, the results do not seem to be very reliable:

Some of the instructions, such as those concerning etymology and geography, are straight out oftextbooks. This is also true of the names of angels, their descriptions, offices, and so forth. The

episode of the dictation of the table can easily be seen as evidence that Kelley was fabricating the“revelations.” First Dee is told that the sigil Aemeth was correct in his books, but when confronted byconflicting versions, the “angels” produce yet another version. At one point, Kelley takes the sigil tohis room to correct it. Later, he frequently interrupts sessions when the extraction methods fail. Thismay mean that Kelley needed time to figure out where his mistakes were. And what are we to make ofthe episode in which Kelley produces a drawing in his own handwriting that appears to be aprototype of one of the diagrams? He proclaimed it a counterfeit, and Dee congratulated himself innot succumbing to doubt, but trusting God.

Indeed, the angels often seem to be telling Dee and Kelley what they want to hear to gain theircooperation, but their reasons are not apparent.

Figure 1. Dee’s wax Sigillum Dei Aemeth.

© The British Museum

Figure 2. Excerpt from. Aldaraia sive Soyga.

Figure 3. The Holy Table, from Causabon.

Figure 4. Diagrams from Aldaraia sive Soyga.

Figure 5. Art Paulina.

Figure 6. Ars Almadel.

Figure 7. The Almadel from Hermann Gollancz, Sepher Mafteah Shelomoh, 1914.

PREFACE

BE IT REMEMBERED, that the 20th of August 1672, I received by the hands of my servant SamuellStory, a parcell of Dr: Dee’s manuscripts, all written with his owne hand; vizt: his Conference withAngells, which first began the 22th of Dec: Anno: 1581, & continued to the end of May Anno: 1583,where the printed booke of the remaining conferences (published by Dr: Cawsabon) begins, & arebound up in this volume.

Beside these, the booke intituled, The 48 Claves Angelicae,103 also, Liber Scientia TerrestrisAuxilij & Victoria104 (these two being those very individuall bookes which the angells commanded tobe burnt,105 & were after restored106 by them as appeares by the printed Relation of Dr: Dee’sActions with Spirits pag: 418 & 419) The booke intituled De Heptarchia Mystica CollectaneorumLib: Primus,107 and a booke of invocations or Calls, begining with the squares filld with letters,about the black cross. These 4 bookes I have bound up in another volume.108

All which, were a few daies before delivered to my said servant, for my perusall (I being then atMr: William Lillies109 house at Hersham in Surrey) by my good freind Mr: Thomas Wale, one of hismaiesties warders in the Tower of London.

The 5th of Sept: following Mr: Wale (having heard of my retourne to towne) came to my office inthe Excise Office in Broadstreete, & told me he was content to exchang all the foresaid bookes, forone of myne, vizt: The Institution, Lawes & Ceremonies of the most Noble Order of the Garter, tothis I agreed, and provided one, which I sent him fairely bound, & gilt on the back.110

On the 10th: of the said Sept: Mr: Wale came thither to me againe, & brought his wife with him,from her I received the following account of the preservation of these bookes, even till they came tomy hands, vizt: That her former husband was one Mr: Jones111 a confectioner, who formerly dwelt atthe Plow in Lumbardstreet London, & who, shortly after they were married, tooke her with him intoAdle streete among the joyners, to buy some houshold stuff, where (at the corner house) they saw achest of cedarwood, about a yard & halfe long, whose lock & hinges, being of extraordinary neateworke, invited them to buy it. The master of the shop told them it had ben parcell of the goods of Mr:John Woodall Chirurgeon (father to Mr: Thomas Woodall late Serjant Chirurgeon to his now MaiestieKing Charles the 2nd: (my intimate friend) and tis very probable he bought it after Dr: Dee’s death,when his goods were exposed to sale.

Twenty yeares after this (& about 4 yeares before the fatall fire of London) she & her said husbandoccasionally removing this chest out of its usuall place, thought they heard some loose thing ratle in it,toward the right hand end, under the box or till112 thereof, & by shaking it, were fully satisfied it wasso: Hereupon her husband thrust a peece of iron into a small crevice at the bottome of the Chest, &thereupon appeared a private drawer, which being drawne out, therein were found divers bookes inmanuscript, & papers, together with a litle box, & therein a chaplet of olive beades, & a cross of thesame wood, hanging at the end of them.

They made no great matter of these bookes &c: because they understood them not, whichoccasioned their servant maide to wast about one halfe of them under pyes & other like uses, whichwhen discovered, they kept the rest more safe.

About two yeares after the discovery of these bookes, Mr: Jones died, & when the fire of London

hapned, though the chest perished in the flames, because not easily to be removed, yet the bookeswere taken out & carried with the rest of Mrs: Jones her goods into Moorefields, & being broughtsafely back, she tooke care to preserve them; and after marrying with the foresaid Mr: Wale, he cameto the knowledge of them, & thereupon, with her consent, sent them to me, as I haue before set downe.

E. Ashmole

Anno 1581: 1582

Mysteriorum Liber Primus

Mortlaci

*1*

Præter alias meas extemporaneas preces, et eiaculationes ad Deum vehementiores: Hæc una,maximè usitata fuit

Oratio mea Matutina, Vespertinaque: pro Sapientia.113

In nomine Dei Patris, Dei Filij, Dei Spiritus Sancti.

Amen.

Omnipotens, Sempiterne, vere, et viue Deus, in adiutorium meum intende: Domine Dominantium,Rex Regum, Jeouah Zebaoth, ad adiuuandum me festina:

Gloria Deo, Patri, Filio, et spiritui Sancto: Sicut erat in principio, et nunc, et semper et in sæculasæculorum: Amen.

Recte sapere, et intelligere doceto me, (Ô rerum omnium Creator,) Nam Sapientia tua, totum est,quod volo: Da verbum tuum in ore meo, (Ô rerum omnium Creator,) et sapientiam tuam in corde meofige.

O Domine Jesu Christe (qui sapientia vera es, æterni et Omnipotentis tui Patris) humilimè tuam oroDiuinam Maiestatem, expeditum mihi ut mittere digneris, alicuius pij, Sapientis expertique Philosophiauxilium, ad illa plenissimè intelligenda perficiendaque, quæ maximi valoris erunt ad tuam laudem etgloriam amplificandam: Et si Mortalis nullus iam in terris viuat, qui ad hoc munus aptus sit: vel quiex æterna tua providentia, ad istud mihi præstandum beneficium assignatus fuerit: Tunc equidemhumilimè, ardentissimè et constantissimè a tua Diuina Maiestate requiro, ut ad me de cælis mitteredigneris bonos tuos Spirituales Ministros; Angelosque, videlicet Michaëlem, Gabrielem, Raphaëlemac Urielem: et (ex Diuino tuo fauore) quoscunque, alios, veros, fidelesque tuos Angelos, qui me pleneet perfecte informent et instruant, in cognitione, intelligentiaque vera et exacta, Arcanorum et

Magnalium tuorum (Creaturas omnes tuas, illarumque naturas, proprietates, et optimos usus,concernentium) et nobis Mortalibus Scitu necessariorum; ad tui nominis laudem, honorem, et gloriam;et ad solidam meam, aliorumque (per me,) plurimorum tuorum fidelium consolationem: et adInimicorum tuorum confusionem, et subversionem. Amen. Fiat Jeouah Zebaoth: Fiat Adonay, fiatElohim. O beata, et superbenedicta Omnipotens Trinitas, Concedas mihi (Joanni Dee) petitionemhanc, modo tali, qui tibi maximè placebit.114

Amen.

Ab anno 1579. hoc ferè modo: Latinè, vel Anglicè; (ast circa annum 1569 alio et peculiari,particulari modo: interdum pro Raphaële, interdum pro Michaële) ad Deum præces fundere: mihigratissimum fuit: Mirabilem in me faciat Deus Misericordiam suam.115

Amen

John Dee his Note116,117,118,119,120,121

...icensia ...... rig122 Ad Deum Omnipotentem Protestatio fidelis: ad perpetuam rei memoriam123 Anno 1582.

O God Almighty, thow knowest, & art my director, and witnes herein, That I haue from my youth up,desyred & prayed unto thee for pure & sownd wisdome and understanding of some of thy truthesnaturall and artificiall: such, as by which, thy wisdome, goodnes & powre bestowed in the frame ofthe word might be browght, in some bowntifull measure under the Talent124 of my Capacitie, to thyhonor & glory, & the benefit of thy Servants, my brethern & Sistern, in, & by thy Christ our Saviour.And for as much as, many yeres, in many places, far & nere, in many bokes, & sundry languagis, Ihaue sowght, & studyed; and with sundry men conferred, and with my owne reasonable discourselabored, whereby to fynde or get some ynckling, glyms, or beame of such the forsaid radicall truthes:But, (to be brief) after all my forsaid endevor I could fynde no other way, to such true wisdomeatteyning, but by thy extraordinary gift: and by no vulgar Schole doctrine, or humane Invention. And,Seing, I haue red in thy bokes, & records, how Enoch enioyed thy favor and conversation, withMoyses thow wast familier: And allso that to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, Josua, Gedeon, Esdras,Daniel, Tobias, and sundry other, thy good Angels were sent, by thy disposition, to instruct them,informe them, help them, yea in worldly and domesticall affaires, yea and sometimes to satisfy theyrdesyres, dowtes & questions of thy Secrets: And furdermore Considering, the Shew-stone, which the

high preists did use, by thy owne ordering: wherein they had lights and Judgments in theyr greatdowtes: and considering allso that thow (O God) didst not refuse to instruct thy prophets, (then,called Seers) to give true answers to common people of things æconomicall, as Samuel, for Saul,125

seeking for his fathers asses being gon astray: and of other things vulgar true predictions, whereby towyn credyt unto thy waightier affayres: And thinking with my self, the lack of thy wisdome; to me, tobe of more importance, then the Value of an Asse or two, could be to Cis, (Saul his father): Andremembring what good cownsayle thy Apostle James giveth, saying, Si quis autem vestrûm indigetsapientia, postulet a Deo, &c.126 And that Salomon the wise, did so, euen immediately by thy self,atteyne to his wonderfull wisdome. Therfore, seeing I was sufficiently towght and confirmed, that thiswisdome could not be come by at mans hand or by humane powre, but onely from thee (Ô God)mediately127 or immediately) And having allwayes a great regarde & care to beware of the filthyabvse of such as willingly and wetingly, did invocate & consult (in diuerse sorts) Spirituall creaturesof the damned sort: angels of darknes, forgers & patrons of lies & untruthes: I did fly unto thee byharty prayer, full oft, & in sundry manners: sometymes Crying unto thee, Mittas lucem tuam etveritatem tuam, que me ducant &c,128 sometymes Recte sapere et intelligere doceto me, Namsapientia tua totum est quod volo: &c,129 sometymes, Da verbum tuum in ore meo, et sapientiam,tuam in corde meo fige &c.130 And having perceyued by some slight experiens with two diuersepersons, that thow hadst a speciall care to give me thy light, and truth, by thy holy and true ministersAngelic and Spirituall: and at length, hearing of one, (a master of Arte, a preacher of thy wordadmitted) accownted as a good Seer,131 and skryer of Spirituall apparitions, in Christallinereceptacle, or in open ayre, by his practise procured: and trusting to frame him, by my ernest &faithfull prayers unto thee (my God) to some my help in my forsayd Studies: tyll, thow (o hevenlyfather) woldest by thy unserchable proveydence, send me some apter man or means thereto.Thereuppon trying him and using him, I fownd great diuersity betwene his private usuall manner, andintente of practise, and my pure, sincere, devowte, & faithfull prayer unto thee onely. And therforeoften & fervently I exhorted him to the good; and reproved both him, and his ministers, with my nosmall daunger, but that thow (in manner unhard of) didst pitch thy holy tente to my defence, andcumfert, in conflict most terrible: as thow best knowest O God, and I willed him thereuppon to preachthy mercyes, & the verity of the kingly prophet his testimony, Castrametatur Angelus Domini, inCircuitu timentium eum.132 And out of Roger Bachon his boke written De mirabili potestate Artis etNatura,133 (where he writeth against the wycked Diuel callers) I noted unto him this sentence,Facilius (sine comparatione a Deo134 impetrandum foret, vel a bonis spiritibus, quicquid hominiutile reputare &c135 which my cownsayle he promised me to follow, as thow art witnes, ô our true &almighty God. And as thy good spirituall creatures neyther had delight in the man, neyther wold soplaynely & preistly give me theyr answers or informations by him, that he might be hable to perceyvethe pith therof: So was he at length very unwilling to here him self rebuked for his nawghtynes, and tobe barred from the Mysteries of thy truthes understanding; which were the onely things that I desyred,throwgh thy grace, o our most mercifull God. Therfore, as well for a Memoriall answerable to thepremisses, as for the better warrant of my Such exercises to be made accownt of, hereafter: (leavingall unto thy infinite mercies, and unsearchable providence,) I haue thowght it not impertinent, to notedowne, even in this place one of the last Actions, which I had with the forsayd preacher: when I madeernest & faythfull petition unto thee (o the true and Almighty God) for sending, unto my cumfort &eridition, (yf it were thy blessed will,) thy holy, & mighty Angel Annael: of whome and of all the

Hierarchies hevenly all prayer honor & thanks, be rendred unto thy diuine maistie: now & euer: &worlde without ende. Amen. Amen. Amen.

Anno 1581 Decembris 22. Mane136 Mortlak

Δ: After my fervent prayers made to God, for his mercifull cumfort and instruction, throwgh theministery of his holy and myghty Angel, named Anael,137 (yf it wer his diuine pleasure) I willed, theSkryer, (named Saul) to loke into my great Chrystaline Globe, yf God had sent his holy Angel Anael,or no: And Saul loking into my forsayd stone, (or Chrystall Globe) for to espie Anael, he saw thereone,138 which answered to that name. But being ernestly requested of me to tell the Truthe yf he wereAnaël, An other did appere very bewtifull, with apparell yellow, glittering, like gold: and his hed hadbeames like ster beams, biasing, and spredding from it; his eyes fyrie. He wrote in the stone verymuch in hebrue letters, and the letters seamed all transparent gold: which, Saul was not able eytherpresently to reade, that I might write after his voyce, neyther to imitate the letters in short tyme. Abright ster, did go up and down by him. There appeared allso a white dog, with a long hed.139 Andmany other visions appeared, with this second: The first being voyded quite away. Thereuppon Isayd, as followeth,

Δ: In nomine Jesu Christi, Quis tu es?140 He answered to Saul his hearing.AN: Potestas omnis, in me sita est.141

Δ: Quake?142

AN: Bona, et mala.143

Δ: Then appeared in the stone, these two letters M. G. I then axing him some questions, deThesauro abscondito:144 He answered,

AN: Ne perturbes: Nam hæ sunt Nugse.145

And withall appeared many dedd mens skulls, on his left hand. He sayd to me,AN: Ubi est potestas tua?146

Δ: Cur quæris de potestate aliqua mea?147

AN: Cur? Signifi, non mihi placet.148

Δ: I, thereuppon, set by him, the stone in the frame:

and sayd,Δ: An bonus aliquis Angelus, assignatus est huic speculo?149

AN: Etiam.150

Δ: Quis?151

AN: He answered, by the shew of these letters in the stone.Δ: Bonus ne ille Angelus, de quo in scripturis fit mentio?152

AN: Maximè.153

Δ: Fieri ne potest, quod ego eundem videam, et cum illo agam?154

AN: Ita.155 And therewith appeared this character—

Δ: Quid per hoc, significare velis?156

AN: Alterius Angeli character est.157

Δ: Cur hîc, et nunc ostendis?158

AN: Causam ob magnam.159 Make an ende: It shalbe declared, but not by me.Δ: By whome then?AN: By him that is assigned to the stone: but not, tyll after the feast. And then thow must prepare

thyself, to prayer and fasting.160

In the Name of God, be Secret: and in all thy doings praying, tyll thow hast thy desyre: which shallnot be far of. After Newyeres tyde, Deale, But not on the Sabaoth day. Pray contynually. When it shallpleas god, to stir thee up, Then procede. In the brightest day, When the Sonne shyneth: In the morning,fasting, begynne to pray. In the Sonne Set the stone. Deale both Kneeling, and sitting. I haue done forthis tyme.

My name is ANNAEL.I will speak ones more to thee: and than farewell: for thow shalt not haue me any more.

Be not to hasty in wrath.

Δ: Is this, that, you ment to speak?AN: I. Do good to all men. God hath sufficient for thee, and for all men.

Farewell.

Δ: Gloria patri et filio et spiritui sancto. Sicut erat in principio, et nunc et semper: et in sæculasæculorum.161

Amen.

Δ: Remember, that diuerse other particulars, mowght haue byn Noted of this dayes Action: but thesemay suffice: And yet it is not to be forgotten, that as he sayd his name was Annael (with a dubble n)so he allso confessed himself to be the same Annaël which is prepositus orbis veneris:162 and allsoChief governor Generall of this great period, as I haue Noted in my boke of Famous and richDiscoueries.163

Consider and Remember: That this Note, of the Action, (had with holy ANNAEL), is, of princeBefafes, (otherwise called Obelison) accownted as the Prolog of my first boke of mysticall exercisesAnno 1582. Nouembris 20. Vide post.

At Mortlak

In nomine Jesv CHRISTI.164 Amen.

Anno 1582. Martij die. 10. hora 11¼ Ante meridiem. Saterday

Δ: One165 Mr. Edward Talbot cam to my howse,166 and he being willing and desyrous to see or shewsome thing in spirituall practise, wold haue had me to haue done some thing therein. And I truelyexcused myself therein as not in the, vulgarly accownted Magik, neyther studied, or exercised: Butconfessed my self, long tyme to haue byn desyrous to haue help in my philosophicall studies throwghthe Cumpany and information of the blessed Angels of God. And thereuppon, I browght furth to him,my stone in the frame,

(which was given me of a frende) and I sayd unto him, that I was credibly informed, that to it (after asort) were answerable Aliqui Angeli boni:167 And allso that I was ones willed by a Skryer, to call forthe good Angel Anchor, to appere in that stone to my owne sight. And therfore I desyred him to callhim: and (yf he wold) Anachor and Anilos likewise, accownted good Angels, for I was not preparedthereunto. &c. He than settled him self to the Action: and on his Knees att my desk (setting the stonebefore him) fell to prayer and entreaty &c. In the mean space, I, in my Oratory did pray, and makemotion to god, and his good Creatures for the furdering of this Action. And within one quarter of anhowre (or less) he had sight of one in the stone. but he still expected for two more: deeming this to beone of the three (namely Anchor Anachor Anilos). But I then cam to him, to the stone: And after somethanks to God, and Wellcome to the good Creature, used, I required to know his name. And he spakeplainly, (to the hearing of E.T.) that his name is URIEL.

Δ: Are you one of them (sayd I, John Dee) that are answerable, (uppon due observationsperformed) to this stone?

URIEL: I am.Δ: Are there any more besyde you?UR: Michael and Raphaël. But, Michael est princeps in operibus nostris.168

Δ: Ys my boke, of Soyga,169 of any excellency?UR: Liber ille, erat Adæ in Paradiso reuelatus, per Angelos Dei bonos.170

Δ: Will you give me any instructions, how I may read those Tables of Soyga?UR: I can - But solus Michaël illius libri est interpretator.171

Δ: I was told, that after I could read that boke, I shold liue but two yeres and a half.UR: Thow shallt liue an Hundred and od yeres.172

Δ: What may I, or must I do, to haue the sight, and presence, of Michael, that blessed Angel?UR: Præssentias nostras postulate et invocate, sinceritate et humilitate. Et Anchor, Anachor, et

Anilos, non sunt in hunc Lapidem invocandi.173

Δ: Oh, my great and long desyre hath byn to be hable to read those Tables of Soyga.UR: Hæc maximè respiciunt Michaëlem. Michaël est Angelus, qui illuminat gressus tuos. Et hæc

revelantur in virtute et veritate non vi.174

Δ: Is there any speciall tyme, or howre to be observed, to deale for the enioying of Michael?UR: Omnis hora, est hora nobis.175

Δ: After this, there appered176 in the stone a strange seale, or Characterismus of this fashionensuing:

Δ: What is the intente, or use of this?UR:177 Sigillum hoc in auro sculpendum, ad defensionem corporis, omni loco, tempore et

occasione: et in pectus gestandum.178

Δ: So we ceased, with thanks to god: and I mused much uppon this Action: and layd all up inmynde, and writing.

Δ: Soli Deo Honor omnis, et gloria.179

Amen.

The same Saterday after none. Hora. 5.

Δ: After that Mr. E.T. had called Uriel, and I was come to the stone and had used a short speche ofthanks giving to God: I then required some instruction for the purpose of Soyga.

UR: Peace. You must use Michael.Δ: I know no meanes or order to use in the invocating of Michaël.180

UR: He is to be invocated by certayn of the psalmes of Dauid, and prayers. The which psalmes, arenothing els, but a means unto the seat and Maiestie of God: whereby you gather with your selues duepowre, to apply your natures to the holy Angels. I mean the psalmes, commonly called the Sevenpsalmes.181 You must use pleasant sauours: with hand and hart: whereby you shall allure him andwynn him (thorowgh Gods fauour) to atteyn unto the thing, you haue long sowght for. There must beConiunction of myndes in prayer, betwyxt you two, to God Contynually. Yt is the wyll of God, thatyou shold, ioinctly, haue the knowledge of his Angells to-gither. You had atteyned unto the sight ofMichaël, but for the imperfection of Saul. Be of good Cumfort.

Δ: The chayre cam into the stone againe: and I axed what it ment.UR: This is a seat of perfection: from the which, things shall be shewed unto thee, which thow

hast long desyred.Δ: Then was there a square Table browght into the stone: and I demaunded, what that Table

betokened.UR: A Mysterie, not yet to be known. These two, shall remayn in the stone, to the sight of all

undefyled creatures.You must use a fowre square Table, two cubits square: Where uppon must be set Sigillum

Dei,182 which is allready perfected183 in a boke of thyne: Blessed be God, in all his Mysteries, andHoly in all his works. This seal must not be loked on, without great reuerence and deuotion. Thisseale is to be made of perfect wax. I mean, wax, which is clean purified: we haue no respect ofcullours. This seal must be 9 ynches in diameter: The rowndnes must be 27 ynches, and somwhatmore. The Thicknes of it, must be of an ynche and half a quarter, and a figure of a crosse, mustbe on the back-side of it, made thus:

The Table is to be made of swete wood: and to be of two Cubits high: with 4 feete: with 4 of the

former seales under the 4 feet.Δ: The fashion of the 4 feet, standing uppon the foresayd rownd seales, was shewed: so as the

uttermost circle conteyning the letters, did seme to be clean without184 the cumpas of the fete, equallyrownd abowt the same fete. And these seales were shewed much lesser than the principall seal.185

Under the Table did seme to be layd red sylk, two yardes square. And ouer the seal, did semelikewise red sylk to lye fowr square: somwhat broader then the Table, hanging down with 4 knops ortassells at the 4 corners thereof.

Uppon this uppermost red silk, did seme to be set the stone with the frame: right ouer, and upponthe principall seal: sauing that the sayd sylk was betwene the one and the other.

The Table was shewed to haue on the fowre sides of it, Characters186 and names, these, that arehere in a schedule annexed, in 4 diuerse rowes.

UR: The characters and words on the sides of the square Table, are to be written with yellow,made of perfect oyle, used in the church.

Δ: What oyle is that?UR: That oyle shalbe opened unto you. The oyle, is perfect prayers: of other oyle I haue no respect.

We sanctifie, bycause we are holy: and you sanctify bycause of your holines.UR: There is a spirit, named Lundrumguffa using you who seketh your destruction, in the hatred of

men, in the hurt of thy goods. Discharge him to morrow with Brymstone.187 He haunteth thy howse,and seketh the destruction of thy dowghter. His pretence was to haue maymed thee in thy Sholder thelast night, and long ago. Yf thow do not dischardg him to morrow, he will hurt, both thy wife and thydowghter.188

He is here now.189

Giue him a generall discharge from your familie and howse. He will seke Sauls death, who isaccursed.190

Δ: I know no means, or art to do this by. For I did burn in flame of Brymstone, Maherion his nameand Character, whan I fownd Saul priuilie dealing with him (which manner of wicked dealing I hadoft forbydden him) and yet he cam after, and wold haue carryed Saul away quick: as Robert Hilton,George,191 and other of my howse can testify.

UR: The cursed will come to the cursed.Δ: I beseche you to discharge him: and to bynde him somwhere far of, as Raphael did (for Thobias

sake) with the wycked spirit Asmodeus.UR: But Thobias did his part.192 Art is vayne, in respect of God his powre. Brymstone is a mean.Δ: Whan shall I do this?UR: To morrow at the tyme of prayers.Δ: Gloria Patri et filio et Spiritui Sancto,

sicut &c.193 Amen.

1582 Martij 11

Sonday. a Meridie hora .3. a circiter.194

Δ: Uriel being called by E.T. there appeared one, clothed with a long robe, of purple: all spangedwith gold, and on his hed, a garland, or wreath of gold: his eyes sparkling: of whome I axed Whetherthe characters noted for the Table, wer perfect: He answered,

They are perfect:195 There is no question.Δ: Are you Uriel?Than presently196 cam in One, and threw the brave197 spirit down by the sholders: and bet him

mightyly with a whip: and toke all his robes, and apparell of him: and then he remayned all heary andowggly: and styll the spirit was beaten of him, who cam-in after him. And that spirit, which so bethim, sayd to the hearing of my Skryer,

Lo, thus are the wycked skourged.Δ: Are you Uriel, who speaketh that?Uri: I am he. Write down and mark this: for it is worthy of the Noting.This was thy persecutor Lundrumguffa. I browght him hither to let thee see, how God hath ponished

thy enemy.198

Lo, thus, hath God delt for thee: Lo thus haue I delt for thee: Thank God.Δ: Blessed be his holy name; and extolled, world with out ende.E.T: He drew the wycked spirit away, by the leggs, and threw him into a great pitt, and washed his

hands, as it were, with the sweat of his own hed: for he seamed to be all in a sweat.Δ: Here-uppon, my skryer saw Uriel go away: and he remayned out of sight a little while. Then he

cam-in agayn: and an other with him: and iointly these two said to gither, Glorifie God for euer.And than Uriel did stand behinde: and the other did set down in the chayre, with a sworde in hisright hand: all his hed glystring199 like the sonne. The heare of his hed was long. He had wings: andall his lower parts seamed to be with feathers. He had a roab ouer his body: and a great light in hisleft hand. He sayd,

Michaël: We are blessed from the begynning: and blessed be the name of God for euer.Δ: My skryer saw an innumerable Cumpany of Angels abowt him: And Uriel did lean on the

square Table by. He that sat in the chayre (whom we take to be Michaël) sayd Than,Go forward: God hath blessed thee.I will be thy Guyde.Thow shallt atteyne unto thy serching.The World begynnes with thy doings.

Prayse God.

The Angels under my powre, shall be at thy commaundement. Lo, I will do thus much for thee.Lo, God will do thus much for thee.Thow shalt see me: and I will be seen of thee.And I will direct thy liuing and conversation.

Those that sowght thy life,200 are vanished away.

Put up thy pen.

Δ: So he departed.Δ: Gloria, laus, honor, virtus et Imperium Deo immortali, invisibili, et Omnipotenti, in sæcula

sæculorum.201

Amen.

Martij 14. Wensday. mane circa horam 9ã.

Δ: Being desirous to procede in this matter, by consent, we bent our selues to the Action. And afterthat E.T. had called Uriel and saw him, I cam to the desk from my oratorie. There did contynuallyappeare, the chayre and the Table. I than being affrayde that any other shold come into the stone,instead of Uriel, did ernestly require the spirituall creature appearing, to shew who he was, and whatwas his name: At length he answered, and sayde to the hearing of E.T.,

Uriel is my name, with diuerse called Nariel.202

Stay.

Δ: Then he went away, for a while: and cam agayn, and sayd thus,Ur: The strength of God, is allwayes with thee. Dost thow know, what thow writest?Δ: In two senses, I may understand it: eyther that the good Angel Gabriel203 is allwayes with me,

thowgh invisibly: or els, that the strength, and mighty hand of God, allwayes is my defense.Ur: Fortitudo Dei, tecum semper est.204

Δ: He went away agayn, and cam agayn, following or wayting uppon an other: and before thatother, was a man hauing his hed all couered with blak. Then he that cam so in the middle, did sitdown in the chayre, and spake this worde following:

Mi: Note.Δ: This was Michael, with his sword in his right hand. Then cam Uriel to the man (hauing his hed

all hyd, as it were in a blak hode) and toke-of that blak hode: and then lifted-up the Table cloth. Helooked under it, and put it down againe: and lifted it up again. The man stode still before Michael.Then Michael rose; and toke-of all the mans clothes, and left him, as it were, onely in his shirt. ThenUriel toke a little rownd Tablet, as it were, of the bignes of a sixpence, hauing two letters in it, thus:

and gaue it to Michaël. Uriel lifted up the Table cloth: and, from thence, seamed to take apparaile,and put on the man. It semed to be sylk: and very full of wrynkles, or plights. And the man kneeled,and held-up his hands. Uriel toke like a lawrell bush, and set uppon the mans hed. And than the mankneeled before Michaël. Michaël toke the rownd thing, with the letters: and gaue it the man to eat: andhe did eat it.

Ur: Lo, things are covered.Δ: Then he couered the Table and pluckt the cloth over it, down to the grownd, on euery side. The

man rose up: And Michaël dubbed him on the hed with his sworde. Then the man stode-up. Then theman turned his face toward E.T. the skryer: and the man did resemble me (John Dee) in cowntenance.And then he turned to Michaël agayn. Michael wrote uppon the mans back, thus,

ANGELVS TVÆ PROFESSIONIS.205

Δ: Then E.T. asked me, yf there were such Angels of a mans Profession: and I answered yea; as inAgrippa206 and other, is declared.

Mi: Leaue your folly: Hold thy peace. Haue you not red, that they that cleaue unto God, are madelike unto him.

Δ: Yes, forsoth.Mic: Thow camst hither to lern, and not to dispute. Laudate Dominum in operibus suis.207

Δ: The man kneled down, and so went out of sight.Mi: He hath eaten strength against trubble: He hath eaten nothing: and in eating, he hath eaten all

things. The name208 NA, be praysed in trubbles.Δ: Now Michael thrust out his right arme, with the sword: and bad the skryer to loke. Then

his sword did seame to cleaue in two: and a great fyre, flamed out of it, vehemently. Then hetoke a ring out of the flame of his sworde: and gaue it, to Uriel: and sayd, thus:

Mic: The strength of God, is unspeakable. Praysed be god for euer and euer.Δ: Then Uriel did make cursy unto him.Mi: After this sort, must thy ring be: Note it.Δ: Then he rose, or disapeared, out of the chayre, and by and by, cam again, and sayde, as

followeth.Mi: I will reveale thee this ring: which was never revealed since the death of Salomon: with

whom I was present. I was present with him in strength, and mercy. Lo, this it is. This is it,wherewith all Miracles, and diuine works and wonders were wrowght by Salomon: This is it,which I haue revealed unto thee. This is it, which Philosophie dreameth of. This is it, which theAngels skarse know. This is it, and blessed be his Name: yea, his Name be blessed for euer.

Δ: Then he layd the Ring down uppon the Table: and sayd,Note.Δ: It shewed to be a Ring of Gold: with a seale graued in it: and had a rownd thing in the myddle of

the seale and a thing like a V, throwgh the top of the circle: and an L, in the bottome: and a barr————cleane throwgh it: And had these fowre letters in it, PELE.209

After that, he threw the ring on the borde, or Table: and it semed to fall throwgh the Table:and then he sayde, thus,

Mi: So shall it do, at thy commaundement.Without this, thow shalt do nothing.210 Blessed be his name, that cumpasseth all things:

Wonders are in him, and his Name is WONDERFVLL : His Name worketh wonders fromgeneration, to generation.

Δ: Then he went away: and cam-in agayn by and by.Mi: Note.Δ: Then he browght-in the Seale, which he shewed the other day: and opened his sworde, and

bad the skryer, reade, and he red, EMETH.211

Then the sword closed up agayn: and he sayde,Mi: This I do open unto thee, bycause thow mervayledst at SIGILLVM DEI. This is the Name

of the Seale: Which be blessed for euer. This is the seale self. This is Holy: This is pure: This isfor euer. Amen.

Δ: Then the seale vanished away. And I sayd to my frende (the Skryer) In dede, this other day, Iconsidered diuerse fashions of the seal: and I fownd them much differing, one from an other: andtherfore I had nede to know, which of them I shall imitate: or how to make one perfect of them all.

Mi: Dowt not for the making of it: for God hath perfyted all things. Ask not the cause of myabsence, nor of my apparell: for that Mysterie, is known to God. I haue no cloathing, as thow thy selfshalt see. I am a Spirit of Truth, and Vertue.212 Yea you shall see me in Powre, and I will viset you inHOPE. Bless you the Lorde, and follow his wayes, for euer.

Δ: Then he went away: and Uriel followed him. And then I sayde to my skryer: It were good, wehad euer some watch-word, when we shold not loke for any more matter at theyr hands, euery tyme oftheyr visitting of us. Whereuppon, (unlooked-for, of us,) he spake agayn.

Mi: We lead tyme, Tyme leadeth not us:

Put up thy pen.

The Name of God, be blessed for euer.Δ: Then they lifted up theyr hands to heuenward (which heven, appeared allso in the stone) and

turned toward us, and sayd,

Valete.213

Δ: So they departed: and at theyr going, the chayr, and the Table, in the stone, did seme to shake.

Δ: Soli Deo omnis honor Laus et Gloria.214

Amen.

Martij 15. Thursday. Hora 1¼ a meridie.

Δ: After E.T. his calling into the stone, appeared a tall man, with a sceptre (very great) of gold,glittring. His body all red: and out of his hed, did shote out beames of light, like the sonne beames.

Δ: Being desirous, to know who he was, and his name, I requested him ernestly thereto. But heanswered, as followeth,

Invocate nomen Domini, et agnoscetis eum.215

Δ: Then I prayed the psalme, Deus misereatur nostri, et benedicat nobis &c.216 After that, he sayd,I am mighty.Δ: Bycause he delayed to declare his name, E.T. the skryer did require him, in the name of God the

father, Jesus Christ his sonne, and of the holy ghost, to express his name: and he answered in speche.So I will by and by.Δ: Then he seamed to take from his hed little bright sparcks, like little candells endes: and to stick

them abowt the chayre: and he went rownd abowt the chayre: and than he spake, as followeth,I am mighty, and working wonders: I am SALAMIAN.217 I rule in the hevens, and beare sway

uppon erth in his name, who be blessed for euer. Thow doost dowt at me. I am the servant of God, inhis light: I serve him. I say, I serve him, with feare and reverence. My name is SALAMIAN: Mightyin the Sonne, worker of wordly actions, as well internall, as externall: known unto God: whose nameI know, and bless for euer.

Δ: Then appeared a big flame of fyre by him in the ayre.Sal: Thow knowest not, or thow wilt not know, that Mamon, with his servants, are present abowt

thee: whose presence doth hinder the presence of the vertues Adonay our comming. Blessed be God,in the highest.

Amen.

Δ: He toke the forsaide flame of fyre, and flung it up unto the heven ward.Sal: Mamon is a king whome God hateth: whose sect, contynually tempt, provoke and stir-up

wickednes, against the Lord, and against his annoynted. But he dyeth: blessed be God for euer. Driuehim away.

Δ: It is incomparably more easy for you to do. And as for my parte, I fele neyther in body, norsowle, any token of his presence or working. Thereuppon he caused the whole chamber (which wewere in) to appere very playnely in the stone: and so there shewed a great cumpany of wycked spiritsto be in the chamber: and among them, One, most horrible and grisely thretting,218 and approaching toour heds: and skorning and gnashing at us.

Sala: God determines his mysteries, by Arte and vertue.Δ: Then he willed me very egerly, to drive them away. And I prayed fervently. And there seamed

One to come into the stone, which had very long armes: and he draue them away courragiously: Andso they were driuen away. After that presently, cam one into the stone, all white. Salamian reachedthis white one a Cup. The white man held-up the Cup: and sayd, as followeth,

Lo, this is my name.God shall bless you. Fear not: your faithfullness provoketh me to tell my name, and this it is:

(putting furth the Cup again) for, I am called Medicina Dei.219 I will shew thee, and I will shew you,the Angel of your Direction, which is called OCH.220

Δ: This name he spake: he shewed it allso on the Table (before him) written.Raph: He is mighty in the sonne beames: He shall profit thee hereafter.Δ: Then cam in an other, and sat down in the chayre: and he sayde, as followeth,The strength of God liueth: and God raigneth for euer. I am Fortitudo Dei.Δ: Why, then, you are Gabriel: and I toke you hitherto to be Michaël. How shall I then amend my

boke, in respect of your name, allwayes before, written Michael?For.Dei: What thow hast written, that hast thow written: and it is true. Write down this name.

POLIPOS.221 Dost thow understand it?Δ: No, God knoweth.For.Dei: When that day commeth, I will speak with thee: yf thow observe that which I haue

commaunded thee.222 As truely, as I was with SALOMON, so truely will I be with thee.Δ: Then cam in an other, whom we toke to be Uriel: for he went allso, as he was wont, and leaned

at the Table.For.Dei: Search for wisdome and lerning, and the lord will deliuer it unto you.Δ: I wold to god, I knew your name truely, or what peculier letter I might set for you, to Note your

words and Actions by.For.Dei: Name I haue none, but by my office. SALAMIAN cam not hither, but by me. He is a

mighty Prince, governing the hevens, under my powre. This is sufficient for thy Instruction. I was withSalomon, in all his works and wonders: and so was this, whome God had appointed unto him. TheDiuines know his name: and he is not hidden from the face of the erth: His name is written in the bokewhich lyeth in the Wyndow.

Δ: Do you mean Agrippa his boke? And is it there expressed by the name SALAMIAN?223

For.Dei: I haue sayde.Δ: What order will you appoint unto us two, in respect of our two beings to-gither? My frende

here, may haue other intents and purposes of his affayres, then will serve me, for his ayde hauing inthese Actions.

For.Dei: Joyne in prayers. For God hath blessed you: Dowt not.

Consider these mysteries.

Δ: Then they in the stone used talk to gither: but not well to be discerned of the eare of E.T.At length F.D. talked very much, and spedily to E.T. and disclosed unto him (which he expressed

not to me, at the stone but afterward) all the manner of the practise, and the Circumstance abowt theAction intended, with the Gold lamin, the ring, the seales &c. And after I had spoken somwhat, inrequesting him, to shew me the manner, How I shold artificially prepare euery thing spoken of, hesayd,

F.D:

[. . . Use me, in the Name of God, for all occasions.224 . . .]

Blessed225 be God, who revealeth all Mysteries, &c. I am strength in nede. And Lo, here isMedicine for the sore. We bless the Lord: We gouern the erth, by the societie of Gabriel: whose

powre, is with us: but he not here. &c.

Use Patience.

Ur: I liued with Esdras: I liued in him, in the lord, who liueth for euer.226

Raph: I liued with Tobie: Tobie the yonger.227

Δ: This was the white creature, that spake this.F.D: We liue in the Lorde: who be praysed for euer.Δ: I stode silent a good while.FD: What wilt thow?Δ: I did attend, what you wold say.F.D: I haue sayd.Δ: I haue byn long at this tyme, in my dealing with you. I trust, I do not offend you therewith. But,

for my parte, I could finde in my hart to contynue whole dayes and nights in this manner of doing: euentyll my body shold be ready to synk down for wearines, before I wold giue ouer. But I feare, I hauecaused wearines to my frende here.

F.D: In vertue is no wearines.Δ: Now he stode up, out of his chayr: and he, and they all, ioinctly blessed us, stretching theyr

hands toward us, Crossingly. And so they went away. The Table and the chayre remayned and theglyttring sparckles, or drops of streaming little lightes were of the chayre immediately.

Δ: Glorie, thanks, and honor be unto the Almighty Trinitie.

Amen.228

[Mysteriorum Liber Secundus]

. . . mysteryes,229 . . . . . . ow toward a thing, r . . .

. . . howse is hollow, it is empty and voyde . . . . . . ants: The God of heuen and erth, will send into . . .

NOTE. We bring tydings of light* . The Lord is owr . . . you and we prayse to gither. His namebe praysed for ever. O . . . in his Mysteries: O holy and eternall God.

Δ: He bowed down to the Chayre and then to the table, and sayd, Benedictus qui venit in,230 (and

there stayed a little) and sayd agayn, Benedictus qui venit in, nomine Domini.231

Δ: Than cam in Michael, with a sword in his hand, as he was wont: and I sayd unto him, are youMichael?

Mich: Dowt not: I am he which reioyce in him that reioyceth in the Fortitude and strength ofGod.232

Δ: Is this Forme, for the Great Seale perfect?Mi: The forme is true and perfect. Thow shalt sweare by the liuing God, the strength of his Mercy,

and his Medicinall vertue, powred into mans sowle neuer to disclose these Mysteries.233

Δ: Yf No man, by no means, shall perceyue any thing herof, by me, I wold think that I shold not dowell.

Mi: Nothing is cut from the Church of God. We in his Saincts are blessed for euer.We separate thee, from fyled and wycked persons: We move thee to God.Δ: I vow, as you require: God be my help, and Gwyde, now and euer, amen.MIC: This is a Mystery, skarse worthy for us ourselues, to know, muche lesse to Reueale. Art thow,

then, so Contented?Δ: I am: God be my strength.Mic: Blessed art thow among the Saincts: And blessed are you both.I will pluck thee, from among the wycked [he spake to my skryer.]234 Thow Commyttest Idolatry.

But take hede of Temptation: The Lord hath blessed thee. This is a Mystery.Dee, what woldest thow haue?Δ: Recte sapere et Intelligere &c.235

Mic: Thy Desyre is graunted thee. Use . . .

. . . with236 . . . . . . they are corrupted . . .

. . . they haue byn used to the wycked. Ther . . .

[Michael: -]:237 I will shew thee in the mighty hand and strength of God, [what] his Mysteriesare: The true Circle of his æternitie Comprehending all vertue: The whole and Sacred Trinitie.Oh, holy be he: Oh, holy be he: Oh, holy be he.

Uriel answered, Amen.Mic: Now what wilt thow? Δ: I wold full fayne procede according to the matter in hand.Mic: Diuide the owtward circle into 40 æquall partes: whose greatest numbers are fowre. See

thow do it presently.Δ: I did so. Diuiding it first into fowre: and then every of them into ten. He called Semiel, and

one cam in and kneled down: and great fyre cam out of his mowth.238

Michael sayde, To him, are the Mysteries of these Tables known.Michael sayde, Semiel (agayn) and by and by, he239 said, O God thow hast sayd and thow

liuest for euer. Do not think here I speake to him. Δ: He spake that to us, least we might dowte of hislast speches, as being spoken to Semiel: which he directed to the æternall god and not to Semiel.Semiel stode up, and flaming fire cam out of his mowth: and than he sayd, as followeth,

Sem: Mighty Lord, what woldest thow with the Tables?Mic: It is the will of God, Thow fatche them hither.Sem: I am his Tables.Behold these are his Tables. Lo where they are.Δ: There cam-in 40 white Creatures, all in white Sylk long robes and they like chyldern: and

all they fallyng on theyr knees sayd,Thow onely art Holy among the highest. O God, Thy Name,240 be blessed for euer.Δ: Michael stode up out of his chayre, and by and by, all his leggs semed to be like two great

pillers of brass:241 and he as high as half way to the heven. And by and by, his sword was all onfyre and he stroke, or drew his sworde ouer all theyr 40 heds. The Erth quaked: and the 40 felldown: and Michael called Semiael, with a thundring voyce, and sayd,

Declare the Mysteries of the Liuing God, our God, of one that liueth for euer.Sem: I am redy. Δ: Michael stroke ouer them, with his sword agayne: and they all fell down,

and Uriel allso on his knees. And commonly at the striking with his sword, flamyng fier likelightening did flash with all.

Mi: Note: here is a Mysterie.Δ: Then stept furth, one of the 40, from the rest, and opened his brest which was couered

with Sylk, and there appeared a great T all of Gold.242

Mi: Note the Number. ∆: Ouer the T, stode the figure of 4, after this manner:

The 40, all, cryed, Yt liueth and Multiplyeth for euer: blessed be his name.243

∆: That creature did shut up his bosome, and vanished away, like unto a fyre.Mi: Place that, in the first place. It is the name of the Lorde.244

∆: Than there seamed a great clap of thunder to be. Then stepped (before the rest) one other ofthe 40, and kneled as the other did before. And a voyce was herd saying, Prayse God, for his name isreuerent.

Michael sayd to me, say after me thus,

Deus Deus Deus noster, benedictus es nunc et semper: Amen.Deus Deus Deus noster, benedictus es nunc et semper: Amen.Deus Deus Deus noster, benedictus es nunc et semper: 245 Amen.

∆: Then this Creature opened his breast, and fyre cam oute of the stone as before and a great

romayne G appeared.246

Mi: Write with reuerence, These Mysteries are wunderfull, the Number of his name, andknowledge: Lo, this it is, 9. Behold, it is but one, and it is Marveylous.

∆: Then this Creature vanished away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Mi: The Seale of Gods Mercy: blessed be thy name.∆: It semed to rayne, as thowgh it had rayned fyre from heuen. Then one other of the 40 was

browght furth: The rest all fell down and sayd, Lo, thus is God known.Then he opened his brest, and there appered an n, (not of so big proportion as the other), with the

number of 7 over it.248

Mi: Multiplicatum est Nomen tuum in terra.249

∆: Then that man vanished away as it were in a golden smoke.Mi: Thow must not write these things, but with great devotion. He Liueth. ∆: Then cam an other

furth. Then all falling down sayde, Vidimus Gloriam tuam Domine.250 They were prostrate on theyrfaces. Then this Creature opened his breast and he had there a Tablet all of Gold (as it were) andthere appered a small t uppon it: and the figure of 9 under this letter t.251

Mi: Mark it, for this is a Mysterye. ∆: Then that Shewer (of the 40) seamed to fly up into the ayre,like as it were a white garment.

Mi: Illius Gloria sit nobiscum.252 ∆: All sayd, amen: and fell down.∆: Then stode up an other, and opened his bosom, and shewed on his brest bare (being like syluer)

a small h;253 and he pointed to it, and ouer it was the number of 22.Mi: Et est numerus virtutis benedictus. Videte Angelos Lucis.254 ∆: This shewer went away like a

white Cok flying up.∆: There cam an other in, and sayd,Et sum Finis et non est mihi Numerus. Sum Numerus in numero Et omnis Numerus est mihi

Numerus. Videte.255

∆: There appeared a small n256 on his skyn, being all spotted with Gold. Then he went away likethree fyres, red flaming, and coming to gather agayn in the myddst of the firmament.

∆: You must Note that in the stone the whole world in a manner did seme to appere, heuen, anderth, &c.

Mi: (∆ he cryed with a lowde voyce,) Et est vita in cælis.257

∆: Then stepped furth one and sayd, Et ego viuo cum bene viuentibus, 258 and withall he kneeled

down: and Michael stepped furth and toke of his veale on his brest and he made Cursy and stode up.Mi: Viuamus Halleluyah. O Sanctum Nomen.259

∆: All fell down on theyr faces, and Michael stroke ouer them with his sword and a great flash offyre: And this man his brest seemed open, that his hart appeared bleading, and therein the letter m,260

and 6, over it thus Mic: Benedictus est Numerus Agni.261

∆: Hereuppon They all fell down.Mi: Orate invicem.262 ∆: Hereuppon we prayed a psalme; my skryer saying one verse, and I the

other &c.Mi: Omnia data sunt a Deo.263 ∆: Then cam one in, hauing a rownd Tablet in his forhed and a little

o264 in his forhed: and 22 ouer it.Mi: Et non est finis in illo.Benedictus es tu Deus.265 ∆: And then that shewer vanished away: He flew up, like a rownd

raynbow knyt togither at the endes.

Mi: Angeli a nomine tuo procident Domine.Tu es primus O Halleluyah.266

∆: One stode up and the rest fell down, and out of his mowth that stode, cam a sworde: and the

point, a Triangle, and in the myddest of it a small a267 thus , of pure gold, grauen very depe: EtNumerus tuus viuit in cæteris,268 sayd this shewer. The number was 20269 over the a. This shewerwent away with great lightening covering all the world.

Mi: Nomen illius est nobiscum.270 ∆: He stroke agayne with his sword ouer them. Then stode oneup: who, uppon his garment had an n: and he turned abowt: and on his back were very many (ens)n.271

Mi: Creasti tu Domine Angelos tuos ad Gloriam tuam.272 ∆: Ouer the ‘n’ was the number of 14,ouer that n (I meane) which was onely on his brest.

Mi: Et te primus Creauit Deus.273 Δ: Then the shewer flew up like a star. And an other cam in, allhis cloth being plucked up: and so seamed naked: He hath a little ‘a’.274 This ‘a’ did go rownd abowthim, begynning at his feete: and so spirally upward: and he seemed to be all Clay. Ouer the ‘a’ wasthe number 6.

Mi: Et Creata sunt et pereunt in Nomine tuo.275 Δ: And therwith this shewer fell down all into duston the Earth: and his white garment flew up like a white smoke: and allso a white thing did fly out ofhis body.276

Surgit Innocentia ad faciem Dei.277

Δ: Michael did ouer them agayn with his sworde, and it seemed to lighten. He began to speak, andhe stopped suddenly, and the fyre flew from his mowth.

Mi: Innocentium Nomina, et sanguinem vidisti Domine a Terra, et Iustus es in operibus tuis.278 Δ:Then cam one in, with a garment all bluddy. He was like a chylde, he had a ball in his hand ofperfume which smoked: and he hath uppon his forhed a little ‘h’.279 He bowed to Michaël: andMichael sayd, Numerus tuus est infinitus, et erit finis rerum.280 Δ: This shewer seemed to powre himself awaye like a flud of blud: and his garment flew upward.

Mi: Non est illi numerus. Omnia pereunt a facie Dei, et a facie Terræ.281

Δ: Then stepped one furth, like a water running rownd abowt him, and he cryeth miserably, Obenedictum Nomen tuum Domine. Numerus perijt cum illis.282 Δ: A little ‘o’ with 18 ouer it,appered.283

Δ: This shewer seemed to vanish away, and to cause a great water remayn ouer all.Mi: Lux manet in tenebris. Gloriosum est Nomen tuum.284

Δ: Then stept one furth from the rest, who fell down, as theyr manner was.

Δ: Note: All the Cumpanies of these 40, stode five to gither, and five to gither, and so in eightCumpanyes; each, of fiue.

Δ: This was a very white one: The upper partes of his throate, seemed open and there seemed to

cum out of it fyre, in very many and diuerse cullours.He sayd, Trinus sum.285

Mi: Benedictum sit nomen El.286

Δ: Than in the myddle of the fyres or smoke semed an ‘1’287 thrise placed, on a bluddy cross, andouer the ‘1’ the number 26.

Δ: This shewer seemed to haue three mens heds and to vanish away in a myst with a thunder.Mi: Labia mea laudant Dominum.288

Δ: Then cam a very fayre yong one in with long heare hanging on her (or his) sholders: and on herbelly appered a great scotcheon;289 to hir, or him, Michael gaue a flame of fyre: and she, or he, did eatit.

Mi: Et hic est El:290 and so appeared a little ‘1’ on the scotcheon, and it waxed bigger and bigger:and a fyre did seeme to go rownd abowt it.

Mi: Benedicta sit ætas tua:291 Δ: And there appeared ‘30’ under the 1.Δ: There cam a great many of little fyers and did seeme to eleuate this yong woman (or child) out

of sight.Michael stroke his sword ouer them agayn, and sayd,Natus est illa Lux.Ille est Lux noster.292

Δ: Then stept out an other and opened his white silk garment uppermost: and under it, he seemed tobe sowed up in a white silk cloth. He had in his forhed an ‘n’293 in his brest an ‘n’ and in his righthand an ‘n’.

Mi: Numerus tuus est benedictus.294 Δ: They all fell down, saying, Numerus tuus est Nobiscum:Nec adhuc nouimus finem illius Venies cum numero tuo O unus in æternum.295

Δ: And they fell all down agayn. This shewer departed clyming up into the ayre, as if he hadclymed on a ladder.

Mi: Linguis suis cognouerunt eum.296

Δ: All sayd, Benedictus est qui sic et sic est,297 throwing up into the ayre thre cornerd trenchers298

of this fashion all of Gold. The one side of the trenchers was thus marked, and the other side hadnothing on.

Δ: Then stept one oute: and fyre cam out and in of his mowth. He kneeled, the rest fell down. Thisseemed a transparent body, and he had in his eyes a small 1:299 and in his forhed the figure of 8.

Mi: Note this, under. I meane the figure 8. Thus, Δ: All sayd, Et es verus in operibus tuis:300 and so he vanished away in a flame of fyre.Mi: Gaudete omnes populi eius, gaudete omnes populi eius, ab hinc Gaudete.301 Δ: All sayd,

Amen.Δ: One stept furth saying, Incipit virtus nostra,302he being covered under his robe, all with armor:

and hath a great G303 on his armor and the figure of ‘7’ ouer it. He went behynde Michael and sovanished away.304

Mi: Recte viuite omnes Sancti eius.305

Δ: One stept furth: and opening his brest, there appered a boke, and turning ouer the leaves thereappeared nothing but a little ‘r’306 and 13 over it. He went behinde the Chayre and so vanishedawaye.

Mi: Hic est Angelus Eccliæ meæ, qui doceat Ille viam meam.307

Δ: There stept oute a playn man, and under his garment a gyrdel, and under his gyrdle a Rod: and in

his hand he had a Sworde, and in his mowth a flame of fyre: he had a great H308 uppon his swordeand under it 22. He went behynde the chayre &c. Michael standing up still uppon his leggs, likepillers of brass.

Δ: I axed him yf I shold not cease now, by reason of the folk tarying for us to come to supper.Mic: Lay away the world. Contynue your work: Coniunxit spiritum mentibus illorum.309

Δ: Then stept out one, hauing under his garment a little Chest, and therein a mans hart raw: and thehart was thus with two letters, one on the one side ‘o’ and on the other a ‘g’.310

[Δ: As in scotcheons of armes, where the man and his wifes armes ar ioyned perpale, as the herauldsterm it.] This shewer shut up the chest and went his way.

Mi: Numerus illius est sine numero.311

Δ: Then cam in an other, saying,Tempus est. Deum vestrum agnoscite.312

Δ: This shewer his armes reached down to his feete: he shewed furth his right hand and in it a little‘t’313 and 11 under it.

Mi: Stay; place this, in the second place. This went away.Mi: Ymago tua, (mors,) est amara.314

Δ: Then cam one in, with a big belly, and fat cheekes: an half sword perced his hart, and a little‘y’315 written on it. Iustus est malis deus noster. 316 Δ: The number of 15 under it.

Mi: Place it in the former place.Mi: Opera fidelium, Delectatio mea.317 [Δ: Then cam one in.] Hic est Deus noster.318 He shewed

the letter of o on his naked brest, and the figure of 8 under it. He went away.Mi: Ecce, Iniquitas regnat in domo mea.319

Δ: Then stept one oute very lean, all his body full of little e,320 and under euery one of them, 21. Hewent away behynde the chayre.

Mi: Bestia deuoravit populum meum, peribit autem in æternum.321

Δ: Then stept out one in bluddy apparell, all his body full of serpents heds and a b322 on his forhed,and the number of 10 ouer it. He went away.

Mi: Iniquitas Abundat in templo meo, et sancti viuunt cum Iniquis.323

Δ: One very lean, hunger sterued cam out, an A on his brest, and, 11 over it, and so went away.Δ: There cam in another.324

Mi: Iniqua est Terra malitijs suis.325

Δ: Then cam in one who drew out a bluddy sworde on his brest a great romayn I, and 15 over it.He went his way.

Mi: Angeli eius ministrauerunt sanctis.326 Δ: Then stept one oute with a Target and a little a on it,and ouer it the number of 8.327 He went away.

Mi: Regnabit Iniquitas pro tempore.328 Δ: They all cryed, Halleluyah.Δ: Then stept one furth with a golden crown, and a great arming sworde: his clothing all of gold,

with a letter ‘r’ on his sword and 16 ouer it, and so he went away.Mi: Nulla regnat virtus super terram.329 Δ: Then stept one oute, hauing all his body under his white

sylken habit (as they all, had) very braue after the fashion of those dayes, with great ruffs, cut hose, agreat bellyed dubblet, a veluet hat on his hed, with a feather: and he advanced him self braggingly: Hehad burnt into his forhed a little n: and Michael sayd, Non est numerus illius in Cælis.330 Δ: He wentawaye.

Mi: Antiquus serpens extulit caput suum deuorans Innocentes.331 Halleluyah.Δ: Then cam one who put of his white habit: and he toke a sword, and smote up into the ayre, and it

thundred: and he had a seal (suddenly there) very gorgeous of gold and precious stones: he sayd,Regnum meum. Quis Contradicet?332

Δ: He hath proceding out of his mowth, many little (enns,) n, and on his forhed, a great A.Mi: Non quòd est A, sed quod contradicit A.Nec portio, nec numerus eius invenitur in cælo.Habet autem Numerum terrestrem

Mysterium.333

Δ: He shewed three figures of ‘6’ set in triangle thus, 6 6 6Mi: Vobis est Mysterium hoc, posterius reuelandum.334

Δ: And there cam a fyre and consumed him, and his chayre away, suddenly.

Mi: Perturbatur terra iniquitate sua.335

This shewer, his garments, white, under: his face as brass: his body grevous with leprosy:hauing uppon his brest an O, with the number of 10 under it: and so departed.336

Mi: Surgite O Ministri Dei: Surgite (inquam) Pugnate: Nomen Dei est æternum.337

Δ: Then cam two oute to gither: they had two edged swordes in theyr hands, and fyre cam oute oftheyr mowthes. One had a G, and 5 ouer it, the other had...

[Δ: We fell to prayer, whereuppon Michael blessed us.]The other had an h on his sword, and 14 under it: and so they went away.Mi: Omnis terra tremet ad vocem tubæ illius.338

Δ: One stept out, and under his habit had a trumpet. He put it to his mowth, and blew it not. On hisforhed a little ‘o’ and 17 under it. He went awaye.

Mi: Serua Deus populum tuum, Serua Deus populum tuum Israel, Serua (inquam) Deus populumtuum Israel.339 Δ: He cryed this, alowde.

Δ: One appeared with a fyry sword, all bluddy, , his vesture all bluddy, andhe had s.340

Est numerus in numero.341Δ: He went away.Δ: I understand it to be a letter, and the number 5 also.

Mi: So it is.Δ: There cam one in with diuerse owgly faces, and all his body skabbed.Mi: Nunc sunt Dies tribulationis:342 Δ: He had an a on his forhed and the Number 5 under it.Mi: Hic est Numerus predictus.343

Mi: Audite, consummatum est.344. This had a great pot of water in his hand and uppon the pot,grauen, a with 5 under it. He departed in fyre.345

Mi: Angele preparato Tubam tuam.346

A: Then cam one oute with a Trumpet. ----- Venite Tempus.347

Δ: He offered to blow, but blew it not. On the ende of his Trumpet was a little a and 24 under it. Hewent away.

Δ: They all now seemed to be gon: Michael and all. He cam in agayn and two with him. And hesayd, Hij duo Cælati sunt adhuc.348 They two went away.

Mi: Vale. Natura habet terminum suum.349

Δ: He blessed us and florished his sword towards, and ouer us, and so went away: and Uriel afterhim: who all this while appeared not.

Δ: After supper Mr. Talbot went up to his chamber to prayers: and Uriel shewed himself unto him:and told him that somwhat was amyss, in the Table or seale which I had byn occupyed abowt this day.And thereuppon, Mr. Talbot cam to me into my study: and requyred the Seale (or Tables) of me: for hewas wished to correct somthing therin, (sayd he). I deliuered him the seal, and he browght it agaynwithin a little tyme after, corrected: both in the numbers, for quantyty and some for place ouer orunder: and also in one letter or place omitted. Which I denyed, of any place omitted by me, that wasexpressed unto me. And the rather I dowted, uppon Michael his words last spoken, uppon two placesthen remayning yet empty: saying, Hij duo cælati sunt adhuc.350 But If I had omitted any, there sholdmore than two haue wanted.351 Whereuppon we thowght good to ax Judgment and dissoluing of thisdowte, by Michael. And comming to the stone He was redy. I prepownded this former Dowte. Heanswered,

Mi: Veritas est sola in DEO. Et hæc omnia vera sunt.352 You omitted no letter or history that wastold you. But the skryer omitted to declare unto you.353 Δ: May I thus recorde it?

Yt is iustly reformed by Uriel: the one being omitted of the descrier and the other not yet to usdeclared, might make that phrase meete to be spoken, Hij duo cælati sunt adhuc.354

Mi: Thow hast sayd. Δ: I pray you to make-up that one place yet wanting. Then he stode up on hisgreat brasen leggs agayn: He called agayn, Semiæl Semieil. Then he cam, and kneled down.

Consummatum est.355 Δ: The shewer (a white man) pluckt oute a trumpet, and put it to his mowth,as thowgh he wold blow, but blew not: and there appeared at the ende of the Trumpet the greke ω.There arose a myst, and an horrible Thunder.

Mi: It is done. Δ: Then of the three 6 6 6 before Noted, with his finger he put oute the twolowermost: and sayd, Iste est numerus suus.356357 And Michael did put his finger into the Trumpetsende, and pulled furth a rownd plate of Gold, wheron was the figure of ‘i’ with many circles abowt it,and sayd, Omnia unum es

Δ: The forme of the world which appered before, vanished away: and Semyeil358 went away, AndMichael cam and sat in his chayr agayn: and his brasen leggs wer gone, and uppon our pawsing hesayd,

Mi: Go forward. Do you know what you haue allready written?

Laudate Dominum in Sanctus eius.359

Note: The Circumference (which is done) conteyneth 7 names:7 names, conteyn 7 Angels:Euery letter, conteyneth 7 Angels:The numbers are applyed to the letters.Whan thow dost know the 7 names, thow shalt understand the 7 Angells.The Number of 4,360 pertayning to the first T, is a Number significatiue: signifying, to what place

thow shalt next apply the eye: and being placed aboue, it sheweth removing toward the right hand:Taking the figure for the number of the place applyable to the next letter to be taken. The undernumber, is significatiue: declaring, to what place thow shalt apply the next letter in theCircumference, toward the left hand. Which thow must reade, untyll it light uppon a letter, withoutnumber, not signifying. This is the Whole. So shalt thow fynde the 7 principall Names: known with us,and applyable to thy practise.

Make experience.361

Δ: Then telling from the T, 4 more places (toward the right hand) exclusiuely, I finde in that fowrth

place, from T, (but being the fifth from the beginning, and with the begynning) this letter h: with 22,ouer it. Therfore, I procede to the right hand, 22 places: and there I finde A, and 11 over it. Goingthen toward the right hand 11 places furder: I finde a little a with 5 under it: by reason of which underplace of 5, I go toward the left hand, 5 places, exclusiuely, where I finde o with 10, under it:wheruppon I procede to the left hand, farder by 10 places, and there I see the letter t, and 11, under it:and therfore going to the left hand 11 places, I see there the letter h alone without any number.Wherfore, that letter, endeth my word, and it is in all, ThAaoth. Ys this, as it shold be?

Mi: That is not the name. Thow shalt understand all in the next call.362 The Rule is perfect. Call

agayn within an howre and it shalbe shewed.

The howre being come we attended Michael his retorn to make the Practise euydent of his firstRule.

Mi: Saluete.363

Thow diddest erre: and herein hast thow erred: and yet notwithstanding no error in thee, bycausethow knowest not the error. Understand that the 7 Names must Comprehend, as many letters in thewhole, as there are places in the Circle: Some letters are significatiue of them selues. In dede noletters, but dubble numbers, being the Name of God. Thow hast erred in the first name, in settingdowne ‘Aa’; that is, twise a togither, which differ the word. Which thow shalt Note to the ende of thywork: Wheresoever thow shalt finde two ‘aa’ togither the first is not to be placed within the Name,but rather left with his inward power. Thow shalt fynde 7 Names proceding from three generall partesof the Circumference: My meaning is, from three generall letters: and onely but one letter, that is, thisletter A.364 Accownt thow, and thow shalt finde the names iust. I speak not of any that come in thebegynning of the word but such as light in the myddest: Proue, proue:365 and thow shalt see. Whereasthow hast ‘go’, it is to be red ‘og’. This is the whole.

Δ: I haue red in Cabala of the Name of God of 42 letters: but not yet of any, of 40 letters: That of 42letters is this,

id est: Pater Deus, Filius Deus, spiritus sanctus Deus: Tres in uno, et unus in tribus. Vel Trinitas inunitate et unitas in Trinitate.367 Or thus, which in Latin is, Pater Deus, Filius Deus, et Spiritus Sanctus,Deus, attamen non tres Dij sed unus Deus.368 And as this is of God, Unitie in Trinitie, so of Christonely (the second persone of the Diuine Trinitie) the Cabalists haue a name explained of 42 letters, onthis manner,

That is in Latine, Sicut anima rationalis, et caro, homo unus, ita Deus et homo Messias unus.369 Iam not good in the hebrue tung, but, you know my meaning.

Mi: The letters being so taken oute, being a name, and a number, doth certefye the old rule of 42letters, whan you restore them in agayn.370

Mi: Note, Oute of this Circle371 shall no Creature pass, that entreth, yf it be made uppon the earth. Mymeaning is, if he be defyled: This shalt thow proue to be a mysterie unknown to man. Beasts, birds,fowle and fish do all reuerence to it: In this they were all Created. In this, is all things conteyned. Intyme thow shalt finde it, in ADAMS Treatise from Paradise.372 Looke to the Mysteries: for they aretrue. A and ω: Primus et Nouissimus; unus solus Deus viuit nunc et semper: Hic est, et hic erit: Et hîc,sunt Nomina sua Diuina.

Dixi:373

Thow art watcht all this night: who is euen now at the Dore: Clerkson. Blessed are those, whoseportion is not with the wicked.

Benedicamus Dominum.374 Halleluyah.

Tuesday the 20 of Marche: circa 10ã mane.

Δ: Are you Uriel?Ur: I am. We thank thee for thy great good will.375 We cannot viset thee now. At the twelfth howre

thow shalt use us.Δ: Fiat voluntas Dei.376

A meridie circa 2ã

Δ: At the twelfth howre, my partner was busyed in other affayres, and so contynued tyll abowt 2 ofthe Clok: when; we comming to the stone, fownd there Michael and Uriel: but Michael straight way377

rose up and went out, and cam in agayn, and one after him, carrying on his right shulder, 7 littlebaskets,378 of gold they seamed to be.

Mi: Shut up your doores. Δ: I had left the uttermore dore of my study, open: and did but shitt theportall dore of it.

Δ: He toke the 7 Baskets, and hanged them rownd abowt the border of a Canapie, of beaten gold,as it were.

Mi: Ecce, Mysterium est. Benedictus Dominus Deus Israel.379

Δ: Therewith he did spred oute, or stretch the Canapy: whereby it seamed to couer all the world[which seamed to be in the stone, allso, heven, an erth] so that the skryer could not now see the heven.And the baskets, by equall distances, did seeme to hang in the border of the horizon.

Mi: What wold you haue? Δ: Sapientiam.380

Mi: Rede the names thow hast written. Δ: I had written these according to the Rule before giuen, asI understode it:

Thaaoth Gal as Gethog Horlωn Innon

A aoth Galetsog

Mi: Loke to the last name. Δ: I had written, (as appeareth) Galetsog, by misreckening the numbers,where I fownd it shold be Galethog with an h and not s.

Mi: Lo, els thow hadst erred. They are all right, but not in order. The second is the first (his namebe honored for euer), The first here, must be our third, and the third here, must be our second: thus setdowne.

1. Galas2. Gethog3. Thaoth4. Horlωn5. Innon6. Aaoth7. Galethog

Mi: Work from the right, toward the left, in the first angle next unto the circumference. .Δ: He shewed than, thus, this letter

Mi: Make the number of 5 on the right hand, (that is, before it) at a reasonable distance, thus

5.

Δ: After that he shewed the second letter, a great roman A, thus A+ 24.

Then he shewed this compownd letter, with the circle and cross:

He willed me, at each corner of these Segments of circles, to make little Crosses, and so I did.Δ: After euery of the 7 letters shewed he did put them up in his bosom as sone as he had shewed

them fully. The plates wheron those letters were shewed, hath the forme of the segment of a circle,thus and seemed to be of pure gold. When the 7 letters were placed, he sayd,

Omnia unum est.381

Then he pulled all the 7 plates out of his bosom, and Uriel kneeled down before him. Then theplates did seeme to haue two wings (eche of them) and to fly up to heven382 under the Canapye.

Δ: After this, one of the 7 baskets, (that which is in the east) cam to Michael, and he sayd,Mi: Seal this:383 For This was and is for euer.Δ: Then he stode agayn on his leggs like brasen pillers, and sayd,Mi: Oh how mighty is the name of God, which rayneth in the heavens, O God of the faithfull, for

thow rayneth for euer.

Δ: He opened the basket, and there cam a great fyre out of it.Mi: Diuide the 7 partes of the circle next unto that which thow hast done, euery one, into 7.Note: (for the tyme wilbe Long) Seuen, rest in 7: and the 7, liue by 7: The 7, gouern the 7: And by

7, all Gouernment is. Blessed be he, yea blessed be the Lord: praysed be our god. His Name bemagnified. All honor and Glory be unto him now and for euer. Amen.384

1. Δ: Then he toke oute of the fire in the basket, a white fowle like a pigeon. That fowle had a Zuppon the first of 7 feathers which were on his brest. That first feather was on the left side.

Mi: Note. There is a mysterie in the seuen, which are the 7 governing the 7 which 7 gouernthe earth. Halleluyah.

Mi: Write the letters. Δ: Now, a small 1 in the second fether. Then he couered those firsttwo letters, with the other feathers. The third an 1, like the other. Then he couered that allso.The fowrth an R. He covereth that. The fifth a great roman H. He couereth it. The sixth featherhath a little i. Then he hid that feather. The last feather had a small a.

Mi: Prayse God.Δ: Then he put the fowle into the basket: and set it down by him. Then he hong it up in the

ayre by him.Δ: Then he lift up his sworde over us, and bad us pray. Δ: We prayed.

2. Δ: Then he stretched out his hand and there cam an other basket to him, and he pluckt out awhite byrd, much bigger than the other: as big as a swan: with ‘7’ feathers on his brest.

Mi: Dixit et factum est.385

Mi: Note. Δ: The first feather hath a little a on it: and it went away. The next a Z great asthe first. Then a C great. Then a little a. Then an other little a. Then a feather with a little c.Then one with a little b. Δ: Then he couered them all.

Mi: Thow hast truth.Δ: Then he put up the fowle into the basket, and hung it up by the other in the ayre.Δ: Than the third Basket cam to him: and he toke out a byrd all green as grass, like to a

peacok in form and bignes.Mi: Et viuis tu cum illo: et:

regnum tuum cum illis est.386

Δ: There started out of this birds brest, 7 fethers, like gold, and fyrie.Mi: Pray.

3. Mi: Note. Δ: On the first feather a small p.

Then a small a. A little u.

Then a small p. Then a small n. Then a small h. Then a small r. Then he put the fowle up into the Basket &c.

Δ: Then there cam an other basket to his hand.Mi: Dedit illi potestatem in cælus.

Potestas illius magna est. Orate.387 Δ: We prayed.

4. Δ: Then he pluckt out a fowle, greater than any of the other, like a griphen (as commonly theyare figured) all red fyry, with skales like brass. Then on seuen skales, appered letters.

Mi: Note. Δ: First a little h.

A little d. A little m. Then a little h. Then a little i. Then a little a. Then a little i.

Δ: Then he put up the fowle, & hung the basket in the Ayre.Δ: Then there cam an other Basket to him.[Δ: Note: All this while the firmament was not to be seen.]Mi: Magnum est DEVS in Angelis suis.

et magna est illorum potestas in Cælis.

Orate.388 Δ: We prayed.5. Δ: Then he pluckt out a bird like an Egle all his body like Gold, and he had a little circle of

feathers on his brest: and in it, betwene fowre parallell lines, twelue equall squares: and onthe top, on the myddle, one, like the other twelue, thus:

Δ: Then he put up the Egle &c.Δ: Then cam an other Basket.Mi: Nuncius tuus est magnus in cælis.

Orate.389

Δ: He, and the Basket that wer opened, shut, and set aside, seamed all to be gon: and the

Baskets remayning, still hanging on the border of the Canapie. Then he cam agayn, and wentawaye agayne. Then cam URIEL and held the Basket: and his leggs seemed to be such greattall pillers of Brass: as Michael did stand on before.

UR: This is a Mysterie. He is here, and not here which was here before.390

6. Δ: He opened the Basket and pluckt out like a phenix [or pelican Δ] of the bignes of a swan:all fyrie sparkling. His byll is bent into his brest and it bled. In his brest was a quadranglemade with his own feathers, thus. He put it up, and hung it by the other Baskets.

Then cam the last basket. Uriel stode still and sayde,UR: Dedit angelis potestatem in lumine Cæli.391

Orate. Δ: We prayed. 7. Δ: Then cam Michael and toke the Basket of Uriel and becam standing on the great brasen

legs, as before.Δ: He toke out of the basket a strange fowle with many wings: This fowle had in his forhed

a Tablet of this fashion:

Mi: Et Coniunxit illos DEVS in unum.392

Δ: All the Baskets flew up: and so the Canapie vanished away, and the Heaven appeared.Δ: Now he cam and sat down in his chayre.Δ: Michael sayd to Uriel, It is thy part, to expownd these Mysteries: Go to, in the name of

our God.Δ: Uriel cam and stode before him and sayde, What will you: Ô our fellows and seruants to

GOD? What will you?Δ: Perfect knowledg and understanding, such as is necessary for us.393

UR: Looke uppon, and see if thow canst not understand it: We will depart for a little space:and come to thee agayne.

Δ: So they went: and left all the stone in fyre, so that neyther the Chayr or Table could beseen in it.

Δ: After a quarter of an howre, Michael and Uriel cam both agayne.Mi: Loke into the 7 angles: next unto the uppermost Circumference.Δ: Uriel cam and stode before Michael.

UR: Those 7 letters394 are the 7 Seats of the One and everlasting GOD. His 7 secret Angelsproceding from euery letter and Cross so formed: referring in substance to the FATHER: in forme, tothe SONNE: and Inwardly to the HOLI GHOSTE. Loke uppon it: it is one of the Names, which thouhast Before: euery letter conteyning an Angel of brightness: comprehending the 7 inward powres ofGod: known to none, but him self: a Sufficient BOND to urge all Creatures to life or Death, or anything els conteyned in this world.395 Yt banisheth the wicked, expelleth euyll spirits: qualifieth theWaters, strengtheneth the Just, exalteth the righteous and destroyeth the Wicked. He is ONE inSEVEN. He is twise THREE.396 He is seuen in the Whole. He is Almighty. His Name is euerlasting:His Truth can not fayle. His Glory is incomprehensible. Blessed be his name. Blessed be thow, (ourGod) for euer.

UR: Thow must refer thy numbers therin conteyned, to the upper circle. For, From Thence, allthings in the inward partes, shalbe comprehended. Looke if thow understand it.

Δ: I finde it to be GALETHOG.UR: It is so. Δ: I thank God and you, I understand now (allso) the numbers annexed.

UR: As this darknes is lightened, by the spirit of God, herein; so will I lighten, yea so will theLord lighten your Imperfections, and glorifie your myndes to the sight of innumerable most holyand unspeakable Mysteries.

UR: To the next part. Δ: Michael sat still, with his sword in his hand.UR: The parte wherein thow hast labored, conteyneth 7 Angels. Dost thow understand it? Δ: Not

yet. Ur: Oh how far is mans Judgment from Celestiall powres? Oh how far are these secrets hiddenfrom the wycked? Glory be unto him, which seeth for euer. Δ: Amen, Amen, Amen.

UR: Note: We cannot tary long. Thow must set down these letters onely, by 7, in a spare paper,thus:397

UR: Rede----------------Begyn at the first, and rede downward.398

Δ: I rede thus, Zaphkiel, Zadkiel, Cumael, Raphael, Haniel, Michaël, Gabriel.399

Ur: Thow hast red right.Δ: Praysed be God.Ur: Thus dost thow see, how mercifully God dealeth with his seruants.Euery letter here, conteyneth or comprehendeth the number of 72 Vertues:400 Whose names thow

shalt know: skarse yet revealed to the world. Uriel and Michael iointly togither pronownced thisblessing on us.

Δ: Michael with his sword, and flame of fyre florished ouer our heds.

Yet I will thus much shew you, for your Cumfort beside. What seest thow? Δ: He spake to theskryer. And he saw an innumerable multitude of Angels in the Chamber or study abowt us, verybewtifull with wyngs of fyre. Then he sayd,401

Lo, thus you shalbe shaddowed402 from the wicked. Kepe these Tables secret. He is secret that

liueth for euer.Man is frayle. Fare well.¶ He must go for the bokes, els they will perish.403 Δ: He ment that my partner Ed. Talbot, shold go

to fatch the bokes from Lancaster (or therby) which were the L. Mowntegles404 bokes, which Mr.Mort yet hath: wherof mention is made before.

Ended hor. 5. a meridieTuesday the 20 Martij1582.

Wensday 21 Martij, circa 2ã a meridie.

Δ: After appearance was had, there cam in one before Michael (who sat in his seat) and Uriel leanedon the table (as he, usually did). This seemed to be a Trumpeter:405 he was all in white, and hisgarments bespotted with blud. He had nothing on his hed. His heare very long hanging behynde him onhis sholders. The Trumpet seamed to be gold. The sownd therof was very playne.

Δ: I axed of my skryer, in what manner Uriel now shewed, (and Michael likewise.) Then Michaelsayd, I warned thee for axing of my apparell or manner.406 Et hæc est Gloria illius, quæ noncommouebitur ab impijs.

Mi: Quid vultis? Δ: Iuxta voluntate Dei, Sapientiam nobis necessariam &c.Mi: Sapientia mundi, nihil est, peribit autem in æternum. Veniat æternitas DOMINI, ab uniuersis

mundi partibus. Venite, venite, sic vult DEVS ADONAY fac officium Phanaël.407

Δ: This Phanael was the Trumpeter, (above mentioned) who thereupon blew his Trumpet, lustily,408

turning him self rownd abowt, to all the world. Then, from 7 partes of the world, (being equallydiuided abowt the Horizon,) cam 7 Cumpanyes of Pillers all of fyrye cullour glittring. And eueryCumpany of Pillers high and great and as thowgh they were Pillers of fyre. The Heauen, the Sonne,and, Mone and Sterrs seemed to tremble.

Mi: Multiplex est Deus Noster.409

Mi: Mark this Mystery. Seuen comprehendeth the Secrets of Heven and erth. seuen knitteth manssowle and body togither (3, in sowle, and 4 in body).

In 7, thow shalt finde the unitie.In 7, thow shalt finde the Trinitie.In 7, thow shalt finde the Sonne, and the proportion of the Holy Ghoste.410 O God, O God, O god,

Thy Name (O God) be praysed euer, from thy 7 Thrones, from thy 7 Trumpets, and from thy 7 Angels.Δ: Amen, Amen, Amen.

Mi: In 7, God wrowght all things.Mi: Note. In 7, and by 7 must you work all things. O Seuen tymes Seuen, Veritie, vertue and

Maiestie. I Minister by thy licence. This expownd, by thy Vertue (Δ: Michael spake that, pointing toUriel.)

Δ: Michael and Uriel both kneeled down, and the Pillers of fyrie and brasen cullour, cam nere,rownd abowt them uniformely.

Mi: Sic est DEVS noster.411

Δ: One of the pillers leaned toward the skryer, and had like a pommel or mace hed, on the top of it.And Michael with great reuerence toke out of the top of it a thing like an S.

Δ: Than leaned down 6 Pillers more: and Michael, cryed lowd,Vnus est DEVS noster, Deus Deus noster.412

Δ: Then orderly he opened all the pillers heds: and then the 7 ioyned all togither, distinctly to bediscerned.

Mi: Note. Δ: There appeared a great

Δ: Then the sides closed up, and hid those letters first shewed. After that appered two letters more

Δ: He made Cursy, and semed to go from ward, and vanished away.

Mus∊ρ oν est.413

Δ: The Pillers all ioyned togither at the tops, making (as it were) One Mace or Pommell, and soflew up to heven wards.

Δ: There seamed two pillers more to come down from heven (like the other in forme) and tokeplace there, where the other 7, stode, which went away.

Δ: Michael with his sword, Cut them asunder: and cryed out,

Away you workers of Iniquitie. 414 Perijt Malus cum malis.415

Δ: The pillers fell down, and the grownd swallowed them up.

Tanta est tua audacia Sathan416

sed DEVS noster viuit.417

Δ: The pillers which before ascended, cam down ioyntly: and oute of them a Voyce saying, NON

SVM.418

Δ: Then the 7 pillers next his right hand, bowed to Michael, And oute of them, a voyce sayd,SVM.419

Δ: Then one of the Pillers stode higher than his fellows, and Michael opened all the tops of them,and sayd,

Orate.420 Δ: We prayed.Mi: Write the Name down in the Tables.Δ: Then he toke of, 3 of the heds of the Pillers, and sett them downe and there appered, BTZ, great

letters in hollow places like square cumfet 421 boxes.Mi: Ista sunt secreta secretorum.422

Invocate Nomen eius, aut nihil agere possumus. 423 The key of Prayer openeth all things.

Δ: We prayed.

Note Key

Δ: Then the other 4 pillers, bowingly shewed 4 letters thus, KASE, and the number 30 with aprik under. Then the Pillers ioyned theyr heds togither very close, and flew up into the firmamentwith Thunder.

Sic Domine, Sic, Sic.424

Mi: Place these in the Table. Δ: I wrote and he sayd, Thow hast done right. Laudate nomen Dominiqui viuit in æternum.425

Δ: A voyce cam out of the next cumpany of the 7 pillers (ioyning them selues togither) saying,Ipse.426

Mi: Et Misericordia tua Domine magna est.427

Δ: Michael kneled whan he sayd this.Δ: Michael shewed out of 4 of theyr heds, of the pillers, (and with all sayd,)

NO, NOT the Angels of heuen, (but I,) are priuie of these things. Δ: So there appeared, 4 letters,HEID.

Δ: Then the other 3 pillers were opened and had ENE on theyr tops.

Dominus collocatur in numero suo.428

Δ: The 7 pillers mownted up into the ayre, and it thundred at their going.Δ: Then the fowrth Cumpany of pillers bowed to Michael: out of them cam a voyce: Viuo sicut

LEO in medio illorum.429

Mi: Et tua potestas magna est ubique.430

Δ: Then Michael pluckt of, fiue of the tops. There appered Δ: then they ioyned all togither: thenappered EIMO.

Mi: Hoc non est sine præce.431

Δ: The other two opened, and there appeared A.Δ: Then they closed up, and went away, with a great thunder.Δ: Then cam 7 other pillers to Michael, and a Voyce oute of them, saying, Serpens sum, et deuoraui

serpentem.432

Mi: Et bonis et malis serpens es Domine.433

Δ: Then they closed all up; and Michael sayd, Orate. Δ: We prayed.Δ: Then Michael toke of, the heds of 4: then appeared first an I, then MEG. Then he opened the

other 3, and CBE appeared.Mi: Numerus illius, est nulli cognitus.434

Δ: They ioyned theyr heds all togither, and ascended up to heuenward: and great lightening afterthem.

Δ: Then cam an other Septenarie of Pillers: and oute of them a voyce, saying,

Ignis sum penetrabilis.435

Mi: Et sit nobiscum, Ȏ Deus.436 Pray. Δ: We prayed.Δ: Then he opened 4 of theyr heds and appered in them ILAO.Δ: They closed togither agayne.Δ: Then one other was opened, and I appered.Δ: Then . appered, and did shut up agayn.437

Δ: Then he smote fyre out of the last pyller, and it thundred and there seemed to come out of itinnumerable Angels like little Children with wings, and there appered N, and suddenly did shut up.438

Sic sic sic Deus noster.439

Δ: Then they ioyned all togither, and flew up.Mi: Note down in the table. Δ: I Noted them down.Δ: Then cam the last 7 pillers, and out of them this Voyce,

Finis.

Gaudium et Lux nostra Deus.440

Δ: Then they closed all in One.Mi: Orate. Δ: We prayed.Δ: Then 6 of the heds opened and appered I H R L A A.

Δ: Then the seuenth opened: Then seamed trees to leap up, and hills, and the seas and waters tobe trubbled, and thrown up.

Δ: A voyce cam out of the Pillers: Consummatum est.441

Δ: There appeared in that Piller .Δ: They ioyned togither and flew up to heven ward.Mi: VNVS VNVS VNVS.

Omnis caro timet vocem eius.442 Pray. Δ: We prayed.

Δ: Note: my skryer was very faynt, and his hed in manner gyddy, and his eyes, dasyling, by reason

of the sights seen so bright, and fyrie, &c. Michael bad him be of good cumfort, and sayd he shold dowell.

Mi: Cease for a quarter of an howre.Δ: After we had stayed for a quarter of an howre, we comming to the stone agayne, fownd him

come all ready to the stone: and Uriel with him. Who, allso, had byn by, all the while, during theMysterie of the ‘7’ pillers.

Mic: Set two stoles in the myddst of the flowre. On the one, set the stone: and at the other let himknele. I will shut the eares of them in the howse, that none shall heare us. I will shew great Mysteries.

Michael than, with a lowd voyce sayd,

Adeste Filiæ Bonitatis: Ecce DEVS vester adest: Venite.443

Δ: There cam in 7 yong women apparelled all in Grene, having theyr heds rownd abowt attyred all

with greene silk, with a wreath behinde hanging down to the grownd.444 Michael stroke his swordouer them, no fyre appearing: Then they kneeled: And after, rose agayn.

Mi: Scribe quæ vides.445

Δ: One of them stept out, with a little blue tablet on the forhed of her: and in it written, El.Δ: She stode a side, and an other cam in, after the same sort, with a great M, and a little e, thus,

Me.

Δ: They all togither, sayd, Nos possumus in Cælis multa.446

Δ: Then they went theyr way, suddenly disäpering.Mi: Note this in your next place but one. Δ: I did so.Mi: Go to the next place. Stay.Mi: Adeste, Filiolæ Lucis.447

Δ: They all, cam in agayn, and answered, Adsumus Ô tu qui ante

faciem DEI stas.448

449450451452

Δ: Then cam in 7 yong men, all with bright cowntenance, white apparaled, with white silkuppon theyr heds, pendant behinde as the women had.453

One of them had a rownd purifyed pece or ball of Gold in his hand.

One other had a ball of siluer in his hand.

The third a ball of Coper.

The fowrth a ball of Tynne in his hand.

The fifth had a ball of yern.454

The sixth had a rownd thing of Quicksyluer, tossing it betwene his two hands.

The last had a ball of Lead.455

They wer all apparayled of one sort.Mi: Quanmvis456 in uno generantur tempore, tamen unum sunt.457

Δ: He that had the gold ball, had a rownd tablet of gold on his brest, and on it written a great

Then he with the syluer ball, cam furth, with a golden tablet on his brest likewise, and on itwritten

He with the Copper ball, had in his tabletHe with the tyn ball, had in his tabletHe with the yern ball, had in his tablet

He with the Mercury ball, had writtenThe yong man with the leaden ball, hadMi: Facite pro illis, cum tempus erit.458

Δ: All answered, Volumus.459

Mi: Magna est Gloria Dei inter vos. Erit semper. Halleluyah.460

Valete.461

Δ: They made cursy, and went theyr way, mownting up to heven.Mi: Dixit Deus, Memor esto nominis mei:

Vos autem immemores estis.462 I speak to you. Δ: Hereupon, we prayed.

Mi: Venite, Venite, Venite.

Filiæ Filiarum Lucis Venite.Qui463 habebitis filias venite nunc et semper.464

Dixit Deus, Creaui Angelos meos, qui destruent Filias Terræ.Adsumus,465 Δ: Sayd 7 little wenches which cam in. They were couered with white silk

robes, and with white abowt theyr hed, and pendant down behinde, very long.Mi: Vbi fuistis vos?466 Δ: They answered: In terris, cum sanctis et in cælis, cum

glorificatis.467

Δ: These spake not so playn, as the former did; but as though they had an impediment in theyrtung.

Δ: They had, euery one, somwhat in theyr hands, but my skryer could not iudge what thingsthey were. Mi: Non adhuc cognoscetur Mysterion hoc.468

Δ: Eache had fowre-square Tablets on theyr bosoms, as yf they were of white Ivory.

Mi: Quid istis facietis?

Erimus cum illis, in omnibus operibus illorum.469 Δ: They answered.

Mi: Valete.470 Δ: They answered, Valeas et tu Magnus O in Cælis.471

Δ: And so they went away.Mi: Orate.472 Δ: We prayed.Mi: Et misit filios filiorum, edocentes Israel.Mi: Dixit Dominus, Venite ad vocem meam.Adsumus, 473 Δ: Sayd 7 little Childern which cam in, like boyes couered all with purple, with

hanging sleues like preists or scholers gown sleues: theyr heds attyred all (after the formermanner) with purple sylk.

Mi: Quid factum est inter filios hominum?

Male viuunt (sayd they) nec habemus locum cum illis tanta est illorum Iniustitia. Veh mundo,scandalis: vel scandalizantibus, Veh illis quibus Nos non sumus.474

Δ: These had tablets (on theyr brests) three cornerd, and seemed to be very grene and in

them, letters. The first had two letters in one: thus, of EL:

The first ---------- ----- Δ: He sayd, Nec nomine meo timet Mundus.475

The second ---------- An ----- Nullus videbit faciem meam.476

The third ---------- Aue ----- Non est virgo super terram cui dicam.477

[Δ: And pointed to his tablet, wherein that word, Aue, was written.]

The fowrth ---------- Liba ----- Tanta est infirmitas sanctitudinis Diei. Benefacientes decesseruntab illo.478

The fifth ---------- Rocle - Opera manuum illorum sunt vana. Nemo autem videbit me.479

The sixth shewed his Tablet and said, Ecce -- Hagonel480 - Qui adhuc Sancti sunt, cum illisviuo.481

The seuenth had on his tablet -- Ilemese -- Hij imitauerunt doctrinam meam. In me Omnis sita estDoctrina.482

Δ: I thowght my skryer had missherd, this word Imitauerunt, for Imitati sunt.483 And Michael

smyled and seemed to lawgh, and sayd, Non curat numerum Lupus.484 And farder he sayd, Neminimam detrahet à virtute, virtutem.

Mi: Estote cum illis: Estote (inquam cum istis) Estote (inquam) mecum. Valete.485

Δ: So they went, making reuerence,486 and went up to heuen.Mi: Dictum est hoc tempore.487

Mi: Note this in thy Tables. Dost thow understand it? Loke if thow canst.Δ: He sayd to Uriel, It is thy part, to interpretate these things.488

Ur: Omnis Intelligentia est a Domino.Mi: Et eius Nomen est Halleluyah.489

Compose a table, diuided into 7 parts, square.490

Ur: Those 7 names, which procede from the left hand to the right, are the Names of God, notknown to the Angels: neyther can be spoken or red of man. Proue if thou canst reade them.

Beatus est qui secrete. Nomina sua conseruat.491

Ur: These Names, bring furth 7 Angels: The 7 Angels, and Governers in the heuens next unto

us,492 which stand allwayes before the face of God.493

Sanctus Sanctus Sanctus est ille DEVS noster,494

Ur: Euery letter of the Angels names, bringeth furth 7 dowghters. Euery dowghter bringeth furth her

dowghter, which is 7. Euery dowghter-her-dowghter bringeth furth a sonne. Euery sonne in him self,is 7. Euery sonne hath his sonne, and his sonne is 7.495

Let us prayse the God of Seuen, which was and is and shall liue for euer.

Vox Domini in Fortitudine.

Vox Domini in Decore.

Vox Domini reuelat Secreta.

In templo eius, Laudemus Nomen eius El. Halleluyah.496

See if thow canst now understand this table. The Dowghters procede from the angle on the right

hand, cleaving the myddle: where theyr generation ceaseth. The Sonnes from the left hand to theright to the middle: so proceding where theyr number endeth in one Centre. The Residue thow mayst(by this Note) understande.497

Δ: Then Michael, he stroke ouer us ward, with his sword, and the flame of fire yssued oute.

Loke to the corner of the right hand, being the uppermost: where thow shalt finde . Refer thyneeye to the upper number, and the letter aboue it. But the Number must be fownd under neth, bycausehis prick so noteth.498 Than procede to the names of the dowghters in the Table: and thow shalt seethat it is the first name of them: This shall teache thee.

Δ: Loking now into my first and greatest Circle for I finde it with 1 ouer it. I take this to be thefirst Dowghter.499

Ur: You must in this square Table set E by the and now write them Composedly in one letter,thus .

Nomen Domini viuit in æternum.500

Ur: Giue ouer, for half an howre, and thow shalt be fully instructed.Δ: I did so, and after half an howre comming to the stone, I was willed to make a new square table

of 7: and to write and note, as it followeth.

501,502,503,504,505,506,507

Vera est hæc Tabula, partim nobis cognita, et partim omnibus, incognita. Vide iam.508

The 30 by E, in the second place, in the upper right corner, serueth not in the consideration of thefirst Dowghters, but for an other purpose.509

The by I, serueth for an other purpose: but not for this Dowghters Dowghter. The 21, is e, and 8 with the prick under it is 1: which togither maketh El, or thus compownded as if it were one

letter, .The Names of the great Seale must follow the Orthographie of this Table. Virtus vobiscum est.Orate.510 Δ: We prayed.Δ: Then there appeared SAAI M . Here is an E comprehended in L.Ur: Read now the Table.

Angeli lucis Dei nostriEt posuit angelos illius in medio illorum.511

Ur: In the table are the names of 7 Angels. The first is Zabathiel, beginning from the left uppermost

corner, taking the corner letter first, and then that on the right hand above, and than that under the first,

and than the third from the first, in the upper row: and then cornerwise down toward the left hand, andthen to the fowrth letter from the first in the upper row: where there is I with , which maketh el. Sohave you Zabathiel.

Ur: Go forward.

Ur: This I in the last Syllable augmenteth the true sownd of it.

512

Ur: Write these names in the Great Seal, next under the 7 names which thow wrotest last: videlicet,under , An Aue &c. distinctly in great letters.

Ur: Make the E and L of Zabathiel, in one letter compownded, thus ZABATHI . In this, sofashion your E and L. And this name must be distributed in his letters into 7 sides of that innermostHeptagonum. For the other, I will teache you to dispose them. You must make for IEL (in this nameonely) I with the annexed. So haue you iust 7 places.

Ur: The next fiue names thow shalt dispose in the fiue exterior angles of the Pentacle: euery angleconteyning one whole name.

Ur: Set the first letters of these 5 names, (in Capitall letters) within the fiue acute internall angles ofthe Pentacle: and the rest of eche name following Circularly from his Capitall letter, but in the 5exterior obtuse angles of the Pentacle.

Ur: Set Z, of Zedekieil within the angle which standeth up toward the begynning of the greatestCircle. And so procede toward thy right hand.

Ur: In the middle now of thy Pentacle, make a cross † like a Crucifix and write the last of those 7names Leuanael thus,

Uriel: Vidit DEVS, opus suum esse bonum

et cessauit a Labore suo.

Factum est.513

Δ: Michael stode up and sayd,The æternall Blessing of God the FATHER,The mercifull Goodnes of CHRIST, his SONNEThe unspeakable Dignitie of GOD the Holy GHOSTE bless you, preserue you, and multiply your

doings in his Honor and Glory. Uriel: AMEN.Ur: These Angels are the angells of the 7 Circles of Heven, gouerning the lightes of the 7 Circles.Blessed be GOD in us, and by us,Which stand contynually beforethe presence of GOD, for euer.514

DIXI.515

Δ: Whan may we be so bold, as to require your help agayn.Mic: Whan so euer you will, we are ready.

Farewell.

Δ: Sit Nomen Domini benedictum, ex hoc nunc, et usque in sæcula sæculorum.:Amen.516

517

Mysteriorum, liber Tertius.

Anno 1582:

Aprilis 28: 518

Anno 1582 Aprilis 28 a meridie hora 4.519

E.T: Onely Michael appeared; Δ: And to diuerse my Complayntes, and requests sayde,Mi: The lord shall consider thee in this world, and in the world to come.E.T: All the chayre seamed on fyre.Mi: This is one Action, in one person: I speak of you two.520

Δ: You meane us two to be ioyned so, and in mynde united, as yf we wer one man?Mi: Thou understandest.Take heade of punishment for your last slaknes.Δ: Yf you mean any slaknes on my behalf, Truely it was and is for lak of habilitie521 to buy and

prepare things, appointed of you. Procure I pray you habilitie, and so shall I make spede.E.T: A great hill of gold with serpents lying on it appeared: he smyteth it with his sword, and it

falleth into a mighty great water, hedlong.Mi: Dost thow understand? Δ: No verylie.E.T: He razed the hill away, as thowgh there had byn none; and sayd,Mi: Lo, so it is of this worldly habilitie.Δ: I pray you how must the Lamine be hanged?

Mi: As concerning the lamine, it must be hanged unseen, in some skarf.522 The Ring when it ismade, I will lessen it according to my pleasure.

I meane by two Cubites, your usuall yarde. Haste, for thow hast many things to do. Glory be to God,Peace unto his Creatures. Mercy to the wicked, Forgivenes to the Faithfull: He liueth, Ô he rayngneth,O thow art mighty, PELE: thy name be blessed. Δ: Amen.

Venito Ese,523 Δ: He cryed so with a lowd voyce.E.T: He is now couered, in a myghty couering of fyre, of a great beawty. There standeth a thing

before him. I cannot tell what it is.Laudate Dominum in cælis.

Orate.524 Δ: We prayed.

E.T: His face remayneth couered with the fyre, but his body uncovered.Mi: Adesdum Ese.

Adesdum Iana.525

Vobis dedit demonstrationem in Tabulis vestris.526

E.T: There appeare of the figure, (before, imperfect) two little women: One of them held up a

Table which lightened527 terribly: so that all the stone was couered: with a myst. A voyce cam out ofthe myst, and sayd,

Ex hijs creata sunt, 528 et hæc sunt nomina illorum.529

E.T: The myst cleareth, and one of the women held up a Table, being thus written uppon.

Numerus Primus.530

Δ: The Table semed square, and full of letters and numbers, and Crosses, in diuerse places,

diuersly fashioned.

Numerus Primus531

A finger cam out of the mist, and wyped oute, the first shew, with the Cross, letters, and numbers.The second was in like wise. The Third was a b with the tayle upward thus: g . The 52 with the threegreat BBB, semed to be couered with Gold. The two Crossed ones he did not wipe out with hisfinger.

The next he blotted oute.

He blotted not oute the three with the 8 and 3.The two barrs must go clere and not towch the bars.

The , the square, wherin it standeth, is all gold: and that he let stand.

Fire cam oute and burnt:

The is all of a bright cullour, like the brightnes of the Sonne, and that was not put out.The places are very blak, but where the letters, and numbers do stand.

E.T. hard a voyce saying, Finis Tenebrarum:532 Halleluyah.533

E.T: There commeth a hand and putteth the little woman into the clowde.Mi: Prayse God: Be inwardly mery.

The Darknes is comprehended. God bless you: God bless you: God blesse you.

You must leave of for an howre and a half: for you haue .6. other Tables to write to night.Prayse God: be ioyfull.

After supper we resorted to our scholemaster.E.T: I here a voyce but see nothing: he sayeth,

Initium bonum in nomine eius et est. Halleluyah.534

E.T: Three quarters of the stone (on the right side) are dark, the other quarter is clere.Mi: Venite filiæ filiarum ESE.535

The nethermost......536

E.T: There come six yong maydens, all in white apparell, alike: Now they all be gonne into the

dark parte of the stone, except one. There cam a flame of fyre out of the dark, and in the flame writtenVnus537 on this manner:

She that standeth without, putteth her hand into the dark: and pulleth out a ball of light: and threw itoute: and it waxed bigger and bigger; and it Thundred.

E.T: A voyce sayd --------- Dies primus.538

An other voyce --------- Ubi est Tabula?539

An answer --------- Est, Est, Est.540

She wyndeth and turneth her self abowt, begynning at her hed, and so was Transformed into a

Table, rownde.

E.T: Three faces do shew and shote oute, and euer returne into one hed agayne: and with it cam amervaylous swete sauour. The Table was of three cullours: white, redd, and a mixture of white541 andred, changeably. A strong sownding cam withall, as of clattring of harness or fall of waters; or suchlike.

There cam a sterre shoting oute of the dark, and settled itself in the myddle of the Table: And thefyre which cam oute with the woman, did cumpas the Table abowt.

A voyce sayd, O honor, laus et gloria, Tibi qui es, et eris.542

The Table sheweth wunderfull fayre and glorious. Onely seuen priks appeare on the Table.The three angles of the triangle open, and in the lower point appeared a great A.And in the right upper corner LV. (E.T: The Table trembled.)And in the other Corner appeared thre circles of æquall bignes, æqually, or alike intersecting eche

others by theyr centers.

A voyce: Unus est, Trinus est; in omni Angulo est.

Omnia comprehendit: Fuit, est, et vobis erit. Finis et Origo.543 (E.T: Ô, Ô; with a dullfull sownd, he pronownced.)

E.T: The woman sayth, Fui: sum quod non sum.544

A voyce: Lux non erat et nunc est.545

E.T: The woman being turned, from the shape of the Table, into womans shape agayn, went into thedark. Then one part of the darknes diminished. In the dark was a mervaylous turmoyling, tossing, andstur, a long tyme during.

A voyce: For a tyme Nature can not abyde these sightes.E.T: It is become Quiet, but dark still.A voyce: Pray and that vehemently, For these things are not revealed without great prayer.

E.T: After a long tyme there cam a woman: and flung up a ball like a glass: and a voyce was hardsaying, Fiat. The ball went into the darknes, and browght with it a great white Globe hollowtransparent. Then she had a Table abowt her neck, square of 12 places.546 The woman seamed todaunce and swyng the Table: Then cam a hand oute of the dark: and stroke her and she stode still, andbecam fayrer: She sayd, Ecce signum Incomprehensibilitatis.547

E.T: The woman is transformed into a water, and flyeth up into the Globe of Light.

E.T: A voyce: Est, Est, Est.548

E.T: One commeth, (a woman) out of the Dark very demurely, and soberly walking, carrying in herhand a little rownd ball: and threw it into the dark: and it becam a great thing of Earth. She taketh it inher hand agayne, and casteth it up into the rownd Globe and sayd,

Fiat.549

E.T: She turned her back toward E.T. and there appeared a Table diuided into 24 partes. Yt

seemeth to be very Square.550

A voyce: Scribe. Veritas est.551

E.T: A sword cam out of the Dark: and claue the woman a sunder, and the one half becam a man,and the other a woman,552 and they went and sat uppon the Ball of cley or erth.

Now seemeth the Dark part to quake.A voyce: Venito Vasedg.553

E.T: There cometh a woman oute of the Dark: she sayd,

Vita hijs ex mea manu.554

E.T: She sheweth a Table square full of holes, and many things creeping out of it. This square is

within a rownd.

A voyce: O Lux Deus noster.555

Hamuthz Gethog.

E.T: Then stept out an other woman hauing a sword in her hand. She toke a thing oute of the dark (abright thing) and cut it in twayn and the one parte she cut into two unæqual partes, and the other halfshe cutteth into a thowsand (or innumerable) partes. Then she toke all the partes up into her skyrt. Shehath a Table, and it hangeth on her shulders. She stept before the other woman, whose hed standeth inthe dark.556 This woman her Table is fowresquare. She is very bewtifull.

Note this Cross with the two bees, the 4 and the 6, is one of the Notes annexed to the second Table ofthe 4 of Enoch’s Tables: And the T of Enoch’s Tables semeth to answer with the T first in the Seale ofÆmeth, and the cross allso.

She sayd, Lumina sunt hæc Intelligentiæ tuæ.557

She sayd, Fere nulli Credendus est hic numerus.558

This woman taketh the little peces, and casteth them up, and they become little Sparks of light: andof the things she cast, There were two great rownd things. And they were allso cast up to the whiteTransparent Globe. And she went away into the Dark: which was, now, very much lessened.559

Then the other woman (who was forestept) thrust oute her hed who had the rownd conteyning the

Square, with 36 places. She crymbleth clay, and it turneth to byrds. She seameth to be like a witch.Into the bosse of her Table, she put her hand and that bosse, was in the Dark and oute of the bosse, sheseemed to fatch that Clay. She sayd,

Ad usum tuum Multiplicati sunt.560

E.T: She went into the Dark.

E.T: A voyce is hard saying,

Omnia gaudent fine.561

E.T: There commeth oute a woman; out of the Dark. She plucketh at the dark, and casteth it on the

grownd, and it turneth to herbes, and plants becomming like a garden, and they grow up very fast. Shesayd,

Opus est.562

E.T: She hath a fowre square Table before her.Then cam one, all in white, and taketh the Darknes, and wrappeth it up and casteth it into the

myddle of the Erthen Globe, on which appeared Trees and Plants.E.T: Then appered Michael, his Chayre, and Table agayne manifestly: which all this while, were

not seen.Mi: Obumbrabit vestigia vestram veritatis luce.563

The Actor, The Actor, The Actor: One Disposer; he, which is one in all; and All in all: bless you from the wickednes of Deceyte: Create you new vessels: To whome I commyt you.

E.T: He holdeth his sword over us, in manner, out of the stone.Mi: Fare Well. Serue God. Be patient. Hate vayne glorie. Liue iustly. Amen.Δ: What spede shall I make for the yard square Table, the Wax, the seale, and the Character? Mi:

As thow ar motioned, so do.Δ: Gloria, Pri et F. et S.S. S.e.i.p.e.n.e.s.e.i.s.s. Amen.564

Δ: Note, All the Tables before were by E.T, letter for letter noted out of the stone standing beforehim all the while: and the 7 Tables following wer written by me as he repeted them orderly out of thestone.

Aprilis 29: Sonday: Nocte hora 8¼.

E.T: Two appeare, Michael and Uriel.Mi: Et posuit illos in ministerium eius.

Quid desideratis?

Δ: Sapientiam et scientiam nobis necessariam, et in Dei servitio potentem ad eius gloriam.Mi: Sapere, a Deo: Scire a Creatura et ex creaturis est.Ur:565 Venite filiæ.566

E.T: Seuen women appeare bewtifull and fayre.Mi: This work is of wisdom (Δ: Sayd Michael, and stode up.) E.T, sayd to me (Δ), He putteth oute

his sword and willeth me to sweare, to that, that he willeth me: and to follow his cownsayle.Mi: Wilt thow. Δ: Then with much ado, E.T. sayd as followeth,E.T: I promise,567 in the name of God the Father, God the sonne and God the holy ghost, to

performe that you shall will me, so far as it shall lye in my powre.E.T: Now they two seeme to confer togither.Mi: Now you towche world, and the doings uppon earth. Now we shew unto you the lower

world: The Gouerners that work and rule under God:568 By whome you may haue powre towork such things, as shalbe to god his glorie, profit of your Cuntrie, and the knowledge of hisCreatures.

To E.T. he spake, What I do wish thee to do, thow shalt here know, before thow go. We procede toOne GOD, one knowledge, one Operation.

Venite filiæ.569

Behold these Tablets: Herein lye theyr names that work under God uppon earth: not of the

wicked, but of the Angels of light. The Whole Gouernment, doth consist in the hands of 49: (inGod his Powre, Strength, Mercy, and Iustice) whose names are here euident, excellent, andglorious. Mark these Tables: Mark them. Record them to your Cumfort.

This is the first knowledge. Here shall you haue Wisdome. Halleluyah.Mighty and Omnipotent art thow, O God, God, God, amongst thy Creatures: Thow fillest all

things with thy excellent foresight. Thy Glorie be amongst us for euer. Δ: Amen.E.T: All the 7 (which here appeare) ioyne theyr Tables in One: Which, before they held apart. And

they be of this Forme all to-gither. The myddelmost is a great Square and on eche side of it, One, asbig as it, ioyning close to it. And ouer it ioyned two, which both togither wer æquall to it: and underit, wer such other two, as may appear in this little pattern. Being thus ioyned, a bright circle didcumpas and enclose them all, thus: but nothing was in the Circle.

[44 E: forte I, as in Baligon.]

E.T: One stept-furth, and sayde,1: Wilt thow haue witt, and wisdome: Here, it is. (Δ: Pointing to the middle table.)2: Another sayd, The Exaltation and Gouernment of Princes, is in my hand. (Δ: Pointing to that on

the left hand of the two uppermost.)3: In Cownsayle and Nobilitie I prevayle. (Δ: Pointing to the other of the two uppermost: which is

on the right hand.)4: The Gayne and Trade of Merchandise is in my hand: Lo, here it is.Δ: He pointed to the great table on the right side of the myddle Table, that I meane which is

opposite to our right hand while we behold those 7 Tables.5: The Quality of the Earth, and waters, is my knowledge, and I know them: and here, it is. (Δ:

Pointing to that on the right hand: of the two lowermost.)570

6: The motion of the Ayre, and those that moue in it, are all known to me. Lo here they are. (Δ:Pointing to the other Table below, on the left hand.)

7: I signifie wisdome: In fire is my Gouernment. I was in the begynning, and shalbe to the ende. (Δ:

Pointing to the great table on the left hand of the Middle Table.)Mi: Mark these Mysteries: For, this knowne, the State of the whole earth is known, and all that is

thereon. Mighty is God, yea mighty is he, who hath Composed for euer. Giue diligent eye. Be wise,mery, and pleasant in the Lorde; in Whose Name, NOTE,

Begynne the Middle Table &c. Δ: I wrote oute of the stone the whole 7 Tables (as you see themhere with theyr numbers and letters) while E.T. did vew them in the stone, and orderly express them.

Δ: As concerning 39 V . 47 L &c in the second Table, where are 7 places: and there but 6 numbersand letters, and yet euery place semeth to haue a letter, in the iudgment of E.T. his sight. Which is theNumber and letter wanting, and where must it be placed?

Mi: Non potestis hoc videre sine ratione.571

Δ: The Next day, as I was loking on the Tables being finished, and ioyned all togither in OneCompownd Figure, E.T. cam to me, and stode by me, and his ey was on the forsayd place whichI was forced to leaue empty, in the 7th and last. And behold he saw houering and hopping in theayre, two numbers and two letters cuppled to them, ouer the sayd place, and the next before it.And that, which I had placed the sixth, was to be put in the seuenth place, and that which waswanting, was to be set in the sixth place being 30 N.572

E.T: Euery of the 7 Tables, as they wer written out of the stone do seme afterward to burn all in

fyre: and to stand in fyre.E.T: After all the Tables wer written, eche toke hir Table aparte agayn and stode in theyr order.E.T: Note moreouer. The First, had Bokes in hir hand.Kings -------------- The second, a Crown in hir hand.Nobilitie -------------- The Third, Robes.Merchants - Δ: - Aqua573 - The fowrth, animal quadrupes vicium omnim colorum.574

Terra575 - The fifth, Herbes.Aer576 - The sixth, a fanne.Ignis577 - The seventh, a Flame of fyre in hir hand. Mi: Decedite in nomine eius, qui vos huc

misit.578

E.T: Uriel opened a boke in his own hand, and sayde,Ur: The Fontayne of wisdome is opened. Nature shalbe knowne: Earth with her secrets

disclosed. The Elements with theyr powres iudged. Loke, if thow canst (in the name of God)understand these Tables. Δ: No: Not yet.

Ur: Beholde; I teache. There are 49 Angels glorious and excellent, appointed for thegovernment of all earthly actions: Which 49 do work and dispose the will of the Creator: limitedfrom the begynning in strength, powre, and glorie.

These shalbe Subiect unto you, In the Name, and by Invocating uppon the Name of GOD,which doth lighten, dispose and Cumfort you.

By them shall you work, in the quieting of the estates, in learning of wisdome: pacifying of theNobilitie, iudgement in the rest, as well in the depth of waters, Secrets of the Ayre, as in the bowellsand entralls of the Earth.

Ur: Theyr Names are comprehended within these Tables. Lo, he teacheth, he teacheth, Lo, heinstructeth, which is holy, and most highest. Take hede, thow abuse not this Excellency, norovershaddow it with Vanitie, But stick firmely, absolutely, and perfectly, in the love of God (for his

honor) to-gither.579

Be mery in him: Prayse his name. Honor him in his Saincts. Behold him in wisdome: And shewhim in understanding. Glorie be to him; To thee ô Lord, whose name perseth580 throwgh the earth.Glorie be to thee, for euer. Δ: Amen, Amen, Amen.

Ur: Lo, I will breifly teache thee; you shall know the Mysteries in him: and by him, which is aMysterie in all things. The letters are standing uppon 7 equall numbers. The Number before them issignifying, teaching and instructing (from the first Table to the last,) which are the letters that shalbeioyned to gither:581 begynning all, with B, according to the disposition of the number untyll the 29582

generall names be known. The first 29 are more excellent than the rest. Euery Name doth consistuppon the quantitie of the place: Euerie place with addition bringeth furth his name, which are 49.------- I haue sayde.----------Δ: I pray you to tell me the first Name. Ur: The first Name is BALIGON.

Mi: I haue to say to thee,583 and so haue I done:Δ: Now he spake to E.T., of the matter he sware him to, at the begynning of this last Instruction: and

he told me afterward what Michael had willed and moved him unto. Wherat he seamed very soredisquietted: and sayd this to me,

E.T: He sayd that I must betake my self to the world, and forsake the world. That is that I sholdmarry. Which thing to do, I haue no naturall Inclination: neyther with a safe Conscience may I do it,contrary to my vow and profession. Wherfore I think and hope, there is some other meaning in thesetheyr wordes.

Mi: Thow must of force kepe it. Thow knowest our mynde.Δ: Deo opt. Max°. omnis honor laus et gloria in sæcula sæculorum. Amen.584

Ended, hora noctis, 11½a circiter.585

Tabula Collecta: 49 Angelorum Bonorum, Nomina continens [per Δ]586

Coordinatio Angelorum bonorum 49, per Jo. Dee, ita disposita587

Liber 4.

Fryday Maij 4: hor 2½ a meridie

Δ: E.T. wold not willingly now deale with the former Creatures, utterly misliking and discreditingthem, bycause they willed him to marry. Neyther wold he put of his hat in any prayer to god, for theAction with them: whereuppon I went into my Oratorie, and called unto God, for his diuine help forthe understanding of his laws and vertues which he hath established in and amongst his Creatures, forthe benefyt of mankinde, in his seruice, and for his glorie &c. And commyng to the Stone, E.T. sawthere those two, whom hitherto, we wer instructed to be Michael and Uriel.

E.T: Michael and Uriel, both kneled holding up theyr hands: and Michael seamed to sweat waterabundantly, somwhat reddish or bluddish. There cam 7 Bundells down, (like faggots) from heven-ward. And Michael taketh them kneeling. And Uriel taketh a thing like a superaltare and layeth ituppon the Table: and with a thing like a Senser doth make perfume at the fowre corners of the Table:the smoke ascending up: and the senser, at the last, being set on the Table it seemed to fall throwgh theTable.

URIEL semeth to be all in a white long robe tucked up: his garment full of plightes588 and seemednow to haue wyngs: (which, hitherto, from the begynning of these kinde of Actions he did not) and onhis hed a bewtifull crown, with a white Cross ouer the Crown.589 Uriel taketh the 7 Bundells fromMichael: and with reuerence layeth them on the forsayd Superaltare.

E.T: There commeth a man, as thowgh he were all of perfect pure glistring gold: somtyme seemingto haue One eye, and somtyme Three. From under the Table commeth a great smoke, and the placesemeth to shake.

Uriel lieth now prostrate on his face: and Michael contynually prayed sweating.The Glorious man seemed to open the Covering of the 7 bundells (being of diuerse cullored sylk,)

and there appered, that these Bundells seemed to haue in them, of all Creatures some, in most gloriousshew. The glorious man seemed to stand uppon a little hill of flaming fyre. He taketh-of, of one of theBundells a thing like a little byrd; and it hoouereth affore him as thowgh it had life: and than it resteduppon the thing like a superaltare.

This glorious man590 seemeth to be open before, and his brest somwhat spotted with blud. He hatha berd forked of brownish cullour, his heare of his hed, long, hanging down to his sholders: but hisface, for beutifull glittring, can not be discerned. His heares do shake, as thowgh the wynde carryedthem. This man blesseth the bird, making a Cross ouer it: and, so he did three tymes. He looketh up toheven. Now the byrd, which, before, seamed to be but as byg as a sparrow, seameth to be as great asa swanne: very beutifull: but of many cullours.591

Now looketh Michael up, and held up his hands to heven, and sayeth,

Sic, Sic, Sic, Deus noster.592

Uriel, (sayd)- Multiplicabit omnia, benedictione sua.593

The former Bewtifull man taketh this fowle, setteth it on the bundell, and on the place, from whenceit was taken:594 And, now, the place where this byrd stode before, seameth allso, to be(proportionally) waxen as big as the byrd, (thus enlarged). This man taketh an other byrd, and putteth

the wyng of it, behind the wyng of the first (as-thowgh he yoked them.)595

This second byrd, at this his first taking, was as byg, as the first was become, (encreased, as itshewed), and it was allso a very bewtifull ....

E.T: All is suddenly dark, and nothing to be seen, neyther Chayre, nor any thing els.E.T: A voyce was hard, like Michael his voyce, saying,It was a byrd, and is a byrd, absent there is nothing but Quantitie.A voyce:596 Beleue. The world is of Necessitie: His Necessitie is gouerned by supernaturall

Wisdome. Necessarily you fall: and of Necessitie shall rise agayne. Follow me, loue me: embraceme: behold, I, AM.

E.T: Now all the Darknes vanished, the man is gon. Uriel standeth at the Table, and Michael sittethnow in his Chayre: and sayd,

Mi: This doth GOD work for your understanding. It is in vayne to stryve: All Government is in hishands. What will you els, what will you els?

Δ: Progressum et profectum in virtute et veritate ad Dei honorem et gloriam.597

Mi: This hath answered all our598 cauillations.Δ: What hath answered all our Cavillations?Mi: Thow hast written.One thing you shall see more, as a persuasion to the Infirmitie.E.T: The two byrds, which were there, before, and gon out of sight, now are shewed agayn: but

none of the bundells appere. They seme to grow to a huge bignes, as byg as mowntaynes: incrediblybyg: and they seeme to hover up in the ayre, and to fly up toward heuen, and with theyr wyngs totowch the sky: And one of them with his bill seemeth to take sterrs into it: and the other bird to takethem from the same byrd, and to place them agayn in the Skye. And this they did very often: and indiuerse places of the heuen with great celeritie.

After this they semed to fly ouer Cities, and townes, and to break the clowdes in peces, as theypassed: and to cause all dust to flye from all walls, and towres, as they passed, and so to make themclene. And in the streetes, as these two Byrds flew, seemed diuerse brave fellows, like bisshops, andPrincis and Kings, to pass: and by the wyngs of these byrds, they were striken down. But simpleseely599 ones, like beggers, lame and halt, childern, and old aged men, and wemen, seemed to passquiettly, untowched and unouerthrown of these two Byrds.

And than they seemed to come to a place, where they lifted up, with the endes of theyr wyngs,fowre Carkasses of dead men (owte of the grownde) with crownes on theyr heds: wherof one seemedto be a Childe. First these 4, seemed leane, and deade: Then they seemed quick600 and in goodliking:601 And they being raysed up: parted eche from the other, and went into 4 sundry wayes, Est,West, North and Sowth.

Now these two fowles hauing theyr wyngs ioyned togither, light uppon a great hill: and there theFirst fowle gryped the erth mightyly and there appeared diuerse Metalls, and the Fowle spurnedthem away, still.

Then appeared an old mans hed, heare and all, on; very much wythered. They tossed it betwenethem, with theyr feete: And they brake it: And in the hed appeared (in steede of the braynes) a stone,rownd, of the bignes of a Tennez ball of 4, cullours, White, black, red, and greene.

One of them (he that brake the skull), putteth that rownd stone to the others mowth or byll. Theother eateth or nybbleth on it, and so doth the other allso.

¶ Now these two byrds, are turned into men: And eche of them haue two Crownes like paper

Crownes, white and bright, but seeme not to be syluer. Theyr teeth are gold, and so likewise theyrhands, feete, tung, eyes, and eares likewise All gold.

On eche of these two men, ar 26 Crownes of Gold, on theyr right sholders, euery of them, greaterthen other. They haue, by theyr sides, Sachels, like palmers602 bags, full of gold, and they take it oute,and seemed to sow it, as corne; going or stepping forward, like Seedmen.

E.T: Then sayd Michael, This, is the ende.E.T: The two men be vanished away.Mi: Learne the Mysterie hereof.Δ: Teache us (ô ye spirituall Creatures.) Than sayd Michael,Mi: Joye and helth giue unto the riche:

Open strong locks: Be Mercifull to the wicked: Pluck up the poore: Read unto the Ignorant: I haue satisfyed thee: Understand: Read them ouer: God shall giue thee some light in them. I haue satisfyed thee:

Both, How you shalbe ioyned,

By whome, To what Intent, and purpose: What you are, What you were, What you shalbe, (videlicet) in Deo.603

Lok up this Mysterie:Forget not our Cownsayle:O GOD, thow openest all things: Secret are thy Mysteries and holy is thy name, for euer. The

vertue of his presence, here left, be amongst you.

Δ: Amen.

Δ: What am I to do, with the wax, the Table, the ring or the Lamine? &c.Mi: When the things be ready, then thow shalt know, how to use them.Δ: How shall I do for the grauing of the ring; May not another man do it, thowgh, E.T. graue it not?Mi: Cause them to be made up, (according to Instruction) by any honest man.Δ: What say you as concerning the Chamber, for our practise? May my fardermost little chamber,

serue, yf the bed be taken downe?Mi: At my next Call, for the Chamber, you shall know what to do.Δ: Benedictus Deus in donis suis:

et sanctus in omnibus operibus eius.604 Amen. ended hor. 4½605

Quartus Liber Mysteriorum

A°. 1582Nouembris 15.

Post reconciliationem Kellianam.

Miserere nostri Deus

Dimitte nobis, sicut et nos dimittimus606

Thursday. Nouembris 15.607

...

At the first, Uriel pluckt a thing from under the Covenant Table: and it grew Rownd, Bigger&; bigger, (of fyrie Cullour) bigger then all the world: and he sayd to me Δ:

Uriel: Ultima est hæc ætas vestram, quæ tibi revelata erit.608

Then cam swarming into the stone, Thowsand yea Inumerable people, Uriel sayd,Est in mundo, et incipiet cum illo alter Mundus.609 and he bad,Note the forme of the thing seen. Note the cullour. The forme of the thing seen was a

Globe Transparent fyre within which the people seemed to stand, Towers and Castells. &c.did appere therein, likewise. This Globe did king CARMARA seeme to go uppon, & tomeasure it: and there appeared a very riche chayre to be set: allmost at the top of theConvexitie of the sayd Globe. wherein he sat down.

...Michael: The Mysteries of God haue a tyme: and Behold, Thow art provyded for that

tyme.

...All those before spoken of are Subiect to thy Call....Of friendship, at any tyme, thow mayst see them: and know what thow wilt.Every one (to be short) shall at all times and seasons shew thee direction in any thing....

One thing I answer thee, for all offycis. Thow hast in subiection all officis. Use themwhan it pleas thee, as thy Instruction hath byn.

...King CARMARA610 - This king, (being called first by Uriel,) appeared, as a Man, very

well proportioned: clad in a long purple Robe: and with a Triple Crowne of Gold on his hed.At his first coming he had 7 (like men) wayting on him: which afterwarde declared themselues to be the 7 Princis Heptarchicall. Uriel deliuered unto this king (at his firstappearing) a rod or straight little rownd Staff of Gold: diuided into three equalldistinctions, whereof, two were dark or blak: and the third bright red. This red he kept stillin his hand.

...King BOBOGEL appeared in a blak veluet coat, and his hose close, rownd hose with

veluet upperstocks: ouerlayde with gold lace: On his hed a veluet hatcap, with a blakfeather in it: with a Cape hanging on one of his sholders, his purse hanging abowt his neckand so put under his gyrdell at which hong a gylt rapier, his berd was long: he had pantofellsand pynsons. And he sayd, I weare these Robes, not in respect of my self, but of mygovernment, etc.

Prince BORNOGO appeared in a red Robe, with a Gold Cerclet on his hed: he shewedhis Seale, and sayde, This it is.

King BABALEL...

Prince BEFAFES appeared in a long red robe, with a cerclet of Gold on his hed. He had agolden girdle: and on it written BEFAFES. He opened his bosom, & appeared leane: and

seamed to haue feathers under his Robes. His Seale, or Character, is this:

King BYNEPOR...

Prince BUTMONO appeared in a red Robe, with a golden Cerclet on his hed:His Seal is this:

King BNASPOL...

Prince BLISDON appeared in a Robe of many Cullours: and on his hed a Cerclet ofGold. His Character, or seale:

King BNAPSEN...

Prince BRORGES appeared in his red apparayle: & he opened his Cloathes and theredid issue, mighty & most terrible or grisely flames of fyre out of his sides: whych no mortalleyr could abyde to loke uppon any long while. His Seale, or Character is this:

King BALIGON...

King BLVMAZA...

Prince BRALGES appeared in a red Robe with a Cerclet on his hed. This is the Seale ofhis gouernment:

One611 (of the 7 which was by him) he who stode before him, with his face from ward him, now

turned his face to him ward.612

Regnat potestas tua in filijs. Ecce signum Operis.613

Δ: There appeared these two letters, euersed and aversed, in a white flag and a womanstanding by, whose armes did not appere.

Note. My name is Carmara.614

Δ: On the other side of the flag appeared the armes of England. The flag semed old.Adhuc duo, et tempus non est.615 (Δ: Sayd the man616 which stode before Carmara,) and lifted up

his hand and avaunced his body: and the other 6 gaue him place. He spred his armes abroad: and soturned rownd toward all the multitude (appering within the Globe:) as if he wold require audience.He sayd than thus,

The Sonnes of men,617 and theyr sonnes, ar subiected unto my commaundent. 618 This is amystery. I haue spoken of it. Note it throwghly. They ar my seruants. By them thow shalt workmervayles. I gouern for a tyme:619 My tyme620 is yet to come. The Operation of the Earth issubiect to my powre:621 And I am the first of the twelve. My seale is called Barees: and here itis.

(Δ: This he held in the palm of his hand: as thowgh it had byn a ring, hanging allso over his myddlefingers622). With a great voyce he sayd, Come ô ye people of the erth:623

1. (Δ: Then there cam a great Number of onely Kings, from amongst the rest of the multitudewithin the Globe: They kneele down; and some kyssed his seale and some did stand frowning

at it. Those kings that kissed it, had, eche of them, a sword in one hand, and a payre ofBallance in the other: the balances being euen, and counterpeysed.624 But the other had allsoballances, which hong uneven, the one scale lower then the other. The euen balanced kingswere of glad cheare:625 but the other wer of a sowre and hevy cowntynance.

It is, and shalbe so: And the workmanship of this, is to this ende.2. Then cam noble men: (Δ: and he held up his hand,) and they parted them selues into two

Cumpanyes: and ouer the heds of them, appered these two wordes. Vera,626 over oneCumpany: and Impura627 over the other.

Verus cum veris, et Impurus cum Impuris.628

3. Come ô ye Princes of Nature. Δ: Then cam in Anncient and graue Cowtenanced men in blakgownes: of all manner of sortes.629 Diuerse of them had bokes: and some had stiks likemeasures:630 and they parted into two Cumpanies. Eyther cumpany had his principall. One ofthese Cumpanies fell at debate among them selues. The other Cumpany stode still. Thereappeared before eche of these Cumpanyes a great boke. Uppon the bokes was written; on theone, Lucem; and on the other, Mundi tenebras.631 The Forman spred his hands ouer them, andthey all fell down: and the boke with Lucem632 on it waxed bright: and they which attended on

that boke (Lucem) departed.Gather, by these few spriggs the Cumpas of the whole field. Δ: I demaunded of him, what

his name was: and he answered,633

I am Primus et Quartus634 Hagonel.

Δ: This Pri. Quar, shewed his635 seal to the Multitudes and they beheld it, and of them someflorish, som stand, and some fall.

1. [Δ: Then he sayd,] The first were the Kings of the earth; which tell the priks of the last ,take place, are, and shall be. In this thow mayst lern science. Note a mysterie. Take a place, isas much, as, Ende with place.

Δ: Then he threw down a great many of them before him. Here is his name, (pointing to [Δ = Carmara636] on the upper part of the Globe.) Not withstanding I am his Minister - [D ingenerall particularly Blumaza.]

There are kings fals and uniust, whose powre as I haue subuerted and destroyed, soshalt thow. Thow seest the weapons.637 The Secret is not great.

Δ: I know not what the weapons are. Pri. Quar. sayd, Write, and I will tell thee. Δ: Thethree, of eche side did syt down while Pri Quar did thus speake.

I am the first of the fowrth Hagonel.Δ: I had thowght that ye sayd before, you had byn the first and the Fowrth of Hagonel.Pri Quar. I am HAGONEL, and govern HAGONEL. There is Hagonel the first, Hagonel the

second, and Hagonel the third, I am the first that gouern the three. Therfore I am the first andlast of the fowre.638

Δ: In the meane space of the former multitude some were falln deade, of some theyrmowthes drawn awry: of some theyr legs broken &c. And then, pointing to (Δ: =Carmara) he sayd,

In his name, with my name, by my character and the rest of my Ministers, are thesethings browght to pass.639 These that lye here, are lyers, witches, enchanters,Deceyvers, Blasphemers: and finally all they that use NATVRE, with abuse: anddishonor him which rayneth for euer.

2. The second assembly were the Gouerners of the Earth, whose glory yf they be good, theweapons which we haue towght thee, will augment: and Consequently, if they be euill,pervert.

3. The third assembly are those which taste of Gods mysteries, and drink of the iuyce ofNature, whose myndes are diuided, some with eyes looking toward heaven, the rest tothe center of the Earth. Ubi non Gloria, nec bonitas nec bonum est.640 It is wrowght, Isay, it is wrowght (for thy understanding) by the seuen of the seuen which wer thesonnes of sempiternitie,641 whose names thow hast written642 and recorded to GodsGlory.643

Δ: Then he held up his hands, and seemed to speak but was not herd (of EK644) as hetold me: and theruppon Pri Quar sayd, Neyther shalt thow heare, for it is Vox hominibusnon digna. Illi autem cum filijs suis laudauerunt Deum. Benedictus est qui fiius est unicus,

et Gloria mundi.645

EK saw like a black cloth646 come-in and cover all the forepart of the stone, so that nothing

appeared in the stone. Then was hard a voyce saying, Loke for us no more at this tyme: This647

shalbe a token, (from this tyme forth) to leaue.648

Δ: Laus et Honor sit Deo Immortali et Omnipotenti nunc et semp. Amen.649

1582 Die ♀ A meridie: hora 5. Nouemb. 16.

Δ: He with the triple Crown on his hed, in the long purple robe , had now onely that part of therod in his hand, which was clere red: the other two parts being vanished awaye. He shoke hisrod, and the Globe under him did quake. Then he sayde, Ille enim est Deus, Venite.650 Δ: All the7 did bow at his speache. He holdeth up the flag, with the picture of a woman paynted on it, withthe (as before was noted) on the right side of her.

And on the other side of the flag, were the Armes of England. He florished with the flag verymuche, and went as thowgh he did marche, in warlike manner uppon the upper and utterparte ofthe Globe. He pointed up to the Flag and sayde, There is two to come, there is no more.651 Allthe people in the Globe seamed to be glad and reioyce. Now he setteth down the Flag, and sayd,Come, Come, Come; And the 7 cam all before him. They hold up all togither, Heptagonumstellare, seeming to be Copper.652

1: The first Holder,653 sayd, Me nosti:654 and so pulled his hand of from the Heptagonum.2: The second of the .7. taketh his hand of and doth reverence and sayd, I am he which

haue powre to alter the Incorruption of NATVRE. With my seale, I seale her and she isbecome perfect. I prevayle in Metalls: in the knowledge of them: I haue byn in Powrewith many, but Actually with few. I am of the first of the655 twelue the Second of the

Seuen. Wilt thow know my name?Δ: Full gladly.I am BORNOGO: this is my Seale: This is my true Character. What thow desyrest in

me shalbe fullfilled. Glory to God. Δ: He kneled down, and held up his hands toward theHeptagonum.

3: The next (or third) sayd, I am the Prince of the Seas: My powre is uppon the waters. Idrowned Pharao: and haue destroyed the wicked. I gaue life unto the seas: and by me theWaters move. My name was known to Moyses. I liued in Israel: Beholde the tyme of Godsvisitation. I haue measured, and it is ‘8’.656 This is a mysterie. God be mercifull to his people.Behold, Behold Lo, behold, my mighty powr consisteth in this. Lern wisdome by mywords. This is wrowght for thy erudition, what I enstruct thee from God: Loke unto thycharge truely. Thow art yet deade: Thow shalt be reuiued. But oh, bless God truely: Theblessing that God giueth me, I will bestow uppon thee by permission.

Ô, how mighty is our god which walked on the waters; which sealed me with his name,whose Glory is without ende. Thow hast written me, but yet dost not Know me. Use mein the name of God. I shall at the tyme appointed be ready. I will manifest the works ofthe seas and the miracles of the depe shalbe knowne. I was Glorifyed in God. I Skurgedthe world. Oh oh oh, how they do repent. Misery is theyr ende, and Calamitie theyr meat.Behold my name is print..... for euer: behold it. Δ: He opened his bosom and seamed leane:and seemed to haue feathers657 under his robes. He had a golden gyrdel: and on it, writtenBEFAFES. Than he sayd, Blessed be thow Ô God, God, God, for euer. I haue said.

Δ: He toke his hand of from the Heptagonum.

Δ: The blak Cloth was drawn: which is now appointed to be our token from them, thatwe must leave of for that instant.

Δ: Deo soli, omnis honor, et Gloria.658 Amen.

Friday. After drinking at night, circiter horam 8 ã.

Δ: On the left side of H (sitting in the Chayre) appeared yet three, holding up the Heptagonum,on one on the other side below. He sat with his face from EK toward me. I stode and my facesowthward. EK he sat at the same table, with his face Northward.

4: The Fowrth659 (holding below) Cryed: Earth, Earth, Earth.EK: He speaketh Hollow, so that I understand nothing. Δ: Than he answered, They are the

wordes of my Creation, which you are not worthy to understand. My Powre is in Erth:660 and Ikepe the bodies of the Dead.661 Theyr numbers are in my bokes. I haue the key of Dissolution.Behold, Behold, All things, yea All things, haue theyr workmanship with me. For I am theende of working. EK: He falleth down prostrate, and speaketh, I know not what, Δ: Than hesayd, I haue the light of his anger,662 and I will destroy it. Ô, Ô, Behold, It is a light leftwithin the bottomles pit. It is the ende and the Last. O blessed shall thy name be, Blessed shallthy name be for euer. Behold this is my seale:

Behold, the bowels of the earth are at my opening. Δ: Than I requested him to help me withsome portion of Threasor hid,663 to pay my detts withall and to buy things necessarie &c. Heanswered, O wordling thow shalt be satisfyed with welth of this world. Behold Behold Lo, loBehold, vehemently I say Behold. I haue, horded Threasor, for the sonne of perdition,664 thefirst Instrument of his destruction. But, lo these Cauerns. Δ: He shewed to EK the Cavernes ofthe earth, and secret places therof and afterward sayd: Mark this, All spirits, inhabitingwithin the earth, where, their habitation is, of force, not of will, (except the myddest ofmy self. which I know not), are subiect to the powre hereof. Δ: Pointing to his Seale.665

With this you shall govern, with this you shall unlok. With this (in his name who rayneth)you shall discouer her entrayles. How say you now? Can you do it? Ar not your Magiciensacquaynted with me? Yt greueth me to regester the bones of the Wycked. Prayse him Butmono,Prayse him Butmono, prayse him. Δ: Is that your name, I pray you tell me. He answered, yea itis my name. It is the ende666 of all things. EK: Now he sitteth down.

5. Δ: Now the Fifth turned his face toward EK (Who [EK] sat before me, and opposite unto me)and stepped furth and sayd: I am life and breath in Liuing Creatures.667 All things liue by me,the Image of One excepted.668 Behold the face of the Earth. EK: There appeareth all Kindes of

brute beastes, fowles, Dragons, and other. Δ: He Clapt his hands to gither and they all,vanished away at ones: they cam agayn: and went then away and retorned no more. But thepeople within the Globe remayned still as from the begynning: he sayd while the beastes wereyet in sight, Lo, all these, do I endue with life: my seale is theyr Glory. Of God I amSanctifyed: I reioyse: (1) the Liuing, (2) The ende, and (3) begynning of these things,669 areknown unto me: and by sufferance I do dispose them untyll my Violl be run. EK: He taketh owtof his bosom a little vyol glass: and there seameth to be fiue or six sponefulls of oyle in it. Δ:He answered and sayde, That it is: and it is a mysterie. Δ: I spake somwhat of this oyle, andhe answered me, and sayd, Thow sayst true. In token of God his Powre and Glory, write downBLISDON. EK: He taketh his hand of from the Heptagonum.

6. The sixth pulleth open his Clothes and red apparell, and there yssueth mighty fyre oute of hissides. [Δ: Note, the cote of the first of these seuen is shorter670 then any of his fellows coatsare.] The sight of the fyre is very owgly, grisely, terrible, and skarsly of mans eye can bebeholden. At length he pluckt his coates to gither, and sayd to EK, Ô I wold shew thee, butflesh and blud cannot see. Write shortly, (it is enowgh) Noui Januam Mortis.671 Δ: Than saydhe to me in an ernest muse, Ô, Muse not, My words ar dark; but with those that see, lightenowgh. Et per cussit Gloria Dei, Impiorum parietes. Dixi.

Δ: In mervaylous raging fyre, this worde BRORGES673 did appeare, tossed to and froin the furious flames thereof, so abundantly streaming out, as yf all the world had byn on fyre,so that EK, could not endure (without great annoyance to his ey sight) to behold the same. Andfinally he sayd, Mysteria in animis vestris imprimite.674 And so the fyre vanished away.

7. EK: The stone semeth all Blew: and onely One now beholdeth the Heptagonum: all therest being set down: who semed now to extend theyr hands one toward an other, asthowgh they played, now being rid of theyr work. Now the last putteth his hand to theHeptagonon and turned his face to EK hauing his face (all the while before) turned toward D.He sayd, The Creatures liuing in my Dominion,675 ar subiect to my powre. Behold I amBRALGES.676 The powres under my subiection are Invisible. Lo what... are. EK: All theworld semed to be in brightnes or w... fire: and therin appered Diuerse little things likelittle smokes without any forme.677 He sayd, This is the seale678 of my Gouernment.Behold I am come, I will teache the names without Numbers. The Creatures subiect unto meshalbe known unto you.

¶ Beware of wauering. Blot out suspition679 of us for we are Gods Creatures, that haue

rayned, do rayne & shall raigne for euer. All our Mysteries shalbe known unto you.680

EK: All the 7 vanished away, onely H remayning who sayd (being stand up, and leaning uppon hisChayre, and turned to EK), Behold, these things, and theyr mysteries shalbe known unto you,reseruing the Secrets681 of him which raigneth for euer: [EK: The voyce of a multitude,answered singing,] Whose name is Great for euer. H Open your eyes, and you shall see from theHighest to the lowest.682 The Peace of God be uppon you.

Δ: Amen. EK: The blak Cloth was drawn before all the things conteyned in the stone: which wasthe Token of Ceasing for that tyme:

Sanctus sanctus sanctus Dominus Deus noster.683

Anno 1582: Saterday. Die 17. Nouemb: A meridie hora circiter 1 ã.684

Δ: The Cloth remayned drawn, a prety while after we had done our prayers to God, and so was allthe things in the stone kept from sight.

Δ: The Man with the Crowne,685 (he onely) appeared first, and the transparent Globe with thepeople of the world in it, as before. The Diaphanitie, or (as it wer) the Shell of the forsaid Globe,was very glystring bright. The man686 shaked his hand toward me and the bak of the Chayre wastoward EK. On the globe appered a trace like a seame, of two things ioyned to gither, or rather a verynarrow path: which began below on the Convex superfices of this globe and went upward to theverticall point or (as it wer) the zenith prik of it: but from the lower part of the same to the placewhere the chayre stode, it seamed broder, and more worn, than from the chayre up to the vertex or topprik: for that part (which semed to be about the eighth part of the whole) did appere very smalle, andunworne, or unoccupyed.

Δ: He turning his face toward EK, spake thus, I haue declared things past and present. And now Ispeak of things to come. The Whole shalbe manifest. Nam ipse unus et Indiuisibilis est. Gloria GloriaGloria Creatori nostro.687 Two partes688 are yet to come, the rest are finished allready. Δ: He shewedthe rownd Table689 with letters and numbers which master Kelly sent me: and than he toke it awayagayn. Then he sayd,

Venite gradatim repetamus,690 opera Dei.691

Δ: The first of the .7. which had yesterday appeared, did now appere with the short robe,692 as he

did before. Than H sayd smylingly (being turned to EK),

Hæc sunt documenta tua,693 quæ nondum intelligis.694

Δ: Than the man with the short robe, the Forman of the 7 (yesterday appearing) sayd,

Unus est Deus, et Unum est opus nostrum.696

Δ: Then cam very many uppon the Globe his convex superficies and they sayd,

Parati sumus seruire Deo nostro.697

Δ: Eche of these had somwhat in theyr hands. Som had crownes, some garments &c.698

The number of them was: 42: and stode in this order:

and sayd embracing (as it wer) the whole number of this Cumpany,

Et nomen meum, numerus est totus Nec est crimen in numero nostro Moyses nos nominauit. Potestas istorum, quàm istarum, quamvis non una, tamen in uno sunt.700

Δ: I sayd that I thowght there wanted at the begynning of this sentence, this word Tam.701 He

answered, it might be understode by his pointing to them there standing, and sayd farder in respect ofthis my dowt, Quatenus est hæc vanitas vestrorum? Tu nosti numeros hos esse in Deo, in Mundo, et inminori mundo. In Deo, id est Nobiscum. In Mundo, quantum apud vos: In minori Mundo, quantum invobis.

(Combinatur animus tuus cogitatione.) Disseritur apud Phõs., idque maximè) de NATVRA, quænon vobiscum, sed nobiscum (ah, ah, ah) et in nostra potestate est. Videbis Deum. Vidisti operanostra, Opera (inquam) manuum suarum: Digito Dei mouebimur. A Deo venit. Homo, et cumhominibus fuit: est enim cum illis. Illius namque potestas, vim, virtutem, et esse dat,702 non nobissolum modo, sed operibus nostris.

Inhumata tibi anima tua, quid quærit?703

Δ: I understand you now: He answered Ab humo, homine: Ab homine dictum est.704 I axed thee,

what thow desyrest.Δ: Wisdom, and Veritie, I answered: // then, he answered, H: Thow shalt. Δ: There cam in a

smyling fellow: and they pluckt him, and towsed him. He cryed he wold tell Newes: and theyanswered, that there was none for him to tell: and he skaped705 from them, or they let him slyp, withall his clothes torn of: and he semed to crepe or get away under the globe, and (as it wer) to getbehinde the Diaphanous Globe.

Δ: These 42 had all of them somwhat in theyr hands: as eyther whole Crownes, or 3/4 of Crownes,or robes &c. Six of them semed more glorious than the rest, and theyr Coates longer: and had cerclets(abowt theyr hed) of Gold: and these had perfect Crowns in theyr hands. The second six had threquarters of Crownes, the Third six, haue clothes706 in theyr hands.707 All the rest semed to haue ballsof gold: which they toss from one to an other: but at the catching they semed empty wynde balls: forthey gripe them, closing theyr hand, as yf they wer not solid, but empty, like a bladder.708

Δ: The first six sayd, Our names cannot be expressed: neyther can the names of these that follow.Δ: The first six made cursy to the man with the short robe: the second six made cursy to the first,

and the Third to the second, and they all, and the short robed man, made cursy to H.Our workmanship is all one. Δ: Sayd the short robed man.709

H: The whole day is diuided into 6 partes:710 Euery part occupyeth a part of them here. (Δ:Pointing to the 42 standing there.) Therfore yf thow wilt work with Kings (thow knowest mymeaning), finally what so euer thow wilt do in theyr estate, Cast thyne eye unto the first place. In allgood causes thow shalt work by six in generall. The rest are for Depriuation: I meane the next six.The residue all do serue to the entents and purposes apperteyning unto Kings. But bycause thow shaltnot be ignorant, what they are, in name, they shall shew forth theyr Tables.

Δ: Than they, spedyly (eche of them uppon the place of theyr standing ) made a square table: andeuery table had but one Letter. The first of the first six did go away, and in his table appeared an O,&c, and so of the second six, orderly theyr letters appeared in theyr tables: But the Third six, theycowred down uppon theyr letters, and were loath to shew them: but at length, did &c: and at the lastof euery row, they all cam togither &c.

H: Remember how they stode, when they wer secondly disposed unto thee: They stode first in sixrows; and next they wer turned into 7.711 I speak of the greater number and not of the less. In speakingof the greater, I haue comprehended the lesser.712

Δ: They went euer away toward the713 hand.The third row went of lamenting: being commaunded by the Short robed man. All parted in fire,

falling into the Globe. The fifth row did synk into the Globe, euery one in a sundry fyre by him self.The sixth fell with smoke down into the Globe.

EK: Now remayneth onely the man with the Crown H : he made shew with his hands, beckningtoward E.K., and sayd, I haue told thee, that theyr workmanship, is to gither. Theyr names are upponthese tables. The first letter, is the Second letter, of the first714 name of the Table.715

Thow hast 49 names in those Tables. Those names thow hast in former Tables by thee written: inthat of 7 tymes 7. Confer it with the rownd Table.716

The first letter717 from the point of his718 sword, is B. That B signifieth the number of the Bees,begynning the 49 names, environing that Circle. In the former Tables thow shalt fynde B.1. B.2. B.3.B.4. &c and so to B.49. Those Bees begynne the names of all the powres that haue governed, dogouern, and shall gouern.

The next letter hath his circle and numbers going rownd abowt it: which thow shalt fynde in theformer Tables. The letter standeth in the myddest of euery square, of euery Circle: thowgh some beturned upside down: Which onely signifyeth that they are Spirits of Destruction, wrath and Indignationin Gods Judgment. There are two numbers: that, on the right hand, over the letter, is the number

pertayning to that letter.

O in the Circumference is the ninthe letter.719

Gather the former Tables to gither, which thow hast made before, conteyning 49, dependingonely on B. Where thow shalt finde BOBOGEL, a name consisting on 7 letters, and so the rest.Reade my instructions as concerning those Tables, and thow shalt fynde the truth of them.-----------Ihaue sayd.720

Mighty is thy name, O God of Hostes:

Blessed is thy name, Ô Lord, for euer.Δ:Amen.

After 7 of the clok at night. die .721

H: Lo, here I byd them do, and they do. I haue appointed them, and they are contented. My Charge isnot of my self, neyther do I speak darkly, obscurely or without a truth, in affirming that I towght theethose Tables: For they are from him, which made and created all things: I am from them722 in powreand message, under whome I here rule723 and shall do, tyll the ende724 of all things be:725 Ô, Greatand bowntifull in his liberall mercy: The mercy of him, whome we prayse and laude and sing unto,with Joy for euer. Behold thow desyrest, and art syk with desire.726 I am the disposer thowgh not theComposer of Gods medicines . Thow desirest to be cumforted and strengthened in thy labors. Imynister unto thee The strength of God.

What I say, is not of my self, neyther that which is sayd to me, is of them selues, but it is sayd ofhim which Liueth for euer.

These Mysteries hath God lastly, and of his great mercyes, graunted unto thee.727 I haue answeredthy dowting mynde.

Thow shalt be glutted, yea filled, yea thow shalt swell and be puffed up with the perfect knowledgeof Gods Mysteries, in his mercyes. Abuse them not. Be faithfull. Use mercy. God shall enriche thee.

Banish wrath: yt was the first,728 and is the greatest729 Commaundement.I rayng in him, and liue by him which rayngneth and liueth for euer.Δ: I pray you make some of these last instructions, more playne, and euident.H: I haue shewed thee perfectly. Behold I teache thee agayn. O how mercifull is God that revealeth

so great secrets to flesh and blud? Thow hast 42 letters. Thy Tables, last, conteyn so many. Eueryletter is the name particular by him self of the generall actions, being, and doing of these 42, whichappeared with theyr workmanship. The first, was theyr Prince: and he gouerneth onely730 theestate,condition and being, limited by God unto Kings of the earth. The 7 next him,731 are those that areMessagers of God his good gifts to those that beleue him, and faithfully serue him: wherof few re ...and rayng now frutefull in his sight.732

Regnat, Regnat, Regnat ô regnat Iniquitas super faciem totius terræ Cor hominis impletum estmalitia, et nequicijs. Incipit, incipit enim noua illorum potestas, illis non sine re dedita,733 nec dis . ..734

Vide quæso.735 Δ: He pointed down to the people, in the Globe, all being sore and diseased ofsome sore, ulcer, botch, &c.

H: All the residue of the Angels, (for so they are in dede) ar ministers of God his wrath andindignation uppon the Faythless:736 whose myserie is most lamentable. 7 onely, haue 7 letterscomprehending the dignitie of theyr vocation:737 The rest are particular, not onely in powr, but allsoin theyr vocation. Like leaves they spring and grow from one branche.

These words which thow seest in the last Table, some of them unhable to be pronownced, arenotwithstanding the names of those 7738 which held the fayr and bewtifull Crownes. Which names (asI sayd before) do comprehend not onely the powre, but allso the Being of the rest.739 The wholeComposition is the truth of the words. I will ones more teach. There were 42 that appeared, besides

him, which was theyr prince. The first 7,740 are called by those names, that thow seest, as OFS &c.Δ: And so of AVZNILN &c. H : Thow hast sayde.There are but 6 names,741 that are in Subjection. I teache breifly. Doost thow not remember the

Circle and the prick in the myddest: which was on the right hand742 of him, that was theyr Prince?That onely representeth 7 in number which being added unto the rest maketh 49. Read the letters. Δ: Ired OF &c, and he willed me to strike them out.

H: That is the name of those of the first of the 7.743 which held the Crownes in theyr hands.Note: The second line,744 is the name of the second, and so to the ende of the table. 42 letters: 42

names: 42 persons.The first, where his fote stode, is both his Name and Character.745 And so of the second, Third &c.Notwithstanding, Generally these are the names, the first 7, the One presupposed, the rest being six

in order.This is the truth, and the some of the Tables. Yt is easy to be understode and perfect.Whan thow wilt work for anything apperteyning unto the estate of a good King: Thow must first

call uppon746 him which is theyr prince. Secondly the ministers of his powre ar Six:747 whose namesconteyne 7 letters apece: as thy Tables do manifest: by whome in generally, or by any one of them, inparticularitie, thow shalt work for any Intent or purpose.

As concerning the letters particularly, they do concern the Names of 42 which 42, in generally, orone of them do and can work the destruction, 748 hindrance or annoyance of the estate, Condition ordegree, as well for body as government, of any Wicked or yll Liuing Prince. In owtward sense, mywords are true. I speak now of the use of one of the first, that I spake of, or manifested yesterday.Sayd I not, and shewed I not, which had the gouernment of Princes?749 For, as it is a Mystery to afarder matter, so is it a purpose to a present use. Yf it rule worldly princis, how much more shall itwork with the Princis of Creation?

Thow desyrest use, I teache use, and yet the Art is to the furder understanding of all Sciences, thatare past, present or yet to come.750

Frute hath a furder vertue than onely in the eating: Gold his furder condition, property, and quality,then in melting, or common use. Kings there are in Nature, with Nature, and above Nature.751

Thow art Dignified.752

∆: Yf I wold haue the King of Spayne his hart to be enclined to the purpose I haue in hand, whatshall I do?

H: First Cast thyne ey unto the Generall prince,753 Gouernor or Angel that is principall in thisworld.754 [∆ as yet, is BALIGON or Carmara.]

Secondly consider the circumstances of thy Instruction.755

Thirdly place my name,756 whome thow hast all ready.Fowrthly, the name of him, which was shewed thee yesterday, whose garments were short, and of

purple.757

Fifthly, his power,758 with the rest of his six perfect Ministers.759 With those thow shalt work to agood ende. All the rest thow mayst use to Gods Glorie. For euery of them shall minister to thynecessities. Moreouer, when thow workest, Thy feete must be placed uppon those tables760 whichthow seest written last comprehending 42 letters, and names. But with Consideration, that the firstCharacter, which is the first of the 7, in thy former boke,761 be placed uppon the top of the Table,762

which thow wast, and art, and shalbe commaunded to haue, and use.Last of all, the Ring, which was appointed thee: with the Lamine comprehending the forme of thy

own name: which is to be made in perfect gold, as is affore sayd.763

Euen as God is iust, his iudgments true, his mercies unspeakable, so are we the true messagers ofGod: and our words are true in his mercy764 for euer.

Glory, ô Glory be to thee, ô most high God.EK: Now commeth Michael and heaveth in his hand out of the stone and sayeth, GOD Bless you.H: As concerning the use of these Tables, this is but the first step. Neyther shalt thow practise them

in vayne.765

And whereas thow dost use a demaunde, as concerning thy doings to a good intent and purpose:and for the prayse and advancement of Gods Glorie, with Philip the Spanish King: I answer thatwhatsoeuer thow shalt speak, do or work, shalbe profitable and accepted,And the ende of it shalbegood.766

Moreouer wheras thow urgest the absence of thy frende, as an excuse for the ring, No excuse canpreuayle: Neyther canst thow shew the frutes of a iust mynde, but of a faynting stomack with thisexcuse. God hath retorned him, and wilbe mercifull unto you both. Thy Chargis in worldly affayres,are not so great, that God cannot Minister help to theyr necessities. Thow shalt be comforted. ButRespect the world to come767 (1); (whereunto thow art provided) and for what ende (2): and that, in(3) what tyme.

Serue God truely: Serue him iustly. Great Care is to be had with those that meddle with Princisaffayres. Much more Consideration, with whome thow shalt medle or use any practise. But God hathshaddowed 768 thee from destruction. He preserueth his faithfull, and shaddoweth the iust with ashield of honor.

None shall enter into the knowledge of these mysteries769 with thee but this Worker. Thy estatewith the Prince (now rayngning,770) shall shortly be amended. Her fauor encreased, with the goodwills of diuerse, that are now, deceyuers.

Thy hand, shall shortly be theyr help:771 and thow shalt do wunderfull and many benifits (to theaugmenting of Gods Glorie) for thy Cuntry.Finally, God doth enriche thee with Knowledge: and of thyself, hath giuen thee understanding of these worldly vanities.772 He is Mercifull: and we his goodCreatures,773 neyther haue, do, nor will forget thee. God doth blesse you both: whose Mercy,Goodness, and Grace, I pronownce and utter uppon you. I haue sayd:

∆: Laus, honor, Gloria, virtus et Imperium,

Deo opto. Max°.774

Amen. H: Yf you will stay775 one half howre, I will say farder unto you.∆: We will: by gods leave.

∆: After that half howre passed, (being 10½ noctis :) he sayde,

H: Venito BOBOGEL Rex et princeps Nobilitatis776

Venito cum ministris: Venito (inquam) Venito cum satellitibus tuis munitus.777

∆: I fele: and (by a great thundring noyce, thumming thuming in myne eares) I perceyue the presenceof some spirituall creature abowt me.

EK: And I here the thumming.H: Behold, Before this work be finished,778 (I meane the Manifestation of these Mysteries) thow

shalt be trubbled, with the Contrarie Powres and beyond any accustomed manner. But take heade,779

they prouoke thee not to work agaynst our Commaundements. Both thy ey and hand shall be manifestwitness of it: well, this is true.

EK: They that now come in are ioly780 fellows, all trymmed after the manner of Nobilitie now adayes: with gylt rapers, curled heare: and they bragged up and down. BOBOGEL standeth in a blakveluet coat, and his hose close, rownd hose of veluet upperstoks: ouer layd with gold lace: he hath aveluet hat-cap, with a blak feather in it: with a cape on one of his sholders his purse hanging at hisneck and so put under his gyrdell, his berd long: he had pantofells and pynsons.781 Of these, inCompany, are 42. 7 of them, are apparayled like BOBOGEL: sagely and gravely: All the rest areruffyn like. Some, are like to be men and women: for, in the foreparte they semed women, and in thebakpart, men, by theyr apparayle, and these were the last 7. They daunsed, lept and kissed.

EK: The stone is brighter, where the sage and graue 7 do stand, and where the other do stand thestone is more dark.

EK: Now they come to a circle, the sage and the rest, but the sage stand all to gither.∆: The first of the sage, lyft up his hand a loft, and sayde:Faciamus secundum voluntatem Dei: Ille Deus noster est verè nobilis & æternus.782 He pluckt up

his right fote, and under it appeared an L.

Then the last .B. and immediately they grew all to gither in a flame of fyre and so sonk down into theformer Globe.783 Of the rest the first pluckt up his fote, and there appered an L &c.

784,785

786,787

∆: This I fashioned thus after my first dictata penning of my own fantasie:

∆: Then he sayd, Well, I will shew thee more of these things at the next time.God be with you: God bless you both.

∆: Amen.

∆: When shall that next tyme be? A voyce spake, On monday. ∆: Deo soli omnis Honor et Gloria.788

Amen.

Monday. Nouembris 19: Circiter 1 ã horã a meridie789

∆: Long after our comming to the stone (abowt half a quarter of an howre) the Cloth of sylenceremayned drawn: and nothing appeared: but EK heard a far off very pleasant Musik the while.

H: He seamed to take the cloth away with his hands. After that (abowt 6 minutes), Nothing alteredor shewed, other than the standing furniture, usually of late appearing there.

EK: Now come in 7 men with Musicall Instruments: and before them cam one with a veluetCoate,790 and a hat-Cap, with a sword by his syde, and a Cloke or Cape hanging on one sholder: anda blak feather in his hat. &c. Afterward cam 42 more, seeming to be very far behynde the first 7.Their Melody sownded very swetely and pleasantly all the while from the begynning.

The forme of theyr Musicall Instrument:

These Musiciens did play, one with an other, iestingly: they bobbed one an other, and than playedagayn. The 42, which semed a far of, cam nerer and nerer, and seamed to bring a rownd thing, like atable791 in theyr hands. The 7 pipers went away: and the Man with the Cape hanging on one of hissholders (somwhat like a Nobleman) remayned. Then wer they come at hand, the 42 with the rowndtable. These seamed to be of two sortes: Of which, the last 7: on the forepart to behold seamed ratherwemen,792 with fardingales793 very much sprowting out, but theyr face had no peculier attyre ofwemen. The 42 held the circle794 (or rownd Table) up,over theyr hed, flat wise. Then they layd theCircle down, and stode rownd abowt it.

H sayd, Tam mali, quam boni, laudant te,

Deus, Deus, Deus noster.795

∆: The letters appeared to EK, and he told me them, and I began to write:

LEENARB H: Thow writest in vayne.Thow hast written them allready.∆: It is true: I see them now last before noted down.H: Loke the eight name in the Tables. [∆: of 49, collected.]. ∆: That eighth is Bobogel. Loke to his

Character in the great Circle. Loke the second name in the Table with 7 angles.∆: That I finde to be Bornogo.

EK: He with the cape on his one sholder, sayeth, Nomen meum est Bobogel:796 And he that is mysubiect, is Governor of the second Angle of the 7.797

Bob: I weare these robes, not in respect of my self, but of my Government. I am the Prince,Chief; [EK: He falleth down on his knees and speaketh wordes which I understand not.] yea the onelydistributer , giver, and bestower of Wisdome and Science.798 I weare this apparayle, for that indede, being a Prince I am a Cownsaylor799 to estate and dignitie. All Dignitie and gouernment that isnot cownsayled by me, and my subiects, is frustrate, voyde, and cleane800 without firm grownd.

Those which thow sawest, (being pipers) signifie praters.801 with unaccustomed, and not usuallInstruments: which allwayes seame to sownd that, which None but I my self, with my subiects, (yeanot all of them, but the fewest) can performe. But I am true Philosophie. I am true understanding. Ohmy descending from him which rayngneth, is euen uncomprehensible of the Angells. Neyther do Iknow, my self: But what I think,I utter, and What I measure, I am.

He sayd, Ordinationem Infinitæ potestatis eleuate.802

EK: Now come Three803 out of the 42, and layd theyr fingers uppon the three first letters: and,

804,805

806

EK: They ioyne them selues to gither and become, all One Man; most beawtifull to behold: Whosehed and to the brest, seamed to be neare to heven. His brest and myddle part, in the ayre: His feeteseamed to stand on the earth. There cam like a Fire, oute of the Crown of his hed, and to enter into theheven, hard, by it: This great high and fayre man sayde,

Veritas quæsita,nostra est.807 808EK: His apparayle is diuided into two halfes: from the crown ofhis hed to his fete. The one half seemed to be most fresh florishing herbes: The other half seemed to

be of diuerse metalls:809 and his right fote seamed to be Leade.810 He sayd (with an Aposiopesis)thus,

Beatus est qui Lumen capitis mei &c.811

EK: The rest, all, quake. He sayd farder,Unus in Capite, unus in pectore, unus in pedibus.812

EK: Then stept oute 9, at ones.EK: Then the great man returned, or was restored to his former estate of three particular men

agayn: and they three leaned to the Ientleman813 with the Cape on his sholder - BOBOGEL - whosayde,

Dee, Dee, Dee, at length, but not to late.814

EK: In the place of the former first thre, appeared L E E.EK: Of the 9, which stept out, they of the first Ternarie815 sayde, eche thus orderly,

1. Volumus.2. Possumus.3. Quid non.816

This Ternarie sayd, Faciamus, quæ fecerunt, nam nos Tres sumus Adam; societate.817

EK: They become One man, as the other before, but a slender and a weak one, neyther so high asthe first, euer laboring or striving with it self to stand up right, but still it bended, bowed, and inclineddownward, as thowgh it wold fall for feblenes. The Body of this Compownd man, seamed to be ofGold glittring. When they retorned to theyr distinct shape: they semed naked and to be sorry, andlament: And Bobogel did put them from him, with his sworde, skabbard and all, as it hanged by hisside. Theyr letters were ----- N A R.

EK: Then cam the Ternarie—B L N,818 and orderly they sayd thus,

124

{1 Ab illo. 2 Per illum. 3 Cum illo819

Bob: Qui caret hijs tribus,820 [EK: He whispereth to the first Three leaning to him: and with all,

seeing me muse at the Aposiopesis, he sayd,] No No, Thow shalt not dowt [pointing to me.]In ecclesia Dei, laborabit in Vanum.821

EK: This Ternarie of men becam to haue one onely hed, and three bodyes and that one hed was ingood proportion.

EK: The side of the Diaphonous Globe opened, and this Transformed Ternarie did point into it,toward the multitude: and the people had theyr brests naked, and semed to wepe:822 and to wipe theyrbrests, and where they wiped the place becam fayre.

EK: This Ternary did seme to stand uppon a triangular stone , and to turn (as a horsmyll doth,abowt one axeltree) orderly agaynst, and by, the hole of the Globe so opened. And euery of the threebodyes, in theyr turning, as they cam agaynst the open place of the Globe, they extended, and stretchout theyr hands toward the people: The first seamed to hold a rownd ball in his hand being little, butvery fayre white. The second body, his hand had in it, a little sword flamming with fyre. The third hada thing like a hatt band of lawn,823 of many cullours, which ever as his turne cam to be agaynst theopened hole, he seamed to cast toward the people, and the people did seme to be drawn to him ward,by the Casting of it toward them.

These three bodyes, thowgh they turned contynually, yet did the face or Cowntenance of that OneCompownd hed, stedyly and immoveably regard or loke into the Globe at the forsayd hole therof.

H: A wonder to behold the heuen, much more this.EK: Now this Ternarie separated it self, and the hole or clyft in the Globe did shut to. These three

did sit down by Bobogel.H: Sunt semper, et Cibus illorum est unus.824

∆: Note: The first Ternarie, they semed to stand leaning to Bobogel. The Third Ternarie was setorderly and vicissim,825 close by Bobogel his feete, one of these betwene two of the first; euer so thatorderly one of the first, and one of the Third ternarie, one of the first and one of the third; one of thefirst and one of the third.

EK: Then cam the Ternarie A N A.826

They sayd, orderly thus,

1. Ab illo sed.2. Cum illo sed,827 looking on his own belly.

∆: Then I demaunded of theyr Apparayle: and EK sayd that these were brauer than the former

Ternary. Bobogel sayd, Aliqui a dignitate, Cæteri talia quia non sunt Digni.828 This he sayd, pointingto theyr apparayle. Then the third sayd,

3. Per illum, Per illum, Per illum,829 with a frowning cowntenance thrusting furth his hand. EK: They ioyne to gither into one hed and three bodyes.The Hole of the Globe opened very wyde

now. This one Compownd Hed had many eyes, many noses, many mowthes, as thowgh it were aCahos830 of Faces, in one hed, but three bodyes. One of this bodyes had in his hand a little Ball, likethe other before, very white, but with twynkling brightnes in it. The other two bodyes, theyr handswere emptie.

EK: They turn in order agaynst the Hole of the Globe: But the People regarded them not: but at thecomming of the hand with the Ball, against the hole, the people loked a little up at it.

Bob. sayd, Et quia carebant in ardentibus ignis.831

EK: These, being dissolued into theyr former state, go and sit (with hevy chere) by them that sataffar of from BOBOGEL. Theyr apparaill semed to be simple: theyr good apparayle was gone.

∆: Here I fownd a certayn error in my writing of the first Notes: which I haue amended in thewriting of this: But while that error did trubble me, the spirituall Creature sayd these wordes.Bob: The Fawt is in EK his remembrance, and not in his will. Note this,

LEE ar the Three that stand with me.

NAR are the Three that I reiect.

BLN are the Thre which are enterlincked with me.

ANA are the Three that are reiected.832

Bob. sayd, Omnes naturam ad, Sed, Nôn in illo.833

EK: The 30 remayning,834 cam all away, and satt betwene Bobogel and the reiected Cumpany: andfrom that Cumpany835 cam onely 7 to the Circle agayn. Euery of these 7, sett theyr feete, eche uppon aletter of the Circle, which letters are these,836

AOIDIAB.

EK: They say, In use,837 we are perfect; Misused, we are Monsters. Sumus septem Januæ Naturæ,et sui ipsius qui novit Deum.838

EK: These 7, seme to vanish into wynde, or white smoke, and to fall into the Globe. And the sixreiected, turn into a black smoke: and the rest of the 30839 semed also converted into black smoke,and to fall into the Globe.

Bob. sayd, In sexto et septimo sunt omnia.840

EK: The six that were next him, semed to clyng hard and close to Bobogel. (Bob: Behold.) EK:They be ioyned all into One body, and becam like the sonne, into the forme of a bowle or Globe: andso moved up or rowled up the small narrow race, or line unworne, which remayned higher then thechayre, toward the top of the Diaphanous Globe, as before is declared, so that this Princely Nobleman, and his six adherents [LEE:BLN], in this manner went out of sight.841

H: Formator horum, Secundus842est in Heptagono.843

They are diuided into the day, as the other wer, before: But wheras the other are chiefly uppon thatday which you call Monday, so ar these to be used onely on the Sabaoth day.

Theyr use, is onely thus (obseruing the former order) with the Circle uppon the grownd.844 The firstsix,845 with theyr King and the seale of theyr Prince, taketh place in the whole body of the day: Theother being 6 tymes six,846 are diuided into the partes of the day as before. The Letters onely wherethey stode, are theyr names and Characters. What doth the heven behold or the earth conteyne,that is not (or may be) subdued, formed and made by these. What lerning, grownded upponwisdome, with the excellencies in847 Nature, cannot they manifest? One in heuen they know.

One and all in Man, they Know.One and all in erth, they know.Measure heuen by a parte, (my meaning is, by these few). Let God be Glorifyed: His name

praysed. His Creation848 well taken, and his Creatures, well used.849

∆: I craued for some playner Instruction, as concerning the use of the ... and he answered,H: Behold: Are thy eyes so blynde? Dost thow see and wilt not see? Thy mynde telleth thee. Thy

understanding furdereth, and thy Judgment doth establish it. That as thow sawest a Body in threeplaces, and of Three Compositions: Thowgh but two in forme, So shall this work haue relation to 1:tyme present and present use, to 2: Mysteries far exceding it, And 3: Finally to a purpose andintent, wherby the Maiestie, and Name of God shall and may, and of force must appeare, withthe Apparition of his wonders, and mervayles, yet unhard of. 850

Dixi.851

∆: Than immediately after he began agayne, as followeth,H: Venito, veni (inquam) adesto Veni Rex. O Rex, Rex, Rex Aquarum,852 Venito, venito

inquam. Magna est tua; maior autem mea potestas. Deus noster, restat, regnat, et est, Quod, etsicut fuit.853

EK: Then cam one and sayd,------------ Parati sumus nomen eius Creatoris nostri, nomen, nomen laudare Nomen (inquam)

Unius nunc et viuentis.Obscura sunt hæc animis obscuris. Vera et manifesta Veris et perfectis.Ecce adsunt.854 EK: He that sayd this, is as thowgh he were a king, with a Crown on his hed: His

apparayle was a long robe whitish: But his left arme was very white, and his right arme, black.855

EK: There cam after this King a Cumpany of 42: and euery one of them had a letter in hisforhed,and they were 7 in a row, and six, downward.

The King had written in his forhed, BABALEL.856

The first 7, (begynning from EK his left hand toward his right) had these letters, and the second,Thirdth &c had these letters as here appeare.

H: At the next tyme, more.Δ: Omne quod viuit laudet Deum unum et trinum, in omne æuum.857 Amen.EK: The cloth draws.

Nouemb. 20 Tuesday, a meridie circa 2ã.

Δ: After a great half howre attending, and diuerse tymes our prayers to god, The black Cloth waspulled upward: and so vanished away. H appered sitting in his chayre, and his face toward me: andso looking abowt he paused a while: half a quarter of an howr. In the meane space cam one skyppinglightly, a little boy, in a grene coate, and sayd, He is here, at an ynche.858 Than he sayd, Hark. To mehe sayd, Ha-sir-ha. Δ: What wilt thow say to me? [Grene Coate:] I am Multin his minister, wilt thowany thing with me? I cannot tarry. Δ: Then this skipiak859 espyed a spirituall creature comming, andsayd, Ha, ar you there? Δ: And so went out of sight.

Δ: This was King BABALEL, with a crown of Gold on his hed, his garment whitish, and hisright sleue on his arme, blak: and the left sleve very white. He seamed to stand uppon water.

The other 42 cam likewise and stode.Bab: Veni princeps860 7 principum qui sunt Aquarum Principes. Ego sum Rex potens et

mirabilis in aquis: cuius potestas est aquarum visceribus. Princeps iste861 (Δ: pointing to a Prince,new come to sight which had a red long robe, and a cerclet of gold on his hed862) est Tertiusprincipum in Heptagonon.863 Δ: I sayd Heptagono: he replyed, Heptagonωn,864 and sayd: Verè planè,et perspicuè dixi.

Bab: Mensurasti aquas?865 Befafes answered, Factum est.866

Δ: I seemed to dowt of some matter here, and Befafes sayd, Thow shalt be answered in any dowt. Iam thy frende. I haue fauored thee in many things.867 Ph’ers868 haue imagined vaynely of my name.For thy loue towards me, Thow shalt know my name. I was with Salomon; I was also (unknown) withScotus.869 I was, in respect of my powr: unknown, in respect of my name. He called me Mares. Since,I was not with any. And I preserued thee from the powre of the wicked, when I told thee things of truthto come. When I rid thy howse of wycked ones and was with thee in extremities. I was with thee.Behold I was with thee throwghly.

Δ: Then he bad EK Ax me, yf I knew Obelison. Δ: I had to do with Obelison, but by reason of mySkryers nawghtynes, I was in dowt what I might credit. Bef: Thow shalt know this for a most manifesttruth hereafter. I am Obelison, the fifth of the Seuenth,870 which haue the skowrging of Obelison thewicked: but not wicked for euer, neyther accursed to the ende. We Angels haue tymes, and our faultesare amended.871

Δ: Shall I Note your name, by Befafes? He answered, My name is so, in dede: The Ægyptianscalled me Obelison in respect of my nature. Δ: I pray you what is the Etymologie of Obelison? Bef: Apleasant deliuerer.872

EK: The former 7, haue Crownes.873 Theyr letters stand betwene theyr feete.874

E I L O M F O &c.

Bef: Thow hast receyued these letters allready.EK: The water seameth, contynually to pass ouer these letters.Bab: I Gouern uppon Tuesday.

1. EK: The first seuen take the water and throw it up, and it becometh clowdes.2. The second throweth it up, and it becommeth hayle and snow. One of the first 7 sayde,

Behold, Behold, Behold: All the motion of the waters, and the saltnes thereof is æquallyassured by us. We giue good success in battayles, reduce ships & all manner of vessells thatflote uppon the seas: Our make is great. Muse not [Δ], For whan the seas are trubbled, withthe wickednes or uprore of man, our Authoritie giueth victory from him that is mostVictorious. Fishes and Monsters of the sea, yea all that liueth therein, are well known with us.Behold we are (generally) the Distributers of Gods Judgments uppon the waters that couerthe earth.

EK: Than stept furth all the rest.3. The Third seuen sayd, Some of us conduct the waters throwgh the earthe. Other of us, do

beawtify Nature in her Composition. The rest of us ar distributers and Deliuerers of theThreasures and the unknown substances of the seas.875

Bab: Praysed be God which hath created us, from the begynning with Glory. His Glory be

augmented.EK: Now the 42 diue into the Water and so vanish away: and Befafes, and Babalel also wer

suddaynly gon.H standing up sayd, LO, Thus thow seest the glory of Gods creatures: Whome thow mayst

use,876 with the consideration of the day, theyr king, theyr Prince, and his Character. The Kingand prince gouern for the whole daye.877 The rest according to the six partes of the day.

Use them, to the glory, prayse, and honor of him, which created them to the Laude and prayseof his Maiestie. Δ day is 24 howres. Δ: But whan doth that Day begyn?

H: Thow shalt be towght the rest.H proceded, and sayd, Vitam dedit Deus omnibus Creaturis. Venite Veni Ignis, veni Vita

mortalium (inquam) Venito. Adesdum. Regnat Deus. Ô Venite. Nam unus ille Regnat, et est VitaViuentium.878

EK: Now there commeth a King.879 and hath a Prince880 next him and after them 42, likeghostes, or smokes, with out forme: hauing euery of them a little glittring spark of fire in themyddest of them.

Verè beatus881 (sayd this King that now cam.)Δ: I pray you to tell me your name.King: I am the fowrth King in the Table and the two* and twentyth in number.Δ: I understand in the Table of the names collected from the 7 Tables of 49.

And in those tables taking of the first septenarie, Baligon for the first King; and in the second

septenarie, Bobogel for the second King, and in the third septenarie, taking Babalel, so accownted thethird, and in the fowrth septenarie, the first of septenarie is Bynepor, and so accownted the fowrth:but accownting euery one from Baligon he is the 22th: and so the fowrth and the two and twentith.

EK: A Voyce I here, saying, You shall begynne to work agayn, at 6 of the clok next.

Δ: Omnium bonorum largitori, laus perennis et immensa.882 Amen.

Δ: Abowt half a quarter of an howre after 6: we retorned to the work and the cloth was drawnaway: H sitting in the chayre.

EK: There appeared a little ronning water very clere chrystalline: and on this side the 42 lastspecifyed.

Bynepor sayd: Lo, [and than he kneled down, and semed to pray, a prety while]. The generall stateand condition of all things resteth onely and dependeth uppon the distribution, and participation of myexalted most especiall and glorified powr. My sanctification, glory, and renowne, allthowgh it hadbegynning, cannot, shall not nor will haue ending. He that Measureth, sayd,883 and I was the ende ofhis workmanship. I am like him, and of him, yet not as partaking nor adherent, but distant in Onedegree. The Fire that holdeth, or is, the first Principle of all things in generally,884 hath his universalland unmeasurable powre in the workmanship of my Creation. Visible and Invisible, were not,withoute my record. When he [Ipse885] cam, I was magnified by his comming, and I am sanctifyed,world Without ende.

Vita suprema,Vita superior,

et Infima, sunt meis mensurata manibus.886 Notwithstanding, I am not of my self, Neyther is my

powre myne owne, Magnified by his name: Behold I dubble life from One, unto a thowsand ofThowsands: and One thowsand of thowsands, to a number, exceding cownt: I speak in respect ofmans Capacitie. I am in all and all hath some being by me: yet my powre is nothing in respect of hispowre, which hath sent me. Write this reuerently. Note it with Submission: What I speak hath notbyn reuealed, no not in these last tymes, of the second last world.887 But I begynne new worldes.new people, new kings, & new knowledge of a new Gouernment.888 To be short,

Vitam tradidit; deditque mihi potestatem esse, Viuere, et in perpetuum glorifica... Omnibus et ubique.889

As these cannot be comprehended, what they are, with mor...So cannot any thing be browght to pas in me, without a living sight, and a perfect mynde.890 I

Gouern uppon Thursday. For Instruction, the rest as before. Thow shalt work mervaylousmervaylously. by my workmanship in the highest. To whome891 (with overshaddowing thy light withlife, and blessing you both, in his name of whome I am the Image,) I prayse God.

EK: Now he descendeth into the Globe, and it becam very bright there among the people: which,allso, at his comming, seamed to be more cherefull.

H stode up and moved his hand, aboue his hed, cumpassing with it a loft.892 After that cam aCumpany, with a King,893 and after him a prince.894 The king had a red robe on, and a crown on hished. The Prince had a robe of many cullours, and on his hed a Cerclet. The Cumpany [42] seemedto stand rownd abowt a little hill of Claye. Behynde this Cumpany seamed to stand aninnumerable multitude of ugly people, a far of:895 Those which seeme to stand rownd abowt thelittle hill seme to haue in the palmes of theyr hands, letters, in order as here appereth.

Δ: The king spake, Beholde, All the Earth with her bowells and secrets what soeuer, are deliueredunto me. And what I am there thow mayst know. I am great, But he, in whome I am, is greater then I.Unto my Prince, (my Subiect) are deliuered the keyes of the Mysteries of the earth. All theseare Angells that gouern under him: whose Gouernment is diuided, as before. Use them, they areand shalbe at thy commaundement.896

Those that stand afarr off are the Spirits of perdition, which kepe earth with her Threasor,for him &c: and so furth.897 I haue sayd.

H, standing up, sayd, His name is the fifth and the 29th: and his Prince his name, the fifth, and the23th.898 Δ: The first name, I understand in Tabula collecta, The second name I understand, for the fifthto be in Heptagono and the 23th to be so fownd the same, in Tabula collecta.

H: Venite, ubi nulla quies, sed stridor dentium.899

EK: Then cam the man agayn, with ugly fyrie flames out of his sides, which was here before, thelast day.900 H beckened with his hand unto him, and his coates went to gither, and so couered thathorrible sight.

EK: There appeareth a rownd Table, which 42 hold and toss, all in fyrie flames.H: Write quickly, thow [EK] canst not behold it.EK: The first seameth to be a King901 with a crown on his hed, and the &c.Lo I gouern (as I902 haue sayd before) All enchanters, Coniurers, witches, & Wicked spirites that

are hated of God, and included for euer, in owteward darknes (except a few which remayn in asecond payne, which gape and grone for the mercies of God, and haue tyme of Joye, whose measuresI haue, and kepe accownt of) are all at my government. 903 By me, thow shalt cast oute the powre ofall wicked spirits. By me thow shalt know the doings and practises of euill men, and more thenmay be spoken or uttred to man.

Blessed be his name, whose Glory is euerlasting fode to the Just, and Sempiternall9048 to theWicked.

H: The 36the name, is the King his name,905 And his Prince his name.906 is the last [saue one]written in the Heptagonon.907

H: Venite vos qui sub mea estis potestate.908

EK: Then cam bright People 42: And besides these, all the Ayre swarmeth with creatures.Theyr letters are in theyr forheds: these stand in a circle: they take the letters from theyrforheds, and set them in a Circle.909

H: Of these, I am Gouernor my self.910 Behold I am of tyme present . I am of the last Ternarie.911

Loke what may be wrowght, in all aëriall Actions, I can distribute and bestow at my pleasure: mytyme and day, is Friday. The day of the last before, is Saterday. The day of the Fifth is Wensday.

H: Behold,I haue towght thee. His name be blessed who raigneth and liueth for euer.

Δ: Amen, Amen, Amen.

H: I will answer thee of all Dowtes herein (being demaunded of me) to morrow. For, so I call it, forthy sake: Not, for that, it is so to me.

Δ: So he went away.Δ: Then cam URIEL and MICHAEL, and an other (I think RAPHAEL) and the chayre and table

appered, as in the first boke hath byn shewed: And also H had his peculier chayre, at his tymes ofteaching me.

MICHAEL (sayd,912) Mercifull is our God, and glorious is his name Which chuseth hiscreatures, according to his own Secret Judgment and good pleasure.

This Arte is the first part of a Threefold Art,913 ioyning Man (with the Knowledge of 1. theWORLDE, 2. the GOVERNMENT of his Creatures, and 3. the SIGHT of his Maiestie.):

Unto him (Ô , I say) unto him; which is Strength, Medicine, and Mercie914

to those that feare him: Amen.

Δ: Gloria, laus, honor, et perennis Jubilatio, sit Deo nostro Omnipotenti, Optimo,

Maximoque.915Amen.

Δ: Note, Remember, and enquire what it meaneth, that no Mention is made of Bralges the Prince, Norof Blumaza his king in this Treatise, being a certayn Repetition of the Heptagonum stellare, going nextbefore.916

Wensday: Nouemb 21. hora 7 a meridie

Δ: There appered the first table, covered with a cloth of silk changeable cullour red andgrene:917 with a white cloth under it: all hanging very low. The first Chayre allso: wherein Michaelused to sit. And H did appere likewise, and his peculier chayre:918 and he standing by it. But theDiaphanous Globe, and the people or world in it, did not now appere, and, bycause no voyce or wordcam from those spirituall creatures, yet: I declared that I did attend theyr pleasure first, as a scholercomming in the presence of his Master, and whan they had sayd those things which were for us first,(at this instant) to lerne, that than, I wold move some dowtes of the premisses, as I was yesterdayadvised to do. H, he held up his rod (which had two portions or partes of it black and one, red): andsayde,

Ô quanta est hõis infirmitas et Corruptio, qui Angelis, idque suis bonis, fidem autem Deo, vixhabet? Omnia mundana, fæces: Mundi Corruptiones in se habent: Deus noster, Deus noster,Deus (inquam) ille noster verus, cum Veris suis angelis, eique919 inseruientibus Semper verus est.Pete quæ vis? Dixi: et quod dixi, obumbratum est veritate, iusticia et perfectione.920

Ecce, (Δ: holding up the rod921).Hîc (Δ: pointing to the ende of the rod).Per hoc (Δ: pointing to the middle of it). Et a Mensurae fine, nos nostramque mensurabis

potestatem. Age (inquam) Quid vis?922

Δ: I, than, of the premisses used a little discourse: how they might parabolically,923 betoken other

more profownd matter, and litterally other: yet what sense so euer the premisses had, that theyr firstrudiments and Text was to be made somwhat playner to me, then yet they were: bycause I dowted aswell of the understanding of some of that, I had written, as allso of mys writing: eyther throwgh EKhis mys reporting to me matter shewed to him, or by my mys-hering or negligent writing &c. To somepart therof he sayd these words ensuing.

H: In umbra mortis non est æqualitas. Obscurum enim nihil est quod per illum [EK] recepisti.Age.924

H: Thow hast a work of three proportions in esse;925 of 7 in forme: which is of it self diuidedby a number septenarie, of the course, estate and determination of things aboue, things next,and things below: which, of it self is pure perfect and without blemish.926 Notwithstanding I willanswer thee thus.

The 7 Kings are orderly conteyned in the first of the Seuens diuided in generall numbers: whosenames are expressed; published and perfectly formed within the first grownd and fowndacion of thisThreefold work.927 The kings I meane with theyr Characters,928 and the names of theyr 7 liuing andsemper adherent Ministers:929 Whose names thow mayst see not onely there written, but openly, andmost playnely, truely, and sincerely spoken of before:930 as, by due examination of thy bokes thowshalt manifestly perceyue. Notwithstanding, as euery king, in his Maiestie, doth comprehend thedignitie of his whole seat and estate, so I of my self being the First, haue the gouernment of my selfperfectly, as a mysterie known unto my self: which is a thing unlawfull to be published unto man andlawfull931 in respect of the charge committed unto us: and the slender Dignification of mans frayleestate; Which thow mayst see in the Heptagonon: where, there wanteth a name: the rest of the Cr... theutter Circumference of the Globe, are the Six Kings Or . . . following: according as they are written inthe Mysteries of the . . . which do begynne the932 Powres, with theyr Prince,933 and theyr Charactersorderly taken, by and uppon the Heptagonon . . .

Ô God, how easy is this first understanding. Thow hast byn told perfectly, playnely andabsolutely, not onely the Condition dignitie. and estate of all things that God hath framed: Butallso withall, thow wart deliuered the most perfect forme and use of them.934

But this will I tell thee (to the intent thow shalt know: and forby cause I wold not, thow sholdest beignorant in true Wisdome) that those Six Names in and uppon the Heptagonum are Collected, dogrowe and are gathered from the names in generally aforesayd.935

Take the Names, I will teache thee to know them, which els, [without] by direction936 thow canstnot fynde.

Loke thy First Table. I am called BALIGON with men. Thow hast Noted my name (which issecret) among the Angels,937 begynning with this letter M, consisting of 7 letters, the last beingan A.

I am called MARMARA: but otherwise CARMARA : but that letter M, shall not be expressed, &c.Thow seest, next, BOBOGEL, He it is that is the Second King. Thow seest the name BORNOGO,

to be the first938 uppon the Heptagonum: it is his Prince. And therfore I did Note him with a Coronet,and not with a Crown: nay rather, but with a Cerclet abowt his hed. &c939

Δ: I concluded (of his instruction) the Kings and theyr Princes, theyr names to be thus lerned out ofthe Table Collected of 49, names, it is to weete,

941

* Addendo 7 - fit hic processus. Ergo addendo 7, numero 43, proueniet 50: numerus: major 40

quam 49 per .1. qui respicere pt illum: primum Regem Baligon.942

** addendo 7, fit processus hic g°. Si 7 addantur numero 37: inde emerget 44. pro proximoprincipe.943

and farder he sayd, The Characters of Kings, are in the Globe:944 and of the Princis in theHeptagonon.

Δ: Note: from the on the last side, untyll these words finished, he was out of sight: andwhan he had ended these words, he cam in sight agayn: and browght a thing in his hand like asterre: or Heptagonum.

H: Beholde. Euery one of these Princis hath945 his peculier Table. Thow hast Noted the FirstTable which begynneth, as I will tell thee.

1. 2: In BOBOGEL, that O, (the second letter) is the first of the Table OESNGLE and the secondof Befafes, is the second, and the thirdth of the third: and the fowrth of the fowrth and the fifthof the fifth, and the sixth of the sixth, and E, (in the seuenth. Bnagole is the seuenth and last ofthis first seuen of this first Table: accownted the first. ¶ AVZHILN.

The second seuen by like order is gathered of Babalel, and the rest of his septenarie. Andso furth, to the ende downward as thow didst before &c.

2. 3: In the second Table; L (the first letter therof) is out of Bobogel his last letter, the secondletter, is the sixth of Befafes; the third, is the fifth of Basmelo &c and so you haueLEENARB.947 For the rest kepe that order downward to the ende of the last Name Bamnode.Tranversim, quasi retrograde.948

3. 4: In the Third, begyn at the lower949 letter [of the latter950 worde] of the last of the secondseven: and so upward, toward the right951 hand: Δ: The last word is of second seven isBnagole: the last letter therof is e: which is the first of this Third Table: and the i, in Brisfli, isthe second, and the 1 in Branglo the thirdth, and than so furth, upward, overthwart, toward theleft hand: till ye come to Bobogel, his second letter, being O. Then to N in Bonefor: e inBermale: o in Bragiop. &c.

4. 5: For the Fowrth, loke, Bobogel. Then loke to this fowrth Table the first B of the Table is thefirst B of Bobogel. The second B of this Table, is the B of Befafes. The third letter is a, thesecond letter of Basmelo. The fowrth letter, R, is the thirdth of Bernole. The fifth is the fowrthof Branglo. The sixth, is the fifth of Brisfli. The seuenth is the sixth of Bnagole. And so in tothe next sevens downward orderly for the rest of the table.

5. 6: The Fifth begynneth from Bnagole upward: begynning at the last letter being e: and thenupward croswise exactly tyll the B of Bobogel. And so of the next seuen, for the next:begynning at the n of Bonefon, and so furth.

6. 7: In the sixth, (the Infernall Table) The first is B of Bobogel, The second is A of the 15th: Thethird is N of the 22th: the fowrth, is the fowrth of the 29: The fifth of the 36: the sixth of the43: and the seuenth of the 49: being E in Bamnode, two letters being taken in that lastseptenarie. The second septenarie begynneth at the first of the 15th, the second at the second ofthe 22th, (being Y), the third at the thirdth of the 29th, then the 4th of the 30th,: the 5th of the43th.

7. 1: The Seuenth: the first A, is the A, of Baligon, and so downward all the second letters of the

7 kings: Then all the third letters, then all the fowrth letters, then all the fifth letters, then allthe sixth letters only and finally the seventh and last letters of the first names of theSeptenaries.

Δ: Note, this Table is made all of Kingly substance &c.Δ: Now I trust I understand (meterly well,952) the making of the 7 Tables. I wold gladly here som

instruction of the great Circular table (which you call the Globe) which hath the Kn... with theyrCharacters; and so within, 7 tymes 7, seuen tymes . . . 7 tymes 6, seuen tymes furnished with lettersand numbers . . . sorts.

H: That doth apperteyn to an other tyme.953

EK: The Cloth was lett down, and the stone did yield voyce but nothing visible but the forsayd blakcloth.

H: One thing is yet wanting: a mete receptacle &c. There is yet wanting a stone &c. Onethere is, most excellent, hid in the secret of the depth &c. In the uttermost part of the RomanPossession.

H: Write. All lawd, Glorie and honor be unto him, which rayneth for euer. Amen. Be of goodCumfort.

Lo, the mighty hand of God is uppon thee.Thow shalt haue it. Thow shalt haue it, Thow shalt haue it. Dost thow see, loke and styr not from

thy place: EK pointed toward it.Δ: I see it not.H: It is sanctified, blessed, and . . . . . . . . . . . . . .954 in the use of his Creatures.Thow shalt preuayle with it, with Kings, and with all Creatures of the world: Whose beauty

(in vertue) shall be more worth then the Kingdomes of the earth.Loke, if thow see it: But styr not, for the Angel of his powre is present.EK loked toward my west wyndow, and saw there first uppon the matts by my bokes a thing, (to his

thinking) as bigg as an egg: most bright, clere, and glorious: and an angel of the heyth of a little chyldeholding up the same thing in his hand toward me: and that Angel had a fyrey sword in his hand &c.955

H: Go toward it; and take it up.Δ: I went toward the place, which EK pointed to: and tyll I cam within two fote of it, I saw

nothing: and then I saw like a shaddow on the grownd or matts hard by my bokes under the westwyndow. The shaddow was rowndysh, and less then the palm of my hand. I put my hand down upponit, and I felt a thing cold and hard: which, (taking up, I) perceyued to be the stone before mentioned.956

H: Kepe it sincerely.Veritas in veritate: Deus in Deo, Unus in uno est.957

Let no mortall hand towche it but thyne owner958

Prayse God.Δ: Illi qui venturus est Indicare Speculum per ignem sit omnis honor, laus, et gloria, in sempiterna

sæcula.959 Amen.

Liber Mysteriorum Quintus

1583 Martij 23.

Liber 6us. Liber 7us960

Jesus †.

Anno 1583 Martij 23. Saterday a meridie.

Δ: EK being come, with Mr John Husey of Blokley. (on the 22 day of marche) and EK being desirousto understand somwhat of our spirituall frendes as concerning such matter as had falln out verystrange to him and Mr Husey: abowt a certayne moniment of a boke and a skroll fownd in Northwikhill961 by the direction and leading of such a spirituall Creature, as when they had gotten the same,and they endeuored by art to haue some exposition of the skroll, written in strange characters, theywer willed to repayre to me, and there they shold be answered: &c. which thing now they did.962

Being therfor now ready to receyue instructions of our frendes, there appered in the stone One,963

in a foles cote, going abowt a clowde, which appered first in the stone. I charged him if he were theenemy of God to depart. He tore his clothes all, and appeared all hery under: and sayd, Penetrasti viminiusticæ meæ.964

Δ: Glorifie God and depart. He sayd, Feci, Nam decedo.965 He went away as it had byn a bunsh offethers pulld in peces. The Clowd wexed bigger, and went all to the right hand. At length the Tableappeared, But the Chayre seamed not to be of the same sort it was, but more Glorious. Thereappeared three, of which, two went away, and one tarryed behynde.

He sayd-----------Auete.Verum est, et incredibile.966 He kneeled to the Chayre and spake, but his words could not be

discerned.Via, veritas, et virtus, unum sunt: et multiplex et admirabilis est eius magnitudo: Et venit ab ore tuo

flatus, (et vitam habet) quo viuunt omnia, nutu, et illuminatione tua.Aue Verbum, Aue rerum formatrix967 et mensura eorum quæ fuerunt, sunt, et erunt: Illuminasti

oculos creaturarum monimentis et admonitionibus planis: Vita bonis, mors autem impijs, et aconsideratione tua abiectis. Quanta et innumerabiliæ sunt (Iustitia) dona tua? O remiges varpax. Kyrieeleyson.968

Δ: All this he sayd Kneeling to the chayre; and then he rose; and I sayde, O beata Trinitas, mittelucem et veritatem tuam, ut ipam me ducant ad montem sanctum. et ad tabernacula tua.

Me: Ubi, non increduli.Δ: Nos non sumus increduli: sed spes nostra viuit æterna et Omnipotens est Veritas, fons vitæ.Me: Adduxi vobis aquam969 ex eodem riuulo. Medicina verò est imperfectionibus et necessitatibus

vestris. Intelligite nunc et quis sum, et quibus ornatus. Bibite, et accipite Ossibus vestris pinguedinen.Multæ namque sunt mortalium imperfectiones. habeo, et habebitis: Adduxi, et videbiter. Verbum estLumen illud quo omnis imperfectio aboletur. Credentes introibu... in Sanctum eius. vbi potio, etMedicina sempiterna.970

Cogitasti verè. Sum etiam, et Credas. Nam veritate et iustitia, vera et perfecta sunt verba etdisciplina eius.971 What willt thow?

Δ: Recte sapere.972 Me: Thow hast it.Δ: I perceyue it not otherwise, then that I beleue, it may be the decree of the highest.Δ: He shewed a Tree, and a great deale of water at the roote or botom of it: and he sayd, Me: Hath

this Tree, now, any frute?

Δ: I see it not. But the skryer may say.EK: The water commeth up the tree, and it swelleth, and it hath frute, great, fayre, and red.Me: Lo I eate of it my self, and it lighteth the harts of those that are chosen. [He semeth to eate.] So

is it in thee.Δ: Ecce seruus Domini, fiat Decretum eius in me (iuxta misericordiam eius) de me

pronunciatum.973

Me: Go and thow shallt receyue. Tary, and you shall receyue slepe, and you shall see, Butwatch, and your eyes shall be fully opened. One thing, which is the grownd and element of thydesyre, is allredy perfyted.974

Yt seemeth that you beleue not.975 But I haue sayde, as he hath sayd and his worde shall endure foreuer. For he shall, and will performe it, for he liueth for euer. Oute of Seuen thow hast byninstructed most perfectly of the lesser part,976 the rest I haue browght you, in this my vessell; Amedicine sufficient to extinguish and quenche oute the enemy, to our felicitie: Muse not, thowgh I sayours: for we all liue in tasting of this liquor. His Hed is a marble stone.977 His hart is the blud of adragon. His leggs are the tops of the Northen Mowntaynes. His eyes are bright, and his face of manyCullours, eche substance amongst the turmoyle and trubble of nothing. For as then, they were Nothing:Had a forme applyable and necessary according to theyr quantitie and secret qualitie. The heuens arelightened by his two eyes: wherof the one sight is brighter then the other. Aboue and in him self whichis by him self, and in no other, is this great and vertuous fowntayne. In nature Intellectuall he hathwatred the plantes of her beauty, and stroked up the garments of her felicitie. In her darkest membersentreth in the taste and sauour of this percing Medicine; reviving and recalling all things past presentand to come, unto theyr lively and dignified perfection. My words ar sentences. My sentences,wisdome; My wisdome the ende in my message of all things. Mighty and glorious is the Vertue of it,whose springs do endure, and are clere for euer: Whose name be blessed.

Δ: Amen. I respect the tyme. God be with you.

Martij 24. Sonday: morning abowt 8.

Δ: The Table appeared, and the Chayre: and he who appeared yesterday: kneeling or rather lyingprostrate on his face, as if he were a slepe: He lay a long while.

A thing like a lambs hed did seeme to lik him, and then he rose and wiped his face, as thowgh hehad wept.

Me, he sayd, Signa sunt hæc vobis, humilitatis et pænitentiæ; quæ facio omnia, vestra, non measunt.978 Laudetur verbum eius in Cælo, laudetur etiam et in terris: Investigate potentiam in humilitateloquelæ eius, et videbitis gloriam frontis eius. Misericors namque et omnipotens est gloria virtutiseius. Vana sunt, corruptionibus suis; Necessaria verò Necessitatibus vestris. Nam fecit omnia adlaudem eius: et opera manuum suarum (Ecce) collaudant lumen vultus eius. Adinvicem diligiteHumilitate viuite. Medicina verò mea (quæ eius est) omnia resanabit.979

The feldes wither without the drops of his Mercie. Mans Memorie is dull, unleast it taste of thesprinkling of this vessell. [EK: He hath a great thing under his gown.]

Nature and reason980 haue disputed profowndly and truely by the sauour hereof: it perceth therforedepely. But understanding and reason haue eleuated and lifted up the dignitie and worthynes of MansMemorie, by taste hereof. The Immeasurable and unspeakable begynnings (yea with the begynner andPrinciple therof), are exactly (after a sort) and perfectly known of them. Yt hath towght from the earthunto the heauens: from the heven, unto his seat: from his seate, into his Diuinitie. From his Diuinitie, aCapable measuring of his unmeasurable mercies. It is true, most true, and true shalbe for euer. Thatfrom the lowest grass to the highest tree, [from] the smallest valley, to the greatest mowntayn; yea,euen in the distinction, betwixt light and darknes: the measure whereof is the deapest: yea (I say) ithath towght a Iudgment. When he axed wisdome, and forsoke the world, he receyued it: and itmeasured the things of the world. Great are the inward eyes, and greater are the meanes, whichdeliuer things subiect or obiect unto them.

Finally it procedeth from him, that procedeth: Whereunto the first was formed, after, and not like.Whose fote slipping hath dasshed his hed in peces, and it becam dark: untill agayn, the Medecinewhich I haue browght, revived his slombring. Hereby, he, not onely knew all things,981 but themeasure and true use therof. Yf the body haue no inward fyre, it presently falleth. Euery Organ isvoyde of qualitie, unleast a meane be adiected. So, is all that thow hast before, more wonderfull, then,as yet, profitable, unleast thow be directed and led-in unto the true use and order of the same.982 Greatare my words, and great is thy thowght: Greater shalbe the ende of these Gods Mercies.

New worlds, shall spring of these.New manners: strange men: The true light, and thorny path, openly seen. All things in one, and yet,

this is but a vision. Wonderfull and great are the purposes of him, whose Medicine I carry. I hauesayde.

Δ: He lay down agayn, a good while, and at length he rose: after my long prayer and confessionmade to god, and my discourse to him, &c.

EK: He plucketh out a boke: all the leaves are, as thowgh they were gold, and it semeth writtenwith blud, not dry.

Δ: He sayd, Cownt. Δ: He turned ouer the leaves, but EK could not well cownt them: whereuppon

he sayd: I will raze out983 thy dulnes, and at length, make thee clere.EK: There are 48 leaves. Me: Et finis est.984 One is one; neyther is, was or shalbe known: And yet

there are iust so many. These haue so many names, of the so many Mysteries, that went before. Thisis the second and the Third: The Third and the last.985 This is the measure of the whole.

Ô what is man, that is worthy to know these Secrets? Heavy are his Wickednesses, Mighty is hissynne. These shallt thow know: These shall you use.986 The One is a Master, the other is a Minister.The One, is a hand, the other is a finger: Grutch not. Neyther let wickednes tempt you: loue togither.Be contented with your calling: For, all beasts see not a like: yet are they all Creatures: Vessels, notof one bignes, yet are they all full. Both, most sufficient, but according to fayth, and understanding ofConscience. Yet must there be a third; whom, God doth not yet chuse. The tyme shalbe short: thematter great, the ende greater. Ask now what thow wilt and he shall answer thee.

EK: There appered one like my self laying his two armes, one, on EK his sholder: and the other ona man his sholder, unknown to us, but somwhat like to Mr Adrian Gilbert,987 &c.

Δ: Ys it your will to procede in this matter, you now haue begonne withall: or will you of thesecharacters and places of Threasor hid (here portrayled by picture), say any thing?

Me: As thow wilt. Δ: As the will of God is, so will I. The will of God you know, better than I.Me: The æternallliquor be uppon you. Ones more, what wilt thow?Δ: I do prefer the heuenly liquor, before all things, and do desire to be bedewed, with the

supercælestiall dew thereof.Me: Consider the former tree.Δ: The tre with the water at the fote?Me: Thow hast sayd. His growing powre, bringeth furth Act.988 Remember the Prince and Subiects,

which haue powre (as is told thee) of Erthly Bowels (The thing there, which you desire of me,is no parte of my charge), Call him: It is his office: for by his ministers it hath byn shewed.989 Goddoth impart his mercy, to those he loueth, in all necessitie: whether of the one, or of the other, where itis dew: I leave it: his Office is to speak it. Notwithstanding liue in truth and humilitie: Use God hisCreatures to his glorie, and thy Necessitie, the proffit of thy own lymms, and cutting out of all Cankerand rotten flesh. Thow understandest: For thy eyes shalbe opened. Amen.

EK: He spreddeth his hands abroade, and goeth away, and putteth his boke in his bosom as hegoeth.

Δ: Gloria patri.990 &c. Amen.

Martij 26. hor. 10 ante Meridiem.

First, appered a clowd: and that vanished away: Three cam in, they made Cursy to the chayre: andtwo went away. Then the third which remayned, lay down on the grownd, as before. There cam like alambs hed,991 and licked him. He sayd then, as followeth: being stand up,

Magna sunt, Alla quæ dixisti,992 making cursy to the chayre. There was a sownd hard before. Aftera while he sayd,

Me: Thy Kingdom is established in eternitie. Thy hands are invisible, and no man can distinguishthy mercies. I attend your desire.

Δ: As concerning the Characters, and shew of the ten places, we are desirous to know whyther wemay require now Bnaspol, or other under him, to say unto us, that, which may content us, for the Caseas it standeth with us.

Me: The buylder of the Temple was riche, before it was adorned. With Wisdome, cam theInstruments necessarie for mans worldly use. He hideth no light from those he loveth: neyther shuttethup his tents from such as seke him. Yf one be great, Ô how small is the other? How small therfore isthe mynde, and how much weakened that desireth those trifles? But as the smallest thing is feefest tothe smallest use, so is the existimation of things of light accownt, necessary for the lightnes andvanitie of this world. A part (Notwithstanding) may beawtify the whole, and a small thing, may cure agreat infirmitie. I told thee before, that my fete are not placed uppon such brittle and crakling sand,neyther are my lipps occupyed with the vanitie of nothing. I will not993manifest in any point, the thingwhich thow desyrest, neyther is it any part of my charge.

I haue byn thy scholemaster and director to the Sterne, to rule the reason therof, with those, whichcan reache the Iudgment therof. All those before spoken of, are subiect to thy call.994 This vessell atall tymes they greatly accept. Yet haue they times and seasons:995 When order breaketh in her self, thelabor is in vayne. Euery thing is for and to an ende. Of frendeship, at any time,996 thow mayst seethem, and Know what thow willt.

But One thing differeth, the Ende, and the Begynning. That onely, is the El, rod, or measure whichall ready is deliuered. The stroke of which, bringeth all things, in theyr degree, to an ende: as far asthe seven (magnificencie of euery Seuen) stretcheth out it self.

Euery one, (to be short) shall at all times and seasons,997 shew thee direction in any thing. But, SO,thow canst not use them, in the determina tion, and full ende of euery practise. It is one thing toaffectionate; and an other to effect. What thow seest, is true, and to a former998 commoditie: For, withFurderance, euery thing in Nature is ayded.

Δ: ---Reade ouer that, which now, lastly, I declared: Then see, if you be not answered.Δ: ---Therfore mayst thow know, what that is, allthowgh thow do not, yet, or presently, put it in practise,

by him, whose Charge it is, to deliuer it.999

Δ: Of your so greatly commended liquor I am desirous to haue farder understanding.Me: What liquor is more liuely then the dew of Truth, proceding from a fowntayn most swete and

delectable? Euen that veritie which thy mowth hath preached of.1000 What water recreateth more, or

cooleth ignorance deeper than the knowledg of our Celestiall speche?1001 your voyces are but fayned:shaddows of the wordes and voyces that substantially do comprehend euery substance in his kinde.The things which you do loke on, bycause you see them not in dede, you allso do name them amysse:you are confownded, for your offenses: and dispersed for your punishments: But we are all one, andare fully understanding. We open the eare, and the passage thereof, from the sonne in the morning tothe sonne at night. Distance is nothing with us, unleast it be the distance, which separateth the wickedfrom his mercy. Secrets there are none, but that buried are in the shaddow of mans Sowle.

We see all things: and Nothing is hid from us: respecting our Creation. The waters shall stand, ifthey here theyr own speche. The heuens shall move, and shew them selues, when they know theyrthunder. Hell shall tremble, whan they know what is spoken to them.1002 The first1003 excepted, Noman euer was, is, or shall be (excepted where I except) that euer shall understand, hath or doth knowthe least part (ô it is incomprehensible) of this Vessel. He named all things (which knew it) and theyare so in dede, and shalbe so for euer.

Thow shallt speak with us;1004 And we will be spoken with, of thee. Three they are excepted,which taken from amongst you, as they were, do yet speak with us, which are provided in the threelaws to destroy that Monstre.46 They are fed with cælestiall fode, and they, talking, speak allunderstanding. This it is, I take God, (onely him that created me) to recorde. It is determined: elsewold I not: And may be undetermined. yf you break his commaundements.47

A Stone it is that perceth48 down all things before it; and kepeth them under him, as the heuens do aclowde. What art thow, (O god,) and how mighty ar the drops of thy mercy, that preparedst manbefore to examin thy Mysteries? The plagues of those that plagued them selues, shall fall uppon you,yf you transgress49one iote of your eyesight :

For, What you desire, is graunted: and if you loue him, you shall endure for euer. I am not as aclowde, sheuered50 with the wynde: nor as a garment, that waxeth olde, and torn in peces: But I amfor euer (bycause my message is such) and my truth, shall endure for euer.

Beholde, Beholde, yea let heven and earth behold: For with this, they were created: and it is thevoyce and speche of him, which proceded from the first, and is the first; whose glorious name beexalted in his own horn of honor.51 Lo, this it is. [EK: He sheweth a boke, as he did before all gold.]And it is truth; Whose truth shall endure for euer.

EK: The leaues of the boke, are all lyned: full of square places, and those square places hauecharacters in them, some more then other:, and they all written with cullour, like blud, not yet dry.1005

49 square spaces, euery way, were on euery leaf, which made in all .2401. square places. He wipedhis finger on the top of the Table, and there cam out aboue the Table certayn Characters1006 enclosedin no lines: but standing by them selues, and points betwene them. He pointed orderly to them with hisfinger, and loked toward the skryer at euery pointing.

Me: Note what they are.

Δ: They are Noted.EK: He toke from under the Table, a thing like a great globe, and set that in the chayre: and uppon

that Globe, layd the boke. He pointeth to the characters: and cownteth them with his finger, being 21,and begynning from the right hand, toward the left. He putteth-off the Crown of gold, from his hed:and layeth it, on the Table. His here appereth yellow. He maketh cursy: and from under the Tabletaketh a rod of gold in his hand, being diuided into three distinctions.1007 He putteth the ende of therod on the first of the Characters, and sayeth, Pa: and there appered in english, or latin letters, Pa: Hesayd, veh: and there appered veh in writing: Then Ged: and after that he sayd, Unus Unus Unus,Magnus, Magnus, Magnus, es, 1008 Then he pointed to an other, and sayd Gal, and there appeared Gal:Then or [the voyce seemed Orh.] Then un [the sownd semed und.] Then Graph: [The sownd asGrakpha, in the throte.] Then Tal, [in sownd stall or xtall.] Then gon. Then na [but in sownd Nach asit were in the nose.] Then ur, [in sownd our or ourh.] Than mals, [in sownd machls.] Then Ger, [insownd, gierh.] Then drux, [in sownd drovx.] Then Pal: the p being sownded remissly. Then med. Hesayd, Magna est gloria eius.1009 Ceph, sownded like Keph, But before that, was Don: Then van, Fam,Then Gisg.

Then he lay down before it: and there cam two lines and parted the 21 letters into 3 partes, echebeing of 7. He sayd, Numerus ô perfectissimus, Unus et Trinus. Gloria tibi, 1010 Amen.

Then he put on his Crown, and pluckt a black veale before all in the Chayre. He sayd, Remember tolerne those names without boke, and to know them.

Martij 26. a meridie + Tuesday hor. 5½

First there was a great noyce of harmony, hard. There appeared two great Armies fighting, andmuch bludshed on both sides.1011 One Captaine is in red harness, the Contrary Captayn, is white andgrene. There appered Flags with a croked tree, or like a ragged staff, or cudgell, in them: and theywere on the red Capitayns side. He and his soldiers had the worse and were putto flight, and they ranaway. The Captayn with the white and grene was Master of the felde: and assembled and gathered hismen to gather after the Victorie. Now this Capteyn goeth to a town and semeth with his hand to heaveup the towne, being a big towne. There was a voyce hard, saying thus,—So shall it be, with 21 more.

Δ: Wyth what one and twenty?A voyce:—As yet, you can not know. This shall happen, before the Sonne hath twise gon his

course.1012

EK: Now the Capteyn appeared alone, on fote, in his harness. He holdeth up his hands to heven: Heis now vanished away. I meane the Capteyn in white and grene. Now appeareth the red cloth beforethe chayre. There come in three: they all make cursy: and two of them went away.

Δ: Our desyre is to know what we are to think of the Man which cam out of my Oratory and laydthe fyry Ball at Mr Adrian Gilbert his fete yesterday, as he sat in my study with Mr Kelly and me:whether it were any Illusion, or the act of any seducer?

Me: No wicked powre shall enter into this place.1013 Neyther shall Iniquitie range where the fyreof his percing Judgment and election1014 doth light, which shall quicken his deadness, and revive hiscourrage to the auancement of the name of him, which liueth now. He chose with fire and lightenedtheyr harts, and they immediately understode and felt the Illumination of his glory.1015

What wilt thow?Δ:To the performance of the glorie and encreasing of his name, which shortly maketh an ende with for

euer.Δ: This phrase, for euer, is somwhat dark.Me: With this world, for euer. Δ: This giveth some light.EK: The stone is become very dark.Me: As the Buylding is grownded and ended uppon Three, So must the mysteries hereof be

practised With Three. The fowrth is the Boke, which, Lo, is here present.Δ: Must Adrian Gilbert, be made priuie of these Mysteries?Me: Thow hast sayde.1016

Δ: May I note to your name any peculier Character or Syllable to distinguish your speches fromours or others?

Me: Medicina sum.1017

Δ: I may then use this syllable Me, to Note Medicina or Medicus Dei.1018

Me: Behold, these things, shall God bring to pass by his hands whose mynde he hath now newly seton fyre.1019 The corners and streights of the earth shall be measured to the depth: And strange shalbethe wonders that are Creeping into new worldes. Tyme shalbe altred. with the difference of day andnight.1020 All things haue grown allmost to theyr fullness. But beware of Pride. We teache duty,

Humbleness, and submission. Shortly shall these things come to passe.Δ: Than, this Adrian Gilbert shall cary the name of Jesus among the Infidells to the great glory of

god, and the recouery of those miserable people from the mowth of hell into which, for many hunderdyeres past, and yet contynually they do fall, &c.

Me: Who made thy mowth to prophesy? or, who* [Of God] opened the eyes of thy understanding?Who annoynted thy Jaws, or fed thee with unknown meate. Euen he* it is, that pricked these thingsforward, and shall use you as his Instruments to a mightie honor.

Δ: May we require description1021 of the Cuntryes, for his better instruction, &c.

Me: Let darknes go behinde thee, and tempt him not, that iudgeth.1022 These things belong not to mycharge. Thow knowest them, which are sufficient,1023 whan short time shall serue, for the wholeinstruction.1024 Greater nede were to enquire How or by what meanes thow mayst be madeworthy;1025 and, so, consequently, haue knowledge for the knowing , hauing and using of thiscælestiall medicine.

Forget not.

I instructed thee before-hand, and told thee, that both of you must iointly1026lerne those holy letters(For, so, I may boldely call them) in memory: with theyr names: to the intent, that the finger may pointto the hed, and the hed to the understanding of his charge:

∆: You perceyue that I haue diuerse affayres which at this present do withdraw me from peculierdiligence using to these Characters and theyr names lerning by hart: And therfore I trust, I shall notoffend, if I bestow all the convenient leysor1027 that I shall get, abowt the lerning hereof.

Me: Peace, Thow talkest, as thowgh, thow understodest not. We know thee, we see thee in thy hart:Nor one thing shall not let an other. For short is the time, that shall bring these things to profe:Wherein he that liueth, shall approve him self aliue.1028 Beautifull are the footesteps of his comming,and great is the reuenge of the wicked.

O Liber, Liber, Liber, bonis vita, malis vero mors ipsa. Magna sunt mirabilia in te inclusa: etmagnum est nomen Sigilli tui

Lumen Medicinæ meæ, vobis.1029

EK: He holdeth his hands abroad. He draweth the Curten.∆: Gloria Laus et honor Deo patri et F. et SS.1030 Amen.

Martij 28. Thursday morning. Mawndy Thursday.

A voyce: Pereant omnes qui insidiantur1031 virtuti nominis mei: et qui Lumen absconderunt lustitiamea.1032

EK: Now the vale is pluckt away.Three appeare, as before time.All three sayd,—Multa nos, quia multa patitur ipem.1033

EK: The two go away, and the Third remayneth who is like in all points to him, who yesterday tome alone, in your absence had declared himself to be an Illuder. ∆: NOTE, for the betterunderstanding of this dayes Act it may be remembred that E. Kelly, while I, (John Dee) was atLondon, yesterday (being wensday) had used meanes to haue conference, with the good Creatures,with whome we haue dealing iointly: and that there appeared one very like unto our good frende, whotoke apon him to be the same, and now semed to be constrayned1034 by EK to tell the truth: andtherfore his outward beautifull apparell semed to go of, and his body appered hery and he confessedthat he was an Illuder1035 &c. Whereuppon EK was in a great perplexitie of mynde, and was ready tohaue gone his way. And at my comming home told me a long processe of this Tragicall Act. But Icomforted him, and wold not yeld to his opinion, But did declare my confidence in the goodnes ofGod: for that we craved at his hands, things good and necessarie: and that therefore he wold not giuehis childern a stone for bred, or a scorpion for nedefull food required &c.1036 And this morning thematter was propownded by me, and thereuppon the former sayings wer used, and all theconsequences of matter, which hereafter is recorded.

∆: The veritie I require of yesterdays doings with EK on my absence.

Camikas zure, he sayd, holding his hands to heuen.

EK: He walketh up and down and semeth angry: and did beat his hands togither. There commeth alittle streame of fire whitish from aboue: and cam to his hed. He kneleth down before the Chayre, andloketh up, and sayde,

Me: Oh how brittle are the works of thy hands [he looked up] whose Imperfections are now moreinnumerable then the sands of the sea: or clowds that were lifted up since the begynning of the world.Darknes dare presume to place him self in Lightnes: yea dishonor, (o God) to dwell in place of glory:His lying lipps presume against Truth: whilest thow suffredst his old and withered face to begarnished with thy beawty. Heavines1037 is his seat; yet are his lipps myrthfull: and little there thatseparateth him from the dignitie of honor: But his ponishment is sufficient, his dishonor unspeakable,and his damnation for euer: which how bitter it is, great and unspeakable, Thow, ô thow (I say) thatliuest (which hast estranged him so far from thy glory) makest onely manifest. But yet how long shallthe sonnes of men puff up them selues with bragging and.boasting of that they see not? But (alas) Allthings are confownded, and are contrary to thy commaundements: some onely which differ, remaynwith concordant myndes praysing thee, and lifting up thy name, as much as strength performeth. Butherein is thy glory and long sufferance manifest, in that thow dost not onely with greif behold theyr

synnes, but like a iust iudge, fauorably doth ponder the greatnes of theyr enemies which infect theyrmyndes, and blynde the light, which thow hast given unto theyr understanding, with inflammationsbodyly, instigations worldly, and tentations innumerable. Great therfore and most great, and nonegreater can be, which deridest the Aduersarie, and healest the weak: whose smallnes of habilitiethow canst augment, wherein the mysteries of thy great glorie and might, is manifest. Thy seal yeldprayses, with incessant and dutifull obedience. Thy name be magnified, thy mercy published to thyglory: Holy Holy, yea great and most holy, is thy euerlasting kindenes for euer.

EK: Now he standeth up, and sayd,Me: As I haue all ready told,1038 from whome I cam, so haue I not hydden, what I am, or what

message I bring; why it is sent, it is allso written. How long shall I perswade to stedfastnes? But thegreater your measures are the greater shalbe the quantitie. These afflictions are necessary. For herin isa measure to distinguish1039 from falshode, light from darknes, and honor from dishonor. The morethey are like us, or shew them selues so, (for, nothing can be more dislike) the more they are Judges oftheyr own damnation. Yea, if his strength had byn great, he wold haue devoured thy sowle. [Loking toEK.] But whome God hath chosen, shall none overturne. Brag not: eyther Credyt my words by thyneowne reason. But Consider that diuerse may be dishonored, yea thowgh they be in honor: yet shalltnot thow neyther be ouerturned with the one wynde nor the other: thowgh the afflictions that shallfollow thee, be great and hard.1040 In my words are no error: neyther haue you fownd my lippsuntrue. Whan I kneeled, I spake for you. But I haue promised that No unclean thing shall prevaylewithin this place. Neyther am I a revenging spirit nor of any such office. I quicken the dead, revivethem that are falln and cure or sow up the wowndes, which they are permitted to work uppon man, astokens of God his Iustice.

I call the same god, (whome I haue called before) to recorde, that these words are true, my sayingsiust, and his mercies more perfect. Whilest heven endureth and earth lasteth, never shall be razed outthe Memorie of these Actions.1041 Use Humilitie: Reioyce whan the enemy is discomforted in histraynes,1042 and inventions: A ponishment so great, Et cætera. Whan I yoked your feathers1043 togither, I ioyned them not for a while. Your flying is to be considered in quantitie, qualitie andRelation.

Thank God: Be mercifull: forget your synnes: and prepare your selues, For great and wonderfull isthe immediate powre of him that illuminateth from aboue. It shall light apon you: For those that arepresent with him, liued with him, eat and drank with him, [and] were instructed by him, Were buthearers onely: At length God was glorified, in one instant all things browght unto theyr remembrance:yea some of them taken to behold the heavens, and the earthly glory. I haue sayd.

∆:Me: Behold. Veniat vindictum dei, et percutiat linguam mentientem.1044

EK: He goeth his waye and taketh all with him, Table, Chayre, and Curten and all. There cam in agreat many with flaming swords, and bring in the wicked spirit, who yesterday delt so diuilishly withEK. One of them holding him by the arme, sayde, Speak now for your self, you could speak yesterday.They all drew theyr swords: they sknorked fire. And there seamed a water to com in, but it went awayagain.

A voyce:—Dicat, nam nrm non est.1045

EK: Now is the Skroll with the Characters browght in, which was fownd by spirituall directionthis month, the 12 day, abowt 10½ after none by Mr Kelly and Master Husy.1046 He semeth now aslike our good frende, as may be. Our frende cam with a sponge and annoynted the wicked spirit his

lipps.A voyce:—Els could I not speak.∆: Seing now thow canst speak, answer me.The wicked, sayd:—Ask quickly.∆: What is thy Name?—The wicked answered, Gargat.∆: What is the sentence of that skroll?—Gar: I know not.∆: In the name of Jesus, I charge thee to tell me the truth as concerning That roll here shewed.—

Gar: I haue cownterfeted this roll, and browght it: for it is not the true roll.1047

∆: After many words betwene him and me, and the more, bycause he denyed that he knew of anyGlorie belonging to God, I urged him so, at length with short and euident argument, that he answered,he must confess the powre and glorie of god: and sayd, that he was damned for euer: and did wishdamnation to me. And I requested God to use his Justice on him, for the glory of his name. Then heentreated me somwhile, and somwhile derided me, saying, Art thow so lusty? &c.

∆: All the Cumpany fell on him, and hewed him in peces: and digged a hole in the earth, with theyrswords, and he fell in, and after that was a myghty roaring hard.

A voyce:—Sic soleo iniustis.1048

∆: The Cumpany went away. There cam a fire and seamed to burn all the howse.A voyce:—Purifica Domine sanctum tuum, et dele iniquitatem inimicorum nostrorum.1049

∆: Then returned our frende, , and all seemed light and bright agayn: likewise all the furniture,of Table, Chayre, Globe in the chayre covered with a red covering &c.

Me: Visio vera, verè denotatur. Denotetur etiam ad gloriam Dei.1050

∆: Master Kelly, is your dowt of the spirit, now taken away?EK: Ye truely, I beseche God to forgive me.Me: Dixisti, et factum.1051

∆: As concerning Adrian Gilbert, there might be some dowte in common externall Judgment, of hisaptnes to the performance of the voyage with the appertenances, But the Secret of God his prouidence,I will not meddle withall: for he can make infants speak, and the dum to shew furth his glory &c.

Me: Yf God be mighty, acknowledge his powre. Who made the Sonne of nothing? or man, so brittlea substance? Nature thrusteth up her sholders amongst trees and herbs, like a ientle fyre: In beasts andall the creatures of the feelde, waters, and earth, in a palpable imagination: Amongst the sonns ofmen, she auanceth her self, wholy in the light of understanding. In all these she walketh by her ownqualitie, mixing the quantities, with her before iudged proportion. Amongst all these is somedistinction, yet all in theyr kindes are perfectly and substantially norrished. Yf Nature haue suchpowre, What powre hath our God, and how great is his might in those in whome He kindleth a sowle,understanding. The strength of 1. body, and 2. inward man, with 3. the strength of him that allsoleadeth him1052 are augmented and diminished at his pleasure. Yf earth, in myxture become fyre, hommuch more shall he encrease, whome God hath strengthened: yf he wold haue conquered withthowsands, he wold not haue sent back the dogged harted people. Yf riches or renown were hisfelicitie, he wold haue kindled the twelue Lamps1053 of his æternall light, on a higher mowntayne: Buthe chose them in the Valleys, and from the watering places. I think this be sufficient to confirme yourunderstanding.

∆: I trust, God be not offended with this matter propownded &c.Me: He is pleased: And it is enowgh. Eternitie is mighty and glorious to the righteous.

∆: Whan shall I make him1054 priuie of these things?Me: Whan thow wilt. For euery thing is acceptable with those that are accepted. See thow

cownsayle him, and be his Father.∆: As concerning John Dauis,1055 we are to ax somwhat &c.Me: John Dauis, is not of my Kalender. Lern of them, of whome it is necessary. Be not negligent, in

lerning the things before prescribed.1056

God be emongst you.

EK: He hath drawn the curten of red.

∆: Soli Deo sit omnis honor et gloria.1057 Amen.

Mawndy Thursday, after None. hor 3½

∆: The Veale being drawn away after a quarter of an howre (almost) after the first motion made byme. Three cam in, and made obedience to the chayre. Two went away, and the third remayned there,as before.

∆: As concerning the Kalender to be reformed, I am grieved that her Maiestie will not reforme it inthe best termes of veritie.1058 And as for the priuiledge for Mr Adrian Gilbert his voyage, I think notwell of it, that Royalties shold not be graunted. Therfore both these points, respecting her Maiestie, Iwold gladly haue cownsayle, such as in the Judgment of the highest might be most for my behofe, tofollow.

Me: In one gouernment there are sundry principall partes: Euery part in subdiuision conteynethmany and sundry offices. Many Offices require many disposers: yet hath euery disposition continuallysome partition in his qualitie. All things, one thing: And one thing, something: some thing, manythings, and many things, most innumerable. The heuens in proportion are gouerned universally of afew; particularly of many: eche place possesseth his diuision: and euery thing diuided, his propertie.Princis ar governors which move and stir them up to work, as it is provided, and to behold inspeculation How euery particular Action, shall haue due, perfect, and appropriated Locall being,motion and Condition. Subiects, (yea, the Highest) are stirred up, by theyr propre Angels:1059 Theinferior sort do follow the disposition of theyr leaders. Vertue and Vice dwell euery where. Light anddarknes, are allwayes intermedled.

Consider, How I speak it.The myndes of all that move, euen unto the least qualitie in Nature, haue of them selues propre

vertues: and therfore propre Instigators.1060 I call to memory thy words, the manner of thy speche, andthe secret purpose or meaning, whereunto it is uttred. I see thy Infirmities, and know what thowdesyrest. But mark me, whom God commonly choseth,1061 shalbe whom the Princis of the Erth dodisdayn. Consider, how the prophet that slew that Monstrous Gyant, had his election.1062

God respecteth not princis, particularly, so much as the state of his whole people. For in Princismowthes, is there poyson, as well as proverbs. And in one hart, more Synne, then a whole world canconteyn. Yt is not myne office to meddle with theyr vanities, neyther is it a part of my pageant totowch any thing that tasteth not of Medicine. But, what? doth thy mynde reply? Dost thow think, thatmy cownsayle herin, to a grieved mynde, is, (thowgh it can be) Medicinall? Peraduenture1063 thowthinkest I am not, [in] thy marrow: yes I haue byn long in the highest part of thy body,1064 and therforeame somthing perswaded of thy meaning.

∆: In dede, I thowght that your good Cownsaile, was or might be a remedie and a medicine to myafflicted mynde, for this unseamely doing, in the two former points expressed.

Me: Behold, where unto thy earthly man wold seduce thee. Dost thow think, that if it pleas god, itshall not please the Prince? if it be necessarie , all ready prepared?

Secretum dico.1065

For all things are Limited, with a full measuration, and unserchable forsight: yea, I say, all ready, untothe ende. Be not discomforted. Quayle not at the blast of a small tempest: For those that speak theefayre,1066 haue dissembling harts, and priuilie do they shote at thee, with arrows of reproche. Whanthey1067 shall haue nede of thee: I meane, of the help of God, throwgh thee, (some shut up, someentangled, some gadding1068 like masterles Doggs,) Than shall they gladly seke thee and desire tofinde thee. They shall smell oute thy fote steps, and thow shallt not see them. The key of theyr Caresshalt thow be Master of: And they them selues shall not unlok theyr own grievousness. Yea they shallsay, Oh let the earth devowr us. But I am to long. I answer thee, all thowgh it be not my office,1069 todeclare that thow desirest: yet for that thow desyrest my Medicine. I say, Thow shalt preuayle agaynstthem,1070 yea euen agaynst the Mightiest. As thow wilt, so shall it be in God his blessings.

Beware of Vayne glory. Use few wordes.Thy weapons, are small, But thy Conquest shalbe great. Lo. Doth this satisfy thee? Haue a firme

faith. It is the greatest lesson. Be it unto thee as thow hast deliuered. One thing, I answer thee, for allOfficis. Thow hast in Subiection all Offices. Use them when it pleas thee, And as thy Instruction hathbyn.

I haue sayde.

∆: As things be planted here, for preparation of Table, Sigillum Dei &c, which things are notportable with eas: So, bycause I think, that some seruices to be done in gods purposes by me, willrequire other places than this howse, so shall diuerse my practises haue (as I think) a morecompendious manner, and redy, to be executed in any place &c.

Me: Truely thow hast sayd, and so shall it fall unto thee. As I am here in this place, and yet in dedenot, So, here: So shall it fall oute, and follow in the Mysteries of your Associated Operation.

The other1071 shall be, but, as a necessary help to the first Practises, to plant the Tree: whichbeing confirmed and strongly rooted shall bring furth frute,most abundantly.1072 The Erth and the tree,can not be separated. This is the ende, and true it is. Let him be record, whom I beare record of here,

And so, with thee, Amen. I must help thee. Lerne ioyntly the Elements or grownds of this heuenly doctrine;1073 the ende and

Consummation of all thy desired thirst: in the which God shall performe thee, thy PhilosophicallHarmonie in prayer.1074 Thow knowest what I mean.

The Æternall physitien minister his heuenly grace and continuall blessings uppon you, to the Glorieof his name, execution of your procedings, and holy and insatiable desires.

∆: Amen: Omnipotenti Deo, nostro, Creatori Redemptori et

Santificatori, omnis honor laus et gratiarum actio.1075

Amen.

Jesus.

On good friday; After None

∆: There was a savor of fire felt by EK. There semed one with a sword, suddenly to thrust out of thestone at EK his hed. Whereat he started; and sayd he felt a thing (immediately) creeping within hished, and in that pang becam all in a sweat. And he remayned much misliking the moving and creepingof the thing in his hed. At a quarter of an howre ende it cam to one place: and so ceased somwhat: &then the Curten was drawn away: and there appeared the Table, and the chayre covered. Then camthree, two went away and the one remayned: as before was used.

EK held the paper of the letters in his hand: and bad him put it out of his hand.Me: The taste of this mercifull potion, yea the savour onely of the vessell worketh most extremely

agaynst the maymed drowsines of ignorance. Yf the hand be heavy, how weighty and ponderous shallthe whole world be? What will ye?

∆: This he sayd uppon our silence after his former words. I answered, we desyred to lerne theMysteries of the boke. The Boke now appeared (the cover of the chayre being taken away) the bokelying uppon a rownd thing: which EK, was not yet able to discern what it is.

The first side of the first leaffe of the boke appeared full of the former letters, euery side hauing 49tymes 49 square places, with letters: some more then other.

Me: Euery side conteyneth 2400 and one od letter.1076

EK: All the letters semed to be of bluddy cullor, and wet. The lines betwene the squares, semed tobe like a shaddow. In the first square were 7 letters.

Me: Say after me: But pray first, ere you begynne. ∆: We prayed.EK: All became blak as pych in the boke.Then it becam light agayne.

Now he pointeth up, with his rod of gold diuided into 3 equal parts, which rod he toke fromunder the Table.

Me:

1. Keph van [He lifted his face to heven.] Don graph fam veh na

EK: Now he kneleth down; and holdeth up his hands:The letters of the first square, ar 7.

Now he pointeth to the second.

2. Med gal [EK: He turneth him self abowt.]3. un gal un Mals na.

Me: Twise seven, Thre and All one: and his mercy endureth for euer.4. Tal un vrh.5. Fam graph Fam.6. Ged graph drux med.7. un van.8. Tal un don ur un drux. Sownded as δρυξ9. Med.10. Tal van fam mals un.11. un ged gon med gal.12. Mals un drux.13. Ged un.14. Fam graph fam.15. ged un tal mals graph gal un keph16. veh un mals veh drux graph na [capcneh]17. ged med.18. med gal.19. Fam graph tal graph ur un pa van ged graph drux

20. Gal med tal drux un.21. mals na gon un tal22. ged un23. van un drux veh don un drux.1077

24. Van don graph mals don graph fam

EK: Now he seemeth to wepe, and knock his brest. He pointeth with the rod, up, agayn, and sayd,

25. un gal graph mals gal26. un keph graph27. Gal don van keph28. Gisg un don gal graph tal un na.29. van un30. veh graph fam gisg fam31. ged don un mals un gal. He stayed here a good while.32. fam graph gal33. van drux pa un don34. gal med tal gon med urh35. un gal graph mals med un gal39. 38.37.36. veh na graph van un veh na / Tal un na / Med fam fam na graph / gal un mals na /40. med drux gon keph gal un don. This is a word.41. mals un drux ged graph mals na gon.

EK: Now he walked up and down before the chayre: and cam agayn and pointed. The letters now

following seme to be written with Clay.

42. Med gal un tal na43. ged graph tal graph gal fam un ur: eight letters1078

44. un45. gal gon drux med keph un46. na med pal mals med don. Now he walketh agayn, and loketh upward.

Then he pointed agayn.

47. Un gal mals van drux48. Gal un don49. ged un don tal graph fam: He walked betwene the shewing of tal and graph. There are six

letters in that word. Me: Say after me (Shall I speak the Mysteries of thy glory, which thow hast secreted from the

Inhabitants uppon the erth? Yea lord, it is thy will, whose hed is high, and fete euery where, redy torevenge the blud of Innocents, and to call home the lost shepe.)

Say after me,1. zuresk1079 od adaph mal zez1080 geno au marlan oh muzpa agiod pan ga zez1081 gamphedax1082

Kapene1083 go[le] od Semelábugen donkna1084 fian1085 ga vankran vreprez1086 ádeph1087 arxe1088

drux1089 Tardemah va tzests1090 grapad. zed unba1091 domiól adepóad chieuak mah oshe daphOnixdar1092 pangepi adamh gemedsol a dinoxa hoxpor adpun dar garmes.1093

Me: I teache. Let this lesson instruct thee to read all that shalbe gathered out of this boke hereafter.It is not to be spoken,1094 but in the time of his own time. It shalbe sufficient to instruct thee: Farewell.

EK: Now he couereth the boke with the veale.∆: Prayses and Thankes be rendred to god, of us his sely1095 ones, now and euer. Amen.∆: Note. All the former letters and words in the squares, were onely in the first or upper row,

begynning at the right hand, and so going orderly to the left. And secondly Note that this lesson he red,pointing with his rod orderly uppon the same forsaid first row.

Martij 31. Easter day after none abowt 4.

EK hard first a sownd of Musicall harmonie.∆: The Veale was pluckt away.Three cam in, two went away, as was before accustomed.EK: Now he lyeth down. He riseth and pulleth the veale from the chayre. That veale was of cullor

as a raynbow. The boke appeared playne and evidently on the globe in the chayre. EK felt the thingronne in his hed as the other day it did. Me taketh out the rod from under the Table: He sayd,

Æternitas in Cælo. ∆: Uppon my staying from speche, he sayd, What wilt thow?∆: The proceding instruction necessary for understanding of the boke.Me: Mensuratur.1096 ∆: He putteth up his rod to the boke.Me: Sint oculi illorum clari, ut intelligant.1097 [He held up his hands and semed to pray.] He

pointed now to the second row of the 49 rows of the first page of the boke, and sayd,

Secundus a primo.

1. Gon na graph na van fam veh na [Now he walketh up and down.]2. Ged don med drux na un gal med Keph [He walketh agayn.]3. Un don gal graph drux [He walked agayn.]4. med5. drux un [He walked.]6. ged graph tal mals [He walketh.] un ur med. [7 letters.]7. med gon veh un fam tal un drux8. van un drux gal don graph fam9. med don gal un10. van graph van graph gon un na11. drux med fam12. mals ur gon ged drux un mals na graph13. Keph un tal mals med drux med drux14. un drux graph mals na15. med mals na graph [Here, veh or gal is indifferent.]16. un17. Tal graph gal med [or rather] pal [So it shalbe better understode.1099]18. Tal un don van drux graph19. ged graph drux un20. mals don graph fam [Now he walketh.]21. drux med22. gal un fam tal un gisg23. van med don gisg fam

24. tal un drux ged graph gisg [So it is.]25. un

gal graph van drux graph 26. gal un tal mals na27. drux un pal gisg28. med fam29. van un drux gal graph tal na drux un pal un gisg [12 letters.]30. med don med mals na un fam31. van med don32. tal gon drux med gal un ur33. un tal van gal un fam34. ged graph don35. mals un36. med37. gal un pal keph van tal38. pa un drux veh graph fam39. med don gal un drux [Now he maketh low obeysance to the chayreward.]40. Mals un Incomprehensibilis es in æternitate tua.1100

41. Mals don graph fam42. van tal pa ur med fam gal un43. van med don pal44. drux un gal med drux45. mals un gisg don med mals na graph fam.46. van drux gal graph fam.47. un gal med drux.48. ged un drux graph pa drux1101 fam.49. gon na graph na van gal keph

Me: Shall I rede it? ∆: We pray you.

2. Ihehusch Gronadox1102 arden, o na gémpalo micasman1103 vandres orda beuegiah1104 noz1105

plígnase zampónon aneph1106 Ophad1107 a medox1108 marúne gena pras1109 no dasmat. Vortsmanget a-deüne1110 damph. naxt os vandeminaxat.1111 Oróphas vor mínodal amúdas ger pa odaxzum banzes1112 ordan ma pres umblosda vorx nadon patróphes undes adon ganebus Ihehudz

∆: Gehudz consisteth of 6 letters: But, Gon na graph na van gal keph, consisteth of 7. I wold gladly

be resolued of that dowt if it pleas you.EK: He boweth down, and put the rod away, and than Kneled down.Δ: He rose and axed me, What wilt thow?Δ: The former question to be soluted. Me: Thow hast written fals: for, it must be Ihehudz, and so it

is of 7 letters.Δ: Yf euery side conteyne 49 rows, and euery row will require so much tyme to be receyued as this

hath done it may seme that very long time will be requisite to this doctrine receyuing: But if it be gods

good liking, we wold fayne haue some abridgment or compendious manner, wherby we might thesoner be in the work of Gods servyce.

EK: The Chayre and the Table are snatched away,1113 and seme to fly toward heven. And nothingappeared in the stone at all: But was all transparent clere.

Δ: What this snatching away of Chayre and Table doth meane we know not: But if the Lord beoffended with his yonglings, and Novices in thes Mysteries, for propownding or requiring acompendious Method &c, Then we are very sorry, and ax forgivenes for the rashnes of our lipps: anddesyre his maiestie not to deale so rigorously with us: as thowgh we had sufficient wisdom orwarning, to beware of such motions or requests making to his ministers. Let it not be so sayd of theholy one of Israel: but let his mercies abownd with us to his glorie. Amen.

EK: Now commeth all down agayn, as before.Me: What are the Sonnes of men, that they put time in her own bosom? or measure a Judgment that

is unsearchable?Δ:Me: I help thy imperfections: What, man thinketh wisdome, is error in our sight. But bicause my

Nature is to cure, and set up those that fall, Thus much understand.As I haue sayde: The 49 partes of this boke1114 -49 voyces, Whereunto the so many powres, with

theyr inferiors and subiects,1115 haue byn, are, and shalbe obedient.Euery Element in this mysterie is a world of understanding. Euery one knoweth here what is his due

obedience: and this shall differ thee in speche from a mortall creature.1116

Consider with thy self, How thow striuest against thyne own light, and shaddowest the windows ofthyne own understanding.

I haue sayde: Be it unto thee, as God will. I am not a powre or whirlewynde that giueth occasion ofoffence.

Longe sumus a peruersitate destructionis.1117 Thus much I haue sayd, for thy reformation andunderstanding.

Δ:1118

Me: Lo, untill the Secrets of this boke be written, I come no more: neyther of me shall You haue anyapparition. Yet, in powre, my office shall be here.1119

Say, what you here, for every word shall be named unto you: it is somwhat a shorter way, and moreaccording to your desyre.

Euery Element1120 hath 49 manner of understandings. Therin is comprehended so manylanguages.1121 They are all spoken at ones, and seuerally, by them selues, by distinction may bespoken. Untill thow come to the Citie, thow canst not behold the beawty thereof.

Nihil hic est, quod non est perfectum.1122

I go. I haue sayde, (and it is true,) No unclean thing shall enter: Much less, then, here: For, it is thesight of whose Maiestie we tremble and quake at. He shall teache, of himself; for, we are notworthy.1123 What then, of your selues? But such is his great and singular fauor, that, he is of him self,and with those, whom he choseth.1124 For, the ende of all things is at hand,1125 and Powre mustdistinguish, or els nothing can prevayle. What you here, yea what thow feelest, by thy finger, Recorde;and seale sure. This is all, and in this is conteyned all, that comprehendeth all, The allmighty powreand profunditie of his glory.

What els?

As thow seest, and till he see, whose sight,1126 is the light of this his own powre, His might is great.The dew of his stedfastnes and glorious perfection hold up and rectify the weaknes of your fragilitie:Make you strong to the ende of his workmanship to whome I commit you.

EK: He plucketh the veale ouer all.A voyce afterward:—Ne Ne Ne na Jabes.Δ: Sanctus Sanctus Sanctus Dominus Deus Zebaoth: Pleni sunt cæli et terra gloria Maiestatis eius.

Cui soli omnis honor, laus et gloria.1127

Amen.

1583 Aprilis 2. Tuesday. Jesus + before none

Δ: A noyce like a Thunder was first hard. The Chayre and Table appered. There appered fyre in thechayre, and burnt away the veale or covering therof. The cullor of the flame of the fire was as ofAqua vitæ burnt.

A voyce:—Sum.1128

EK: There goeth a clowd or smoke from the chayre, and covereth the Table. That smoke filled allthe place.

A voyce:—Impleta sunt omnia gloria et honore tuo.1129

EK: All is become clere, saue the Table which remayned couered with the clowde still.

A great th-under began agayn, and the chayre remayned all in fire. Now the boke appearetheuidently lying uppon the Globe in the chayre and the letters appered wet styll, as yf they were blud.There appered fire to be thrown oute of the stone, uppon EK.1130

The sownd of many voyces semed to pronownce this: Let all things prayse him and extoll his namefor euer.

EK: The fire is still in the chayre, but so transparent, that the boke and letters therof may well beseen.

EK felt his hed as if it were on fire.A voyce:—Sic soleo errores hominum purificare.1131

A voyce:—Say what you see.EK: I see letters, as I saw before.A voyce:—Moue not from your places;1132 for, this place is holy.A voyce:—Read.—EK: I cannot.Δ: You shold haue lerned the characters perfectly and theyr names, that you mowght now haue

redyly named them to me as you shold see them. Then there flashed fire uppon EK agayne.1133

A voyce:—Say what thow thinkest. Δ: He sayd so to EK.EK: My hed is all on fire.A voyce:—What thow thinkest, euery word, that speak.EK: I can read all, now, most perfectly: and in the Third row1134 thus I see to be red,

3. Palce1135 duxma ge na dem oh elóg da ved ge ma fedes o ned a tha lepah nes din. Ihehudéthadan vangem onphe dabin oh nax palse ge dah maz gem fatesged oh mal dan gemph naha Lax rulutúdah ages nagel osch. macom adeph a dosch ma handa.

EK: Now it thundreth agayn.

A voyce:—Ego sum qui in te. Mihi ergo qui Sum.

Δ: Non nobis domine non nobis, sed nomini tuo damus gloriam.1136

Δ: Then EK red the fowrth row, as followeth,4. Pah o mata nax lasco vana ar von zimah la de de pah o gram nes ca pan amphan van zebog ahah

dauez öl ga. van gedo oha ne daph aged onédon pan le ges ma gas axa nah alpod ne alida phar or adgamésad argla nado oges.

Δ: Blessed be the name of the Highest, who giueth light and understanding.EK: It thundreth agayn. All is covered.A voyce:—Orate.1137

Δ: We prayed: and returning to the work agayn, the fire covered all still and EK hard voyces,singing (as a far of) very melodiously. Then all became euident agayn unto EK his perfect Judgment.

Δ: EK then red thus,

5. Mabeth ar mices1139 achaph pax mara geduth alídes orcánor manch1140 arseth. olontax argeban vox portex ah pamo. agématon buríse ganport. vdríos pasch. Machel len arvin zembuges.vox mara. gons Ihehusch dah pársodan maäh alsplan donglses adípr1141 agínot. archad1142 dons adax van famlet a dex arge pa gens.

6. Van danzan oripat es vami gest ageff ormaténodah zálpala doniton pasdaes1143 gánpoganUndanpel adin achaph máradon oxámax anólphe dan ieh voxad mar vox ihedutharh aggs pal medlefe. IAN lefa dox parnix O droes1144 marsíbleh aho dan adeph uloh iads ascleh da verox ansdalph che damph lam achos.1145

EK: There is a great Thundring agayn.Δ: It is the hand of the highest, who will get him honor by his own works.EK: The Voyce and sownd of pleasantnes and reioycing was hard: and all was dark.A small voyce:—Locus est hic sanctus.1146

An other voyce:—Sacer est a te Domine.1147

EK: All is now opened agayne.Δ: Then EK, red thus,

7. Amídan gah1149 lesco van gedon amchih ax or madol cramsa ne dah vadgs lesgamph1150 ar:mara panosch aschedh or samhámpors asco*. pacadabaah asto1151 a vdrios archads ors arni.pamphíca lan gebed druxarh fres adma. nah pamphes eä vanglor brisfog mahad. no poho apalgeh donla def archas NA Degel.

8. Vnaem1152 palugh agan drosad ger max fa lefe pandas mars langed undes mar. pachad odidosmartíbah v’dramah noges gar. lenges argrasphe drulthe las aséraphos. gamled cam led caphSnicol lumrad v ma. pa granse paphres a drinox a demphe NA. genile o danpha. NA ges a negaph a.

EK: The sownd of Melodie, begynneth agayne.Δ: The fire cam from EK his eyes, and went into the stone againe. And then, he could not perceyue,

or read one worde.1153 The Fyre flashed very thick and all was couered with a veale.Δ: Prayse we the lord, and extoll his name. For, his hand hath wrought wundrous works, for his

owne glorie.

Amen.

Aprilis.3. Wensday, Forenone †

Δ: First the Curten was drawn away: and then all appeared on fire: The whole place all ouer. EKhard voyces, but could not discern any thing but the hummering of them.

Δ: There cam fire agayn (out of the stone) uppon EK, all his body ouer.EK: The fire so diminisheth it self that the boke may be perceyved.A voyce:—Magnus Magnus Magnus.1154

An other voyce:—Locus sacer et acceptabilis Deo.1155

EK fellt the fire to gather up into his hed. Shortly after he could read the boke, as he could doyesterday.

9. Vlla1156 doh aco par semná gan var se gar on dun. sebo dax se pal genso vax necra par sesquinat. axo nat sesqui ax1157 olna dam var gen vox nap vax. Vro1158 varca cas nol undat vomSangef famsed oh. sih ádra gad gesco vansax ora gal parsa.

-------------------------------------------------10. Varo. nab vbrah NA pa uotol ged ade pa cem1159

na dax. van sebrá dah oghe aschin o nap gem phe axo or. nec a ve da pengon a moroh ah óhaaspáh. niz ab vrdráh1160 gohed1161 a carnat dan faxmal gamph. gamph nacro vax asclad cafprac crúscanse.1162

11. gam. ohe gemph ubráh-ax.1163 orpna1164 nex-or napo, gemlo. a cheph1165 can sedló pam-geman ange hanzu ALLA.1166 Cáppo-se damo gam-vas oro-dax-vá ges-pálo palme pola.1167

EK: All these, (now red,) fall out and all the rows, before, likewise.A voyce:—Prayse God.Δ: We prayed. And after, was this shewed,1168

Gals-ange no-témpa-ro sama dan genzé axe. falod amruh ácurtoh saxx par mano gan vax no.1169

gramfa gem sadglá1170 loh vrox sappóh iad ah oha unra.

Δ: Now appeared an other row.

12. Se1171 gors axol ma pa a oh la sabúlan. Caph ardox anpho nad v‘rnah ud ago lan vans.1172

v’xa grad órno dax palmes árisso dan vnra. vánsample galse not zablis óphide ALLA loh. gaslahosson luze adaö max vanget or dámo ans. leóz dasch léöha dan se gla’spa neh.

All becam dark, and it thundred.

A voyce:—Prayse God.Δ: We prayed.Δ: Now appered three or fowr rows to gither. The boke seemed to fly, as if it wold fly a peces (the

fyre remayning) and to make a great sturring in the place where it lay.

13. Amprí apx ard ardo argá1173 argés argáh ax. osch nedo les icás. han andam von ga lax man.nosch. dóngo a yntar cey1174 lude asch úrise alpé gem var dancet.1175 nap alped v‘rsbe temps avod nos gema o ulon máncepax oxné pricos a got. zalpa ne doxam órne.1176

14. Admag apa ascò1177 tar. gans oärz am seph selqui quisben alman. gons sa ieh mársibleh gronáscabb gamat. neý aden vdan phand sempés nan narran al. cáno géme dansé álde nótesparcélah arb ner ga lum pancu1178 príscas ábra músce1179 an nox. napód1180 a on dan sem gesasche1181

EK: A sownd of many voyces, sayd,—Orate.1182

15. Mica suráscha para te gámmes ádrios NA danos. vra lad pacad ur gesme crus1183 a práseped. a palse nax varno zum. zancú asdom baged V’rmigar orch phaphes ustrá nox affod mascogax cámles vnsanba a oh la gras par quas. cónsaqual lat gemdax tantat ba vod. talpah ian.

16. Gescó1184 a taffom ges nat gam. pamphé ordáquaf cesto chídmap1185 mischná ia-ísg.1186

iaiálphzudph a dancét1187 vnban caf ránsembloh. daf-ma1188 vp aschem graos1189 chrámsa1190

asco dah. vímna gen álde os papéam och láuan vnad. oh drosad údrios nagel panzo ab sescú.Vórge afcál1191 vslaffda mórsab gaf1192 ham de Peleh asca.

Δ: This went away, when it was read. It waxed dark.

A voyce:—Orate.1193 Δ: We prayed.

EK: It beginneth to clere.

A voyce to EK:—Say.

17. Ar’tosa geme oh gálsagen1194 axa loph gebed adóp: zarcas vr vánta pas ámphe nóde alpan.nócas se ga ormácased lax naph talpt. pámphicas1195 sandam Voscméh iodh asclad ar. phangas málse a quaz nam vngem vansel gembúgel a gémbusez á-ro1196 tehl alts murt valtab bániffafaxed ar chlyfod

18. A tam nat. glun asdeh ahlud gadre fam Shing la dan. guinsé1197 life1198 arilsar zabulancheuách1199 se. amph lesche andam var ges ar phex are.1200 NA1201 tax páchel lapídox ar davax malcos. vna gra tassox varmára ud ga les vns ap se. ne da ox lat ges ar.

Now it waxeth dark. Δ: We must pray: (sayd I) and so we did. But EK prayed perfectly in this

Angels language &c.

19. Asmo dahán pan casme co caph al oh. san ged a bansaa1202 un adon a seb Ian. agláho dánfazúna cap orcha1203 dah os. fámsah ON naäb1204 ab nagah geha fastod. hansey om hauan lagragem gas mal. parcóg1205 dax nedo va geda leb ar’ua ne cap sem1206 carvan.

20. Onsem gelhóldim geb abníh ian. oxpha bas cappó cars órdriph grip gars. of víndres nah gespáhado vllónooh can vaz a. fam gisril ag nóhol sep gérba dot vánca NA.

sem ah-pa1207 nex ar-pah lad vamó iar séque. Vad ro garb. ah sem dan van ged ah paleu1208

Now, the fire shot oute of EK his eyes, into the stone, agayne. And by and by he understode nothing

of all, neyther could reade any thing: nor remember what he had sayde. All became dark. Then wasthe curten drawne, and so we ended.

Δ: Gloria patri et filio et spiritui sancto nunc et semper.1209

Amen.

Aprilis .3. Wensday + After none hor 5¼

Δ: A prety while, the veale remayned ouer all: then it was taken away. First fire was thrown upponEK out of the stone. Many voyces concordantly sayd,—Bonum est ô Deus, quia Bonitas ipa es.1210

1211,1212

Δ: Then EK read the row on this manner,

21. Padohómagebs1213 galpz arps1214 apá nal Si. gámvagad al pódma gan NA. vr cas nátmaz ándiglonar’mbu.1215 zántclumbar ar noxócharmah. Sapoh lan gamnox vxála vors. Sábse cap vax mar vinco.1216

Labandáho nas gampbox arce.1217 dah gorhahálpstd gascámpho1218 Ian ge. Béfes argédco1219 naxarzulgh1220 orh.1221 sémhaham1222 vn’cal laf garp oxox. Loangah.1223

Δ: Now appered Raphael [ ] or one like him, and sayde,Salus vobis in illo qui vobiscum.1224

I am a medicine that must prevayle against your infirmities: and am come to teache, and byd takehede. Yf you use dubble repetition, in the things that follow, you shall both write and work and all atones: which mans nature can not performe. The trubbles were so great that might ensue thereof, thatyour strength were nothing to preuayle against them. When it is written, reade it no more with voyce,till it be in practise. All wants shalbe opened unto you. Where I fownd you, (with him, and there,) Ileave you. Cumfortable Instruction is a necessarie Medicine.

Farewell.

EK: The boke and the Chayre, and the rest were all out of sight while Raphael spake, and he laydown prostrate. EK saw a great multitude in the farder side of the stone. They all cam into the stone,

and axed,

What now? How now?

Vors mábberan = how now: what hast thow to do with us?Δ: As I began thus to say (The God of powre, of wisdom,) they all interrupted my entended prayer

to god for help &c and sayd, We go We go.Δ: And so they went away.Then the boke and the rest cam in agayne.A voyce:—One Note more, I haue to tell thee. Ax him not, What he sayeth, but write as thow

hearest: for it is true.Δ: Then, o lord, make my hearing sharp and strong, to perceyue sufficiently as the case requireth.Rap:—Be it unto thee.Δ: Then EK red as followeth,

22. ors lah gemphe nahoh ama-natoph des garhul vanseph iuma lat gedos lubah aha last gestoVars macom des curad vals mors gaph gemsed pa campha zednu ábfada máses lófgonoLuruandah1225 lesog iamle padel arphe nades gulsad maf gescon lampharsad surem paphe arbasaarzusen agsde ghehol max vrdra paf gals macrom finistab gelsaphan asten Vrnah1226

A Voyce: Whatsoeuer thow settest down shalbe true.Δ: I thank god most hartilie: The case allso requireth it so to be.

23. Asch val íamles árcasa árcasan arcúsma íabso gliden paha pacadúra gebne1227 óscarohgádne au1228 arua las genost cásme palsi uran vad gadeth axam pambo cásmala sámnefagárdomas árxad pámses gémulch gapes lof lachef ástma vates1229 garnsnas orue gad garmahsar‘quel rúsan gages drusala phímacar aldech oscom lat garset panóston.1230

24. gude laz miz lábac vsca losd pa Cópad dem sebas gad váncro umas ges umas umas ges gabreumas umáscala um’phazes umphagám maaga mosel iahal loges1231 vapron fémse dapaxorgen1232 láscod ia láscoda vága am lascafes iarques préso tamísel vnsnapha ia dron goscamlápe voxa chimlah aueaux losge auióxan lárgemah.

25. zureth axad lomah ied gura vancrásma ied sesch lapod vonse avó avé lamsage zimah zemahzúmacah Vormex artman voz vozcha tolcas zapne zarvex zorquem allahah gibúrod1233

Ampátraton zimegauna1234 zonze zámca aschma1235 vlpa tapa van vorxvam drusad Caphcastárago grúmna can‘caphes absacáncaphes zúmbala teuort granx zumcot lu graf saxma Cape.

26. Col age lam gem fam tepham vra ap du ca sampat vóxham Lúnzapha axquem Bobagélzodgaphémse lan’se agni cam setquo teth gaphad oxámarah gímnephad vox’canah vrn dage1236

paphcod zámbuges zambe ach oha zambúges gásca lunpel zadphe zómephol zun zadchalureseh varún pachádah gusels vx amna pa granna oh vz

Δ: I think it will be dark by and by, and our Cumpany will expect our comming down to supper.

Therfore, if, without offence we might now leave of, it might seme good so to do.A voyce:—gemeganza = your will be done.

Δ: As I was discoursing with EK after we had done, and he seamed yet skylfull and hable to saymuch of the understanding of the premisses, and began to declare somwhat, How they did allapperteyne to Good Angels, suddenly there cam the fyre from his eyes into the stone agayne. And thanhe could say no more: nor remember any thing of that he had hard seen or understode less than half aquarter of an howre before.

Δ: Deo nostro Viuo Vero et Omnipotenti sit omnis laus et graz actio nunc et semper.1237 Amen.

Aprilis 4 Thursday + mane hor. 5½

Δ: I made a prayer.Δ: A voyce:—Quia ipem Deus Deus Deus noster cuius misericordia infinita.

1238

Δ: The fire, immediately did shote out of the stone into EK, as before. His tung thereuppon didquake in his mowth.

EK: The Veale hangeth yet before.Δ: Then, all being uncouered, thus he red.

27. Atra cas carmax pabámsed gero adol macom vaxt gestes1239 ladúch carse ámages1240 dascalpanselogen dursca zureóch pamcasah vsca huädrongúnda malue ior. gáscama af orthox VAN-CORHG aspe zubra vaacáäh gandeuá arinmaphel vax oh saoh abra iehudeh gamphe vndáxacasmat lafet vncas laphet vanascor torx glust hahaha enséde gumah galseds.

28. Pacádpha palzé zuma carphah uzad capaden v’lsage1241 EXCOL-PHAG-MARTBH iasmadelvóscon sem abnérda tohcoth1242 iamphala páhath órcheth iesmog pasque Labáäh agas ladavng lasco ied ampha leda pageh gemze axax ózed caphzed campha voxal luthed gedan1243

famech1244 ártsnad gathad zuresch pascha lo guma1245 halphe dax vancron patel zurad29. Canda lahad Bóbagen afna vorzed phadel NOBTDAMBTH gáscala oxad vanges1246 vodoth

mured achna1247 adcol damath zesvamcul pacadáah zimles zoraston geh galze mazad pethelcusma iaphes huráscah órphade loscad mages1248 mat lúmfamge detchel1249 orze cámalahvndan padgze1250 páthmataph zumad lepháda oháäx vlschan1251 zembloh agne phamgah iudadcapex Luzad vemech arse

30. Onda gams luzgaph vxan genzed1252 pádex CÓNGAM-PHLGH 1253 ascath gadpham zurdahzamge gloghcha sapax tastel vn‘sada phatheth zúncapha oxamáchad semteph ascle zuncasmagzed dulm pamfra húsage axad exóradad casmet ámphigel adcath luza pathem nécothethgesch1254 labba doh dóxa vascheth hoxan lamésde lampha iodoch gonzah hamges1255 gluthaóxmogel1256 démapha vz’ed ascraph.

31. zudath chádgama1257 ómsage1258 hor gadsa gézes ORPHÁM-ZAM NAHE1259 gedod asphedvoxa gémgah lath gáphes zembloth chasca olphe dax marpha lothe sool1260 separ marges1261

bosqui laxa cosneth gonse dadg voxma v‘mage vnx gascheth lood admah loo1262 ga zem-chá-na-phe am’-na-la ia pacheth nox-da a-mah

32. Gedox al SEM-GA-NA-DA-BAH ongagágeda phachel loódath haxna gu-na-pá-ge-pha al segeda oh oöda géhoph pachad enol adax loges famgah laxqui hasche vadol vóms-a-na gax-ma-dephna-zad gel panca vam Sesquin oxal genoph voödal u-má-da-bah

33. Asge lun zumia paxchádma enohol duran ORCHLÓD-MAPHAG mages oschan lod bundacap luzan lorpha leuándah orxzed famzad ge-nós-o-dath1263 phasélma gesda chom-gasnaph-geth-nag goth1264 ládmano Vmvar gezen vax gulzad margas luxt lapch iudath zomze van gothdah vorx guna ia ada Vox-há-ma-na

34. Arze galsam vnza vcha pasel noxda Nobróschom1265 gu-na-dé-phogas dúnseph man-cax-

mal-cás-mah ied-hah-mel-cár-na zemphe vncah lethoph both-ned-ga-phí-cas-mel ioth-hath-cha-sad ma-neded-ma-gon zuna gothel pascheph nodax vam phath mata1266

A voyce: Orate. Δ: We prayed.

35. Aphath zunca voxmor can zadcheth1267 napha. VOR-DOMPHÁNCHES ga-ues-go-sa-delgurah leth agsnah orza max pace ieth cas lad fam pahógama zon-chás-pha-ma zumblés-cha-phaxvar-gat-ma-gas-ter ne-ho-gat-ma-gan vn-gaphax-ma-la gegath laxqu goga lab naches1268

Δ: Thereuppon the Vele was drawn, and the fire cam from EK his eyes again into the stone.

Δ: Deo opt. Max. omnis honor laus et gloria.1269 Amen.

Aprilis .5. Friday + a meridie hora 5¼

Δ: The Vele was taken away, without any speche used by me or EK. The boke and all the formerfurniture appeared very bright.

Δ: I made a prayer to god, begynning, Expectãs expectaui Dominum 1270 &c.EK: I here the sownd of men playing very melodiously on Instruments and singing.A Voyce:—Serue God and take hede of Nettels.1271 Δ: This was spoken to EK in respect of a great

anger he was-in yesternight, by reason that one had done him inurie in speche at my table. [CharlesSled.]

EK: There appere a great many, a far of; as thowgh they appered beyond the top of a howse: and sosemed far of behinde the stone: and they seme to haue no heds.

A Voyce:—A peculier people, and shalbe restored.1272

Δ: After this voyce, the sayd hedles-people disäpered. Then all appered fyre, and a clowd coveredall: and in the top of the fyre in the chayre, appered three faces, and seemed to shute and close in one.The faces seemed, eche to turn rownd, and so to ioyne in one afterward.

A Voyce:—Prayse him in his glorie and worship him, in his truth.Δ: The fire entred into EK.A voyce:—Orate.1273 Δ: We prayed.Δ: Then thus appeared,

36. gedóthar argo fa adóphanah gamsech olneh várasah iusmach [= begotten.]

A voyce:—Interpret not, till your understanding be furnished.1274

Vschna pháol doa vah oho lazed la-zu-red ámma donax valesto acaph lámphages ronox ganma iudrethloth adágma gonsaph godálga phareph iadsma zema loa ag-náph-ag-on zu-na-ha1275 al me io-náp-ha-cas zeda ox arni

37. Adgzelga1276 olms vánaph osma vages otholl dox an ga had1277 latqui dónaphe zu gar.phamah1278 nordeph gasmat gasque gasla gas NA gasmaphés gasmagél gasnúnabe vamsechábsechel gúlapha axnécho demsa pámbochaph iehúsa gadaámah nosad iurés chy almse orsavax marde zun éffa mochoéffa zuréheffa asga Lubeth bethlémcha máxiche iehúscoth iaphanórnada vamne od ghim-noh

38. Arphe1279 lamse gaphnedg1280 argaph zonze zumcoth O’mdopadáphaab 1281 nulech1282

gaartha ancáphama soldémcah casdra vges lapha ludasphándo ga-lú-ba-noh ap-á-cha-na1283

iedeph zembloh zamgýssel chéuacha laquet lozódma ierinth onaph uzad máspela gýmanorphámmagah iu-mes-ba-lé-go archánphame. zamcheth zoach1284

39. Am’chama zeuoth luthámba ganeph iamda ox oho iephad made noxa voscaph bámgephesnoschol apeth iale lod ga NA-zuma datques vorzad nu-mech1285 apheth nudach caseth iotha lax

arseth armi pli ca tar bám a co1286 zamgeph gaseth vrnod arispa iex ban Setha. oh lagnaphdothoth brazed vamchach odoámaäh zembles gunza naspolge gáthme orsoth zurath vámethanseh.1287

40. Zalpe íedmacha ámphas nethoth alphax durah gethos aschéph nethoth iubad laxmah ionsamax dan do násdoga mátastos1288 lateth vnchas amse Jacaph zembloágauh1289 ad-pha-má-gelludcha-dam-sa am-phí-ca-tol ar-nó-pa-a a-da-pa-gé-moh no-dás-ma mac-hes-tép-ho-lon

41. Lumbor iemásch onzed gam-phi-dá-rah. gom-ás-cha-pa zeba zun amph naho zucathuomplínanoháhal machal lozma dauangeth búches lauax orxod maches donchaph luzathmarpheth oz lanva don gáuah oschol lúmasa phedeph omsa nax do-má-ge-re an-ge-no-phá-chapha-cha-dó-na

42. óschala zamges onphá gemes phaches nolpha daxeth machésmachoh vastnalpoh gemas nachloscheph daphmech noth chales zunech maschol Lu1290 gasnaph malces gethcaph madena1291

oäh gemsah pa luseth iorbástamax elcaph rusam phanes domsath gel1292 pachadóra amáxchanolu-ma-gé-no ar-ma-cha-phá-me-lon adro micho natath iamesebáchola donádocha.

Δ: The fire went from EK his eyes to the stone agayn. Then EK his understanding was gone allso.

Δ: Deo soli sit omnis laus honor et gloria per infinita sæculor

sæcula.1293 Amen.

Aprilis 6. Saterday affore none hora 10¼

Δ: The fire shot into EK, as before was used: wherat he startled. All was uncovered, as the mannerwas. But EK had such a whirling and beating inwardly in his hed, that he could not use any Judgmentto discerne what appered, for half a quarter of an howre almost.

A Voyce:—SVM.1294

And agayn—a voyce:—Gahoachma [= Sum quod sum,1295 EK expownded it.].

43. Asmar gehótha gabseph achándas vnascor satquama látquataf hun gánses luximágelo ásquapalochath1296 anses dosam váthne gálsador ansech gódamah vonsepaléscoh ádmacah lu zamphaoh adma zemblodarma varmíga zuna thotob am-phi-cha-nó-sa ge-mi-cha-na-dá-bah Va-de-ma-do Va-se-la-pa-gé-do

44. A-mas-ca-ba-lo-no-cha a-nó-dah a-du-ra-dá-mah go-na-depha-ge-no v-na-cha-pes-ma-choge-mi-na-do-cha-pa-mi-ca vu-am-sa-pá-la-ge vocórthmoth achepasmácapha em-ca-ni-dobahgedóah

45. Nostoah1297 geuamna da oscha lus palpal medna go-rum-ba-lógeph a-cap-na-pá-da-pha Vol-sé-ma go-no-gé-do-cha am-bu-sába-loh ge-mú-sa-cha va-mi-li-ó-pha zum-ne-ga-da-phá-ge-pha iuréhoh

This last word was hid a prety while with a rym like a thin bladder affore it: and when it was

perfectly seen then there appered a bluddy cross over it. It is a Word signifying what Christ did in hel.

46. Zém-no-da amni fa chebseth vsángrada bo-sa-dó-ma zú-macoh a-phi-na-bá-cha buzádbazu a-ma-cha-pa-do-mi-cha zu-ma-ne-pas-só NA vuamanábadoth zum-ble-gám-pha zum-ble-cap-há-ma-cha 1298

EK: All is couered with darknes. Terrible flashes of fire appered and they semed to wreath and

wrap, one abowt an other. In the fire ouer the chayre appered, the three heds which appeared before.A Voyce:—Laua zuráah.1299

∆: After our prayers was a very hevenly noyce hard.

47. Zudneph arni ioh pan zedco lamga nahad lébale nochas arni cans lósmo iana olna daxzémblocha zedman púsatha vámo mah oxex párzu drána ánza pasel lúmah cóxech á-da-maxgónboh alze dah lúsache1300 asneph gedma noxdrúma Vamcáphnapham ástichel rátrugem1301

abnath lonsas masqueth tauínar tadna gehodód gaphrámsana asclor drusáxpa48. Amgédpha1302 lazad ampha ladmaáchel galdamicháël Vn’za dédma Luz zácheph pílathob

ganó vamah zúnasch zemblagen ónman zuth catas max ordru iadse lamad caphícha aschal luz.ampna zod-mí-na-da ex-cá-pha-nog sal-gém-pha-ne Om vrza lat quartphe lasque deth ürad ox-ma-ná gam-ges

[The 49th row followeth after 2 leaves: Arney vah nol, &c.]∆: Now the boke was couered with a blew silk sindall1303 and uppon that blew covering appered

letters of gold, conteyning these words,Amzes naghézes Hardeh1304

EK: It signifieth, the universall name of him that created universally be praysed and extolled for

euer.

∆: Amen

A Clowde covered the boke.A Voyce:—Mighty is thy Name (ô lorde) for euer.EK: It lightneth.A Voyce:—The place is Holy: stur not [sayd the three heds].∆: Now appered to EK, some imperfection passed in the eleuenth row. And that we wer towght

how to amend it: and so we did.∆: Then the firy light went from EK into the stone agayn: and his inspired perceyuerance and

understanding was gone: as often before it used to be.∆: Gloriam laudemque nostri Creatoris, omnes Creaturæ. indesinenter resonent:1305 Amen.

Halleluiah Halleluiah Halleluiah Amen.

Aprilis 6. Saterday after none.

∆: The Table, Chayre, boke and fyre appeared. And while I went into my oratorie1306 to pray, firecam thrise out of the stone uppon EK, as he was at prayer, at my table in my study.

EK hard a voyce out of the fyre, saying,Why do the Children of men prolong the time of theyr perfect felicitie: or why are they dedicated to

vanitie? Many things ar yet to come: Notwithstanding, the Time must be shortned,I AM THAT I AM.A voyce: Veniet1307 Vox eius, ut dicat filijs hominum quæ ventura sunt.355

EK: here is a man, in white, come in, like Uriel, who cam first into the stone.∆: Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini.356—Ur: Amen.Ur:—I teache: EK sayd that he turned toward me.Ur: What willt thow I shall answer thee, as concerning this work?EK: He hath a ball of fire in his left hand and in his right hand a Triangle of fyre.

∆: What is the most nedefull for us to lerne herin, that is my chief desire.Uriel:—Fowre monthes, are yet to come: The fifth is the begynning of great miserie, to the heauens,

to the earth and to all liuing Creatures.357 Therfore must thow nedes attend uppon the will of God:Things must then be put in practise. A thing that knitteth up all must of force conteyn many celestiallVertues. Therfore, in these doings, must things be finished spedyly,1308 and with reuerence.

This, is the light, wherewith thow shalt be Kindled.1309

This is it, that shall renew thee: yea agayn and agayn, and, seventy seuen tymes, agayn.Then shall thy eyes be clered from the dymnes. Thow shalt perceyue these1310 things which haue

not byn seen, No, not amongst the Sonnes of men.This1311 other haue I browght, whereof I will, now, bestow the seventith part of the first part of

seuenty seuen. The residue shall be fullfilled, in, and with thee; In, (I says,) and to gither, with thee.Behold (sayth the lord) I will breath uppon men, and they shall haue the spirit of Understanding.

In 40 dayes1312 must the boke of the Secrets, and key of this world be Written: euen as it is manifestto the one of you in sight, and to the other in faith. Therfore haue I browght it to the wyndow of thysenses, and dores of thy Imagination: to the ende he may see and performe the tyme of God hisAbridgment.1313 That shalt, thow,1314 write down in his propre and sanctified distinctions.

This other, (pointing to EK) shall haue it allwayes before him, and shall daylie performe the officeto him committed. Which if he do not, the Lord shall raze his name from the number of the blessed,and those that are annoynted with his blud.1315

For, behold, what man, can speak, or talk with the spirit of God? No flesh is hable to stand, whanthe voyce of his Thunder1316 shall present the parte of the next leaf unto sight.

You haue wauering myndes, and are drawn away with the World: But brittle is the state therof:Small therfore are the Vanities of his Illusion.

Be of sownd faith. Beleue. Great is the reward of those that are faithfull. God Will not bedishonored, neyther will suffer them to receyue dishonor, that honor him in holiness.

Behold, Behold, Mark ô and Behold: Eache line hath stretched him self, euen to his ende:1317 andthe Middst is glorious to the good, and dishonor to the wicked. Heuen and erth must decay: so, shallnot the words of this Testimonie.

∆: Ecce seruus et misellus homuncio Dei nostri, fiat mihi iuxta beneplacitum voluntatis suæ:1318

&c.∆: Uriel toke a little of the fire in his left hand and flung it at EK: and it went in at his mowth.1319

Ur: My message is done.∆: May I Note Ur, (meaning Uriel,) for your name who now deale with us?—Ur:—I am so.∆: I pray you to give us advise what we are to doo in our affayres.Ur: It is sayde.∆: He sayd to EK, Tell him, I haue told him, and seemed to smile.∆: Of Mistres Haward (Jentlewoman1320 of her Maiesties priuie chamber) I wold fayn know,

wherfore we were not warned of her comming? She hath caused us, now, for an howre or two, tointermit our exercise? Is it the Will of god, that for her great charitie used toward many, (as inprocuring the Quenes Maiesties Almes to many nedy persons) the lord entendeth to be mercifull toher? I meane at the pynche of these great miseries ensuing, now (by you) told of. And that by her, Imay do good seruice concerning the Quenes Maiesties Cumfort?

Ur:—Who is he, that opened thy mowth, or hath told thee of things to come? What thow hast sayd,is sayde. Mark the ende.1321

It is a sufficient answer.

Ur:—Loke up.—∆: He sayd so to EK: who loking up, saw the boke, the chayre and the Globe apart, abroad, out of the stone, and then, none remayning in the stone to be seene: and it cam nearer &nearer to him, and it burned, as before.

Ur: So, set down, what thow seest. [∆: The boke and writing was made very playne to him.]

What thow seest, deliuer unto him. As it is his will, so be it unto thee: Do thy duty, whereunto thow art moved, and it shalbe sufficient.

Farewell, for a time.EK: Now is all couered with a white clowde, such an one as I saw not yet.∆: We put up the stone: and the former boke and other furniture, appeared uppon the table hard by

EK: and he was to write out as he saw: which he began to do, both in character and words: but it wasto cumbersome to him: and therfore he wrote onely the words in latin lettres.

∆: After he had written 28 lines there in that paper boke, the first word being Arney, and the last,being nah suddenly all was taken away out of his sight: and so likewise his understanding of that hehad written was quite gone. For, contynually as he wrote, he understode the language and sensethereof, as if it had byn english.

∆: After he had finished that second page1322 of the first leafe, I then did copy it out as followeth.

49.1323 Arney1324 vah nol gadeth1325 adney ox vals nath gemseh ah orza val gemáh, oh gedvá onzembáh nohhad vomfah olden ampha nols admácha nonsah vamfas ornad, alphol andax o’rzadahvos ansoh hanzah voh adma iohá notma goth vamsed adges onseple ondemax orzan, vnfa onmahvndabra gonsah gols nahad NA.

1. Oxar varmol pan sampas os al pans orney andsu alsaph oucha1326 cosdám on-za-go-lesnatmátatp max, olnah von ganse pacath olnoh vor nasquah loth adnay nonsah oxansah valsnodax vonqueth lan sandquat ox arda’nh onzâbel ormach douquin astmax arpagels ontipodahomvah nosch als mantquts, armad1327 notgals. Vantantquah +

1328

I finde diuerse dowts which I cannot order, to my contentment. 1329

1. How many of my ruled leaves, shall I tak for the writing of the first leafe?2. How shall I make the distinctions of the last 9 lines of the first leafe answerable to all the

former words: how is more then two hundred & some are of 3 hundred letters, & top 9rows have but 49 letters.

3. how shall I do for the true orthographie, Seing g and C and p &c haue so diuerse sownds,& not allwayes one: as g sometymes as gh & sometymes as J. And C sometymes is likeK, sometymes is like S. p sometymes is like ph, & sometymes is p—& sometymes f.

4. The number of the words in the first leafe,—every row, is not all one; nor 49 allwayes.5. of the 2nd Table, when is to be set down all the tables following, all the table ... will not

agree to fill up ...all places & to set down the ... perfectly.

2. Ondroh als vrh. panchah orn sandvah loh andah nol pan, sedmah zugeh als ab-mi-cad-am-pâ-get ordomph, axah gethol vav axel anthath gorsan vax parsah vort lanq an‘damsah getheol,vrchan navádah o’xembles armax lothar, vos antath, orsé vax alnoth, other mals olnah gethomvárdamach, alls;1330 Orgeth

3. Or pasquah omzádah vorts, ange‘nodah varsáua onch aldúmph, ánget ónsaual gálta othaneth ax pa gesné ouád ax orneh al-dum-bá-ges vos-cómph alze ax, orzad andah gostastoh nadah vortes, astmah notesma goth nathad omza, geth altéth ox, degáth onda voxagemnaché adna dansa als alst

4. arsah. Orthath ols gast ardoh max vármah doth novámq lath, adnab gothan, ardri’nohastómagel arpáget asteth arde obzá, ols NA1331 gem-na-pá-la-ba-m’i-da orsat nahahOdmázen an’dulphel, ox ambrássah oxah géth nor vamfah genoh daqueth als astna, oh

tatóh, alsah goth necor andeoh neo alda nah1332

5. Vanlah oha demagens on sunfah, paphah olemneh, ózadcha lax ornah vor adme oxvastmah gu labazna, gamnácho asthmah ochádo landrídah vons sah, lúgho iahatnabscham nohads vandispa rossámod androch alphoh, zúmbloh ásnah gonfageph aldeh lodah vax orh asmo, gad au dansequa deo, dath vax nograh vor segbat Mon.

6. Arni olbah galpa lohánaha gáu-pu-ma-gén-sah ollo var se darsah goho ál-bu-mi-clá-má-ca-pá-loth ieho nad veslah vors ardno inmony asquam rath als vásmah génda loggahahastmu.1333

7. Arnah notah lax vart luhoh désmaph, ol ca-pra-mi-na-cah1334 ox-and-an-vah gem-ne-lo-ri-pli-ton-pha ac-cam-plah-no-stapha or-max-a-da-ha-har or-zem-bli-zad-mah pan-che-fe-lo-ge-doh áschah ólmah ledóh vaxma

8. Gans na cap lan seda ax nor vorza vo laspral onsa gem gemah noph gázo na von santfanostradg ansel vnsa pah vort velsa or alda viax nor adroh semneh ols vandésqual olzahnolpax pahah lothor ax ru vansar glímnaph gath ardot ardri axa noh gaga leth arde maxa.

9. Corsal mabah noplich alps arsod vord vanfax oriox nabat gemnepoh laphet Ióda natvombal nams ar geth alloah néphirt. lauda noxa voxtaf ardno ándroch labmageh ossuállmaglo ardot nalbar vanse dar-to vorts parsan vr vnrah vor gádeth leth orze naxvomreh agelpha, legar or nembla ar vah Su.1335

10. Zanchcumáchaseph, ol-za-mi-nó-ah Vals-e-bú-ra-ah no-da-ligá-nax or-sáp-na-go dar-ság-na-pha nob-si-blith ar-mi-pyth ar-se-pó-lo-ni-tan-tons Jem-búl-sa-mar le-bó-ge axparor-ná-za ol-dax-ar-da-co-ah1336

11. Semno ah al-chi-do-á-cha-da Sel-pag-in-o-dah a-da-hu-bámi-ca-noh dam pah gli ás chanor ox-om-pa-mi-na-pho lemp, na, gón sa pha ne co ál pha as pa gé mo cal na tú ra ge1337

12. Sen gál se quar rus fa glan súx taft ormaca ox i no dál ge brah nop tar ná gel vom naches pál ma cax, arsep as dón sadg asc lan fán che dah nor vi car máx coh zum blazánpha ad geh do ca ba ah

13. Ar gém na ca pál fax, orr-nído hab cás pigan alpuh gágah loth ral sá bra dan go sá paxvólsan qués tan ondapha opicab or zy lá pa a-chra-pa-má-les ad má car pah oxalps on dápa, gém na de vór guse

14. Lat gans sa par sat lastéah lor ádah nóxax ardéphis nónson andoh gv‘mzi vor sab líbohad ni sa pa loth gaho lar va noxa oho lan sempah noxa Vriah sephah lúsaz odgálsaxnottaph ax v’rnoc árpos arta zem zubah lothor gas lubah vom zá da phi cár no

15. As-só-ta-phe on-dah vor ban sanphar pa loth agno iam nésroh am algórs vrrábah geusehalde ox nah vors púrblox ámphicab nóstrohh admág1338 or napsú asmo Ion gamphi arbelnof ámphi on Saubloth aschi nur laffax las doxa pra gem a Sestrox amphi nax varsembbh1339

16. Angésel oxcapácad onz adq ochádah ólzah vor náh orpogógraphel al sa gem ua ca pícoh vl da pa pór sah naxor vonsa rons vrbanf lab dún zaph algadef loh gem vortaóh amphahoha za vaxorza leph1340 oxor neoh ah va du-na-ca pi ca lodox ard nah.

17. Iahod vox ar pi cah lot tár pi ges nol zim na plah ge ó gra plih ne gó ah va lu gán zed amphí la doh zan veh al nex oh al pha ze goth gedóth axor van zebá al cá pa Luma ges ardde oh ah1341

18. Onchas lagod van Sebageh oxangam pah gos dah manzeh ocondah vardol Sebagh olmadan NA ohal Sepaget, otoxen narvah lubatan ansem nofet au naba notoh ax arsahmans Vstgam pahod pah mal sednah gestons amphes al manso gapalebâton arra naxvamfes amah dot agen nalphat ar zamne oh Sages

19. nax lerua nath Zembloh axpadabamah Sanzápas gunzanquah 1342 ona var demneh gahlod vmnah doxa val tarquat mans ol gem nageph au zanbat vx anzach al pambóhanaxtath ol nada vam nonsal aua nal gedot vorx alge lah despa gu prominabâmîgah olpazord gamnat lem paz cath normadah on demq

20. Laffah ie ogg dalseph abrimanadg oldomph ledothnar ymnachar onze vam sepnovoxauaret ol zantqur amph nas Sages om nartal vor miscam bemcax lappad gesso druxcapgol ass letnar vom1343 sausah or gamprida ornat vol asmd onza duh get hansa gorhhubra galsaropah nequax dap gemno ab pnidah noxd lumbam

21. al gethroz ax arvan oh zempal guh arvax no demnat ar pambals nop nonsal geh axorpam vartop ab vbrah cardax Ion songes au dumax ar nephar lu gemne om Asda vortsvmrod val manqh noh Sam, naga vrbrast Lurvandax vpplod dam zurtax loa an avarn nargemplicabnadah oxa

22. nooa Babna ampha dum nonsap vrs daluah marsasqual orma nabath Sabaothal netmavol sempra isch laue ondeh noh semblax or mansa macapal vngenel vorsepax vrsabadanoxanquah vndalph asmoh vxa na Gaspar vmpaxal Lapproh Iadd nomval vp setquam nolastma vors: vrdem gnasplat bef affafefafed noxtah Volls laydam ovs nac

23. cedah or manveh geh axax nolsp damva dor demgoh apoxan Subliganaxnarod orchalvamnad vez gemlehox ar drulalpa ax vr samfah oladmax vr sappoh Luah vr pabmax lurolam faxno dem vombres adusx or sembal on vamne oh lemne val se quap vn nap nastosmdah voz mazax lumato games on neda.1344

24. voh gemse1345 ax pah losquan nof afma dol vamna vn samses oh set, quamsa ol danfadot santa on anma ol subracah Babalad vansag olso pas gonred vorn chechust axarohrugho am nadom val sequot ne texpa vors vrs al pam vans na tomvamal ansipamalsnotems anqearxe al

25. pangef offd ne pamfah aliboh a nostâfâges almesed vrmast geus vrmax au semblox satqquayntah luzez arne noh pamna sams bantes orn volsax vors vnisapa monsel dah nax ahpah vomreb doth danséqox anzazed onz anfal nom vamreh volts vrnacapácapah noshanyalt gelfay nor sentqbt onbanzar luntaf val sentepax

26. ornisa nor Pampals anz alpah nox noxa gendah von gamne dah vors ad na lepnazuacheldaph var honza gune alsaph nal vomsan vns alpd a domph ar zemnip ans vrnachvancef ban yanzem ob aha vons nabrah vh asmo drat vormez al pasquar no gems nahzem lasquith apsantah

27. Vol zans alphi ne gansad ol pam ro dah vor vngef a deoh nad vnsemel apodmacah vnsapval vndar ban cefna dux hansel yax nolpah volts quayntah gam vemneg oh asq al panstans vntah hunsansa Apnad ratq a sanst nel odogamanázar. olzah guh oh nah varsavpangah neoh aho

28. Notgah ox vr auonsad vl dath nox lat ges orn val sedcoh leth arney vas ars galepodámpha nol axar vox apracas nolph admi adpálsah noh vrh gednach vax varsabloxvrdam pagel admax lor vamtage oxandah lamfó nor vorsah axpáa, ols nugaphar ádras

vxár nostrílgan ampacoh vortes lesqual exoh.29. Ses vah nómre gal sables orzah, get les part, ox ar se de cólmachu ardéh lox gempha lar

vamra goh naxa vors admah gebah, semfúgel admá geod alzeh orzam vánchet.1346 oxamprah geh orzad Val nexo, vam seleph oxa, noha par gúmsah askeph nox adroh lestof admoxa nonsúrrach

30. Vomchál as pu gán san var, sem quáh lah set gedoh argli oranza vor zina sedcátahzuréhoh admich, ors arsah varsab, oliba vortes lúnsanfah, adnah vor semquáx, vorsan lapvarsah gebdah voxlar geoh, gemfel ad gvns. aldah gor vanlah, gehudan vor sableth,gedvel ax ors, manch var sembloh.1347

31. Ar dam fa gé do hah Luxh arcan Mans lubrah vor semblas adna gor partat, nor vílsoádchu apri sed amphle nox arua getol. Vor sambla geth, arse pax vor sah. gelh ahogethmah or gemfa nah prax chilad ascham na prah oxáh var setqua lexoh vor sámblehzubrah.

32. Lax or setquáh vah lox rémah Nol sadma vort, famfa le gem nah or sepah vartef a gehOha Ion gaza Onsa ges adrux: vombalzah ah vaxtal. noh sedo lam, vom tántas oxárzahMechól va zebn geth adna vax, ormacha lorni adrah, Gens arnah vor, Arsad odiscohalidah nepho.

33. Hastan bah ges loh ru mal; vrabro den varsah, Mah rox idah ru gebna demphe, ors amviar, Genbá, óxad va ges lath vriop: nal pas vi me ró to ád-na-vah ged anse lah verbrod vngelpa, lux árd do ah vast vor Ge-ma-fá-noh

34. Amles ondanpha1348 noxt vradah gel núbrod Arb á cha lo pe go há pa ra zem che párma la Na bu-rá doh gem la pa or-zín fax nol ad micápar vó si pi cá la ton andrah voxardno, get na ca ploh gál-zun

35. O‘r ge mah luza cá poh nox tráh víoxah nebo hu ge o mí lah cox chá dah or na hú da volsa pah: No bro ch, ál pa chídomph náb la grux la vx ar gá fam gel ne do gá lah vo sa pah

36. Gu la gé dop áx ix óx a max lun fá gem pah orsa dev’lmah Gé pa cha vor sí ma cohalduth gempfa: Nox gal max ar hú gaf gli no rob va gen lá car du zum ox am’ pli zam zulatmah ge gé ma ohahah

37. Ga lá pa drux váx ma geb lá geb or ché plon gan zéd ah Vox ár vox gelet ar gahad, ganpá gan doruminaplah vor zinach cû pa chef ardrah óx ox pol sa gal máx nah guth ardéthon zupra cró cro gash var sa má nal

38. Ar sa bá choas noh al geh oh, ax ár pa gal olza déh or za zú max exoh eh, or cah paldonzahá onza zethas: nor sáp se pah onzap a palmah aldoh voh náblebah gemnápam osmalsa or naoh zar bu lagém pah ne-ó ha brah

39. Tal gep ar sep nah doh, vors alsa doh necoh am ar geth na ges alpran odox malsápnah,gohor ahoh gadmah ol dáneph aludar dón-za-gab ól-sa-gah nebthuh or sapnar balgonphnep gemloh, ax amna1349 duth achár laspá, vohá, náxvolh gas vergol ah pratnom geá1350

nostúamph40. Va’n sa pal sah gón so gon gé la bu rá doh tato lang, ge mé fe ran ón da pans ge lá brah:

or pa gé mal on sán’ fan gen ólc ma cha lan Von sé gor a prí cas nor vá gel om brá caucohadal.

a d r o s,a, c l o d f a c,d o g é p n a h,l a p c a h,m o c d á c o d e,f a m ó n,t u a l c,d o m, v r á s n a ge p h,a m p h i d o n,g á n s e l,v a x,ó r e h a m a h,v ó r s a f a n s a,u c a s d a m í f a g a,n á b u l ax,o r s a g e h,n a m’v a h,o c a r,l u n s a n g e l,c a r p a c o a. l u n s e m n e p h,o d á r n a c h o h,z em b l o h,o b l í c a n d o n,g a l s o r x v l á g a, f ó m n a p h,a p á n s a g e h,l o n s ú g a l a n,g r a st,v b l á n s o,a r n o x,v o n s á o t a l t é m a p h e c h,ó r m a c h a d á g e n o x,v r s t á m v a h,n a dv a r e h,o n s,a r g z u c á n z u,n a p l i o r a h,n o r g e,h a h a n a h a,v s p l a h,g r a d ú n v a h,n a vi o, a r s a h,v ó n r o g e n,d a h v a l a h,o r z a p,c v l,c a r s e d,a p o r s a l,q á s t a v a, g a n f ú m ar a b ó m o n a h,g á s t a g e s,ó r d o l p h,n a q a s,o r g e m v a h,n o x a d.

∆: And this is the late ende of the second page of the first leafe of this excellent boke. The otherleaves are written, apart, in an other boke1351 as may appere. But with these 9 rowes and the former41, doth arise the some of 50: which is one more then 49: Therfore I am not onely of this but ofdiuerse other imperfections yet remayning in this page, to ax the solution and reformation.

∆: Whan I had told this my dowte to EK, he answered me that the first row of these last .50. beforeset downe, was the last of the first page of this first leafe: and true it is that in the first page were firstsett down 48 rows, of which eight and fortith row begynneth with this word Amgédpha &c Andtherfore the next row following, (begynning with Arney vah nol gadeth &c) is the nyne and fortythrow of the first page and so the last row of that page: And therby allso the second page of the first leafhath these 49 rowes here noted: And so is one dowte taken away: The other is of the numbers ofwords in some of the 49 rows of this second page.

Aprilis 10. hor. 9.

∆: As we wer talking of the Macedonian (the grecian), who yesterday cam with Mr. Sanford hisletters, there appeared in the corner of my study a blak shadow: and I did charge that shaddow todeclare who he was: There cam a voyce and sayd that it was the Macedonian: and abowt his hat was

written in great letters this word, , which EK wrote out and it signifieth maculosus,1352 or condemnatus1353 &c. and the Voyce sayd, that word was sufficient

adding Est,1354

∆: God be thanked and praysed.

To me deliuered by Mr. Edward Kelly 1583. Martij 22 Friday

Mr. Husy cam with him from blokley1355

Aprilis .11. Thursday

∆: After my comming home from the court abowt 4 of the clok after none, and after my being in mystudy a while, it cam into my hed to assay1356 to deciphre the cifre which before is spoken of, and wasbrowght me by EK,1357 as he was willed to do. And at the first I was half out of all hope: but yetmaking many assayes, and gessing at it (at the length) to be latine, I fownd this to be the true Alfabet.God giving me the perseyverance.

And, the first longer writing, was thus:Tabula locorum rerum et Thesaurorum absconditorum Menaboni, mei Gordanili, militis, et

Danaorum Principis, expulsi, multorumque aliorum clarissimorum (Britanie meridionali parte)virorum, contra eiusdem inhabitatores militantium: quam, hîc, familiarissimorum consensu,aliquando ad nostratium rediuntium commoditatem et auxilium abscondere et sepelire decreui:qua quidem intellecta, facile possunt ad lucem abscondita efferre.1358

And the Notes of the ten places, here by, affixed: are thus to be red orderly:

1359,1360

Aprilis 15. Monday

∆: As EK was writing the eightenth leaf which was of the spirites of the earth, (in the after noneabowt 4½ of the clok) he red a parcell therof, playnely & alowde to him self, and thereupponsuddenly at his syde appeared three or fowre spirituall creatures like laboring men, having spades intheyr hands & theyr heares hangyng abowt theyr eares, and hastyly asked EK what he wold have, &wherfor he called them. He answered that he called them not. & they replyed, & sayed that he calledthem: Then I began to say, they lyed: for his intent was not to call them, but onely to read and repeatthat which he had written: and that euery man who readeth a prayer to perceyue the sense thereof,prayeth not. No more, did he call them. And I bad them be packing out of the place: and thereupponremoued from my desk (where I was ruling of paper for his writing) to the grene chayre which was bymy Chymney: and presently he cryed out and sayd they had nipped him and broken his left arme by thewrest: and he shewed the bare arme and there appered both on the upper syde and lower sideimprinted depe-in, two circles as broad as grotes1361 thus:

very red: And I seeing that, sowght for a stik, and in the meane while, they assalted him, and he rose,and cryed to me (saying) they come flying on me, they come; and he put the stole, which he sat on,betwene him and them. But still they cam gaping, or gyrning1362 at him. Then I axed him where theywere: and he poynted to the place: and then I toke the stik and cam to the place, and in the name ofJesus commaunded those Baggagis to avoyde and smitt a cross stroke at them: and presently theyavoyded.1363

All thanks be to the onely one Almighty, and everlasting God Whose name be praysed now & ever.Amen.

Aprilis 181364. Thursday morning .hor. 8. Circiter

∆: As EK cam to write-out the Tables according as he was wont: and to haue the letters appearing inthe ayre hard by him, he saw nothing but a blak clowde seven-cornered. And after I had put the stoneagayne into the frame,1365and thereuppon did make long and oft request, for answer hauing, Thereappered nothing, neyther was anything seen in the stone. Then I fell to prayer agayn, and at length,there appeared written uppon, or yssuing out of the clowde, this sentence.

He promised, be not carful: ∆: Note here are iust 21 letters.1366

EK: The letters semed to stand at fingers endes, (being 21): and so euery finger had a letter on it:and the fingers semed to be placed at the Corners of the Heptagonall clowde: and as sone as thesentence was red the fingers which seemed to issue out of the Heptagonum, did shrink in agayn anddisapere.

∆: All laude honor and thanksgiving, be to the highest, our most louing mercifull and almighty God,now and euer. Amen.

Thursday. Aprilis 18. after dynner

∆: We being desirous to know the cause of this stay making, in the Tables shewing as before wasaccustomed; and now (24 leaves being written,) a dark clowde to hang in the place of a gloriousboke, did greatly disquiet our myndes, and browght us in feare of some offence lately committed, byany one, or both of us, whereby the Indignation of the lord might be kingled against us. Hereuppon weprayed severally; and at length, (no alteration, or better Cumfert hapening to us,) I prayed in thehearing of EK, (by my desk, on my knees) in great agony of mynde; and Behold, there appeared onestanding uppon, or rather somwhat behynde the Heptagonall clowde who sayd,

I am sent, to understand the cause of your greif, and to answer your dowtes.∆: I, then, declared my mynde breifly, according to the effect of my prayer. Whereunto he answered

at large, reproving my appointing of god a tyme or to abridge the tyme spoken of: and among hismanifold grave speaches he had these words,

Prepare all things,1367 For tyme is at hand. His Justice is great; and his arme stronge.

How darest thow dowt or dreame, saying: Lo, God, this may be done in shorter time &c. But such

is flesh.

Be rocks in faith. It is not the manner of us, good Angels,1368 to be trubbled so oft.

At the time appointed, thow shalt practise: While sorrow shall be measured, thow shalt bynde up thyfardell.1369 Great is the light of Gods sinceritie. Appoint God no tyme. Fullfill that which iscommaunded. God maketh clere whan it pleaseth him. Be you constant and avoyde Temptations: ForTrue it is, that is sayde: And lastly I say,

It shall be performed.

What is it now thow woldest desyre to be made playner?∆: Still he proceded uppon my answers: and at length he sayd,

Neyther is the time of mans Justification known untyll he hath byn tried.1370

You are chosen by God his mercy to an ende1371 and purpose: Which ende shall be made manifest

by the first begynning in knowledg in these Mysteries.God shall make clere whan it pleaseth him: & open all the secrets of wisdome whan he unlocketh.

Therfore Seke not to know the mysteries of this boke, tyll the very howre1372 that he shall call thee.For then shall his powre be so full amongst you, that the flesh shall not be perceyued, in respect of hisgreat glory.

But was there euer any, that tasted of gods mercies so assuredly, that wanted due reverence?1373

Can you bow to Nature, and will not honor the workman? Is it not sayd, that this place is holy? Whatare the works of holines? I do aduertise you: for, God will be honored. Neyther will he be wrasted, inany thing he speaketh. Think not, that you could speak or talk with me, unleast I did greatly abase myself, in taking uppon me so unlikely a thing in forme, as to my self, &c.1374 But he doth this not foryour causes, not for your deserts, but for the Glorie of his owne name.

One is not to be lightened, but all. And, which all? The two fethered fowle togither with theCapitayn.

Ask What thow wilt: for, untyll the 40 dayes1375 be ended, shalt thow haue no one more shew of us.∆: Whether shall we give Cownsayle, or consent to the Captayne1376 to go down into his Cuntry, as,

presently he entendeth.Ur:—As he listeth. ∆: EK sayd that this was Uriel who now had appered and answered all this.Ur:—I will ask thee one question. Haue we any voyce or no?∆: I do think you haue no organs or instruments apt for voyce: but are mere spirituall and nothing

corporall: but that you haue the powre and property from god to insinuate your message or meaning toeare or eye, in such sort as mans Imagination shall be, that both they here and see you sensibly.

Ur:—We haue no voyce but a full noyce that filleth euery place:1377 which whan you ones taste of,Distance shall make no separation. Let there one come that may better answer: not in respect of thyself but one, more nerer to thy estate.1378—Do thy Duty.

∆: He sayd this, to one who cam in, and he departed him self.∆: This new come Creature sayd, Wold you haue any thing with me, Il?1379

∆: Who art thow: Art thow one that loveth and honoreth our Creator?Il: Will you see my hart?—EK: He openeth his body and sheweth his hart: and theron appered

written EL.∆: He semed to be a very mery Creature, and skypped here and there, his apparell was like as of a

vyce in a play: and so was his gesture1380 and his skoffing, as the outward shew therof was to bevulgarly1381 demed: but I did carefully ponder the pith of the words which he spake: and so forbare towrite very much which he spake at the begynning by reason EK did so much mislike him, and in amanner toke him to be an Illuder.

∆: As you are appointed to answer us by the Messager of God, so answer us, (who desyre pure andplayne verity,) as may be correspondent to his Credit that assigned you, and to the honor of God whoCreated us.

Il:—My answer is Threefold:1382—I answer by gesture, by my apparayle, & will answer thee bymy wordes.

∆: Do you know where the Arabik boke1383 is that I had: which was written in tables and numbers?1384

Il:—It is in Scotland:—A minister hath it; it is nothing worth. The boke conteyneth fals and illudingWitchcrafts. All lawde honor and prayse be to the One and euerlasting God: for euer and euer.1385 ∆:The Lord Threasoror,1386 hath he, any bokes belonging to Soyga? Il:—He hath none: but certaynIntroductions to all artes.

∆: But it was reported to me by this Skryer1387 that he had: certayn peculier bokes perteyning toSoyga: otherwise named ysoga, and Agyos, literis transpositis.1388

Il:—Soyga signifieth not Agyos. Soyga alca miketh.∆: What signifieth those wordes? The true measure of the Will of God in iudgment which is by

Wisdome.∆: What language is that, I pray you? Il:—A language towght in Paradise.1389

∆: To whome? Il:—By infusion, to Adam. ∆: To whome did Adam use it? Il:—Unto Chevah.1390 ∆:Did his posteritie use the same?

Il:—Yea, untyll the Ayrie Towre1391 was destroyed.∆: Be there any letters of that language yet extant among us mortall men?Il: .... that there be. ∆: Where are they? Il:—ô, syr, I shall make you in loue with your Masterships

boke.∆: Did Adam write any thing in that language? Il:—That is no question.∆: Belike than, they were deliuered from one to an other by tradition or els Enoch1392 his boke, or

prophesie, doth, or may seme, to be written in the same language: bycause mention is made of it in thenew Testament in Jude his Epistle where he hath, Prophetauit autem de his Septimus ab Adam, Enoch,dicens, Ecce venit Dominus in sanctis millibus suis, facere iudicium contra omnes, et arguere omnesimpios, de omnibus operibus impietatis eorum, quibus impiè egerunt, et de omnibus duris, quæ locutisunt contra Deum peccatores impij &c.1393

Il:—I must distinguish with you. Before the flud, the spirit of God was not utterly obscured in man.Theyr memories were greater, theyr understanding more clere, and theyr traditions, most,unsearchable.1394 Nothing remayned of Enoch but (and if it pleas your mastership) mowght haue byncarryed in a cart. I can not bring you the brass, but I can shew you the bokes. Slepe 281395 dayes, andyou shall fynde them, under your pillow whan you do rise.

∆: As concerning Esdras bokes,1396 which are missing, what say you? Il: The prophets of theJues1397 haue them. ∆: But we can hardely trust any thing in the Jues hands, concerning the pureveritie: They are a stiff necked people and dispersed all the world ouer.

Il:—I will shew you a trik. ∆: He lifted up his fote, and shewed the sole of his shoo: and thereappeared the picture of a man, who seemed to haue a skorf or fowle skynne on his face: which onetoke of: and then there appered on his forhed these two figures, 88.1398

I will shew you more then that, to: and will speak to a man shortly, that shall bring Water to washeuery mans face.

∆: What mean you, by euery man? Shall all men, be made cleane?Il:—There is a difference in washing of faces.EK: This creature seemeth to be a Woman1399 by his face: his apparell semeth to be like a Vice1400

in a play.EK: Ar you not a Kinsman to Syngolla?Il: I syr, and so are you a kinsman to Synfulla.∆: A man may finde corn in chaf.

Il:—So may you (perchaunce) finde me an honest man in my ragged clothes.∆: This other day, whan I was in dowt of the Grecian (the Macedonian) whether he had any good

and profownd lerning or no, he was represented spiritually, and abowt his hat in great letters was

written this greke word : I pray you what doth it signifie? I axed the grecian and

he sayd, Il: Loke in your boke. ∆: I toke the common lexicon: and he sayd: No Not that:Then I axed if I shold take phauorinus his lexicon:1401 and he answered, Nor that. And I axed whichthen: and he sayd your boke covered with a white parchment: and I axed, that of Munsteris of Latinegreke and hebrue? And he sayd, yea: and there you shall finde that Maculosus hath onely that one

word longing to it. I loked & so fownd it: which satisfyed me very well.∆: I pray you what say you of Gariladrah;1402 do you know him? Who long sins1403 did deale with

me?Il:—Yf he were lesser then I, I durst speak to him: But bycause he is greater then I, I am not to

speak to him. All under, and nothing above me, I deale.Loke in your Tables and there you shall finde an other name of his.∆: I remember no such thing. Il:—Consider who hath set me here.1404 Yf the Truth thow hast

allready, be of a greater then my self, then is it sufficient. ∆: What day was that name given me?Il:—Immediately, sir, after your1405 Worships last coming.∆: That was Raphaël: And I remember that Gariladrah sayd that he must leave me and his better,

(Raphael) shuld be my instructor, and that then the same Raphael was in my hed then. &c.∆: Sing a song to his prayse, who created us.Il: I will sing a short song.

Your doings are of GOD: your calling great: Go down and seke the Threasor,1406 and you shall obteyn it. Take no care: for, this Boke shall be done in 40 dayes.1407 Begyn to practise in August.1408 Serue god before. You shall know all thing, ictu oculi.1409 And so, prayse, glory, and eternall singing with incessant humilitie be unto thee, Creator that hath framed, made and Created all things, for euer and euer, Now say you (yf you will). Amen. ∆: Amen Amen Amen.

Il: After the ende of 40 dayes, go down for the Threasor.1410 Whan those 40 dayes are done,1411

than this boke shall be finished. The rest of the time untyll August,1412 is for rest, labor, and prayer.∆: What labor? Il:—In digging up of those Threasors.∆: Must we nedes dig for them? Il:—Otherwise, yf thow willt.∆: How, I pray you? For to dig without lycence1413 of the Prince, is dangerous by reason of the

lawes: and to ax licence, is half an odious sute.Il:—Yf thow haue a parcell or part out of euery place of the erth, in any small quantitie, thow mayst

work by the Creatures, whose powre it is to work in such causes: which will bring it (neuer trust me)

before you can tell twenty.1414

∆: He meaneth, Neuer trust him, if it be not so, as he hath sayd.Il:—No, neuer trust me, if it be not so:∆: You mean those ten places, marked in the Table, which, last day, I deciphred.1415

Il:—I mary,1416 now you hit it. Yea sir, and your chest allso,1417 it wold do no hurt. Give me one:and I will make 40: and give you twenty and take twenty to my self: and whan you haue it, I pray youlet me haue some little portion for my wife and children.

∆: As concerning that Chest, I pray you how cam the Macedonian, or Mr Sanford to know of it, soparticularly, as he did?

Il:—Husey told of it, openly, at the bord at braynford1418 in the hearing of diuerse. The Grecianwill seke him oute. The Greke in grecia perhaps can finde out Threasor, but not in Anglia.1419 TheGreke hath a Threasor in his hed, that will enriche him to be a fole. I was yesterday at London, I metwith a blak dyer. He had a cupple of rings, that wold giue better instructions. Your Chymney herewill speak agaynst you anon:1420 yet I am no brik layer.1421 I must be gone.

∆: God, for his infinite mercyes be allwayes praysed, glorified, and extolled of all his Creatures.Amen.

He advised EK to comunicate to me the boke, and the powder, and so all the rest of the roll,1422

which was there fownd: saying, True frends use not to hide any thing eche from other.∆: An old proverb it is. Amicorum omnia comunia.

Unde, Deo soli omnis exhibeatur Laus honor et gloria.1423 Amen.

Note: There followeth Quinti Libri Mysteriorum Appendix.1424

Quinti libri Mysteriorum

Appendix

Aprilis 20.—Saterday

Δ: This satterday had byn great and eger pangs betwene EK and me: while he wold utterly discreditthe whole process of our actions: as, to be done by evill and illuding spirites: seking his destruction:saying that he hath often here to fore byn told things true, but of illuding diuells: and Now, how canthis be other, than a mockery, to haue a cornerd dark clowd to be shewed him in steade of the playnwriting, which hitherto he had written out of? and that whan they shold do good in dede that then theyshrank from us: and that he was not thus to leese1425 his time: But that he is to study, to lerne someknowledge, whereby he may liue: and that he was a cume1426 to my howse, and that he dwelled hereas in a prison; that it wer better for him to be nere Cotsall playne where he might walk abroade,without danger or to be cumbred1427 or vexed with such sklaunderous fellows as yesterday he was,with one little Ned dwelling at the blak raven in Westminster: who rayled at1428 him for bearingwitnes of a bargayn made betwene the same Ned (or Edward) and one Lush a Surgien, who was nowfalln in poverty, a very honest man &c: With a great deale of more matter; melancholik, and crossoverthwartly to the good and patient using of our selues to the accomplishing of this action. I replyed,and sayd, that we might finde our selfs answered on thursday, as, That God wold clere when itpleased him: and that we were not to appoint God a time to performe his mysteries and mercies in;shorter then he hath spoken of: And that undowtedly, the occasion of this blak clowd, was someimperfection of oures, to be amended and that then, all wold be to our furder cumfort. And asconcerning his dowting the goodnes of the Creatures, (dealing with us) he was to blame, to say ordowt the tree to be yll that bringeth furth good frute: for of these creatures, from the begynning of theyrdealing with us unto the last howre,

we never hard other than the prayse of god, instructions and exhortations to humilitie, patience,constancy, fayth &c. The things they promise be such as god can performe, and is for his servyce andglory to performe: and such as haue byn imparted to man before: and therfore neyther impossible forman to enioye agayne, nor unmete for us to hope for: and thowgh his trubbled mynde did dowt, yet myquiet mynde, which god hath made ioyfull throwgh his mercyes, and which accuseth me not in thisaction of any ambition, hypocrisie, or disorderly longing, but onely is bent and settled in awayting theLord his helping hand to make me wise for his servyce. (according as long tyme my daylie prayer tohim hath byn): and seing I haue and do ax wisdome1429at the lord his hands, and put my trust in him, hewill not suffer me to be so confownded: nether will he offer a stone to his seely children, when intyme of nede they ax bred at his hands: besides that, Voluntatem timentium se faciet deus:1430 and (byhis graces) I feare him so, and am so carefull to do that shold pleas him, that I make no accownt of allthis world possessing, unleast I might enioye his fauor. his mercies and graces. And whereas hecomplayned of want, I sayd my want is greater than his: for I was in det allmost 300 pownds,1431 had

a greater charge than he; and yet for all my 40 yeres course of study, many hunderd pownds spending,many hundred myles travayling, many an incredible toyle and forcing of my will in study using tolerne or to bowlt out some good thing, &c. Yet for all this I wold be very well pleased to be deferredyet longer, (a yere or more,) and to go up and down England clothed in a blanket, to beg my bred, sothat I might, at the ende be assured to atteyn to godly wisdome, whereby to do God some service forhis glory. And to be playne, that I was resolued, eyther willingly to leave this world presently that, so,I might in spirit enioye the bottomles fowntayne of all wisdome, or els to pass furth my dayes on earthwith gods favor and assurance of enioying here his mercifull mighty blessings, to understand hismysteries, mete for the performing of true actions, such as myght sett furth his glory, so, as it might beevident and confessed, that such things wer done Dextera Domini.1432 And many other discourses andanswers I made unto his obiections and dowtes: Afterward [A meridie] I began to speak of thetrubbles and misery foreshewed to be nere at hand, and by that tyme I had entred a little into theConsideration & talk of the matter, he appered that sayd he was called El or Il1433,and sayd,

Now to the matter.Δ: What matter?Il:—Imust have a Wallet to carry your witt and myne own in.Δ: Benedictus qui venit in nomine domini.1434

Il:—Then I perceyue that I shall haue a blessing. Blessed is the physitien that hath care of hispatient, before the pangs of death doth viset him.

Δ:—What think you of that clowdy Heptagonum?Il:—Dost thow consider, I go abowt it? I told thee, euery thing I did, was an Instruction. As I can

not stand stedfastly uppon this, (it self one, and one, perfect:) so can not my mowth declare, muchlesse speak, that you may comprehend it, what this is whereuppon I go.

EK: He went on the Heptagonon, as one might go on the top of a turning whele: (Δ: as some horsesuse to turne wheles as may appere in Georgius Agricola1435 de re metallica).

Il:—I know, what all your talk hath byn: But such myndes, such Infection, such Infection, suchcorruption: and must nedes haue a potion appliable for the cure. But how will you do? I haueforgotten all my droggs behinde me. But since I know that some of you are well stored with sufficientoyntments, I do entend to viset you onely with theyr help. You see, all my boxes ar empty?—EK: Hesheweth, a great bundell of empty potichayre1436 boxes, and they seme to my hearing to rattle.

Δ: How commeth it, that you pretend to come from a favorable diuine powre to pleasure us, andyour boxes ar empty.

Il:—You sayd euen now in your talk, Iovis omnia plena:1437 yf my empty boxes be vertuous, howmuch more shall any thing be, which I bring not empty?

Δ: Then I pray you, to say somwhat of the vertue of your empty boxes, bycause we may haue thebetter confidence of your fullnes.

Il: Will you haue my bill? Δ: Shall we go to the Apothecaries, with your Bill?Il: I will shew it: Serve it, where you list.

Iudra galgol astel.

Δ: You know we, understand it not: how can it be serued?Il:—You must nedes haue an expositor. What boke of physik is that, that lyeth by you?[Δ: There lay by me on my desk, Marcus Heremita de Lege spirituali 1438 in greke and latine but the

latine translation lay open before, on the left side of which, the sentence began: Non raro pernegligentiam, quæ circa alicuius rei operationem comittitur, etiam Cognito obscuratur. 1439 And on theright side, began: Corpus sine mente nihil pt perficere1440 &c.]

Il:—Mary here is good physik in dede. You fownd my name the other day. Go to my name [Δ: So Iturned to the second boke and browght sigillum Æmeth: and there chose the Word Ilemese. He thanaxed me, which letter of this name I liked best, and I sayd, L: bycause it conteyned the namerepresenting God: El, &c. Then he sayd somwhat farder of the letters, which I wrote not.

Il:—Go to great M, the second: for this is it that shall serue his turne. Yf this can not serue him, heshall haue a medicine, that a horse can not abyde. Use this, and I warrant you, your blindenes will begone.1441

Δ: It is here, greatly, to be Noted: that I turned in this boke of Marcus, 27 leaues furder: tyll I camto the Quaternio of M, the second and there I fownd this sentence notified (by my lines drawn, and aNote in the margent Cor Contritum): Sine corde contrito impossibile est omnino liberari a malitia etvilijs. Conterit autem cor tripartita temperantia somni dico et cibi, et corporalis licentiæ. Cæterumhorum excessus et abundantia voluptatem generat. Voluptas autem prauas cogitationes ingerit repugnatverò præcationi et convenienti Cogitationi.1442

Δ: This being considered by us, we ceased and this instant and thanked God of his mercies, that itwold pleas him to make us understand some iust cause whie clowdes now appeared in stede ofbrightnes &c.

Soli Deo omnis honor laus et gloria.1443 Amen.

Aprilis 23. Tuesday. mane hor. 8.

Δ: After our prayer iointly, and my long prayer, at my desk requesting God to deale with us, so, asmight be most for his glory, in his mercies: not according to our deserts, and frowardnes: &c. Atlength appeared in the stone a white clowde, seven-cornered. And behinde the Clowde a Thunderseemed to yssue.

A Voyce: Whan I gathered you,you were chosen of the myddest of Iniquitie:1444Whome I haueclothed with garments made and fashioned with my owne hand.—I,AM. Therfore,Beleue:

Δ: I prayed, and thanked the highest, that so mercifully regarded our miserie.A Voyce: I, AM.EK: Now standeth Uriel uppon the clowde, and semeth to loke downward and kneled, saying,Æternitie, Maiestie, Dominion and all powre, in heuen the earth, and in the secret partes below, is

thyne, thyne, yea thyne; and to none els due, but unto thee: whose mercies are infinite, whichrespectest the glorie of thy owne name, above the frowardnes. and perversnes of mans nature: whichswarmeth with synnes, and is couered with Iniquitie: and in the which, there is fownde no place freefrom filthynes and abhomination. Glorie be to thee; ô, all powre: and magnified be thow, in theworkmanship of thy own hands, from time to time, and with out ende of time, from generation togeneration: and euen amidst and in the number of those, for whome thow hast prepared the flowres ofthy æternall Garland.

Beare with them (ô lord) for thy mercyes sake. For, woldest thow seeke . . .1445 in the myddest ofmiserie? Whom yf thow sholdest iudge according to thy iustice, How shold thy Name be glorified soin thy self, to thy own determination, and writing, sealed before the Creation of the Worldes? The fireof thy Justice consumeth thyne own seat; and in thee, is no powre wanting, whan it pleaseth thee, tocast down, and gather them to gither, as the wynde doth the Snow, and in-hemme them with themowntaynes, that they may not arrise to synne. But What thow art, thow art: and what thow willt,thow canst.

Amen.

Δ: Amen.

Ur:—I haue measured time (sayth the lord) and it is so: I haue appointed to the heauens theyrcourse, and they shall not pass it. The synnes of man shall decay, in despite of the enemy: But the fireof æternitie shall neuer be quenched, nor neuer fayle. More, then is, can not, nor may not be sayde. Wecan not be Wittnesses to him which wittnesseth of him self.

Nota etCaue

But (this sayeth the Lord), Beholde yf you trubble me ones more, or towche the wings of myexcellency, before I shall move my self, I will raze you from the earth, as children of perditionand will endue those that are of quiet myndes. with the strength of my powre.1446 You are notfaithfull, sayeth the lorde whome you beleue not. Notwithstanding I haue hardened the hart ofOne of you, yea, I haue hardened him as the flynt, and burnt him to gither with the ashes ofa Cedar: to the entent he may be proued iust in mywork, and great in the strength of myGlory. Neyther shall his mynde consent to the wyckednes of Iniquitie. For, from Iniquitie Ihaue chosen him,1447 to be a first erthely witnes of my Dignitie.1448

Your words are, yet, not offensiue unto God: Therfore, will not we, be offended at any thing that is

spoken: For it must be done1449 and shall stand; yea and in the number which I haue allready chosen.

Note

But, this sayeth the Lord: Yf you use me like worldlings I will suerly stretch out my arme upponyou, and that heuily.1450 Lastly, I say,

Be Faithfull, Honor God truely.

Beleue him hartily.

EK: He kneleth down, and semeth to pray.—Now he standeth up.

Note

Ur: Lo, As a number increasing is allwayes bigger: so in this world decreasing, the Lord must bemightily glorified. Striue not with God: But receyue, as he imparteth.1451 The Mercy of mymessage, quencheth the obscuritie and dullnes of your sowles: I mean of the Infection,wherewithall they are poysoned. Lo, how the Earth cryeth vengeance.1452 Come, for thy Glorysake, it is tyme. Amen.

Δ: Seing it is sayd that in 40 dayes the boke shalbe finished and seing it is sayed that our former

Instructers shall not come nor appeare to us tyll the boke be finished: And seing here to fore the bokeused to appere to EK, that he might write, whan so euer he bent him self therto: and seing the sameboke appeareth not so now: and seing we are desyrous to be fownd diligent in this work, and to omittno Opportunitie wherein the writing therof might be furdred: We wold gladly know; What token, orwarning shall be giuen us, henceforward, whan due tyme serueth for the same purpose.

Ur:—Dy in the folly: I haue sayde.EK: It thundreth and lightneth abowt the clowde: and now all is vanished away.Δ: EK sayd, that at the very begynning of this days action, when he expressed the first Voyce (this

day), hard of him, his belly did seame to him, to be full of fyre: and that he thowght veryly, that hisbowells did burne: And that he loked downward toward his leggs, to see if any thing appeared onfire: calling to his mynde, the late chance that befell to the Adulterous man and woman by SainctBrydes church in London &c. Allso that whan he had made an ende, he thowght his belly to be wyder,and enlarged, muche more then it was before.

Δ: I sayde certayn prayers to the Almightie our God and most mercifull father, on my knees; and EKon his knees likewise, answered diuerse times, Amen.

After this, we made AG. to understand these the mercies of the Highest: and he reioyced greatly,and praysed the Lorde. And, so EK. was fully satisfyed of his Dowtes: And AG, and he, werereconciled of the great discorde which, yesterday, had byn betwene them, &c.

Non nobis, Domine, Non nobis, sed nomini tuo Gloriam omnem Laudem et honorem damus, et

dabimus in perpetuum.1453 Amen.

Aprilis 26. Fryday

Δ NOTE

Δ: By the prouidence of god, and Mr Gilbert his meanes, and pacifying of EK his vehement passionsand pangs, he cam agayn to my howse: and my wife very willing, and quietted in mynde, and veryfrendely to EK in Word, and cowntenance: and a new pacification on all partes confirmed: and alluppon the Confidence of God his servyce, to be faythfully and cherfly intended, and followed in andby our actions, throwgh the grace and mercy of the highest.

1583. Aprilis 28. Sonday. after Dynner abowt 4 of the clok.

Δ: As I and EK had diuerse talks and discourses of Transposition of letters: and I had declared himmy rule for to know certaynly how many wayes, any number of letters (propownded,) might betransposed or altered in place or order: Behold, suddenly appered, the Spirituall Creature, Il, andsayd,

Il:—Here is a goodly disputation of transposition of letters. Chuse, whether you will dispute withme, of Transposition, or I shall lerne you.

Δ: I had rather lerne then dispute. And first I think, that those letters of our Adamicall Alphabethaue a due peculier unchangeable proportion of theyr formes,—and likewise that theyr order is allsoMysticall.

Il:—These letters1454 represent the Creation of man: and therfore they must be in proportion. Theyrepresent the Workmanship wherewithall the sowle of man was made like unto his Creator. But Iunderstand you shall haue a paynter shortly.

Δ:—I pray you, what paynter may best serve for the purpose? Can master Lyne serue the turn well?Il: Dost thow think that God can be glorifyed in hell, or can diuells dishonor him? Can Wickednes

of a paynter, deface the mysteries of God? The truth is, I am come to aduertise you, least with a smallerror you be led, far, asyde.

Let me see the forme of your Table.1455

Δ:—I shewed him the Characters and words which were to be paynted rownd abowt in the borderof the Table.

Il:—How do you like those letters? Δ: I know not well what I may say. For, perhaps, that which Ishuld like, wer not so to lyked: and contrarywise what I shold think well of, might be nothing worth.

Il:—Thow sayest wel.Behold, great is the fauor and mercy of God toward those whome he fauoreth. All things are perfect

but onely that: Neyther what that shewed or deliuered by any good and perfect messager from God. Awicked powre did intrude him self;1456not onely into your societie, but allso into the Workmanship ofGods mysteries. Sathan dare presume to speak of the Almighty. Those Characters are diuilish: and asecret band of the Diuell. But, this sayeth the lord, I will rayse them up, whom he hath ouerthrown:and blott oute his fotesteps where they resist my glorie. Neyther will I suffer the faithfull to be ledutterly awry: nor finally permit darkness to enhemme them for euer. He sayth, I AM, and they1457 aremost untrue. But behold. I haue browght thee the truth: that the Prince of reason, God of understandingmay be apparent in euery part of his Cælestiall demonstration. Therfore, as thow saydst unto me ones,

So say I now to thee: Serue god.

Make a square,1458 of 6 ynches euery way. The border therof let it be (here) but, half an inche: buton the Table it self, let it be an inche broad.1459

Euery one of those sides must haue 21 Characters: But, first, at euery corner make a great B.Prayer is the key of all good things:Δ: After our prayers made, EK had sight (in the stone) of innumerable letters and after a little

while, they wer browght into a lesser square and fewer letters. First appered in the border oppositeto our standing place, (which I haue used to call, in fronte Tabulæ) these letters following, beginningat the right hand, and proceding toward the left.

1460,1461,1462,1463,1464

Il: What haue you in the myddle of your Tablet? Δ: Nothing.Il: Sigillum Emeth, is to be sett there.Il: The rest, after supper.Δ: Soli Deo Omnipotenti sit laus perennis.1465

Amen.

After supper, retorning to our businesse, I first dowted of the heds of the letters in the border, to bewritten, which way they owght to be turned, to the center ward of the Table or from the Center ward.

Il:—The heds of the letters must be next or toward the center of the square Table or Figure. Diuidethat within, by 12 and 7.1466

Δ: I diuided it.Il:—Grace, mercy and peace be unto the liuely branches of his florishing kingdom: and strong

art thow in thy glory, which dost unknytt the secret partes of thy liuely workmanship: and that,before the weak understanding of man. Herein is thy powre and Magnificence opened untoman: And why? bycause thy diuinitie and secret powre is here shut up in Numero Ternario etQuaternario: à quo principium et fundamentum omne huius est tui sanctissimi operis.1467 For, yfthow (O God) be wunderfull and incomprehensible in thyne owne substance, it must nedesfollow, that thy works are likewise incomprehensible. But, Lo, they shall now beleue, bycausethey see, which heretofore could skarsly beleue. Strong is the Influence of thy supercelestiallpowre, and mighty is the force of that arme, which overcommeth all things: Let all powretherfore rest in thee; Amen.

Δ: The Spirituall Creature seamed to eate fyre, like balls of fyre: hauing his face toward me, andhis bak toward EK.

Il: Leave oute the Bees of the 7 names of the seven Kings, and 7 Princis: and place them in atable diuided by 12 and 7:1468 the 7 spaces being uppermost: and therein write, in the upper line,the letters of the king, with the letters of his Prince following next after his name: and so of thesix other, and theyr Princis: And read them on the right hand from the upper part to the lowest,and thow shalt finde, then, the Composition of this Table. Therein they are all comprehended,sauing certayn letters, which are not to be put-in here: By reason that the Kings and Princis dospring from God: and not God from the Kings and Princis:1469 Which excellency iscomprehended, and is allso manifest, in that Third and Fowrth member.

Rownd abowt the sides [of this square] is euery letter of the 14 names of the 7 kings andPrincis.

Hereafter shall you perceyue that the Glorie of this Table surmownteth the glorie of thesonne.1470

All things els appertayning unto it, are allready prescribed by your former instruction.I haue no more to say, but God transpose your myndes, according to his own will and pleasure. You

talked of Transposition.1471 Tomorrow I will be with you agayn. But Call not for me, least you incurrethe danger of the former Curse.1472

1473

Aprilis 29. Monday, a meridie

Δ: As EK and I wer talking of my boke Soyga, or Aldaraia: and I at length sayd that, (as far, as I didremember) Zadzaczadlin, was Adam1474 by the Alphabet therof, suddenly appeared the spirituallcreature, which sayd yesterday that he wold come agayn, this day, uncalled: and at his first comminghe sayd:

Then, à primo.Δ: Qui primus est et nouissimus, Alpha et Omega, misereatur nostri.1475

Il:—Amen. Glorie be to thee, which art one, and comprehending all. Mervaylous is thy wisdome,in those, of whome, thow willt be comprehended.

A short prayer, but appliable to my purpose.Euery prayse, with us, is a prayer.Δ: He taketh-of, his pyed1476 coat, and threw it up on the corner of my desk and then he seemed

clothed in an ancient doctorly apparayle: and on his hed he had a wrethe of white sylk of threebraydes.1477

Il:—Well I will give you my lesson, and so byd you farewell. First I am to perswade you to putaway wavering myndes. Secondly, for your Instruction, in these necessarie occasions, thus it is:

The owtsides or skyn must be the Centre.1478 There, is one fowndation.

The Flesh must be the owtside.

The Centre it self must be disseuered into 4 æquall partes: There is your lesson.Δ: We understand not, this dark lesson.Il:—The hart must be the fowrth part of the body; and yet the body perfect and sownd. The Skynne

must occupy the place of the hart and yet without deformitie. God is the begynning of all things: Thefardest parte of all things is in the hands of God. The like shalbe fownd amongst the number of hisOne most holy names:1479 The Erth is a fowndation to euery thing: and differeth but onely in forme. Inthe forme of his own application whereunto it is applied. God is the begynning of all things, but notafter one sorte, nor to euery one alike. But it is three manner of works, with his name:

The One, in respect of Dignification:

The second, in respect of Conciliation:

The third, in respect of an ende and determined Operation. Now syr, to what ende, wold you were your Character?Δ: At our two first dealings to gither, it was answered by a spirituall Creature, (whome we toke to

be Uriel,) Sigillum hoc in auro sculpendum, ad defensionem Corporis omni loco, tempore etoccasione, et in pectus gestandum.1481

Il: But how do I teache? The Character is an Instrument, appliable onely to Dignification. Butthere is no Dignification (Syr) but that which doth procede, and hath his perfect Composition,Centrally, in the square number of 3 and 4. The centre whereof shall be equall to the greatest.

Δ: We understand not. Il:—Hereby you may gather not onely to what ende, the blessedCharacter (wherewith thow shalt be dignified) is prepared, but allso the nature of all othercharacters.1482 To the second. —Δ: Conciliation you meane.

Il:—The Table is an Instrument of Conciliation. And so are the other 7 Characters: which youcall by the name of Tables, squared out into the forme of Armes: which are propre to euery kingand Prince1483 according to theyr order.1484

Now to the last: Δ: As concerning the ende and determined Operation.Il: It onely consisteth in the mercy of God, and the Characters of these bokes.1485 For, Behold,

As there is nothing that commeth or springeth from God, but it is as God, and hath secret Maiesticalland inexplicable Operation in it: So euery letter here bringeth furth the Names of God:1486 But, (indede), they are but one Name; But according to the locall and former being, do comprehend theuniversall generation corruptible and incorruptible1487 of euery thing. It followeth, then, it must nedescomprehend the ende of all things.

Thus much, hitherto.The Character is fals and diuilish.1488

He that dwelleth in thee, hath told thee, so, long ago. The former Diuel, did not onely insinuat himself, but these things.

Δ: I do mervayle, that we had no warning hereof ere now, and that I was often tymes called on, toprepare those things, (character and Table): and yet they were fals.

Il:—Yf it shold haue byn gon abowt to be made, it shuld not haue byn suffred to pass under theforme of wyckednes.1489 The Truth is to be gathered uppon the first Demonstration (my demonstrationand yours1490 are not all one: you will not be offended with me, syr.)

I gaue thee a certayn principle, which in it self is a sufficient demonstration: I told thee, the placingof the Centre, the forme of it, with a lineamentall placing and ordring of that which thow lookest1491

for. Δ: But truely I understand not.Il:—I teache. Take cleane paper. It must be made 4 inches square.

Pray. Δ: We prayed.

Il: These letters, which I shall speak now, thow shalt, afterward, put them in theyr proprecharacters.1492

Write: Neuer since the begynning of the world was this secret deliuered, nor this holy mysterie setopen, before the Weaklings of this world. Write in the uppermost prik ‘O’, and ‘b’ on the right hand,and ‘g’ on the left &c. The two extreme pricks, one on the right hand, ‘a’ and the other, on the left ‘o’

&c.There is the whole.Δ: We prayed (unbidden) in respect of the mysterie revealed. EK, was skarse able to abide or

endure the voyce of the spirituall Creature, when he spake of these things now: the sownd was soforcible to his hed that it made it ake vehemently.

Il:—Set down the kings, and theyr Princis in a Table (as thow knowest them): with theyrletters bakward: excepting theyr Bees, from the right hand, to the left.1493 Let Bobogel be first,and Bornogo is his prince.1494

Δ: Note here the three diuerse manners how the letters ar cumpassed. 1: The middel is called theHart or centre, 2: those abowt, enclosing the hart, ar called the flesh, and 3: the two owtside pillers(of two letters in a row) is cownted the skyn.

Il:—Here, is the skynn turned into the Centre: and the Centre turned into 4 partes of the body.Δ: I see now allso, how, the flesh, is become the owtside: o g e l o r n o &c. Il: I haue done tyll

sone.Δ: Deo nostro omnipotenti perennis laus sit et immensa gloria.1495 Amen.

NOTE.

Δ: After that these things were finished, and EK rose up from the table and went to the west window,

to reade a letter which was, euen than, browght him from his wife: which being done, he toke a littleprayer1496 boke (in english meter made by one William Hunnis which Mr Adrian Gilbert had here:and it lay on the Table by us all the while of this last action) and with this boke, he went into his bedchamber, intending to pray on it, a certayn prayer, which he liked: and as he opened the boke, his eyespied strange writing in the spare white paper at the bokes ende: and beholding it, iudged it verily tobe his own letters, and the thing of his own doing: but being assured that he never saw the like of thisCharacter [for Conciliation], and that other, (notified by the hart or Center, skyn and flesh before thispresent howre, he becam astonied,1497 and in great wrath; and behold, suddenly, One appered to himand sayd, Lo, this is as good as that other: meaning that, which we had receyued, and is here beforesett down on the former page. With this newes cam EK to me, as I was writing down fayre this lastAction, and sayd, I haue strange matter to impart unto you: Then sayd I, What is that? And at the fyrst(being yet tossed in his mynde, with this great iniurie of the suttle supplanter of man, ambitiouslyintruding him self, to rob god of his glory) he sayd, you shall know, and at length shewed me this littlepaper, here, by, being the one of the white leafes in the ende of the forsayd little prayer boke. And Ivewing it, fownd it to be ment to be the counterfeat of ours, but, with all, imperfect diuerse wayes,after the order of our method: yea thowgh the words, out of which it had sprong had bin good, andsufficient: and thereat laughed-at, and derided the Wicked enemy, for his envy, his ass-hedded folishambition, and in dede mere blyndenes to do any thing well. To conclude, we fownd, that with anincredible spede this Diuilish figure was written down by some Wicked spirit, to bring our perfectdoings in dowt with us: thereby eyther to provoke us to utter undue speaches of gods good creatures,or to wavering myndes of the Worthynes and goodnes of the same things receyuing, and so eyther toleaue of, or with fayntharted wavering to procede. But I by gods grace (contrary to suchinconveniency) was armed with constancie, and confident good hope, that God wold not suffer me,(putting my trust in his goodnes and mercy, to receyue wisdome from him) to be so uniustly dealtwithall or unkindely or unfatherly used at his hands &c: and entended after supper to make my ernestcomplaint to the diuine Maiestie against this wicked intrusion and temptation of the Illuding diuell andso we went to supper.

1583. Aprilis 29. Monday. after supper. hora 8 a.

Δ: I went into my oratorie, and made a fervent prayer agaynst the spirituall enemy: specially meaningthe wicked one who had so suddenly so suttily and so liuely cownterfeted the hand and letters of EK:as is here before declared, and by the thing it self may appere here. Likewise EK on his knees (at thegreene chayre standing before my chymney) did pray. After which prayers ended, I yea, rather, beforethey were ended, on my behalf, EK espyed a spirituall creature come to my Table: whome he toke tobe IL, and so, a lowd, sayd, He is here. And thereuppon I cam to my desk, to write as occasion sholdserue: And before I began to do any thing, I rehersed part of my intent, uttred to god by prayer and halfturned my speche to god him self, as the cause did seme to require. Thereuppon that spirituallcreature, who, as yet had sayd nothing, suddenly used these words: I give placeto my better.

EK: There semeth to me Uriel to be come, and IL to be gone away. Δ: Then began that new-comeCreature to say thus,

Most abundant and plentifull are the great mercies of God unto them which truely and unfaynedlyfeare, honor and beleue him. The Lord hath hard thy prayers, and I am URIEL,1498 and I haue browghtthe peace of God, which shall from henceforth viset you.

If I had not made this action perfect (sayeth the lord) and wrowght some perfection in you, to theende you might performe: yea, if I had not had mercies (sayeth the lord) over the infinite number andmultitude of sowles, which are yet to put on the vilenes and corruption of the flesh,1499Or if it wer nottime to loke down, and behold the sorrow of my Temple, Yet wold I, for my promiss sake, and theestablishing of my kingdom, verifie my mercies uppon the sonns of men: Whereunto I haue Chosenthree of you,1500 as the mowthes and Instruments of my determined purpose. Therfore (sayeth theLorde), Be of stowte and courragious mynde in me,1501 for me, and for my truth sake: And Fear notthe assalts of temptation, For I haue sayd, I am with you. But as mercy is necessary for those thatrepent, and faithfully forget theyr offenses, So is Temptation requisite1502 and must ordinarilie followthose, whome it pleaseth him to illuminate with the beames of triumphant sanctification.

Yf Temptation wer not, how shold the sonnes of men (sayeth the lord) know me to be mercifull?But I am honored in hell; and wurshipped with the blasphemers: Pugna erit, vobis autemvictoria:1503yet, albeit, (thus sayeth my message) I will defend you from the cruelltie of these dayes tocome and will make you perfect: that perfectly you may begynne in the works of my perfection.1504

But, what? and doost thow (Sathan) think to triumph? Behold (sayeth the God of Justice) I will banishthy servants from this place and region; and will set stumbling bloks before the feete of thyministers:1505 Therfore, be it unto thee, as thow hast deserued: And be it to this people, and holieplace, (as it is, the will of god; which I do pronownce) light without darkness, Truth without falshode,righteousnes without the works of wickednes. I haue pronownced it, and it is done.

But thow, o yongling,1506 (but, old synner,) why dost thow suffer thy blyndeness thus to encrease: orwhy dost thow not yeld thy lymmes to the service and fullfilling of an aeternall veritie? Pluck up thyhart: let it not be hardened. Follow the waye that leadeth to the knowledge of the ende; the open sightof god his word verified for his kingdoms sake.

You began in Tables, and that of small accownt. But be faithfull for you shalbe written withinTables of perfect and euerlasting remembrance. Considering the truth, which is the message of him

which is the fowntayne and life of the true, perfect and most glorious life to come, Follow, loue, anddiligently Contemplate the mysteries therein. He that hath done this euill, hath not onely synnedagainst thee, but against God, and against his truth. Judgment is not of me, and therefore I cannotpronownce it: But what his Judgment is, he knoweth in him self. His name is BELMAGEL: and he isthe fyrebrand, who hath followed thy sowle from the begynning;1507 yea seking his destruction. Whocan better cownterfeat, than he, that in thy wickednes is chief lord and Master of thy spirites: or whohath byn acquaynted with the secrets of mans fingers, so much as he [that] hath byn a directer? Mysayings are no accusation: neyther is it my propertie to be defyled with such profession. 1508 But Icownsayle you generally; and aduertise you throwgh the grace and by the spirit of unspeakable mercy.

This night, yf your prayers had not byn; yea, if they had not perced into the seat of him which sittethaboue: Thow, yea (I say) thow hadst byn carryed, and taken awaye, this night, into a willdernesse, sofar distant hence Northward, that thy destruction had followed.1509 Therfore lay away thy works ofyouth; and fly from fleshly vanities. Yf not uppon Joye and pleasure of this presence, yet for the glorieof him that hath chosen you.

I say, be strong: Be Humble, with Obedience: For, All the things, that haue byn spoken of, shallcome to pass: And there shall not a letter of the boke of this prophesie perish.1510 Finally, God hathblessed you, and will kepe you from temptation1511 and will be mercifull unto you: and perfect you,for the dignitie of your profession1512 sake: Which, world without ende for euer and euer, with us andall creatures, and in the light of his own cowntenance, be honored.

Amen. Amen. Amen.

Δ: Hereuppon I made most humble prayer with harty thanks to our God, for his help, cumfort, andJudgment against our enemie, in this case, (so greatly concerning his glorie.) And at my standing up Iunderstode that Uriel was out of sight to EK. Yet I held-on my purpose to thank him; and to prayse godfor Uriel that his so faithfull ministerie unto his diuine Maiestie, executed to our nedefull comfort inso vehement a temptation.

Deo nostro Omnipotenti; sit omnis laus, honor, et gratiarum actio, nunc et in perpetuum,1513

Amen.

1583 Maij 5. Sonday. a meridie hor 4. vel circiter.

Δ: For as much as, on fryday last, while my frende EK was abowt writing of the Tables he was toldthat the same shuld be finished on monday next and that on sonday before, (it is to wete, this presentsonday) at after none, all dowtes shold be answered; after, the after none had so far passed, as tyllsomewhat past 4 of the clok: Then, we fell to prayer, and after a quarter of an howres invocation togod, and prayers made, EK sayd, here is one whome we toke to be Uriel, as he was, in dede. I hadlayd 28 questions or articles of dowtes in writing uppon my desk, open, ready for me to rede (upponoccasion) to our spirituall instructor, who, thus began his speche, after I had used a few wordesbegynning with this sentence, Beati pedes, evangelizantium pacem &c.1514

Uriel:—The very light and true wisdome (which is the Somme of my message, and will of him thatsent me) make you perfect, and establish those things, which he hath sayd, and hath decreed: andlikewise your myndes, that you may be apt vessells to receyve so abundant mercies. Amen. Δ: Amen,per te Jesu Christe:1515 Amen.

Ur:—This boke,1516 and holy key, which unlocketh the secrets of god his determination, asconcerning the begynning, present being, and ende of this world, is so reuerent and holy: that I wonder(I speak in your sense) whie it is deliuered to those, that shall decay: So excellent and great are theMysteries therein conteyned, aboue the capacitie of man: This boke (I say) shall, to morrow, befinished:1517 One thing excepted: which is the use thereof. Unto the which the lord hath appointed aday. But (bycause I will speak to you, after the manner of men) See that all things be in a redynesagaynst the first day of August next.1518 Humble your selues nine dayes before: yea, unrip (I say) thecankers of your infected sowles: that you may be apt and meet to understand the Secrets, that shalbedeliuered.1519 For why? The Lord hath sent his angels allready to viset the earth,1520 and to gather thesynnes thereof to gither, that they may be wayed before him in the balance of Justice: and Then is thetyme that the promise of God, shalbe fullfilled. Dowt not, for we are good Angells.1521

The second of the greatest prophesie is this1522 (O ye mortall men) For the first was of him self,that He shold come: And this, is from him: in respect of that he will come.Neyther are you to speak thewordes of this Testimonie, in one place, or in one people, but, that the Nations of the whole worldmay knowe that there is a GOD which forgetteth not the truth of his promise, nor the sauegarde of hischosen, for the greatnes of his glory.1523

Therfore (I say) prepare your bodies, that they may be strong enowgh for armors of great profe.1524

Of your selfs, you cannot: But desire and it shall be giuen unto you. For Now, is euen that wickedchilde grown up unto perfection: and the fier tungs redy to open his Jaws.1525 WO therfore shalbe tothe Nations of the earth: And wo wo innumerable to those that say, we yelde: Wickednes (o lorde) iscrept up, and hath filled the dores of thy holy sanctuarie: defyled the dwelling places of thy holyAngels: and poysonned the earth, as her own seat:

In 40 dayes more must this boke be perfyted in his own manner to the intent that you allso may beperfyted in the workmanship of him, which hath sealed it.1526

Oute of this, shall be restored the holy bokes, which haue perished euen from the begynning, andfrom the first that liued And herein shalbe deciphred perfect truth from imperfect falshode, Truereligion from fals and damnable errors, With all Artes; which are propre to the use of man, the first

and sanctified perfection: Which when it hath spred a While, THEN COMMETH THE ENDE.1527

Thy Character must haue the names of the fiue Angels (written in the myddst of SigillumEmeth) graven uppon the other side in a circle. 1528 In the myddst whereof, must the stone bewhich was allso browght:1529 Wherein, thow shallt, at all times behold, (priuately to thy self,) thestate of gods people throwgh the Whole earth.

The fowre fete of the Table must haue 4 hollow things of swete wood,1530 whereuppon, theymay1531 stand: within the hollownes wherof thy seales may be kept unperished.

One month is all, for the use thereof.1532

Thus, sayeth the Lord, when I browght you up in likenes of birds, encreasing you, and suffring youto touche1533 the skyes, I opened unto you the ende of your reioysing: For, this Doctrine shall towchethe skyes, and call the sterrs to testimonie therof: And your fotesteps shall viset (allmost) [all1534] thepartes of the whole world.

The sylk, must be of diuerse cullors, the most changeable that can be gotten:1535 For, who, ishable to behold the glory of the seat of God?

All these things must be used, as that day.1536

All errors and dowtes ells may be amended by the rules of reason: But Notwithstanding, Ask, andthow shalt be answered.

Δ: As concerning Mals don Mals, what is the veritie to be placed in the middle of my practisingTable?

Ur:—Write

1537

Δ: From whense, are these taken?Ur: They owght to be gathered of those names, which are first gathered by thee, by ordre: (In the

myddst of them:) the Kings and Princis being placed, as thow (of thy invention) diddst gather tbhem:Not putting theyr own princis, next to the kings: but as they follow in Tabula, Collecta1538 by thee: asthus,

Δ: Wherfore is the Table of Kings, and Princis set down in so diuerse manners? 1539 as, One, tohaue Bobogel and Bornogo in the first row: and other to haue Baligon and Bagenol (his prince) in thefirst row: and here thirdly Baligon and Bornogo: and in the Heptagonon Blumaza semeth to be first,discoursed of, and his prince and Ministers: but very secretly:

Ur: Blumaza, is the first, in respect (And so all the rest, are the first in respect of theyr own being.That secret is not to be deliuered but by the distinction of the boke: Notwithstanding, thow hast truelyconsidered of it all ready.1540

Δ: I required the perfect forme of the 21 letters, that I might imitate the same in the Table ofpractise, and in the holy boke writing &c.

Ur: They shall be deliuered to morrow.Δ: Whether is the King his Name Bnaspen, or Bnapsen?Ur: Bnapsen.Δ: The Character or Lamine for me was noted (Nouemb. 17. Ao15821541) that it shold

conteyne some token of my name: and now, in this, (accownted the true Character ofDignification) I perceyue no peculier mark, or letters of my name.

Ur: The forme in euery corner, considereth thy name.1542

Δ: You meane there to be a certayn shaddow of Δelta? Ur: Well.Δ: Bycause many things do seeme to be taken from under the Table, as out of a stoare howse, shall

there be any shelf framed under our square Table of Practise or handsome stole set in apt place to laythings on?

Ur: These things that were deliuered by shew, under an Imagined Table, were the members of Godhis secret Prouidence, distributed unto his Angels as the Principals1543 of theyr Officis. But under thyTable is nothing to be set.

Δ: What more uses are there of the great Circle or globe, wherein there are Capitall letters underthe Kings names and Characters: and allso there are other letters with numbers: of which we hauereceyued no instruction: and more ouer of these letters, some are aversed som euersed, &c?

Ur:—The letters turned bak to bak, (being Capitall letters,) ar æqually to be diuided, according to

theyr numbers, with a circle cumpassing the name and Character of the king under which they areplaced.1544

The other letters, whose greatest number doth not excede 7, are certayn By-notes of wicked andeuill powres; which cannot, any way, but by the towche stone of truth be deciphred from the good.Wherof Notice shall be given at large, by the boke.

He that standeth in the myddst of the globe,1545 signifieth Nature whereuppon, in the firstpoint, is the use and practise of this work that is to say, as concerning the first part. For it issayde before The Boke conteyneth three kinde of Knowledges.

And this hath answered a great dowte.Δ: What is the use of the 7 lamines,1546 (like armes,) and from what grownde are they framed

or deriued?Uriel:—They are the ensignes of the Creation;1547 wherewithall they were created by God

known onely by theyr acquayntance. and the manner of theyr doings.

Δ: Are they to be made in any metall?Ur:—They are to be made in purified tynne: And to be used at the time of theyr Call. 1548

Δ: Ar the letters there to be altered into the holy Alphabet letters or characters?

Ur: Into theyr propre Characters. Δ: May I not use them as they ar, unaltered?Ur:—................Δ: How to be used; hanged or layd?Ur: To be layd before thee uppon the Table. Or thow mayst place them, (yf thow wilt,) contynually

at the 7 angles of the Holy Seale: laying them besides, and against the points or Angles of the HolySeale: 7 ynches from the utter border of the holy Seale, all at ones: Or els they may be paynted, Onthe Table.1549

Δ: What is the fowndation of the first 40 letters, in the principall, or holy Seale Emeth: and whatother uses haue they, then yet hath byn spoken of: And what is the reason of suche theyr consequencie,or following eache other, Seing in our practise we cull them out by a peculier order?

Ur:—Thow hast nothing there, but what hath byn sufficiently spoken of.1550

Δ: Yf 42 letters be 42 names, and 42 persons, how shall distinction be made betwene any two orthree, of one name and in one row?

Ur:—How canst thow distinguish any thing with god?Δ: Lord I know not.Ur: Yet, by the boke it shall be perfectly known: but by skyll aboue nature.Δ: Haue I rightly applyed the dayes to the Kings?Ur:—The dayes are rightly applyed to the Kings.Δ: How is this phrase The fifth of the seuenth understode, which Befafes1551 speaketh of him self?Ur:—He speaketh so of him self, in respect that he shall be the fifth that shall be used. In

consideration of Nature he is the fifth, allthowgh not consequently in the Order of Operation.Δ: It was promised that we shold be instructed, whan the Day (in this practise) is to be accownted

to begynne.Ur:—It is not to be enquired, which is sufficiently towght, it is a thing most easy, and perfectly

deliuered.Δ: Adrian Gilbert1552 how far, or what points is he to be made priuie of our practise? Seing it was

sayd,1553 that none shall enter into the Knowledge of these mysteries with me, but onely this worker.Truely the man is very Cumfortable to our societie.

Ur:—He may be made priuie of some things: such as shall be necessarie for the necessitie of theNecessities whereunto he shall be driuen.

Δ: The phrase of the last Ternarie,1554 which, Baligon (otherwise named Carmara, or Marmara)used, I understand not.

Ur:—He is the ende of the Three last corruptible times:1555 wherof, this is the last.Δ: The one, at Noes Flud ended, the second at Christ his first comming and this is the third.Ur:—It is so.Δ: The Characters and words annexed to the Kings names in the utter circumference of the

great circle or Globe: How are they to be used?1556

Ur: They1557 are to be paynted uppon swete wood: and so to be held in thy hand, as thowshallt haue cause to use them.

Δ: For the bringing of the erthes hither from the places of hidden Threasor, what is your order anddirection?

Ur:—After you haue eaten, it shall be told you.Δ: We prayed, and so went to supper.

1583

The same sonday. Maij .5. [after supper hora 8½]

Δ: After diuerse our eiaculations and pangs of prayer and thanks unto god, this was sayed.Ur:—Be it thus unto you. [He prayeth in his own language.] After this holy boke is finished, then is

it necessarie with expedition1558 that the foresayd commaundement, as concerning the fatching of theearth, be fullfilled and performed. And be it unto you as HE will. And HE sayeth thus.

My Angel shall be amongst you, and shall direct his iornay:1559 and will bring his feete, euen intothe place and places where that erthly filth and Corruption lieth. Behold I will deale mercifully withhim: For, Error shall not deceyue him. Notwithstanding what I will haue done with it, or how it shallbe bestowed, is yet to be enquired of.1560

Secret are the determinations, and unsearchable purposes, wherewithall the most mightiest dealethwith worldlings, and loketh unto the use and necessarie application of worldly things. Manytemptations shall assayle him in following this commaundement. But it is sayd, I Will be with him.God will deale mercifully with you. This is sufficient.

Yet ones more. Yf thow haue any dowte herein it shall be satisfyed.Δ: What if he go first to Nubery, and with the erth being taken thence, to procede to the other places

noted in the skroll and then with the erth of those ten places, the rest of the skroll, the boke therewithfownd, and the red congeled thing in the hollow stone1561 to come directly hither: and then the rest ofthe peculier practise for enioying the premisses, to be lerned. Or how els will you haue him order hisiornay?

Ur: As thow wilt herein, so shall it be browght to pas.Δ: As concerning the Victorious Capitayn, The Lord Albert Laski the Polake who so much desyreth

my acquayntance, and Conference, how shall I use my self, to God his best liking, my Cuntries honor,and my own good Credit?1562

Ur:—Remember, it is sayde, that the Princis of the earth shall not discredit, much lesse work thyConfusion. He that dwelleth in thee,1563 is above worldes: and shall giue thee sufficient discretionworldly, in worldly occasions. For, Where the blessings of God are, euery thing is perfyted.

Δ: As concerning the Chamber for Practise, appointed by me, and the half-pace whereon the Tablestandeth, how is allowed of?

Ur:—The place can not Sanctifie the Action, but the Action the place. But I answer thee, after themanner of men.1564 It is sufficient.

Δ: The 4 hollow feete for comprehending the 4 lesser seales, how great owght they to be?Ur: According to the fete, of the nearest proportion. And so, as the heith of the Table, be, as it,

now, is.EK: He semeth now to sit in the ayre: but I perceyue no chayre behynde him.A: Are all these things of this dayes Action to be Noted with your name: as Uriel?I am URIEL, which allwayes will answer untill this Action be finished.I teache. Be Mercifull, Thankfull, and mery in him, and for him for whose name you shall susteyne

muche bodyly sadnes.1565

More then my message, I may not: And it is done.

A: As concerning the Vision which yester night was presented (unloked for,) to the sight of EKas he sat at supper with me, in my hall, I meane the appering of the very sea, and many shipsthereon, and the Cutting-of the hed of a woman, by a tall blak man, What are we to imagintherof?

Ur:—The One, did signifie the prouision of forrayn powres against the Welfare of this land: which

they shall shortly put in practise: The other, the death of the Quene of Scotts. It is not long unto it.1566

The Maiestie of his invisible powre, which overcommeth all things be among you, uppon you, andrest with you for euer.

Δ: Amen.EK: At his last words he flung fyre with his hands from him toward us, and it spred it self in the

manner of a Crosse.

Δ: Gloria sit sempiterna Deo nostro Omnipotenti et Æeterno.1567

Amen.

May 6.

Monday, I went to London: and EK remayned attending the accomplishing of the promise, for theTables ending and for the perfect forme of the holy letters receyuing: Which two points (when I camhome that after none), I fownd done. But it is to be Noted, that, When EK could not aptly imitate theforme of the Characters, or letters, as they were shewed: that then they appered drawn on his paperwith a light yelow cullor, which he drew the blak uppon, and so the yelow cullor disapearing: thereremayned onely the shape of the letter in blak: after this manner and iust of this quantitie andproportion.

Maij 8. Wensday, After dynner horam circiter 4 a

Δ: Being desyrous to furder all things on my part to be performed, and n . . . to lack the Cumpany ofEK going for the Erthes;1568(before spoken of) and to be away 10 or 12 dayes: and for as much as theboke was to be written in 40 dayes before August next: and uncertayn of those dayes whan they sholdbegynne: and allso for that I wold do all things (gladly) by warranty of cownsayle of our Instructor, Iwas desyrous to know whether the boke1569 were to be written in paper or parchment: in what cullorthe lynes were to be ruled, grene or blew &c: and of diuerse other dowtes, necessary to be dissolued,I was carefull to haue had some advertisement. After long prayers of us both, Nothing was eyther seenin the ayre, or hard. Then it cam in my hed to set furth the stone.

EK sayd, that assone as he loked into the stone, he saw there the Table, Chayre, and three, com intothe stone. Uriel sat down in the chayre: the other two, inclined theyr body to him reverently: and then,stode by; one on the one side of the chayre; the other on the other side.

The sides of the Table-cloth were turned up, and a thing like an yong shepe, bigger then a lamb,appered under the Table:1570 Then they two did knele before Uriel and sayd,

Verus et sanctus et sempiternus.1571

Δ: Then they rose agayn: and they semed to haue talk, or conference togither and theruppon Urielsayd,

Ur: Be it so, bycause powre is giuen unto him.EK: The Table, Chayre and all the three do disapere: and thereuppon immediately appered in the

stone a fayr Pallace:1572 and out of the pallace cam a tall wellfauored man, very richely apparayledwith a braue hat and a fether on his hed: and after him followed a great number, all like curteours: andthis brave man sayd,

Man: How pitifull a thing is it, when the wise, are deluded?Δ:—I smell the smoke; procede Syr, in your purpose.Man: I come hither, for the desyre I haue to do thee good.Δ:—Come you, or are you sent. Tell the Veritie I charge thee, in the name and by the powre of the

æternall Veritie.Δ: Note: After I perceyued euidently that it was a wicked tempter, who had powr permitted him at

this instant, I began with some Zeale and egreness to rebuke, and to charge him. But he stiffly andstowtely did contemne me a good while, mock me, and at length thretten to destroy me, my wife, andchildren, &c.

Δ: I thereuppon made my ernest prayers to god agaynst this Spirituall enemy, but he in the myddleof my prayers, sayed thus,

Man:—As truely as the Lord liueth, all that is done, is lies.Δ: That, thy sentence, will I record agaynst thee; to be layde to thy charge at the dredfull day.Δ: After this great turmoyle past, was this voyce (following), hard of EK.A voyce:—Pereant tenebræ, cum Principe Tenebrarum.1573

Δ: All went suddenly out of sight, Prince and pallace and all. And the Chayre and Table and Uriel

appeared againe.Ur:—Arme your selues, for, great shall be the temptations following. You shall be hindred, in all,

that may be.1574

Nothing can hinder god his determined purposes.Δ: Man may hinder his owne saluation.Ur:—Fullfill those things that are commaunded. Forme, and write the boke after thyne own

Judgment. God his determination is iust; Therfore putto your hands.1575 More then hath byn sayd, andmore plainely, cannot be uttred. His works are true, for, and to the ende.

Δ: Forasmuch as expedition is to be made for the erthes fatching and diuers other things: and wehaue made assay to get an horse: But we could get none as we wold: And without somme betterprouision of mony then we haue, we cannot redress the case. Therfore, if it might pleas god, that ofthe ten places Noted, we might haue but the possession of the smallest of them, deliuered here, untous, at this pynche, it might greatly pleasure us.

Ur:—Will these worldlings hold on in theyr iniquitie?EK: They pulle the leggs of the Table away, and seme to carry all away in a bundell like a clowde:

and so disapered utterly.Δ: Hereuppon I was exceding sorrowfull: and betoke my self to a lamentable pang of prayer.Δ: After long prayer, appeared in the stone a thing like a Tunge, all on fyre thus hanging downward:

and from it cam this voyce:Tung:—Thow hast deliuered thy self unto the desires of thy hart, and hast done that which is not

Convenient. Thow hast spoken iniquitie, and therfore dothe the Veritie of Gods Doings by us, decay,in your Wickedness.

Δ: I dowt of the Veritie of that tung.Tung:—Man (o God) beleueth him self in his own Imagination. Therfore Wipe our holines from the

face of the erth And Justifie owr doings, where we lawde and prayse thee.Δ: I becam now abashed of my former speche, and perceyued my error: axed forgivenes bitterly at

the Lord his hand: and at length it was sayde,Tung:—Do that, which is commaunded, the Lord is Just.Δ: O lord, forgiue me my trespaces, and deale not with me according to Justice: for, then I, and all

mankinde shall utterly perish; Unleast thy mercy be our savegard, destruction is our desert.Tung:—It is forgiuen: but it shall be punished.EK: The Tung mownted up toward heven, and he saw it in the ayre out and above the stone aboue a

hand bredth, mownting upward.Δ: Thy Name be praysed in Æternitie, Ô God.

Amen.

Δ: Hereuppon, I was in an exceding great hevines, and sorrow of mynde: And sundry tymes,bewayled my case to God: and promised a greater care henceforeward, of Governing my Tung: andconsenting to any unlawfull or unconvenient desire of my hert: yea, to forbeare to accumpany with myown wife, carnally: otherwise then by hevenly leave and permission, or if uppon my protestationmaking in the hardnes of the conflict that unleast the lord order and redress my cause, I shall beovercome: That, if I shall, so deliberately call for help; and notwithstanding be entrapped, That then,such trespace, shall not be imputed unto me, as gladly, gredyly or willingly committed of me &c.

May 9 Holly Thursday in the morning.

Δ: Being desyrous (before EK his going down into the Cuntrie,) to haue some Cumfort and token offree forgiuenes at Gods hands I browght furth the stone. Then I went into my Oratorie first requestingthe Almightie God to respect the harty sorrowfull paines I had endured for my offenses; to regarde theVows and intent of my better hede taking henceforth &c, and prayed the 22 Psalm in the conclusion ofthe pang.

EK:—One, all in white, appeareth in the stone, who sayde,1576

——It is written: It is written: yea, it is written:Euen as the father his compassion is great over his yonglings and Children: So, is the abundance of

thy mercy (o Lord) great and unspeakable to the long offences and sinnes of thy servant. For, it iswritten, the light of thy eyes haue beheld those that feare thee: and those that trust in thy mercy, shallnot be confownded. Be it, what it was: And be you, what you were: For, the Lord, is euen the same,that he was, before:

But be you Warned.1577

Behold, my armes ar longer then my body, and I haue eyes rownd abowt me: I am that which GOD

pronownceth uppon you: Be it as I haue sayde.

Δ: Thereuppon he disapeared; and immediately, appered Uriel, who sayd,Uri:—Actum est.1578 Δ: Then the other two, and the Table and Chayre, and the ancient furniture

appeared, agayn restored,1579 and more bewtifull, then in foretyme.Uri:—Thus, sayeth the Lord: Euen as the Tabernacle which I restore, is ten times brighter then it

was, So may your Worthynes deserue brightnes ten tymes clerer then this. The rising of synners dothgreatly reioyce us [and] That, he hath sayde, Do good unto those that feare me: and defend them,bycause they know my name. For in Justice they shall finde me theyr God: & in mercy their greatComforter.1580 Therfore we say, In thy name (o thow most highest) fiat.

fiat.1581

Justifie not your self:Be Humble and diligent:

Continue to the ende. For great is the reward of them that fear the Lorde stedfastly.Δ: Whereas the ordring of the boke1582 is referred to my Judgment: in my mynde it semeth requisite

that as all the writing and reding of that holy language is from the right hand to the left, So thebegynning of the boke must be, (as it were, in respect of our most usuall manner of bokes, in alllanguages of latin, greke, english &c) at the ende of the boke: and the ende, at the begynning, as in thehebru bible. Secondly the first leaf cannot be written in such little and æquall squares,1583 as all therest of the 47 leaves are: bycause, the first leafe; excepting 9 lines (of the second page) therof: is allof words: some conteyning many letters, and some few, very diuersly: wherfore, I entend to makemany leaves, serve to distinguish the 49 rowes of the first leafe: and at the ende of euery word todraw a line of partition, up and down, betwene the two next parallell lines &c. or as shall come in mymynde then.

Ur:—He, that sayeth, Do this, directeth thy Judgment.EK: Now is there a veale drawn before all: and all things appere far bewtifuller then euer they did.Δ: I rendred thanks to the highest, and became in mynde Very Joyfull, that the Lord had pardoned

my offences: whose name be praysed, extolled and magnifyed world with out ende. Amen.I prayed after this the short psalme, Jubilate Deo quotquot in terra versamini1584 &c.EK, immediately was to take bote and so to go to London: there to buy a saddell, brydle, and bote

hose: for he had (here) yesterday, bowght a prety dun Mare, of goodman Pentecost: for iij £s, redymony, in angels.

God be his guyde, help, and defense. Amen.

Thursday. May 23. Circa 10½ mane

Δ: EK being come yesterday agayne and hauing . . . the erthes of the eleuen places beforespecifyed: 1585 we being desirous to . . . the furder pleasure of the highest therein, and in othermatters perteyning to our Actions in hand: I made prayer to such intent, both in my oratory & atmy desk, rendring thanks for EK his safe retorne, and for the benefit receued of late of theGovernor and assistants for the Mines Royall (which I perceyued, was the extraordinaryworking of god for theyr inward perswasion; they being els very unwilling so to let the lease, asI obteyned it.) And moving somwhat towching Albert Lasky At length, EK hard a Melody a farof, and the voyce of many, singing, these words,

The stone

Pinzua1586 Lephe ganiúrax Kelpadman pacaph.Δ: At length the curten was taken away, and there appered a clere whitish fume, but not fyre. After

that, cam the three, which were want to come in.Michael:—Grauida est terra, laborat inquitatibus inimicorum lucis. Maledicta igitur est, quia quod

in utero perditionis et tenebrarum est.Uriel:—Sordida est, et odiosa nobis.Raphael:—Proprijs sese flagellat tremulis.1587

EK: They loke abowt them, as thowgh they loked for somwhat or at somwhat.Rap:—Veh dicit, sed non est qui audiat.

Gementem vidimus: sed non est, qui misereat. Sanctificemur igitur, Sanctum eius, quia nossanctificamur in illo.

Mich:—Fiat.1588

EK: He plucketh all the usuall hangings down abowt the place and now they take the Table away,and the Chayre: And where the Chayre was, semeth a Canapy or cloth of stade to hang.

Michael:—Transeunt vetera, Incipiunt nova.1589

EK: New seeme like clowdes to come abowt the Canapy being very beawtifull: and the bottom orflowr of the place, all couered with pretious stones: and in the middle therof, a rownd thing, like acarbuncle stone, bigger then ones fist.

EK: They bring in a Throne like a Judgis seat or Throne and set it up, with the bak of it to the Wall.Mich: Be it couered for a season. For euer and euer and euer is thy Justice, O GOD. [all three

sayd.] EK: And there came light fire flashing from the Throne]Thre commeth a beame from the Throne, and throwgh Raphael his head, and semeth to come out at

his mowth. The other two seeme to knele downe: Michael on his right hand, and Uriel on his left.Raphael:—I will speak (o Lord) bycause it is iust1590 that thow hast commaunded:Your rashnes (o worldlings) is trodden under fote: He sayeth, (I say not) your synns are

forgiven.1591

Δ: O blessed God; ô prayse we his mercyes for euer: ô Cumfortable newes.Raph:—For, whome I will viset, those do I clense (sayeth the lord). Whan other things decay by

reason of theyr age and filthynes (quæ nunc sunt in summo gradu,1592 and I will not suffer them tomove one fote farder, sayth the lord,) Then shall your branches begyn to appere: And I will make youflorish, for my gloryes sake. And my testimonies are true, and the wordes of my covenant iust: Mypathes are thorny, but my dwelling place, is cumfortable.1593 My hand is heuy, but my help is great. Beye cumforted in me: for from me, in my self, I am your Cumforter: and lift up your harts as from thestrength of an other. But be you unto me a new people: bycause I am to you no new god. Dwell withme to the ende bycause I haue byn with you from the begynning: For Who soeuer shall arrise agaynstyou (Behold) I am with you.

Your fathers liued in darknes; and yet were revived. Yea your fathers were in light, and yet theysaw not Truth. But I will be known: yea the Nations uppon earth, shall say, Lo this is he, whome wehaue risen agaynst. I AM: Therfore reioyce.

[All three sayd,] We perish (o lord) for our unrighteousnes sake [and therewith they fell down.] Butin thee we were created and in thee We rise agayn:1594 Huseh Huseh Huseh garmal, Peleh Peleh Pelehpacáduasam.

Gyrd your gyrdles togither and pluck up your myndes: I say, open your eyes: and yf you haue eares,heare: for we tremble and quake. This mercy was neuer:1595no not in Israel.

Decedant mali, et pereant.1596

Depart o ye blasphemers, and workers of Iniquitie: For Here is Glory, Justification, withSanctification. I answere thee.

Δ: Note: he meaneth, now to such matters as I propownded first of my self, and this Polanderprince &c to give answer. The Prince had left with me these questions:

1. De Vita stephani Regis Poloniæ quid dici possit?1597

2. An successor eius erit Albertus Lasky, an ex domo Austriaca?1598

3. An Albertus Lasky Palatinus siradiensis habebit regnum Moldauiæ?1599

Behold you thanked God, and it is accepted. I say, Althowgh we require speede of thee and ofyou:1600 yet ....

....speede of us, you haue a Master, we are his mowth ....are Schollars, without us, you could * not heare him: Neyther cowld we heare him of our selves.

Consider the first, respect the second: Measure your selues, as the third.For what you were & shalbe is allready appointed. And What He Was, is and shalbe, it is not of

our determination. His purposes are without ende: yet, to an ende; in you, to an ende. Therfore Whenyou shall be called-uppon,1601 DO, that which is commaunded: But appoint no forme unto god hisbuylding. Many wyndes are to come: but theyr fury is in Vayne: It is sayd: The Conquest shall beyours.

To the purpose. Who puft-up this princis father with desire to Viset these cuntries: or who hathprevented him? Euen he that hath prouided him a sonne,.1602 as an arme unto his chosen.

Truely the hills shalbe couered with blud: The Valleys shall take up the Cedar trees unframed: Heseeth these places, but knoweth not to what ende.

He is dead,1603 in respect of his absence: But honor them, whome God hath sanctified. For, Beholdthe Lord hath sayd: Thow shalt gouern me a people: a time there is, which is prefixed: and it is thecourse of the Sonne: Then shall it be sayd unto him, O King.1604

When you semed to be carryed unto mowntaynes, you towched his . . . Behold (sayeth He)Fornication1605 shall not prevayle: the very stones shall be taken away: and the Tables shalbe coueredwith blud: and theyr dayly bankett shall be Wo Wo.

Whatsoeuer thow takest in hand, First loke Up: see if it be Just.1606 Yf it be, put furth thy hand:For, it is graunted.1607

It is sayed, I haue giuen thee powre, and thy perswasion1608 shall be like fire. And for my namessake, thow shalt triumphe against the mightiest. But beware of Pride.

Many witches and enchanters, yea many diuels haue rosen up against this stranger,1609 and theyhaue sayd, We will preuayle against him: for, why? There is one, that aspireth and he it is, thatseeketh his confusion. But I will graunt him his desire: He shall do good with many: your names arein one boke.1610 Feare not, therfore, Love togither.

There shall arise, saying, let . . . . talked with strangers: But I . . . . I will driue them from theyr own . . . . the bones which are buryed a far of . . . .1611 They do spit vengeance agaynst . . . . them in theyr own filthynes . . . . All men loke upon the . . . bycause it is glorified . . . . Happy are they, whose faces are marked,1612 and in w... is a percing fyre of workmanship. I will move the Prince (sayeth the Lord) Be . . . . shall shortly say, Ô give me Cownsayle: for th. . . . .1613 cownsayled me, conspire agaynst me:

Behold, such1614 as shewed thee, little frendship, are rather such . . . dede (as thow iustly hast confessed,) as were forced to doe . . . good: I say, they, begyn to repine at that, the haue . . .1615

Let those which are of tyme, yelde to time.1616 One euerlasting cumfort of grace, and perfect loue,

be amongst you: to the honor and glory of him that loueth you.Beleue, for the teacher his sake. All thow demaundest, is answered.Of our selues, (we say,) We desire to be with you: And what is of us, the same be it unto you.EK: They pluck the curten, affore the stone, all ouer. The curten is like beaten golde: [The other

curtens did not cover all so wholy as this did.]

Δ: Semper sit benedictus Trinus et Unus. Æternus et omnipotens Deus noster.

Amen.

Liber, sexti Mysteriorum (et sancti) parallelus, Noualisque

sequitur.1617

Appendix 1: Description of Sigillum Dei Aemeth from Liber Juratus

The following excerpt is from Sloane 3854, folio 114v, with variant readings from the Royalmanuscript (abbreviated R) and from Sloane 3885 (abbreviated S). The diagram of the Sigillum DeiAemeth is taken from Sloane 313. This is very close to the (although considerably corrupted) versionshown by Athanasius Kircher in his monumental work Oedipus Aegyptiacus (1562). The drawing ofthe sigil does not occur in Royal, Sloane 3854 or Sl.3885. The version in Sloane 3853 (reproduced inC. J. S. Thompson, The Mysteries and Secrets of Magic, New York, 1973, p. 186, but withoutidentifying the source) is somewhat different.

De compositione signi dei vivi1618

Primo fac unum circulum cuius diameter sit trium digitorum propter tres clauos domini,1619 vel *5*propter *5* plagas, vel *7* propter *7* sacramenta, vel *9* propter *9* ordines angelorum, sedcommuniter *5* digitorum fieri solet. Deinde infra illum circulum fac alium circulum a primodistantem duobus granis ordei propter duas tabulas moysi, vel distantem a primo tribus granis proptertrinitatem parsonarm. Deinde infra illos duos circulos in superiori parte quæ dicitur angulus meridieifac unam crucem, cuius tibia aliquantulum intrat1620 circulum interiorem. Deinde a parte dextra crucisscribe .h. aspirationem deinde .t. deinde .o. deinde .e. x.1621 o. r. a. b. a.1622 l. a. y. q. c.1623 i. y. s. t. a.l. g. a. a. o. n.1624 o. s. v. l. a. r.1625 y. t. c.1626 e. k. s. s.1627 p. f. y. o. m. e. m. a. u.1628 a. r. e. l. a. c.1629

e. d.1630 a. t. o. n. o. n. a. o. y. l. e.1631 y. o. t. m. a1632 et iste1633 literæ sunt eque1634 distantes, etcircu~dent circulum. eo ordine quo sunt prenominatæ1635 et sic magnum nomen dominisemenphoras1636 *72* literarum erit completum. hoc facto in medio circulorum scilicet in centro fac

unum pentagonum talem, in cuius medio sit signum tau tale et super illud signum scribe1637

nomen dei el, et sub nomine aliud nomen dei .l.1638 ely. isto modo1639 Deinde infra angulumsuperiorem 1640 pentagoni1641 scribe istas duas litteras .lx.1642 Et infra alium angulum dextrum istasduas1643 .a.l. Et in alio [R 9v] post istum istas duas1644 n.m.1645 Deinde circa pentagonum fac unumeptagonum1646 cuius latus superius secundum sui medium contingat angulum superiorem pentagoni ubi.l.x.1647 scribebatur, et in eodem latere eptagoni1648 scribe hoc nome~ sancti1649 angeli quod est.casziel. Et in alio latere a dextris istud nomen alterius sancti angli quod est1650 .satquiel. Deinde inalio .samael. et in alio .raphael. postea .anael. postea .michael. postea .gabriel. et sic *7* lateraeptagoni1651 erunt1652 adimpleta,1653 Deinde circa istum eptagonum1654 predictum fac aliumeptagonum1655 non quoquo modo factum prius sed1656 taliter quod unum latus ipsius intercedet1657

latera alterius, Deinde fac alium eptagonum tale~1658 qualis prius1659 fuit cuius anguli *7* contingantangulos *7* eptagoni secundi quibus esse videtur. Hic tamen eptagonus infra perdictum secundumconcludetur, unu~1660 latus secundi eptagoni1661 supernudo et aliud subenudo, sed1662 latus primoangulos1663 succedens subenudo ibit. et que1664 secuntur1665 serie supereuntis et subeuntis alterutrumse habebunt, Deinde in quolibet angulo secundi eptagoni1666 una crux depingatur, Deinde in illo lateresecundi eptagoni1667 quod transit ab ultimo angulo eiusde~1668 ad secundum angulum eiusde~ ineadem parte quæ est super1669 .casziel. sillabe cuiusdam sancti1670 dei nominis scribatur,1671 Ita quodhac sillaba .la. scribatur in illo loco lateris perdicti1672 qui est supra primam sillabam de .casziel. ethec1673 sillaba .ya. in illo loco eiusdem1674 lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem1675

.casziel. et hec1676 silliba .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus intersecans predictum latus etcrucem secundi anguli eiusdem, Deinde in1677 latere illo quod tendit ab angulo primo eiusdemsecundi eptagoni1678 ad tertium angulum eiusdem scribatur hoc nomen sanctum dei1679 .narath. itaquod hec1680 sillaba .na. scribatur in illo loco eiusdeum lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de.satquiel. et hec1681 sillaba .ra. in illo loco qui est supra ultimam eiusdem, et hec1682 due1683 literae

.t.h.1684 in illo loco qui est in eodem latere1685 inter latus secans ipsum1686 et crucem tertiam,1687

Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi eptagoni1688 quod tendit .a. tertio1689 angulo eiusdem adquartum eiusdem scribatur hoc creatoris nomen sanctum quod dicitur .libarre. ita quod hec1690 sillaba.ly. scribatur supra primam sillabam, de .raphael. et hec1691 sillaba .bar. supra ultimam sillabam1692

*eiusdem, et hæc sillaba .re. in illo loco *1693 eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum etquintur angulum eiusdem secundi eptagoni,1694 Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi eptagoni1695

quod est .a. quinta cruce1696 vsque ad ultimam scribatur hoc aliud sacrum creatoris nomen .libares. itaquod hec1697 sillaba .ly. scribatur in illo loco lateris qui est supra primam sillabam ipsius .michael. ethec1698 sillaba .ba. in illo loco lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem, et hec1699 sillaba .res.in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et ultimam crucem. Deinde in illolatere eiusdem secundi iptagoni1700 quod vadit a secundo angulo eiusdem secundi eptagoni1701 adquantum1702 scribatur hoc1703 aliud sacrum1704 nomen1705 .halg.1706 cum coniunctina ita quodconiuunctina in illo loco eiusdem lateris scribatur qui1707 est supra primam sillabam de .samael. ethæc litera .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra ultimam eiusde ~, et hæc sillaba .alg. inloco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et quartam crucem, Sed caue quod ra1708

coniunctina sic debet scribi et1709 cum titulo intersecante propter timorem dei malum nolitu~1710

diuideutem. Deinde in illo latere eiusdem eptagoni1711 tendente a quarta cruce ad sextam scribatur hocaliud sacrum1712 dei1713 nomen .veham.1714 ita quod hæc sillaba .ve.1715 scribatur in illo loco eiusdemlateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .anael. et hæc litera .h. supra ultimam sillibam et hæcsillabam .am. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus secans ipsum et sextam crucem, Deinde in illolatere quod tendit a sexto angulo1716 eiusdem secundi eptagoni1717 ad primum angulum scribatur hocaliud sacrum1718 dei nomen .yalgal. ita quod hec1719 litera .y. scribatur in illo loco1720 eiusde~lateris1721 qui est supra primam sillabam de .gabriel. et hac sillaba .al. super1722 ultimam et hæcsillaba .gal. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et primam crucem,Deinde in medio lateris1723 primi et tertii eptagoni1724 a dextris1725 scribatur .vos.1726 et in sequentilatere eiusdem tertii eptagoni1727 a dextris1728 hoc Nomen .duymas.1729 et in alio .Gyram. et in alio.Gram1730 et in alio .Aysaram. et in alio .Alpha. et ω. in alio.1731 Deinde in alio spaciolo quod est subsecundi et tertii angulo primo eptagonorum1732 scribatur hoc nomen dei .el. et in alio spaciolo quodest a dextris sub angulis1733 secundi et tertii eptagonorum1734 sub secunda cruce hoc nomen .ON. et inillo1735 alio spaciolo sub tertia cruce. iteru~1736 hoc nomen .el. et in alio sub quarta cruce iterum .ON.et in alio sub qinta1737 cruce iterum .el. et in alio sub sexu 1738 cruce iterum .ON. et in alio subseptima cruce .w. Deinde in illo1739 spacio1740 quod clauditur1741 inter angulum primum1742 secundieptagoni1743 et secundum angulum eiusdem et primum latus tertii eptagoni1744 et portionem circulicontingentem illos angulos depingatur una crux, in medio .S.1745 spacii illius. Et in bucca superiori aleua crucis scribatur hæc litera .a.1746 et super buccam crucis secundam a dextris hæc litera .g. Et subbucca inferiori a dextris1747 scribatur haec alia1748 litera .a.1749 Et sub quarta bucca hsec1750 litera .l.Deinde in alio spaciolo sequenti a dextris in medio scribatur hoc nomen1751 .ely.1752 et in alio hocnomen .eloy.1753 et in alio .christos. et in alio .sother.1754 et in alio .Adonay.1755 et in alio .Saday.Deinde scias qd in exemplaribus communiter1756 pentagonus fit de rubeo cum croceo in spaciis tincto.Et primus1757 septagonus1758 de azurio, secundus de croceo, tertius de purpureo, et circuli de nigro, et

spacium inter circulos ubi est nomen de maximum. ac venerabile1759 .schemhamphoras. tingitr croceo,omnia alia1760 spacia viridi habent tingi, Sed in operationibus aliter fieri debet, quia de sanguine aut.talpæ. aut .turturis. aut.1761vpupæ. aut .vespertilionis. aut omnium horum figuratur, et in pergameõvirgineo vitulino,1762 vel1763 equino, vel ceruino, et sic completur dei sigillum, Et per1764 hoc sanctumet sacrum sigillum quando erit sacratum poteris. facere operationes quæ postea dicentur1765 in hoclibro.1766 Modus autem sacrandi hoc sacrum sigillum talis1767 sicut sequitr1768 debet esse.

Figure 8. Sigillum Dei Aemeth from Liber Juratus.

Inspirante domino dixit Salomon unus est solus deus, sola fides, sola virt~s, quã dominushominibus voluit revelari et distribui tali1769 modo. Dixit1770 Angulus .Samael. Salomoni hic1771

dabis populo Israel qui et aliis similiter tribuent sic placuit creatori1772 et inbet ipsum Dominus1773

taliter consecrari.Primo sit mundus operans non pollutus,1774 et cum deuocione faciat non astute, non commedat

neque bibat, donec perfecerit opus, Et sanguis quo scripts~1775 fuerit primo sit benedictus sicut posteadicetur, Deinde suffumigetur,1776 hoc sigillum ambra, musco, aloe, lapdano, albo, et rubeo, mastice,olibano, margaritis et thure. Invocando et orando dominum sicut postea de visione divina erudietur,

Post1777 invocando angelos sicut etiam1778 infra1779 Dicetur, mutabitur tñ1780 peticio tali1781 modo,

S: Oratio

Ut tu domine per annunciationem concepcionem et citera. Hoc sacratissimum nomen ac sigillum

tuum benedicere et consecrare digneris1782 ut per ipsum te1783 mediante possim vel possit talis1784 .N.celestes1785 coniuncere1786 potestates aereas et terreas1787 cum infernalibus subingare, [S 63v]invocare, transmutare1788 coniurare constringere, excitare, gongregare,1789 dispergere, ligare ac ipsosinnocuos reddere homines placare, et ab eis tuas1790 peticiones graciosius1791 habere, inimicospacificare, pacificatos disimigere, sanos insanitate custodire vel infirmare. infirmos curare. hominesbonos a malis custodire. et distinguere, et cognoscere, omne corporale periculum euadere, Judices inplacito placatos reddere, victoriam in omnibus obtinere, pecrata carnalia mortificare et spiritualiafugare vincere, et euitare, divitias in bonis augmentare et du~1792 in die indicii apparebit. a dextristuis cum sanctis et electis tuis tuam possit cognoscere1793 maiestatem

Et tunc illa nocte sub aere sereno1794 extra domum dimittat, Tunc habeas chirotecas1795 nouas sinecreace factas inquas quis numquam manum posuerit1796 in quibus signum glutetur, et sic complebiturhoc sacrum1797 sigillum, Cuius primus eptagonus1798 .7. ordines, Secundus .7. Articulos Duplostertius .7. sacramenta Designat1799

Appendix 2: Athanasius Kircher: Oedipus Aegyptiacus: Sigillum Aemeth (Rome,1652-4)

Amuleti alterius Cabalistici heptagoni Interpretatio

Hoc amuletum heptagonum circulo inclusum Veneri dicatum est, vti in Arithmetica hieroglyphicaostendimus. In circuitu signatae sunt 72 literae ex Cabala extractae, quarum vnaquaeque Angelum ex72 indicat; de quibus vide Cabalam Hebraeorum fol. 275. Quis hic prima fronte non rideatmaleferiatorum hominum stoliditatem, dum ineptijs huiusmodi Cabalisticis pessimé in Latinas literastransformatis, tantam tamen fidem habent, vt earum ope montes etiam se transferre posse, sibipersuadeant? Sed quoniam Diabolus humani generis hostis nihil agit, nisi quod in contumeliam Christihominumque perniciem cedat; hinc ad Satanicam nequitiam tegendam, data opera, attributa Christi incornibus heptagoni ponunt, id est, Angelus tenebrarum sub forma lucis sese exhibet; sunt autemsequentia attributa. Intra cornu AB, intra quadratum singulis Crucis angulis quatuor literae insertaespectantur a.g.l.a. quod Hebraicum nomen est, & in Cabala celeberrimum , quod expanse idem

significat ac, Tu fortis in aeternum Domine: Si enim capitalis singularum vocumliteras in vnum iunxeris, prodibit nomen Agla, vti quadratum ostendit. Intra cornu BC ponitur

Eli, id est, Deus meus. Intra cornu CD ponitur Eloi, quod tametsi idem prorsus cumpraecedente significet, tanquam diuersum tamen quidpiam posuerunt; vt vel hinc horum nebulonumsupinam ignorantiam & inscitiam colligas. Intra DE Christus, deinde Sother, quod Graecé Saluatoremsignificat, né verminosum machinamentum Graeca voce carerer. Sequuntur postea Adonay & Sadai;illud Dominum, hoc Omnipotentem notat. Atque haec sunt septem attributa Christi, quibus subiunguntseptem Veneris Intelligentias, quae sunt Cafziel, Satquiel, Samael, Raphael, Mahel, Michael, Gabriel;quae vocabula Hebraica passim translata sunt; vt vel ex hoc ipso appareat, á Deo bonisque Angelisemanare minime posse, quod tam turpiter, non nisi ab omnis turpitudinis Cacodaemone,transformatum est: talia sunt in heptagoni lateribus inscripta, verius ex culina Diaboli, quam exCabala translata vocabula. Inscribunt tandem huic heptagono pentagonum, in cuius centro litera Tsymbolum salutis; circa quod cum has literas scribere debuissent, bestijs tamen inscitiores hassupposuerunt e e e e y. Intra triangula vero ex Arabum amuletaria officina ponuntur yl, al, le, al, um,corruptissimé vti omnia alia; volebant enim illud Arabicum exprimere la alla ella alla,non est Deus nisi Deus, quod dum pronunciare nequirent, illorum loco dicta inconcinnissima verbaposuerunt, yl, al, le, al, um: sed quid sibi velint duo verba, um, explico. In dicto Arabum pronunciato

sem , per hae voces sequuntur, Mahumet rassulalla; atque harum capitales literasreferunt um. Vt vel ex hoc colligas, quantis modis illudat Daemon incautis hominibus, vt dumChristiani esse volunt, occulte Mahumetanismum profiteantur; in hoc enim vnico Amuleto quatuorsectarum, Iudaicae, Christianae, Mahumetanae, Paganae, ab ijs, qui illud portant, fit professio, id queocculto pacto Daemonis, ad Christianae religionis contumeliam ea de causa instituto. Sed quidpentagonum sibi velit, expono. Pentagonum Veteres, vti in Arithmetica docuimus, Marti, vti &heptagonum Veneri dedicarunt; quo quidem indicabant, neminem Venerem possidere, qui priúsMartem non attraxisset; de quibus in Astrologia Aegyptiaca susiús; hoc enim pentagono victoriam inomnibus sibi spondebant. Porró finis huius Amuleti erat, amorem & beneuolentiam omnium, &consequenter carnalium desideriorum plenam fruitionem, victoriamque contra omnia aduersa eiusgestatione obtinere; quod ex adiuratione quam pronunciare solent, qua & Deum, & Angelos, veriúsCacodaemones cum inuocatione Veneris aut Martis sacrilego & impio ritu sollicitare solent, patet,

quam &, né Christianae aures vulnerentur, consultó omitto. Quicunque itaque huiusmodo possederitfarinae Amuletum, illud non naturale, non Diuinum aut Angelicum, sed immediatum Diabolicaemachinationis opus se possidere sibi persuadeat, non nisi cum aeterna animae ruina vsurpandum.

Figure 9. Sigillum Aemeth from Oedipus Aegyptiacus.

Appendix 3: Theurgia Goetia.1800

It deals with aerial spirits, whose nature is neither entirely good nor evil:To call forth any of the aforesaid aerial spirits or their servants, choose the uttermost private,

secret and most tacit room in the house or in some certain island, wooded grove, or the most occultand hidden place, removed from all comers and goers, that no one chance (if possible) happen thatway into your chamber or whatsoever place else you act your concerns in. Observe that it be veryairy because these spirits are of that nature.

You may call these spirits into a crystal stone or glass receptacle, this being the ancient and usualway of receiving and binding spirits. This crystal stone must be four inches diameter set on a table ofart, made according to the following figure, which is truly called the secret table of Solomon, havinghis seal on your breast and the girdle about your waist as is shewed in the book Goetia and youcannot err. The form of the table is this:

Figure 10. Seal of Solomon, from Harley 6483 (left); and from Sloane 3825 (right).

When you have thus got what is to be prepared, rehearse the conjuration following several times,that is, whilst the spirit comes, for without doubt he will come.

The Conjuration of the Aerial Spirits

I conjure thee O thou mighty and potent duke N. who ruleth under thy prince (or king) N. in thedominion of the East (or &c.) (Or, “I conjure thee o thou mighty and potent duke N. who wanderethhere and there with thy prince N.”1801)

I conjure thee N. that thou forthwith appear alone (or with thy servants) in this first (or second)hour of the day, here before me in this crystal stone (or here before this circle) in a fair and comelyshape, to do my will in all things that I shall desire or request of thee. I conjure and powerfullycommand of thee N. by him who said the word and it was done, and by all the holy and powerfulnames of God and by the name of the only Creator of Heaven, Earth, and Hell, and what is containedin them : ADONAY, EL ELOHIM, ELOHE, ELION, ESCERIE ZEBAOTH, JAH,TETRAGRAMMATON, SADAY, the only Lord of God of Hosts, that thou forthwith appear unto mehere in this crystal stone (or here before this circle) in a fair and comely human shape, without doingany harm to me or any other creature that JEHOVAH created or made, but come thee peaceably,visibly, and affably, now without delay manifesting what I desire, being conjured by the name of theeternal living and true God: HELIOREN, TETRAGRAMMATON, ANEPHEXETON, and fulfill mycommands and persist unto the end. I conjure, command and constrain thee spirit N. by ALPHA &OMEGA, by the name PRIMEUMATON, which commandeth the whole host of heaven, and by allthose names which Moses named when he by the power of those names brought great plagues uponPharoah, and all the people of Egypt: ZEBAOTH, ESCHERIE, ORISTON, ELION, ADONAY,PRIMEUMATON, and by the name of SCHEMES AMATHIA which Joshua called upon and the sunstayed his course, and by the name of Hagios, and by the SEAL OF ADONAY and by AGLA, ON,TETRAGRAMMATON, to whom all creatures are obedient, and by the dreadful judgment of the highGod and by the holy angels of heave and by the mighty wisdom of the great God of Hosts, that thoucomest from all parts of the world and make rational answers unto all things I shall ask of thee, andcome thou peaceably, visibly and affably, speaking unto me with a voice intelligible and to myunderstanding. Therefore come, come thou in the name of ADONAY, ZEBAOTH, ADONAY,AMIORAM, come, why stayeth thou, hasten: ADONAY SADAY, the King of kings commandeth thee!

When he is appeared show him his seal, and the pentacle of Salomon, saying as followeth:

The Address Unto the Spirit Upon His Coming

Behold the pentacle of Salomon which I have brought before thy presence. Behold the person of theExorcist who is called OCTINOMOS, in the midst of the exorcism, who is armed by God and iswithout fear, who potently invocateth thee and called thee to appear. Therefore make rational answersto my demands and be obedient to me thy master in the name of the Lord: BATHAT rudhing uponABRAC, ABEOR coming upon ABERER!

When thou hast had thy desire of the spirits, licence them to depart as is shewed in the first bookGoetia, at the latter end of the conjurations.

Appendix 4: Art Pauline.1802

The second example comes from The Art Pauline, which describes calling forth spirits governing thehours, and spirits governing the signs of the zodiac:

First draw two concentric circles whereupon thou wilt draw the seal. In the center circle draw theascendant to the right, and the lord of the ascendant to the left, then in the outer circle draw the rest ofthe planets in the following order: Moon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn.

The seal being thus made, lay it on the table of practise whose form we now show, on that partwhich is noted with the same character as the lord of the ascendant.

Figure 11. Table of Practice from the Art Pauline.

Perfume the seal with the thimmiamate proper to the planet, lay your hand upon it, and then say thefollowing conjuration.

The Conjuration as Followeth:

O thou mighty, great and potent Angel N., who ruleth in the Nth. hour of the day, I the servant of themost high God do conjure and entreat thee in the name of the most omnipotent and immortal Lord Godof Hosts: JEHOVAH TETRAGRAMMATON, and by the name of that God which thou art obedientunto, and by the head of the hierarchy and by the seal or mark that thou art known in power by, and bythe seven angels that stand before the throne of God and by the seven planets and their seals andcharacters, and by the angel that ruleth the sign of the twelfth house which now ascends in this Nth.hour, that thou wouldst be graciously pleased to gird up and gather thyself together and by divinepermission to move and come from all parth of the world, wheresoever thou beest, and show thyselfvisibly and plainly in this crystal stone to the sight of my eyes, speaking with a voice intelligible andto my understanding and that thou wouldst be favorably pleased that I may have familiar friendshipand constant society both now and at all tims when I shall call thee forth to visible appearance toinform and direct me in all things that I shall seem good and lawful uunto the creator and thee, O thougreat and powerful angel N. I invocate, adjure, command and most powerfully call thee forth fromthine orders and place of residence to visible appearance in and through these great and mightysignals and divine names of the great God, who was and is and ever shall be: ADONAY, ZEBAOTH,ADONAY AMIORAM, HAGIOS, AGLA, ON, TETRAGRAMMATON, and by and in the namePRIMEUMATON, which commandeth the whole host of heaven, whose power and virtue are mosteffectual for the calling and ordering of the creation, I do command thee to transmit thy rays visiblyand perfectly unto my sight, and thy voice to my ears, in and through this crystal stone, that I mayplainly see thee and perfectly hear thee speak unto me. Therefore move thee, O thou mighty andblessed Angel N., and in this potent name of the great God JEHOVAH, and by the imperial dignitythereof, descend and show thyself visibly and perfectly in a pleasant and comely form before me inthis crystal stone to the sight of my eyes, speaking with a voice intelligible and to my apprehension,showing, declaring, and accomplishing all my desires that I shall ask or request of thee both hereinand in whatsoever truths or things else that is just and lawful before the presence of Almighty God,the giver of all good gifts, unto whom I beg that he wuld be graciously pleased to bestow upon me. Ithou servant of mercy N., be thou therefore unto me friendly, and do for me as for the servant of themost high God, so far as God shall give thee power in office to perform, whereunto I move thee inpower and presence to appear, that I may sing with his holy Angels, OMAPPA-LA-MAN,HALLELUJAH, AMEN.

Appendix 5: The Art Almadel (Ars Almadel Salomonis)1803

[Editor’s note: A text of this name is mentioned in Trithemius, and R. Scot.]

By this art Salomon obtained great wisdom from the chief angels that govern the four altitudes ofthe world, for you must observe that there be four altitudes, representing the four corners of theworld, East, West, North and South. The which are divided into twelve parts, that is, evert altitudeinto three, and the angels of every of these altitudes have their particular vertues and powers as shallbe shewed in this following matter.

The Making of the Almadel

Make the Almadel of pure white wax, but coloured suitable to the altitude as will be shown. It is tobe four square, and six inches over every way, and in every corner a hole, and write betwixt everyhole, with a new pen, these words or names of God following, But this is to be done in the day andhour of Sol. Write upon the first part towards the East, ADONAI, HELOMI, PINE, and upon thesecond towards the South, HELION, HELOI, HELI, and upon the West part: JOD, HOD, AGLA, andupon the fourt part which is the North write these names: TETRAGRAMMATON, SHADAI, JAH,and betwixt the first and the other quarters make the pentacle of Salomon thus, and betwixt the forstand the other quarters write this word, ANABONA, and in the middle of the Almadel make a Six-angled figure, and in the midst of it a triangle wherein must be written these names of God, HEL,HELION, ADONAI, and this last name around the six-angled figure as well, as you may see in thisfigure, here made, it being for an example, &c.

Figure 12. Almadel from Ars Almadel Salomonis.

And of the same wax there must be made four candles, and they must be of the same colour as theAlmadel is of. You must divide the wax into three parts, one part for to make the Almadel of, and theother two parts for to make the candles of. And let there come forth from every one of them a foot

made of the same wax, for to support the almadel with. This being done, in the next place you are tomake a seal of pure gold or silver, but Gold is best, wherein must be engraven these three names:HELION, HELLUJON, ADONAY

Note the first altitude is called Chora Orientis, or the East Altitude, and to make any experiment inthis Chora, it is to be done in the day and hour of the Sun. The power and office of those angels is tomake all things fruitful and increase, both animals and vegetables, in creation and generation,advancing the birth of the children, and making barren women fruitful, &c. Their names are these:Alimiel, Gabriel, Borachiel, Lebes and Hellison.

Note you must not pray for any angels but those that belong to the same altitude you have a desire tocall forth. And when you operate, set the four candles upon four candle sticks, but be careful you donot light them before you begin to operate. Then lay the Almadel between the four candles upon thewaxen feet that cometh from the candles, and lay the golden seal upon the Almadel. Then, having theinvocation ready written on virgin parchment, light the candles and read the invocation as is set downat the latter end of this part.

And when he appeareth, he appeareth in the form of an angel carrying in his hand a fan or flag,having the picture of a white cross upon it. His body is wrapped round about with a fair cloud, andhis face very fair and bright, and a crown of rose flowers is upon his head. He descends first upon thesuperscription of the Almadel, as if it were a mist or fog.

Then must the exorcist must have in readiness a vessel of earth, of the same colour that the Almadelis of, and the other of his furniture, it being in the form of a basin, and put therein a few hot ashes orcoals, but not too much, lest it should melt the wax of the Almadel, and put therein three little grainsof mastic in powder, so that it fumeth, and the smell may go upwards through the holes of theAlmadel, when it is under it, and as soon as the angel smells it he beginneth to speak with a lowvoice, asking what your desire is and why you have called the princes and governers of his Altitude.Then you must answer him, saying, I desire that all my requests may be granted, and what I pray formay be accomplished, for your office maketh appear and declareth that such is to be fulfilled by you ifit pleases God, &c, adding further the particulars of your requests, praying with sincerity and humilityfor what is lawful and just, and that you shalt indeed obtain from him.

But if he doth not appear presently, you must then take the golden seal, and make with it three orfour marks upon the candles, by which means the angel will presently appear as aforesaid, and whenthe angel departeth he will fill the whole place with a sweet and pleasant smell, which will be smelta long time.

Note the golden seal will serve, and is to be used in the operation of all the altitudes. The colour ofthe Almadel belonging to the first chora is lily white; to the second chora a perfect red rose colour;the third chora is to be a green mixt with a white silver colour; the fourth chora is to be a black mixtwith a little green of a sad colour.

Of the Second Chora or Altitude

Note that all the other three altitudes, with their signs and princes have power over goods and riches,and can make any man rich or poor, and as the first Chora giveth increase and maketh fruitful, so tothese giveth decrease and barrenness, &c.

And if any have a desire to operate in any of the other three Choras or Altitudes, they must do it onSundays in the manner as above is shewed, but do not pray for anything that is contrary to the natureof their office, or against God and his laws, but what God giveth according to the course of nature,that you may desire and obtain.

All the furniture that is to be used is to be of the same colour as the Almadel is of, and the princesof this Second Chora are named as followeth: Alphariza, Genon, Geror, Armon, Gereinin.

When you operate, kneel before the Almadel with clothes of the same colour in a closet hung withthe same colours also, for the holy apparation will be of the same colour. And when he is appeared,put the earthen bason under the Almadel with fire and hot ashes and three grains of mastic in powder,to fume as above written, and when the angel smelleth the perfume, he turneth his face towards you,asking the exorcist with a low voice why he called the princes of this Chora or Altitude. Then youmust answer as before, saying: I desire that my request may be granted, and the contents thereof maybe accomplished, for your offices make appear and declare that such is to be done by you if it pleaseGod, &c. You must not be fearful but speak humbly, saying: I recommend myself wholly into youroffice, and I pray unto your princes of this Altitude that I may enjoy and obtain all things according tomy wishes and desires, &c. You may further express your mind in all particulars in your prayers. Dothe like in the two other Choras that follow.

The angel of this second Altitude appeareth in the form of a young child with clothes of satin and ofa red rose colour, having a crown of red gilly flowers upon his head, his face looking upwards toheaven; and is of a red colour and is compassed round about with a bright splendour, as the beams ofthe Sun. And before he departeth he speaks to the exorcist saying: I am your friend and brother. Andhe illuminateth the air round above with splendour, and he leaveth a pleasant smell, which lasteth along time, &c.

Of the Third Chora or Altitude

In this Chora you are to do in all things as you are before directed in the other two. The angels of thisAltitude are named as followeth: Eliphamasai, Gelomiros, Gedobonal, Saranana, and Elomnia. Theyappear in the form of children or little women dressed in green and silver colours, very delightful tobehold, and a crown of bay leaves, beset with flowers of white and green colours upon their heads.And they seem to look a little downwards with their faces, &c. They speak as the others do to theexorcist, and leave a mighty, sweet perfume behind them, &c.

Of the Fourth Chora or Altitude

In this Chora you must do as in the others, and the angels of this Chora are called Barchiel, Gediel,Gabiel, Deliel and Captiel. These appear in the form of little men or boys with clothes of a blackcolour, mixed with a dark green, and in their hands they hold a bird which is naked, and their headsare bear, only it is compassed round and beset with ivy and berries. They are all very beautiful andcomely and are compassed round with a bright shining of divers colours. They leave a sweet smellbehind them also, but it differeth from the others somewhat.

Of the Proper Times for Invoking These Angels

Note there are twelve princes ruling besides those in the four Altitudes, and they distribute theiroffice amongst themselves, every one ruling thirty days, or thereabouts, every year. Now it will be invain to call any of those angels unless it be those that then governeth, for every Chora or Altitude hathits limited time according to the twelve signs of the Zodiac, and in what sign the Sun is in, that angelor those angels that belong to that sign have the government. As, for example, suppose I would callthe two first of those five that belong to the first Chora. Then choose the first Sunday on March, thatis, after the Sun is entered Aries, and then I make my experiment. And so do the like if you will thenext Sunday after again. But if you will call the two second that belong to the first Chora, then youmust take the Sundays that are in April, after the Sun is entered Taurus.

But if you call the last of the five, then you must take those Sundays that are in May, after the Sun isentered Gemini, to make your experiment in: do the like in the other Altitudes, for they have all oneway of working. But the Altitudes have a name formed severally in the substance of heaven even as acharacter, for when the angels hear the names of God that are attributed to them they hear it by thevertue of that character. Therefore it is in vain to call any spirit or angel unless you know what namesof God to call them by. Therefore observe the form of this following conjuration or invocation.

The Invocation for to Call Forth Any of the Foresaid Angels

O thou great, mighty, and blessed angel of God N, who ruleth as the chief and first governing angel inthe first Chora or Altitude in the East, under the great prince of the East whom you obey, and who isset over you as king by the divine power of God, ADONAI, HELOMI, PINE, who is the distributerand disposer of all things holy in Heaven, Earth, and Hell, I the servant of that God ADONAI,HELOMI, PINE, which you obey, do invocate, conjure and entreat thee N, that thou forthwithappeareth. And by the vertue and power of the same God, ADONAI, HELOMI, PINE, I do commandthee forth by him whom you do obey and who is set over you as king by the divine power of God, thatyou forthwith descend from thy order or place of abode to come into me, and show thyself plainly andvisibly here before me in this crystal stone, in thy own and proper shape and glory, speaking with avoice intelligible unto my understanding.

O thou mighty and blessed angel N, who art by the power of God ordained to govern all vegetablesand animals, and causeth them and all other creatures of God to spring, increase and bring forthaccording to their kinds and natures, I the servant of the same your God, do entreat and humblybeseech thee to come and show unto me all things that I shall desire of thee, so far as in office youcan, or be capable to perform, if God permit to the same.

O thou servant of mercy N, I entreat thee and humbly beseech thee, in and by these three names ofyour true God, ADONAI, HELOMI, PINE, and do constrain thee in and by this powerful nameANABONA, that thou forthwith appeareth visibly and plainly in thy own proper shape and glory, inand through this crystal stone, that I may visibly see thee, and audibly hear thee speak unto me, that Imay have thy blessed and glorious angelic assistance, familiar friendship and constant society,communication and instruction, both now and at all other times, to inform and rightly instruct me in myignorance and depraved intellect, judgement and understanding; and to assist me both herein, and inall other truths, else what the Almighty Adonai, the king of kings, the giver of all good gifts, shall inhis bountiful and fatherly mercy be graceously pleased to bestow upon me, Therefore O thou blessedangel N. be friendly unto me, and do for me so far as God hath given you power in office to perform,whereunto I move you in power and presence to appear that I may sing with his holy angels: OMappa-la-man! Hallelujah! Amen.

Note this invocation is to be altered according to the Altitude and angel you wish to call forth.When he is appeared, give him or them a kind entertainment, and then ask what is just and lawful,

and that which is proper and suitable to his office, and you shall obtain it.

SO ENDETH THE BOOK ARS ALMADEL SALOMONIS

Appendix 6: Excerpt from Sloane 3849

Manner of Proceding in order to discover in the Crystall

Sic signum sancte Sanctis in fronte puery sic decendo In nomina pateris et filij et spiritus sancti

amen dicat % paternoster / deinde istos spactanas o pater animary sequentes, viz tDeus miserator1804 nostery et benedicat nobis illiminet vultum suum super nos et miseratas nostery

ut Cognosamos in tarra viam tuam in omnibus gentibus salutarry tuum. Conficantur tibi populi deusConficanter tibi populi omnes Litenter et exultent gentes quoniam iudicas populos iniquitate et gentesinterra deriges Conficianter tibi populi deus Conficianter tibi populi omnes Terra dedit fractum suam

B

Benedicat nos deus deus noster benedicat nos deua et metuante eum omnes fines terra. Gloria patri et fillio et Spiritu Sancto Sicut erat in prinsipio et secula seculorum amen

D

Deus1805 in nomine tuo salum me fac et in vertute tua iudica me

D

Deus exoude orationem meum auribus percipe verba oris mei

Quoniam aliena insurrexerunt aodversum me et fortes que siderant animam meam et nonproposuerunt deum ante

conspectum sum Exe enim deus adiuuat me et dominus susseptor est anime me Avarta mala enemisis meis et in veritate tua dispee illos voluntary sacrificabo tibi et Confitebor nomine tuo domine quoniam bonum est. Quoniam Ex omni tribulatione eripaeisti me et super enimicos meos dispecsit oculis meis Glorie patrie

Misereri1806 mei deus et secundum magnam miserecordiam tuam

Et secundum multitadinem meserationem tuarum deld in equitatem meam dE (?) Amptus Sana me abiniquitate mea et apeccato mea mandame Quoniam iniquitatem meame ego cognosco et pecatum meam contra me est semper Tibibi soli pecam et malim corum te fesient nist insermonibus tuis et vnitas cumim dicaris Exe emam iniquitatibus conseptus suam et in pecatis conceptis me mater mea

Exe (?) enimam veritatatem delexisti in terta et occulta sapientia manistastati mighi Asparges me domine isopo et mundaborir

haenabis me et semper muem dealdabor Auditeiome dabis gouldinam et litia et extutabunt essa humilitata Cormandoem cre in me deus et spiritum nona in viseribus meis Me exrpissius mea sacie tua et Scriptum sanctum tuamene anseris ame Pedde mighi leticiam salataris tui et speritum principialis confirma me Docebo iniquos viuas tuas et impije adte conuertantur Libera mede sangunibus deus deus salutis me et exultabit lingua me Iusticiam tuam Domine labie me aparies et os meum ani**abit landem tuam Quoniam voluises sacri fissiam dedissem vtique holo castis non delectabris Sacrifitiam deo spritus contribulates cor Contrat et humilitatem deus non dispities Benin que sac domine in bona voluntate tua sion vt edificanter mari Jeruselem

tunce acceptabis satis ficium iustisia obligationes et holocasta tunck imponetsuper altera tuim vertulos Amen. * * * * * * *

O Dominee Jesu cristie rex gloria mitte mihie trese angelos bono / ex parte tua dextra viz ancor annasor anelose qui dicante et ofendantie mihie veritatem sine falsetate et falatia de omnibus rebus quas interagabo domine Jesue cristi creator celie et tarra qui totam mundinum (?)

secistie exmihelo sac quod appariante isti angeli boni prinsipialis palem puero / w: w: / exerdom (?) nostrum Jesum cristium conceptus de spiritue sancto vergine &c./

Sicat tues verus deus et homo mitte mihie tres angelos bonos palem aparire ista cristalo viz / Anser / annasor / Analos / admisu istris puerie / W: W: / per iste sacritissima nomina dei eloy tetera- grammaton Saboth Alpha et omega principium et finis expediatris vos angely deij per sanctam mariam matrem domine nostri Jesu Cristy et per nomen ordenes angelorum Cherubin Saraphin tronos dominationes potestatis et principialis et pervirtutem archangelius michalis gabrialis

qui non cestante clannary ante tronam dei semper cantatis Sanctus Sanctus Sanctus dominus Deus saboth quiest quierit et quiventurus / omnes reliquos qui sunti? in est in decare mandum et pur puer celo et tarra et parlac quod dominus noster Jesus cristus lactabit ex manus beate maryu vergenis quanddo verus puer erat elle in hac mundo et per vestem communam qua in dutus (?) est Jesus et pervingen tam dequo sancta maria mageline vnxit pedes Iesus et extarat eos calpilis cupitus suis quando palem et sine mora comperiatis ad visma istius puery : N: / N: / ista cristalo ******************* **(?) oher it will appeare as it weare a child in the Cristall if hee doe not appeare begine againe and if hee had apeared then spake to the first Angeli dei beni venistie in nomini pateris et fillij et spiritus sanctus pillam intentionem quam habuit dominus deus

noster Jesus Christus minente (?) quando deposuit luisiseri mundecelom putrem serioris et eligit vos probelantisiones angelis. Then Cale for the second as you due for the first

so proside and begin againe vntill you haue them all three and then say to the second Angell Angeli dei beni venistris in nomine pateris et fillij et

Spiritus sancti per verginalem materis domine nosteri Iesu Christie et per vergini tatem Johannes baptisti et per capitutenis* proceed to the theerd

Angeli dei beni venistris in nomine pateris et feillij et spiritis sancti pre nerentiam passionesdomine nostri Jesu Christi et per renerentiam sacrimenti illiaris que dominus noster Jesus cristus fecitin send sua et dedit desiputis suis dictus hoc est corpus meum hoc cessat * *

Then say this exortation ouer the cristall folowinge and mat this + synd.Quose Angeli + rogo vos presipio vobis vos exorsiso peromina principialibe nomina qui noliset

homin~ loqui nisi sp’us sancti + et per reuerentiam sacrementy pasio dei nosteri Jesus Cristi etreuerentunam sacromentie alteris q’d (?) deus noster Jesus cristus fecit cena sua et dedid dicipulissuis dicence hoc este corpus meum q’d (?) mostratis mihe sine salcitate vel fallatia petita et loquisitaet petenta et reuerenda

Theise exortations you must repeate and let the child name them by there names sainge ancoranasor anelos shew mee the persons and the aparell of them that hath such a mans mony to this childeand the will declare.

the pson or persons and the apparell of them that had such a mans money [struck out: to this child]and if the Come not the first day folow still to the Chilld untill you may haue a sight of them for thewill apeare personalie as the to be knowne and the will declare how much of the mony is spent andhow much is unspente.

And the feror day the better and let the child sit with his face to ward the sune lookinge in thecristal and euer aske him what hee seeth as you Reade

Trantiatis angeli dei et lenam vbi deus nostr Jesus Christus vos ordinauit et quoties cunqueinvocauero esto mihi parietis et ad measm interrogationem et mandatum est mihi quoties cunque sinemora veniatis, In nomine patris et fillij et spiritus Sankti Amen +

Maim + fan + Abagarus +Abrinon +

Bibliography

Abano, Peter de. Heptameron: or Magical Elements. London, 1655.

Agrippa, Henry Cornelius. De occulta philosophis Libri Tres. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1992, Englishtranslation by Robert Turner, published as Three Books of Occult Philosophy, London, 1651.

————. The Fourth Book of Occult Philosophy. Translated by Robert Turner. London, 1655.

Anon. Lemegeton, or, the Lesser Key of Solomon, manuscripts in the British Library: Harley 6483,Sloane 2731 (incomplete), Sloane 3825.

Anon. Tractatus Varii Magici, Sloane 3849.

Arbatel. De Magia Veterum. Basel, 1575. English translation by Robert Turner, published as Arbatel,Of Magic, London, 1655.

Barrett, Francis. The Magus. London, 1801. Reprint York Beach, ME: Samuel Weiser, 2000.

Brahe, Tycho. The Magical Calendar, 1582. Reprint Magnum Opus Hermetic Sourceworks,Edinburgh, 1979.

Bruno, Giordano. De magia, in Jordani Bruni Nolani Opera latine conscripta. Ed. Tocco. Neapoli,1879—91. English translation in Robert De Lucca, Richard J. Blackwell, and Alfonso Ingegno,Giordano Bruno, Cause, Principle and Unity: And Essays on Magic. Cambridge: CambridgeUniversity Press, 1998.

Calder, I. R. F. John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist, 2 vols. Ph. D. diss. The WarbergInstitute, London University, 1952.

Charlesworth, James H. The Old Testament Pseudepigrapha. New York: Doubleday, 1983.

Clulee, Nicholas H. John Dee’s Natural Philosophy—between science and religion. London andNew York: Routledge, 1988.

Couliano, loan P. Eros and Magic in the Renaissance. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

Davidson, Gustav. A Dictionary of Angels Including the Fallen Angels. New York: The Free Press,1967.

Dee, Dr. John. General and Rare Memorials pertayning to the Perfect Arte of Navigation. London,1577.

Dee, Dr. John and Edward Kelly. Liber Mysteriorum Sextus et Sanctus. 1583, manuscripts in the

British Library: Sloane 3189 (original in Kelly’s handwriting), Sloane 2599.

————. Mysteriorum Libri Quinque, 1581—1583. Sloane 3188 (original in Dee’s handwriting),Sloane 3677 (copy by E. Ashmole).

————. A True & Faithful Relation . . . between Dr. John Dee... and some Spirits, Edited byMeric Casaubon. London, 1659.

————. The Heptarchia Mystica of John Dee. Introduced and annotated by Robert Turner.Edinburgh: Magnum Opus Hermetic Sourceworks, 1983.

French, Peter J. John Dee: The World of an Elizabethan Magus. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,1972.

Gollancz, Hermann. Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh. London: Oxford University Press, 1914.

Halliwell, James O., ed. The Private Diary of Dr. John Dee. London: Camden Society Publications,1842. Reprint: New York: AMS Press, 1968.

Hay, George, ed. The Necronomicon. Jersey: Neville Spearman, 1978.

Honorius of Thebes. Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Book of Honorius (13th century?). Manuscripts inthe British Library, Royal 17Axlii, Sloane 313, 3849 (excerpts), 3854, 3885.

Josten, C. H. Elias Ashmole (1617–1692): His Autobiographical and Historical Notes, HisCorrespondence, and Other Contemporary Sources Relating to His Life and Work. Oxford:Clarendon Press, 1966.

————, trans. Monas Hieroglyphica. AMBIX, XII, 1964, 84–221.

Katz, David S. Philo-Semitism and the Readmission of the Jews to England. Oxford: ClarendonPress, 1982.

Kieckhefer, Richard. Forbidden Rites: A Necromancer’s Manual of the Fifteenth Century.University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1997.

Kircher, Athanasius. Oedipus Aegyptiacus, 4 vols. Rome, 1652–1654.

Laycock, Donald. The Complete Enochian Dictionary, a Dictionary of the Angelical Language asRevealed to Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley. London: Askin Publishers, 1978.

Lilly, William. Worlds Catastrophe. London, 1647.

Moody, Raymond A. Scrying—The Art of Female Divination. Marietta: R. Bemis Publishing, Ltd.,1995.

Pickering, Chris. “The Scryers of John Dee,” Hermetic Journal 32, 1986, pp. 9–14.

Postel, Guillaume. De originibus. Basel: Ioannem Oporinum, 1553.

Peterson, Joseph H., ed., The Lesser Key of Solomon. York Beach, ME: Weiser Books, 2001.

Reeds, Jim, “John Dee and the Magic Tables in the Book of Soyg a,”www.research.att.com/~reeds/soyga.html; to appear in a forthcoming book, John Dee:Interdisciplinary essays in English Renaissance Thought, Kluwer of Amsterdam (due to publish2002).

Regardie, Francis Israel, ed. The Golden Dawn, 4 vols., 1937–1940. St. Paul, MN: LlewellynPublications, 1971.

Roberts, Julian, and Andrew G. Watson. John Dee’s Library Catalogue. London: The BibliographicalSociety, 1990.

Scot, Reginald. The Discoverie of Witchcraft. London, 1584.

Sherman, William H. John Dee, the Politics of Reading and Writing in the English Renaissance.Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1995.

Tart, Charles. Body Mind Spirit. Charlottesville: Hampton Roads, 1997.

Trithemius, Johannes. Book of Secret Things, and Doctrine of Spirits, in Francis Barrett’s TheMagus, London, 1801, p. 135bis.

————. De Septem Secundeis. Translation in William Lilly, Worlds Catastrophe. London, 1647.

Turner, Robert, trans. Ars Notoria, London, 1657.

Whitby, C. L. John Dee’s Actions with Spirits. 2 vols. New York: Garland, 1991.

Wilson, Colin. Alien Dawn, An Investigation into the Contact Experience. New York: FrommInternational, 1998.

————. “Introduction to the Necronomicon,” Gnostica, 48, Nov. 1978, p. 62.

Yates, Frances Amelia. The Rosicrucian Enlightenment. Boulder, CO: Shambhala, 1972.

————. The Art of Memory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966.

INDEX

Aaoth Ab Abano, Peter de abductees, UFO Abraham Abulafia, Abraham actor Adam ADAMS Treatise from Paradise adeptship Adle streete Adonay Aemeth Aethyrs AGLA Agricola, De Re Metallica Agrippa, Henry Cornelius air Akele alchemy Aldaraia sive Soyga, see Soyga Almadel Alpha et Omega Alphabet Adamical Angelic treasure map America An (name of angel) Anael (see also Annael) Anchor, Anachor, Anilos angelic language, see language, angelic angelic Tables angels’ voices angels, wicked angel belonging to EK animals Ankwicz-Kleehoven, Hans Annael (see also Anael) Antichrist Apocalyptic prophecies Apocrypha

Apostles apothecary apparel Arabic book ARARITA Arbatel of Magic archangels Aristotle Armada, see Spanish Armada Ars Almadel Ars Notoria Ars Paulina art of memory Arthurian legends Ashmole, Elias The Institution, Lawes & Ceremonies of the most Noble Order of the Garter Asmodeus astrology astronomy Ath Aue (name of angel) Austria, House of Azalus Azdobn

Babalel (name of angel) Bacon, Francis Bacon, Roger De mirabili potestate Artis et Naturae Bagenol Baginol Bagonel balance Baligon Bamnode Bapnido Barashnum ceremony of purification Barees Barnes, Alderman Barrett, Francis Basmelo Bathori, Stephen, King of Poland battles beast(s) Beelzebub Befafes beheading Beigia Belmagel Ben (a spiritual creature) Bermale Bernole Besgeme Bible birds Black Raven, The Blakley blasphemers Blisdon Blokley Blumaza Bnagole Bnapsen Bnaspol Bobogel Bodleian

Bonefon Bonefor Book of Consecrations Book of Saint Dunstan Book of This Prophesy book, covering Book, the Holy, see Loagaeth books, the holy Bornogo bottomless pit Bragiop Brahe, Tycho Bralges Branglo Brentford (Braynford) brimstone Brisfli Britannia British Empire British Museum Brorges Bruno, Giordano Burghley, Lord (William Cecil, the Lord Treasurer) Butler, E. M. Butmono Bynepor

Calder. R. E, “John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist” (1952) Calendar, Dee’s proposal to reform Call Canapy Carmara Casaubon, Meric Casziel Catholic Church Cecil, William, see Burghley Cedar cedarwood chair Chamber chaos chaplet Character, see lamine characters Charles the 2nd, King Charlesworth, James H. chest Chirurgeon Christ church of God cipher circle Cis City Clavicula Salomonis, See Key of Solomon Clerkson, Mr. clothing Clulee, Nicholas John Dee’s Natural Philosophy (1988) colonization colors comet Conciliation contrition Cooper, Jane copper Corabiel

corn corpses Cottonian Collection Cotton, John Couliano, loan council cross of olive wood Crowley, Aleister Crucifix cryptography crystal ball, and passim frame for the Cumael cup cure

Danes Daniel Daughters of Light, see Filiae Bonitatis David, King of Israel Davis, John dead raised Death, Gate of debt Dee, John 48 Claves Angelicae Book of Invocations children Compendium Heptarchiae Mysticae De Bonorum Angelorum De Heptarchia Mystica diary Famous and Rich Discoveries General and Rare Memorials (1577) Liber Scientiae, Auxilij et Victoriae Terrestris Monas Hieroglyphica Propaedeumata Aphoristica Tabula bonorum angelorum invocationes True and Faithful Relation Dee, Jane Dee, Katherine (John Dee’s daughter) Dee, Rowland demons destruction devil devils Devonshire mines Dignification Dionysius (Pseudo-) directions, cardinal disease dissolution, key of Dmal dog dragon Duke of Lauderdale Duling, D. C.

Dunstan, Book of Saint, see Book of Saint Dunstan

E (name of angel) eagle Earth spirits of the earths Egyptians Ekiei El (see also rod) Elias Elizabeth I, Queen enchanters End of all things England English language Enoch Book of Enoch’s Tables Enochian calls language magic ensignes of Creation entities eroticism Esdras Ese (name of an angel) Esemeli etymology Euclid Evans, John Eve evil spirits (see also devils) Excise Office Experimenta de Speculo externa bibliotheca

face bracket fairies fasting feet, (placement during practise) hollow feet of the holy table Ficino, Marcilio filiae Filiae Bonitatis (Daughters of Goodness) or Filiolae Lucis (Little Daughters of Light) Filiae Filiarum Lucis Filii Filiorum Filii Lucis (Sons of Light) filios filiorum (the sons of the sons) fire great fire of London inward fish flag Flesh flood food forgery Fornication Fortitudo Dei = Michael Fotheringay Castle frame French, Peter. J. Friday

Gabriel Galas Galatinus, Petrus Galethog Gardener, Robert Gargat Gariladrah Gate of Death gates of Nature, seven Gedeon Geller, Uri gems Genesis geography Geometry Geonic lore George (a servant of Dee’s) Gethog Gikatilla, Joseph Gilbert, Adrian ghosts Globe (circular table) diaphonous Gnostic Goethe Goetia gold Golden Dawn Goliath Gollancz, Hermann Gordanil governers Governers of the Earth Government, new grace God’s heavenly Greek Grimoires gryphon

Hagonel (name of angel) hairy spirit Hamuthz Gethog Haniel Harkness, Deborah E. haunting Haward, Francis heart Hebrew Heeoa hell Henry VIII, King Heptagon (heptagonum stellare) Heptameron or Elements of Magic (Peter de Abano) Heptarchic magic herbs Heremita, Marcus, De Lege Spirituali Hermeticism Hersham hexagram Hilton, Robert history Holy Ghost holy table, see Table, the Holy Honorius of Thebes (see also Liber Juratus) Horlun Hudson, Mr. Huets cross Hunnis, William Husey, John Hyde, Mr. hypnagogic images hypnotism

I (name of an angel) Iamblicus Iana (name of an angel) Idolatry Ih Il (angel) Ilemese (name of an angel) illuminate Illuminati Illumination Ilr Impura infidels Innon Inquisition Invocating iron Isaac Islam Israel Ive, Mr. Ized

Jacob James James I, King Jekyll, Sir Joseph Jesus Jews John the Baptist Johnson, Ben Jones, Robert Jones, Susanna Joshua Josten, C. H. Jove joy Judaism Jude, Epistle of judge Jupiter

Kabballah Kelley, Edward and passim Kelley, Joanna Kelley, Thomas Kelly’s sister key of Prayer Key of Solomon (Clavicula Salomonis) key, holy Kieckhefer, Richard kings Kircher, Athanasius knowledge universal Krakow

lamb lamb’s head lamin (character of conciliation, a sigil of gold) counterfeit false Lancaster languages language, angelic Laski, Albrecht (Albertus) Latin Laycock, Donald lead Lemegeton (Lesser Key of Solomon) Leowitz, Cyprian, De coniunctionibus magnis leprosy Lesser Key of Solomon, See Lemegeton Levanael Liba (name of angel) Liber Creationis Liber Juratus (Honorius of Thebes) Liber Loagaeth, see Loagaeth library Dee’s license (legal permission to dig for treasures) light Lilly, William linguistics liquor, eternal (or heavenly) little Ned Loagaeth, Liber Lockehouse, George London love of God lucid dreaming Lucifer Lumbardstreet Lundrumguffa Luther, Martin Lyne, Master

Macedonian Madimi Madimiel Madoc, Owen magi magic Magical Calendar (Tycho Brahe) magicians Magus Maherion maid Mamon marble Mares maritime power Marmara marriage Mars Mary, Queen of Scots mathematics McGregor Mathers, S. L. Me (name of an angel) mechanics Medicina Dei medicine memory Menabon Menasseh Ben Israel Mensa faederis (see also Table, the Holy) merchants Mercury mercy metals Michael mineral Mines Royall mnemonics Moldavia Monday money monsters of the sea

Moody, Raymond A. Moon Moorefields Morley, Lord Mortlake Mort, Mr. Moses Mountegle, Lord Multin Munsteris, Latin, Greek and Hebrew music Myniver, Doctor

NA Nalvage names (sacred) Nariel natural philosophy Nature navigation Necromancer Necronomicon Neoplatonism new age New World (America) colonizing New World(s) Newberry nine days preparation Noah’s flood nobility Nogahel Northwest Passage Northwik hill North, Mr.

oath Obelison obsidian mirror occultism Och oil olive beads optics Owen, Mr. Oxford

pagans painting Palatinate papal nuncio Paracelsus Paradise Paris Pavorinus, Varinus, Greek Lexicon Peace of God Pele pelican penitence Pentacle Pentecost, Goodman Peterson, Joseph H., Lesser Key of Solomon Phanael phantasms Pharaoh Philip II, King of Spain philosophers phoenix Pickering, Chris Pico, Giovanni della Mirandola pies pigeon pillars of brass pillory plagues planets Plato Plotinus Plow, the Poland POLIPOS Pompilius Pontano, Giovanni, Urania sine de stellis Pontois, John Pope Gregory XIII Porphyry Postel, Guillaume powder, red (of transmutation)

powers (forty-nine) Prague prayer pride priests high Primus et quartus (name or title for angel Hagonel) Prince(s) Prince of Darkness Proclus Profession, Angel of prophecy Prospero Psalms Pseudepigrapha

quicksilver

Raleigh, Sir Walter Raphael Reeds, Jim Regardie, Israel Reuchlin, Johann Artem Cabalisticam de Verbo Mirifico Richard of St. Victor Ring of Solomon Rivius, J. Roberts, Julian and Andrew Watson Rocle (name of angel) rod ‘el’ Roman Rome Rosicrucian Rudolph

S (name of an angel) Sabathiel, see Zabathiel Sabbath saints Salamian Salomon Samael Samuel Sanford, Mr.

Satan Saturday Saturn Saul (Biblical figure) Saul, Barnabas Scalinger scarf Schemhamphoras scholars sciences Scientism scotcheons Scotland Scotus Scot, Reginald scroll (treasure map) scroll, book, and powder scrying, and passim seal(s) seas secrecy Semeliel Semiael Semiel Semyeil seven Seven Sobs of a Sorrowful Soul for Sin (William Hunnis) sex shadow Shakespeare Sherman, William H. Shew-stone Shippen, William Ships Shumaker, Wayne Sidney, Sir Philip Defence of Poesia Sieradz, Poland sigil silk

silver skin skulls Skullthorp, Mr. Sled, Charles smokes solar eclipse solgars Solomon, King of Israel Seal of Testament of Sons of Light, see Filii Lucis Sons of Men (aka children of men) Sons of Sempiternitie soul language of Soyga (Aldaraia sive Soyga) Spanish Armada sparrow spirit of God spirit of Understanding Spirits of Destruction Spirits of perdition Sponheim, Germany squares, magic Staff Stanley, William stars stenography Stimcul stolen goods stone stone (brought by angels) Story, Samuell St. Bride’s Church, London sulfur, see brimstone Sun Sunday Superaltare supernova superstition

Surrey swan Sworne Book of Honorius , see Liber Juratus Synfulla Syngolla

Tabernacle Table infernal of Covenant the Holy (aka Table of Practise, and also Mensa Faederis) feet scrying tables Tablet Tabula collecta Tabulae Creationis Talbot, Edward (aka Edward Kelley), and passim Tart, Charles tassels temperance Temple temptation tennis Testament of Solomon Thaoth Theurgia Goetia thorny path Thrones Thursday time of governing tin Tobias Tobit, Book of tongue Tower of Babel Tower of London Townson, Mr. Trade traditions traitors transmutation Transposition of letters treasure in the seas map (scroll)

Treasurer, Lord, see Burghley Treatise on Angel Magic Tree triangular stone Trinity Trithemius, Johannes De Septem Secundeis trumpet Tuesday Turner, Robert

UFO Uriel

Vallee, Jacque Vasedg vegetable Venus Vera Virgil, Eclogues III

Wale, Thomas Walmesley water(s) king of the wax weapons (spiritual) Wednesday Weever Welsh Westminster Whitby, Christopher Wilby, Christian Wilson, Colin winds witch Witchcrafts witches Woodall, John Woodall, Thomas Worchester wrath of God

Yates, Francis A. Yong, Mr.

Zabathiel Zadkiel Zaphiel Zaphkiel Zedekieil Zoroastrianism

1

I. R. F. Calder, “John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist,” 2 vols. Ph. D. diss. (The WarbergInstitute, London University, 1952); Peter J. French, John Dee: The World of an Elizabethan Magus(London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1972); Nicholas H. Clulee, John Dee’s Natural Philosophy—between science and religion. (London and New York: Routledge, 1988); William H. Sherman,John Dee, the Politics of Reading and Writing in the English Renaissance (Amherst: University ofMassachusetts Press, 1995).

2

See list in Peter French, John Dee: The World of an Elizabethan Magus, pp. 216–29.3

Many of these apparent conflicts are still with us today. Charles Tart, Body Mind Spirit(Charlottesville: Hampton Roads, 1997), observes that Scientism, a belief that scoffs at anything thatdoesn’t fit our supposedly scientific beliefs, has become “the world’s most powerful (and negative)religion.” It is interesting to note that most modern religious studies carefully avoid Scientism.

4

Frances A. Yates, The Rosicrucian Enlightenment (Boulder: Shambhala, 1978), p. xii.5

Some have argued there are actually two systems: the Heptarchic system (represented by thismanuscript and Dee’s Heptarchia Mystica), and the Enochian system, represented by later records,especially TFR.

6

See C. H. Josten’s translation of Dee’s Monas Hieroglyphica (AMBIX, XII, 1964, 84–221), andNicholas Clulee’s analysis in John Dee’s Natural Philosophy (London: Routledge, 1988), p. 77ff.

7

Although there has been some criticism of Dr. Yates’ work in recent years, I have found the views ofRoberts and Watson to be the most balanced: “The influence of the later work of Yates herself will bewidely apparent for although that often seems hasty and over-enthusiastic, our own research hasfrequently confirmed rather than contradicted hers. . . .” Julian Roberts and Andrew Watson, JohnDee’s Library Catalogue (London: The Bibliographical Society, 1990), p. 26.

8

R. Turner writes, “Mistakes abound in both the Crowley and Regardie printed Enochian texts. Icounted 91 in the first Call alone when comparing these with Dee’s original manuscript (see Sloane3191, British Museum).” Cited by Colin Wilson, “Introduction to the Necronomicon,” Gnostica, 48,Nov. 1978, p. 62.

9

The first edition was limited to 500 copies. Another version was produced by Christopher Whitby ashis doctoral thesis. This had a small reprinting as John Dee’s Actions with Spirits, 2 vols. (New

York: Garland, 1991).10

William Sherman, John Dee, p. 149.11

These records were published in 1659 by Meric Casaubon as A True & Faithful Relation . . .Between Dr. John Dee . . . and Some Spirits (TFR). Casaubon’s main intent in publishing thismaterial was to discredit Dee’s reputation.

12

For example, he is credited with coining the word “unit,” which he used to translate the Greek“monas.” He also coined the word “Britannia.”

13

Monas, Theorem 23.14

Monas, dedication to King Maximilian, passim, pp. 115 ff.15

Peter J. French, John Dee, The World of an Elizabethan Magus, 1972, pp. 40 ff.16

Hans Ankwicz-Kleehoven observes, “Just as no distinguished foreigner at the beginning of thenineteenth century omitted to pay his respects to Goethe in Weimar, so it was good form in theGermany of circa 1500 to have called on Trithemius at Sponheim.” Cited in loan P. Couliano, Erosand Magic in the Renaissance (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987), p. 166.

17

William Sherman, John Dee, p. 51.18

William Sherman has given us an excellent sense of it in his book; see especially p. 40.19

“Dee could hardly have held a more prominent place in . . . the genesis of the British Empire.” SeeWilliam Sherman, John Dee, pp. 148 ff and passim.

20

A large element of Dee’s patriotism was his fascination with the Arthurian legends. He was largelyresponsible for reviving interest in them. Dee believed himself to be of royal descent.

21

British Library, Sloane manuscript 3188, fol. 65a. See also John Dee, General and Rare Memorialspertayning to the Perfect Arte of NAVIGATION (GRM) (London: John Daye, 1577).

22

Johannes Trithemius in De Septem Secundeis (translation in William Lilly, Worlds Catastrophe,London, 1647), wrote that world history was governed by the rules of seven angels, each ruling 354years and 4 months. The angels told Dee that “the 7 Governours have almost ended their Government”(TFR, p. 4). Dee’s copy of Cyprian Leowitz, De Conjunctionibus Magnis Insignioribus SuperiorumPlanetarum (Leuingen, 1564), has “underlinings and a few notes” (item 631, R&W).

23

GRM (1577) is dated 5540, and A Playne Discourse . . . concerning the needful reformation of yevulgar kallender (Oxford: Bodleian Library, Ashmole MS 1789, article 3, 1582) is dated 5545.

24

The title page for Dee’s General and Rare Memorials shows a timeline of history of something over6,000 years. If 6,000 years is significant to him as it was to others, his calculations would put the endat A.D. 2037.

25

See also I. R. F. Calder, “John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist,” chapter 9, section 3.26

Mysterium Libri Quinque (MLQ), 16 November 1582.27

TFR, p. 43.28

I. R. F. Calder, “John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist,” chapter 8, section 8. See also WilliamSherman, John Dee, pp. 187, 188.

29

The Archangel Uriel, 11 March 1582.30

See Monas, p. 133, “the Hebrew cabbalist . . . will own that, without regard to person, the samebenevolent God is not only [the God] of the Jews, but of all peoples, nations, and languages.”

31

Bynepor, 20 November 1582; Medicina Dei, 24 March 1583; Michael, 23 May 1583.32

A similar “invitation” led Giordano Bruno to his death at the stake in 1600.33

For example, “AGLA” and “ARARITA” are acronyms derived from verses of scripture. SeeCornelius Agrippa, De occulta philosophia Libri Tres (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1992), book 3, chapter xi,

p. 428.34

For example, Arbatel, De Magia Veterum (Basel, 1575), p. 21, Aphor. 14: “da mihi unum despiritibus tuis, qui me doceat ea, quae vis nos discere & cognoscere, ad laudem & honorem tuum &utilitatem proximi.” (“Grant me therefore one of thy spirits, who may teach me those things whichthou wouldest have me to know and learn, to thy praise and glory, and the profit of our neighbour.”)

35

For example, Cornelius Agrippa, De occulta philosophia, book 2, chap. 22, pp. 314–18.36

There have been a number of recent books and movies with the theme of Dee’s magic.37

R&W, p. 29.38

R&W, p. 168. They catalog it as DM 70 and note, “On fol.9 (originally the first leaf, fol.1–8 havingbeen misbound) is [Dee’s ladder symbol] and, very faint, ‘Fragmentum Magicum,’ which may be inDee’s hand. At the foot is ‘Sum Ben: Jonsonij liber.’”

39

Sloane 3188 fol. 48r.40

A version of this text with discussion is included in Richard Kieckhefer’s Forbidden Rites: ANecromancer’s Manual of the Fifteenth Century (University Park: Pennsylvania State UniversityPress, 1997), pp. 8–10, p. 256 ff.

41

Judaism was outlawed in England and much of Europe at the time. Note Dee’s comment “we canhardly trust anything in the Jews hands . . . they are a stiffnecked people and dispersed all the worldover.”

42

They list it as DM 166, pg 183.43

See Jim Reeds, “John Dee and the Magic Tables in the Book of Soyga,”www.research.att.com/~reeds/soyga.html; to appear in a forthcoming book John Dee:Interdisciplinary Essays in English Renaissance Thought, Kluwer of Amsterdam.

44

Bodley MS 908, p. 4, line 3. See figure 2.45

R&W, p. 183.46

It is not clear why Roberts and Watson make this identification. They note Francis Maddison’s theorythat Aldaraia = Ar. Al Dirâya “knowledge, cognizance, acquintance,” but that is only hypothetical.They also note that Dee sent a servant (20 October 1595) to recover his Arabic book from Mr Abbot(?) at Oxford and (19 November 1595) “my Arabik boke restored by gods favor.” James OrchardHalliwell, ed., The Private Diary of Dr. John Dee (New York: AMS Press, 1968), p. 54.

47

Genesis 44:4–5.48

Raymond A. Moody, Scrying—The Art of Female Divination (Marietta: R. Bemis Publishing, Ltd.,1995), p. 7.

49

For some examples, see Richard Kieckhefer, Forbidden Rites, experiments 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25,27, 29, 33, 38, 39, and 40. Reginald Scot, Discoverie of Witchcraft (New York: Dover Publications,1584/1973), published extracts from magic handbooks; many deal with scrying (e.g., pp. 148–9, 232–5, 238–9, 245–6, 249–50). Francis Barrett, The Magus (London, 1801; reprint: Secaucus: TheCitadel Press, 1975) pp. 135bis ff, published scrying instructions from Trithemius (or pseudo-Trithemius). See also manuscripts Sloane 1317, 3846 (art 6), 3848, 3949 (arts. 1, 3), 3851, 3853 (art.9), 3854 (art 5).

50

According to Couliano, mnemonics, along with eroticism, is an essential component of magic, “tosuch an extent that it is impossible to understand [magic] without first having studied the principlesand mechanisms of the first two” (Eros and Magic in the Renaissance, p. xviii). See also Frances A.Yates, The Art of Memor, and Giordano Bruno’s De magia in Jordani Bruni Nolani Opera latineconscripta (Neapoli, 1879–91). English translation in Robert De Lucca, Richard J. Blackwell, andAlfonso Ingegno, Giordano Bruno, Cause, Principle and Unity: And Essays on Magic (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press, 1998).

51

I. P. Couliano, Eros and Magic in the Renaissance, p. 5.52

He mentions scrying in his Monas Hieroglyphica (1564).53

See “The Scryers of John Dee,” Chris Pickering, Hermetic Journal 32, pp. 9–14. Another example ofDee seeing angels may be TFR 25, where he writes “Thereupon I perceived the presence of somegood spiritual Creature, and straight way appeared the good Angel. I.L.”

54

This friend was Edward Kelley, a.k.a. Edward Talbot.55

Above this entry, someone wrote, “You that rede this underwritten assure yourselfe that yt is ashamfull lye, for Talbot neither studied for any such thinge not shewed himselfe dishonest in anythinge.” Dee added the comment, “This is Mr. Talbot or that lerned man, his own writing in my boke,very unduely as he cam by it.” There are also some additional notes by Talbot/Kelley that have beenerased. Diary quotations are from James Orchard Halliwell, ed., The Private Diary of Dr. John Dee(New York: AMS Press, 1968) pp. 13–16.

56

Although Christopher Whitby (John Dee’s Actions with Spirits, pp. 138-141) questions whether theobsidian mirror was actually Dee’s, it is commonly accepted. John Pontois, Dee’s heir, was said tohave “a certain round flat stone like Cristall which Pountis said was a stone which an Angell broughtto doctor dye wherein he did worke and know many strange things . . .” See R&W, p. 61. See figure8.1 in Nicholas Clulee, John Dee’s Natural Philosophy. This probably was the scrying stone that theangels mysteriously delivered on 21 November 1582 out of “the uttermost part of the RomanPossession.” Dee describes it as being “half an inch thick” (5 May, 1583), although Dee’s drawing ofthe former in Sloane 3191 clearly shows a sphere whereas the mirror is flat and has a handle.

57

Quoted in Christopher Whitby, John Dee’s Actions with Spirits, p. 92. Compare with the drawing anddescription found in (pseudo-?) Trithemius. The Art of Drawing Spirits in to Crystals in FrancisBarrett, The Magus, book 2, p. 128 (York Beach, ME: Samuel Weiser, 2000). In addition to Raphael,Gabriel, and Uriel, Trithemius includes Michael.

58

Nicholas Clulee, John Dee’s Natural Philosophy, p. 206. See the first action, where, after “ferventprayers to God,” Saul is asked to look into the stone and see “yf God had sent his holy Angel Anael.”

59

As an example, British Library Sloane manuscript 3849 (“Manner of Proceding in order to discoverin the Crystall”) starts out with the seven Psalms before proceeding to ask Jesus to send the threeangels “ancor annasor anelose.” Reginald Scot, in his 1584 edition of The Discoverie of Witchcraft(book 15, chapter 12), quotes from a magical text at length on how “to have a spirit inclosed into achristall stone or berill glasse, &c. First thou in the new of the moon being clothed with all new, and

fresh, & cleane araie, and shaven, and that day to fast with bread and water, and being cleaneconfessed, saie the seaven psalmes, and the letanie, for the space of two daies, with this praierfollowing . . .”

60

For example, see TFR, p. 25: “There appeared to E.K. a round Globe of white smoke over my head”(a UFO?). MLQ, 10 April 1583: “there appeared in the corner of my study a blak shadow.”Sometimes, the whole chamber appeared in the stone (e.g., MLQ, 15 March 1582).

61

Peter French, John Dee, The World of an Elizabethan Magus, pp. 113, n. 2.62

Oxford: Bodleian Library MS Ashmole 1790, fol. 58.63

British Library manuscript Royal 17 Axlii fol. 3v.64

Athanasius Kircher, Oedipus Aegyptiacus (Rome, 1652–54). The most interesting part of Kircher’sdiscussion is his attempt to link the seal with Islamic mystical tradition. Since the use of this sigil iscentral to the present work, I include Kircher’s discussion of it in appendix 2.

65

Oxford: Bodleian Library, Ashmole MS 1790, fols. 55a–56a.66

Hermann Gollancz, Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh (London: Oxford University Press, 1914), fol. 38a.67

Goetia also enjoins the use of a second lamin that has a five-pointed star.68

Translation by D. C. Duling in James H. Charlesworth, The Old Testament Pseudepigrapha, vol. 1(New York: Doubleday, 1983) pp. 935 ff.

69

For example, see British Library, Harley manuscript 5596, fifteenth century. Note the largest sectionof this manuscript is the Clavicula Salomonis.

70

Cornelius Agrippa, De occulta philosophia, book 2, chap. 7, p. 266.71

The Magical Calendar, ed. Adam McLean (Grand Rapids, MI: Phanes Press, 1994), p. 32.72

Johannes Trithemius, The Art of Drawing Spirits into Crystals in Francis Barrett’s The Magus, book2, (York Beach, ME: Samuel Weiser, 2000), p. 128.

73

(pseudo-) Henry Cornelius Agrippa, Fourth Book of Occult Philosophy (London, 1655, reprintLondon: Askin Publishers, 1978).

74

Agrippa.75

The Key of Solomon the King (Clavicula Salomonis), first translated and edited from ancientmanuscripts in the British Museum by S. Liddell MacGregor Mathers (London: George Redway,1889; reissued, York Beach, ME: Samuel Weiser, 2000, p. 93). Mathers’ reading most closelyfollows British Library manuscript Additional 10862, folio 116v (consecration of vestments): “Amor,Amator, Amides, Ideodaniach, Paucor, Playor, Anitor, per merita eorum sanctorum Angelorum . . .”The same manuscript again invokes these angels during the consecration of the silk cloth on fol. 64v:“Adonay, Anosbias anereneton, agla, athanatos, agyos, ancor, anachor, anilos, Theodomos, agnefeton,Cedyon, Lamet, Cetelfares, cos, Tetragrammaton.” Strangely, Mathers omits this conjuration. Mathers’other manuscript authorities read as follows: Sloane 3091, fol. 84v: “ancor, amacor, amade.Theodonia, Pancorpsagor, Anotor, parles merites des Saints Anges, . . .” Harley 3981 fol. 112v:“Ancor, Amacor, Amade, Theodonia, Pancor = psagor, Anitor, par les merites des Saints Anges . . .”Kings 288 fol. 111v: “Anco, Amacor, Amade, Theodonia, Pancor, Psagor, Anitor, parles merites, desSaints Anges . . .” Ancor, Amacor, Amides, Teodonia, Pancor, Amitor, par les merites des Saintes . . .Sloane 1307 (missing from chapter on vestments but includes the following for consecrating theparchment fol. 109v:) “Autor, Amaur, Theodomos, Phagar, Abacri, adestote ad custodiam istiuscarte.” Other manuscripts of the Key of Solomon in the British Library not used by Mathers preservesome valuable readings: Sloane 3847 fol. 46v (consecration of clothing): “Anchor, Anachor, anilos,theodonos, phagor, Ianitor, per merita Angelorum sanctorum . . .” fol. 60r (preparation of parchment):“Ancor, anacor, amlos, Theodomos, Phagor, adestote in custodia huius carte” fol. 60v: “Lazay,Salmay, Dalmay, Adonay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, anepheneton, Cedyon, Aryon, Anereneton,Athanatos, Theos, Theodomos, anilos, pes, kyros, abos, Theophilos, Onoy, Zoron, Largon, Lazaryon,Theophilon, Tisyon, Alyon, Occinomos, Zacharion, Sydion, Agla, Joth, heth, he, vau, el, emanuel, JaJa, Vah, ancor, anilos, Theodonas angeli sancti dei . . .” Additional 36674 fol. 15v: “Antor, Anator,etAnabis, Theodomas, lanitor [or Iamtor], by the desertes of the holy Anngells . . .” Sloane 2383 fol.16r (preparation of parchment): “Anator, Amacor, phaidos, theodomos, plagar, abacar, adestote adcustodiam istius Cartae” fol. 25v (silk cloth): “Adonay, amatias, anaton prieumaton, agla, Ensoph,Cadon, antor, amacor, anilor, [26r] Semanphorus, Samceuaia, tetaph, soned, saemonim. Eos bos,Elohim.”

76

Joseph H. Peterson, The Lesser Key of Solomon (York Beach, ME, Weiser Books: 2001), p. 47.77

British Library manuscript Royal 17 Axlii fol. 37r. Another manuscript in the British Library, Sloane3885 fol. 69r reads: “Ih’u dei filius incompraehensibilis hancor hanacor hanylos iehorna theodonas

helyothos heliotheos phagor corphandonos norizane corithico hanosal helsezope phagora. [37v]Eleminator candones helas helee resphaga thephagagayn thetendyn thahanos mtemya heortahonosnelos behebos belhores hacaphagan \\\\\ belohothoi ortophagon corphandonos humane natus . . .”Sloane 3854 fol 118v: “Ih’u dei filius incomprehensibil’ hancor hanacor hanylos iehorna theodonoshelyothos heliotheos phagor corphandonos norizane corithico hanosae helsezope phagora. Eleminatorcandones helos orano: helee resphaga thephagagayn thetendyn thahanos uitemya heortalyonos uelos uehebos uel hores hacaphagan ortophagon corphandonos humane natus . . .”

78

Peterson, p. 172.79

Gustav Davidson, A Dictionary of Angels Including the Fallen Angels (New York: The Free Press,1967), pp. 338–9.

80

Christopher Whitby (John Dee’s Actions with Spirits, p. 1) identified these as “notes in cipher byWilliam Shippen (1635–1693),” but see C. H. Josten, Elias Ashmole (1617–1692): hisautobiographical and historical notes, his correspondence, and other contemporary sourcesrelating to his life and work (Oxford, 1966), V. 2, p. 10.

81

Christopher Whitby, John Dee’s Actions with Spirits, p. 105–6, p. 156.82

Nicholas Clulee, John Dee’s Natural Philosophy, p. 178–9.83

Dee was apparently aware of the existence of the Ethiopic Book of Enoch from Guillaume Postel’sDe originibus (Basel: Ioannem Oporinum, 1553). See Nicholas Clulee, John Dee’s NaturalPhilosophy, p. 209.

84

TFR, p. 159.85

Sloane 3188, fol. 101b.86

William Sherman, John Dee, pp. 16—19.87

See Frances A. Yates, The Rosicrucian Enlightenment, 1978, pp. 41.88

TFR I, p. 173; TFR III, p. 15.

89

Hermetic Journal, 30, pp. 18—22.90

TFR III, p. 15.91

Sloane 3188.92

Sloane 3191.93

Sloane 3189.94

George Hay, ed., The Necronomicon (Jersey: Neville Spearman, 1978), p. 36.95

Donald C. Laycock, The Complete Enochian Dictionary (York Beach, ME: Weiser Books, 2001), p.63.

96

James O. Halliwell, ed., The Private Diary of Dr. John Dee (New York: AMS Press, 1968), p. 11,May 25, 1581.

97

MLQ, 17 November 1582.98

Dee, “Praefatio latina,” 1586 in C. H. Josten’s “An Unknown Chapter in the Life of John Dee,”Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes 28 (1965): 233—57. See also Butler, RitualMagic, pp. 259, 268.

99

Nicholas Clulee, John Dee’s Natural Philosophy, p. 205.100

See for example, Jacque Vallee’s Messengers of Deception (Berkeley: Ronin Publishing, 1979) andColin Wilson, Alien Dawn (New York: Fromm International, 1998).

101

Laski is told he would have the kingdoms of Poland and Moldavia. The angels also incorrectlyforetell Rudolph’s demise and Stephen’s ascent.

102

I. R. F. Calder, “John Dee Studied as an English Neoplatonist,” chapter 9, section 4.103

48 Claves Angelicae: “The 48 Angelic Keys.” -Ed.104

The title page of the actual manuscript reads, Liber Scientiae, Auxilij et Victoriae Terrestris: “TheBook of Earthly Knowledge, Help, and Victory” -Ed.

105

10 April 1586.106

30 April 1586.107

The actual title page reads, De Heptarchia Mystica (Diuinis, ipsius Creationis, stabilitœ legibus)Collectaneorum / Liber primus: “Concerning the Mystical Heptarchy (divine, of the creation itself,with permanent rules) First Book of collected passages” -Ed.

108

Sloane 3191.109

William Lilly, noted English astrologer. Born 30 April 1602. Died 9 June 1681.110

“As a further testimony of the sence of Mr. Wales kindnes, shortly after his death, I sent for his son, &bestowed on him, one of my deputies places in the Excise, with an allowance of 80 £ per Annum.”/E.A.

111

Sloane 3189 has the following three names written on a blank page, which may be these formerowners: Robert Jones, Susanna Jones, George Lockehouse. -Ed.

112

till: “drawer or compartment.” - Ed.113

Praeter . . . sapientia: “Besides my other frequent extemporaneous prayers and more ardentexhortations to God, this one has been most frequently used. My morning and evening prayer forwisdom.” -Ed.

114

In nomine . . . placebit: “In the name of God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Spirit. Amen. Oalmighty, eternal, true and living God, be pleased to deliver me! O Lord of Lords, King of Kings,

Jehovah Zebaoth, make haste to help me!(cf. Psalm 70) Glory be to God the Father, and to the Son,and to the Holy Spirit: as it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. Amen.Teach me to perceive and understand properly (O Creator of all things), for your wisdom is all Idesire. Fix your word in my ear (O Creator of all things), and fix your wisdom in my heart. O LordJesus Christ (you who are the true wisdom of your eternal and omnipotent Father) I most humbly begyour Divine Majesty that you consider it proper to send me the speedy help of some pious wise manand experienced philosopher for realizing and perfecting above all fully those things which will be ofgreatest value for increasing your praise and glory. And if no such mortal man now lives upon theearth who is fitting for this work, or who may have been assigned by your eternal providence to theperforming of that service for me, then truly I most humbly, most ardently, and most faithfully ask fromyour divine majesty that you grant to send me down from heaven your good spiritual ministers andangels, namely Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, and also Uriel: and (from your divine favor) any other trueand faithful angels of yours, who may completely and perfectly train and teach me in the true andaccurate knowledge and understanding of your secrets and wonders (concerning all your creatures,and their nature, properties, and best use) and necessary knowledge for us mortals, to the praise,honor, and glory of your name, to my firm solace and otherwise (through me) the solace of the greatestnumber of your faithful, and to the confusion and ruin of the wicked. Amen. Let it be O JehovahZebaoth; let it be O Adonay; let it be O Elohim. O blessed and omnipotent Trinity, praised above allthings, grant me (John Dee) this petition, in such a manner that will be most pleasing to you. Amen.” -Ed.

115

Ab anno . . . suam: “From the year 1579 in approximately this manner, in Latin or in English (andfurthermore in another unique and particular manner, sometimes for Raphael, and sometimes forMichael) it was most gratifying to me to pour forth my prayers to God; may God grant me hiswonderful mercy.” -Ed.

116

In Sloane 3677, this note comes before the prayer. -Ed.117

Angelus . . . praedominans: “Angel or intelligence now presiding over the whole world.” -Ed.118

Etymologia: Gratiosa / Afflicta Dei / Misericors: “Etymology: Favored / Distressed of GodMerciful.” Dee considered Hebrew etymology important and discusses meanings and roots of variouswords in various works of his. It seems he had at least a rudimentary command of Hebrew grammaras well. -Ed.

119

4 Angeli . . . Quaternarii: “4 angels presiding over the 4 quarters of heaven, as Agrippa notes in theScale of the number four (Occult Phil., Book 2, ch 7).” This grouping of the Archangels is common inmedieval and Renaissance occult works. In Liber Juratus, one of the earliest books of the Solomonicschool of magic, these four angels are known as the “Angels of the 4 winds.” Agrippa, in his work,De Occulta Philosophia, book 2, chap. 7 (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1992), pp. 266, calls them the “fourangels ruling over the corners of the world.” The Magical Calendar of Tycho Brahe gives the same.

Michael and Gabriel are the only two angels mentioned by name in the Old Testament. Raphael ismentioned in the apocryphal Book of Tobit, and Uriel is well-known in noncanonical lore. Annael isrelatively unknown. -Ed.

120

Etymologiae: Fortitudo . . . praevalesceus: “Etymology: Michael: Strength of God; Gabriel: eithermade very strong or very powerful or strength of God; Raphael: Medicine of God; Uriel: Light ofGod.” -Ed.

121

Anna . . . Deum: “Anna, et Annah, is a particle of the supplicant and confessor: consequently it maynot be unreasonable that it indicates praying and confessing God.” Dee’s theory is that the nameAnnael derives from Hebrew “Ana” meaning “pray,” or “lament.” The more usual explanation ofAnael is that it is equivalent to Haniel, and means “Grace of God.” Johannes Trithemius, in DeSeptem Secundeis (translation in William Lilly, Worlds Catastrophe, London, 1647) refers to him asthe “spirit of Venus.”- Ed.

122

Per Sloane 3677.123

Ad Deum . . . Anno 1582: “A faithful declaration to almighty God, to the lasting account of this matterin the year 1582.” -Ed.

124

Talent: “power.” -Ed.125

I Samuel 9 is the story of Saul’s consulting Samuel about his father’s asses. - E.A.126

James 1:5 Si quis autem vestrum indiget sapientia, postulet a Deo, qui dat omnibus affluenter, et nonimproperat: et dabitur ei.: “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all menliberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him.” -Ed.

127

mediately: “through a mediator.” -Ed.128

Mittas . . . ducant &c: “May you send your light and your truth, which may lead me . . .” -Ed.129

Recte Sapere . . . quod volo: See above. -Ed.130

Da verbum . . . fige &c: “Fix your word in my ear, and your wisdom in my heart, etc.” -Ed.

131

This third seer was Saul. -E.A.132

This seems to be a paraphrase of Psalm 34:7: “The angel of the Lord encamps around those who fearhim, and delivers them.”

133

De mirabili . . . Naturae: “Concerning the wonderful power of art and of nature” -Ed.134

Numquid non est Deus in Israël, ut ad consulendum Beelzebub, deum Accaron. Reg. 4. cap. 1. -Δ. “Isit because there is no God in Israel that you are going to inquire of Beelzebub, the god of Ekron?” 2Kings (called Reg 4, 4 Kings in the vulgate) - Ed.

135

Facilius . . . reputare: “It is without doubt incomparably easier to obtain anything that is considereduseful for people from God, or from good spirits [than from evil spirits].” -Ed.

136

Mane: “in the morning.” -Ed.137

AÑAËL.138

Note, An illuding intruder, even at the first, putting him self, as an angel of light. Take hede allwayesof undue securitie.

139

There appered a great number of dead mens skulls, likewise.140

In nomine . . . tu es: “In the name of Jesus Christ, who are you?” This is a standard first question forinterrogating spirits. “Let him first require his name, and if he be called by any other name” (pseudo-?) Agrippa’s Fourth Book of Occult Philosophy, ed. Robert Turner (London: Askin Publishers,1978), p. 67. -Ed.

141

“potestas . . . est: “All power is placed in me.” -Ed.142

Quae?: “Which?” -Ed.143

Bona et mala: “good and bad.” -Ed.

144

De Thesauro abscondita: “regarding hidden treasure.” -Ed.145

Ne perturbes . . . Nugae: “Don’t bother, for these are trifles.” -Ed.146

Ubi . . . tua?: “By whom is your power?” -Ed.147

Cur . . . mea?: “Why do you ask about my power?” -Ed.148

Cur . . . placet: “Why? It means you haven’t satisfied me.” - Ed.149

An bonus . . . speculo?: “Is there any good angel assigned to this speculum/mirror?” - Ed.150

Etiam: “Yes, certainly.” -Ed.151

Quis? “Who?” -Ed.152

Bonus . . . mentio: “Isn’t this the good angel mentioned in scripture?” [i.e. Michael]-Ed.153

Maxime: “Absolutely.” -Ed.154

Fieri . . . agam?: “May I not see and deal with him?” -Ed.155

Ita: “yes” -Ed.156

Quid . . . velis: “What do you wish to show by this?” -Ed.157

Alterius . . . est: “It is the character of another angel.” -Ed.158

Cur . . . ostendis?: “Why do you show this now, and on this occasion?” -Ed.159

Causam ob magnam: “For a great reason.” -Ed.160

In margin: “Prayer / Fasting.” -Ed.161

Gloria . . . saeculorum: “Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit, as it was in thebeginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end.” -Ed.

162

Prepositus orbis veneris: “Governor of the planet Venus.” -Ed.163

This book only survives in fragments as Cotton MS. Vitellius. C. VII, art. 3. in the British Library. -Ed.

164

In nomine Jesu Christi: “In the name of Jesus Christ.” -Ed165

Pseudonym for Edward Kelley. -Ed.166

Note: he had two dayes before made the like demaunde and request unto me: but he went awayunsatisfiyed for his comming was to entrap me, yf I had had any dealing with wicked spirits as heconfessed often tymes after: and that he was set on, &c.

167

Aliqui Angeli boni: “some good angels.” -Ed.168

Michael . . . nostris: “Michael is the foremost in our works.” -Ed.169

Soyga, Soiga = agyos. -E.A. Agios is Greek for holy. Two copies of this book have been identified.One is Bodleian Ms. 908, and the other is British Library Sloane manuscript 8. See the introductionfor more detail. -Ed.

170

Liber . . . bonos: “That book was revealed to Adam in Paradise by the good angels of God.” -Ed.171

solus . . . interpretator: “Michael alone is the interpretor of that book.” -Ed.172

Dee lived to be 81. -Ed.173

Praesentias . . . invocandi: “Request and invoke our appearance with sincerity and humility. AndAnchor, Anachor, and Anilos are not to be called into this stone.” -Ed.

174

Haec . . . non vi: “These things mostly involve Michael. Michael is the angel who illuminates yourpath. And these things are revealed in virtue and truth, not by force.” -Ed.

175

Omnis . . . nobis: “Every hour is our hour.” -Ed.176

An illuding spirit straight way intruded him self, and this character: as may appere Libri QuintiAppendice where the character is described exactly.

177

In margin: This was not True Uriel as may appere Anno 1583: May 5. -Ed.178

Sigillum . . . gestandum: “Engrave this sigil in gold, for protecting the body in all places, times, andoccasions: and it is to be worn on the chest.” -Ed.

179

Soli . . . gloria: “All honor and glory to God alone.” -Ed.180

Note: In this time there appered in the stone, a riche chayre: and after a little while, it was out ofsight.

181

That is, Psalms 6, 32, 38, 51, 102, 130, and 143 (the Vulgate numbers them 6, 31, 37, 50, 101, 129,and 142). -Ed.

182

Sigillum Dei: “Sigil (or seal) of God.” -Ed.183

In margin: Erronicè, contra ignorantiam meam. vide post. -Δ (Erroneously, to my ignorance. Seebelow.) -Ed.

184

Note this point.185

Two smaller seals are preserved in the British Museum. They measure 125mm in diameter, and are20mm thick. The holy table itself measured 36¼ inches by 35⅞ inches, was 31½ inches high. -Ed.

186

Caue: quia angelus tenebrarum se intrusit hic ut libri Quinti appendice apparavit. -Δ. “Beware: anangel of darkness intruded itself here as is shown in the appendix to the fifth book.” In fronte: “infront”; iuxta pectus: “near the chest”; a sinistris: “on the left”; a dextris: “on the right.” -Ed.

187

Brimstone (sulfur) was commonly used in exorcisms. For the binding of Asmodeus by Raphael, seeThe Book of Tobit 3.17. -Ed.

188

Dee’s daughter Katherine was nine months old at the time. -Ed.189

Note: So is it evident who went abowt to hinder the truth before in the character, and in the border ofthe Table, falsely cownterfeating &c as it also in the next action may appere.

190

Saul in danger of being carried away quick. -Δ. Quick: “alive.” -Ed.191

George was a servant of Dee’s. Dee’s diary states that goodman Hilton requested lodging for his twosons in Dee’s house in 1579, and that Robert Hilton came to his service 4 October 1581. -Ed.

192

See Tobit 3.17 and 8.3.193

Gloria . . . sicut: “Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit, as . . . etc.” -Ed.194

“Around 3 in the morning.” -Ed.195

Hereby may appere that this wycked spirit foysted in the shew of the fals character and names before.196

Presently: “at once.” -Ed.197

Brave: “splendid.” - Ed.198

Note: Lundrumguffa skourged spiritually.199

Glystring: “brilliant.” -Ed.200

Lundrumguffa.201

Gloria . . . saeculorum: “Glory, praise, honor, virtue, and sovereignty to the immortal, invisible, andalmighty God, forever and ever.” -Ed.

202

Agrippa hath so, cap. 24, Lib. 3, Occult. Phil. -Δ. Cornelius Agrippa, De Occulta Philosophia, p.471. Here Agrippa lists the four princes of the angels as Michael, Raphael, Gabriel, and Nariel (alsoknown as Uriel). They rule over the four winds and the four parts of the world (East, West, North, andSouth respectively). -Ed.

203

Potius erat dicendum Michaël: Nam Gabriel est Praevalescentia Dei: et ita, fortitudo quidem, sedaltioris gradus. -Δ. (“Rather Michael was indicated: For Gabriel is the Predominance of God: andtherefore also the strength, but to another degree.” -Ed.)

204

Fortitudo . . . est: “The strength of God is always with you.” -Ed.205

Angelus tuae professionis: “Angel of your profession.” -Ed.206

Vide Agrippam de Triplici hõis custode. Lib.3: cap.22. -Δ. Cornelius Agrippa, De OccultaPhilosophia, book 3, chap. 22, p. 465. Here Agrippa states that everyone is assigned three angelickeepers or preservers: one that is holy, another of the nativity, and another of the profession. -Ed.

207

Laudate . . . suis: “Praise the Lord for his works.” -Ed.208

Vide Reuclini de Verbo Mirifico, de nomine NA.209

Vide Reuclini Librum de Verbo Mirifico de nomine PELE.210

The use of the ring.211

De sigillo Emeth, vide Reuclinim Artem Cabalisticam, lib.3. et Agrippam lib. 3. cap.11. -Δ.“Concerning the seal Emeth, see Johann Reuchlin, On the Art of the Kabbalah, book 3.” Translatedby Martin and Sarah Goodman, (Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press, 1983), pp. 284, 287:“They assert that En Sof is alpha and omega, for he said: ‛I am the first and the last.’ They say too thatthe ‘Crown’ of the kingdom is the bottomless fount of all the ages and the Father of mercies, whose

mystery is that he seals up Essence through Truth. As our noble teacher Eliezer haKalir says: ‘Truth ishis seal.’ This can be proved by arithmetical calculation. If we multiply Ehieh (meaning ‘essence’) byEhieh we will get 441, which is the same as Emeth, the word for ‘true’ or ‘truth,’ and the same asAdonai Shalom, which means ‘Lord of Peace.’” Compare with Joseph Gikatilla (b. 1248), Gates ofLight, translated by Avi Weinstein (San Francisco: Harper Collins Publishers, 1994), p. 222: “Thusthe Sages said ‛EMeT is the seal of the Holy One, Blessed be He.’ . . . Therefore, upon His seal iswritten EMeT, to teach you that all the hosts of letters from the first aleph to the [but not including]mem [which is in the middle of the alphabet] look to bring favour . . .” See the introduction for adiscussion of the seal Emeth. Note also that all three names, “NA,” “Emeth,” and “PELE” are foundin Agrippa, De Occulta Philosophia, book 3, chapter 11, p. 434. -Ed.

212

Virtue, also “power.” -Ed.213

Valete: “Farewell.” -Ed.214

Soli . . . Gloria: “All honor, praise, and glory to God alone.” -Ed.215

Invocate . . . eum: “Invoke the name of the Lord, and acknowledge him.” -Ed.216

Psalm 67.1: Deus . . . nobis: “May God be gracious to us and bless us.” -Ed.217

Of Salamian you may rede, in the call, Diei Dominicae in Elementis Magicis Petri de Abano, therecalled Salamia. -Δ. Elementis Magici: “Magical Elements,” by Peter de Abano, English translationpublished as Heptameron: or Magical Elements (London, 1655, reprint London: Askin Publishers,1978), p. 89. Diei Dominicae: “Sunday.”

218

Thretting: “threatening.” -Ed.219

Raphaël.220

De OCH vide in libello Arbatel in . -Δ. According to the Arbatel De Magia Veterum, Aphor. 17,pp. 17–31, Och is a spirit of Olympus who governs solar things. The other six Olympic spirits areAratron (Saturn), Bethor (Jupiter), Phaleg (Mars), Hagith (Venus), Ophiel (Mercury), and Phul(Moon). -Ed.

221

See Agrippa, De Occulta Philosophia, book 3, chapter 34, p. 504. -Ed.

222

Δ: Perchaunce he meaneth the cownsayle of Annael: before specifyed.223

It is in Elementis Magicis Petri de Abano printed with Clauis Agrippae, which lay in my oratoriealmost under my wyndow.

224

The top third of a page is missing here. This quote is supplied from HM, where it is attributed toMichael, that is, F.D., 15 March 1582. -Ed.

225

In margin, written lengthwise: God wilbe revenged uppon Saul: for he hath abused his names in hiscreatures He hath sinned agaynst kinde. His ponishment is great: and so I ende. -Ed.

226

See the apocryphal II Esdras 4.1, 4.36, 5.20, 10.28.227

See the apocryphal Book of Tobit 3.17 and passim.228

Mysteriorum Liber Primus, tooke ending here (as I conceive) after which followes Mysteriorum*Liber Secundus, but the begining thereof is utterly perished. *So it appeares to be by diversQuotations in the following Books. *So by the Citation 28 April 1582. -E.A.

229

The top quarter of a page is missing. In HM, Dee says: “Note that the whole Second boke is Nothingels but the Mysteries most Mervaylous of Sigillum Dei: otherwise called Sigillum Aemeth.” In 3677,E.A. makes the following comments: “I suppose here were some other Actions between the 21 ofMarch and 28 of April 1582 which belonged to the 2nd booke, & are wanting. For in the beginning ofthe Action of 28 of Apr. Mich: taxeth (?) and threateneth Δ for his slacknes for his not preparingthings appointed by him (which Δ excuseth with inability) but here is no . . . of such appointment . . .in Action of 21 of March. [In margin: 22 Mar Mr Talbot went to London to take his journey for theBookes vide Ephemerides. If therefore there was any action between 22 Mar & 28 Apr it must beafter Mr Talbots retorn, & when he retorned is not noted.] (The following line was crossed out. -Ed.):I suppose also that somewhat is wanting of the 3d Booke, for here is only the Actions of 2 daies, and28 & 29 of Ap: & the catch word of the last page is - Mi + decedite - but nothing followes.

I also suppose there is something wanting of the 4th Booke, for the last Action is 4 May 1582 & atthe beginning of which it appears that E.T. was unwilling to proceed as skryer any further, becauseMich: willed him to Marry. & lis & bable be here (+) left offe. Beside the 4th (or rather 5) bookebegins the 15 of Nov: 1582. & from the 4 of May to that tyme here is nothing extant. Yet that somwhatwas done may be colledled from what is entred under the Title vizt: Post reconciliationem Kellianam,&c: implying that, here had been some falling out betw. Δ & him, & it may hence be presumed, Kellyhad been implyed as Skryer sometyme before the said falling out.

+ / 4. May. Mr. Talbot went vide Ephem: so that by this it seemes Mr. Talbot went away fromMortlack so soone as his account of 4 of May was finished, & discected the imployment.” -E.A.

230

Benedictus qui venit in: “Blessed is he who comes in . . .” -Ed.231

Benedictus . . . Domini: “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” This is part of theSanctus prayer, which appears in the preface to the Latin mass. See also John 12:13. -Ed.

232

Michael - Fortitudo Dei.233

My Oath or vow required for secresie.234

To E.T. he spake.235

Recte . . . Intelligere: “To perceive and understand properly.” -Ed.236

The top quarter of a page is missing. -Ed.237

In HM this section has the following heading (perhaps part of the missing text): “Now I will speak ofSigillum Aemeth, also known as Sigillum Dei.” The words in square brackets were supplied fromHM. The quote is also dated 19 March. -Ed.

238

Semiel, this etymologie is as thowgh he wer the secretarie, for the Name of God.239

Michael -CHM.240

Semiel - fortè significat Nomen meum Deus. Ita quod Tabulae istae sunt Nomen Dei, vel NominaDiuina. -Δ. Forte . . . Diuina: “Perhaps it signifies the name of my God, thus, because these tables arethe name of God, or the Divine names.” -Ed.

241

Compare with Daniel 10:6. -Ed.242

The very fashion of the T was thus:

243

“T” in the holy language is named Gisg; vide lib.5. post. et est ultima Alphabetilitera. -∆. Vide . . .litera: “See below in Book 5; it is the last letter of the alphabet.” -Ed.

244

HM reads “of God.” -Ed.245

Deus . . . semper: ‟O God, God, our God, blessed are you, now and forever.” - Ed.246

G: alr. Ged. lib.5. -∆. (“G: otherwise Ged. [See] Book 5.” -Ed.)247

This ellipsis is Dee’s, indicating an omission. -Ed.248

N, alr, Drux.249

Multiplicatum . . . terra: “Manifold is your Name on the Earth.” -Ed.250

Vidimus . . . Domine: “We have seen your glory, O Lord.” -Ed.251

Gisg.252

Illius . . . nobiscum: “May his Glory be with us.” -Ed.253

Na.254

Et est . . . Lucis: “And it is the number of blessed power. Behold the Angels of Light.” -Ed.255

Et sum . . . videte: “And I am the end, and have no number. I am a number within a number, and everynumber is my number. Behold.” -Ed.

256

Drux.257

Et est . . . cælis: “And he is life in heaven” -Ed.

258

Et ego . . . viventibus: “And I live with the well-living.” -Ed.259

Vivamus . . . Nomen: “We live, Alleluia. O Holy Name.” -Ed.260

Tal.261

Benedictus . . . Agni: “Blessed is the number of the Lamb.” -Ed.262

Orate invicem: “Pray in turn.” -Ed.263

Omnia . . . Deo: “Everything is given by God.” -Ed.264

Med.265

Et non . . . Deus: “And the end is not in him. Blessed are you O God.” -Ed.266

Angeli . . . Halleluyah: “The angels will fall down at your name O Lord. You are the first O alleluia.”-Ed.

267

Un.268

Et numerus . . . caeteris: “And your number lives in the rest.” -Ed.269

Corrected thus after by Uriel to be 20.270

Nomen . . . nobiscum: “The name of that is with us.” -Ed.271

Drux.272

Creasti . . . tuam: ‟O Lord, you have created your angels for your glory.” -Ed.273

Et te . . . Deus: “And God has made you first.” -Ed.274

Un.275

Et creata. . . tuo: “And they were created and perish in your name.” -Ed.276

Note these 3 parts.277

Surgit . . . Dei: “Innocence arises to the face of God.” -Ed.278

Innocentium . . . tuis: “O Lord, you have seen the names and blood of the innocent on the earth, andyou are just in your works.” Compare with Psalm 94:21. - Ed.

279

Na.280

Numerus . . . rerum: “Your number is infinite, and it will be the end of things.” -Ed.281

Non est . . . Terrae: “To him there is no number. Everyone perishes before God, and on the face of theearth.” -Ed.

282

O benedictum . . . illis: “Blessed is your name, O Lord. The number perished with those.” -Ed.283

Med.284

Lux . . . tuum: “Light abides in darkness. Your Name is full of glory.” -Ed.285

Trinus sum: “I am threefold.” -Ed.286

Benedictus . . . El: “May the name El be blessed.” -Ed.287

Ur.288

Labia . . . Dominum: “My lips praise the Lord.” -Ed.289

Scotcheon: escutcheon. -Ed.290

Et hic est El: “And here is El.” -Ed.291

Benedicta . . . tua: “May your age be blessed.” -Ed.292

Natus . . . noster: “That Light is born. He/she/it is our Light.” -Ed.293

Drux.294

Numerus . . . benedictus: “Your number is blessed.” -Ed.295

Numerus . . . aeternum: “Your number is with us: and yet until now we knew not his end. May youcome with your number, O one forever.” -Ed.

296

Linguis . . . eum: “They recognized him by his tongues.” -Ed.297

Benedictus . . . sic: “Blessed is he who is so and so.” -Ed.298

Trencher: cutting board on which food is served. -Ed.299

Ur.300

Et es . . . tuis: “And you are true in your works.” -Ed.301

Gaudete . . . Gaudete: “Rejoice ye, all his people, rejoice ye, all his people, from now on rejoice.” -Ed.

302

Incipit virtus nostra: “Our power begins.” -Ed.303

Ged—G.304

Note this to be the first that vanished away, going behynde Michael.305

Recte . . . eius: “Live properly, O you his holy ones.” -Ed.306

Don.307

Hic est . . . meam: “This is the angel of my Church, who may teach him my path.” -Ed.308

Na.309

Coniunxit . . . illorum: “He joined the spirit with their souls.” -Ed.310

Med, ged.311

Numerus . . . numero: “Its number is without number.” -Ed.312

Tempus . . . agnoscite: “It is time. Recognize your God.” -Ed.313

Gisg.314

Imago: I writ first: but, aunciently, and vulgarly both in writing and print, you shall finde ymago,thowgh not according to the Latine Tung. -Δ. Ymago . . . amara: “Your image (O death) is bitter.” -Ed.

315

Gon - cum puncto, y -Δ. (“With a point, to distinguish it from ‘i’.” -Ed.)316

Iustus . . . noster: “Our God is just to the wicked.” -Ed.317

Opera . . . mea: “The labor of the faithful is my delight.” -Ed.318

Hic est Deus noster: “Here is our God.” -Ed.

319

Ecce . . . mea: “Behold, sin rules in my house.” -Ed.320

Graph.321

Bestia . . . aeternum: “The beast devoured my people, but he will perish forever.” -Ed.322

Pa.323

Iniquitas . . . Inquis: “Iniquity fills my temple, and the holy live with the unjust.” -Ed.324

I think it to be superfluous.325

Iniqua . . . suis: “The earth is unjust in its malice.” -Ed.326

Angeli . . . sanctis: “His angels have served the saints.” -Ed.327

Uriel corrected it after, to be under.328

Regnabit . . . tempore: “Wickedness will rule for a time.” -Ed.329

Nulla . . . terram: “No power rules upon the earth.” -Ed.330

Non est . . . caelis: “His number is not in heaven.” -Ed.331

Antiquus . . . Innocentes: “The ancient serpent has raised up his head, devouring the innocent.” -Ed.332

Regnum . . . Contradicet?: “My Kingdom. Who resists it?” -Ed.333

Non quod . . . Mysterium: “It is not because he is A, but because he resists A. Neither his portion norhis number are discovered in heaven. Therefore he has the number of the earth, which is a mystery.” -Ed.

334

Mysterium nobis reuelandum. -Δ. (“A mystery to be revealed to us.”) Vobis . . . reuelandum: “Thismystery is to be revealed to you afterward.” -Ed.

335

Perturbatur . . . sua: “The earth is thrown into confusion by his/her wickedness.” -Ed.336

My skryer had omitted to tell me this, or els, it was not told and showed, but Uriel did after supply itby the skryer: The first letter of Perturbatur, doth not make shew, of the letter following as otherbefore did.

337

Surgite . . . aeternum: “Arise, O servants of God. Arise (I say) and fight. The Name of God iseternal.” -Ed.

338

Omnis . . . illius: “All the Earth will tremble at the sound of that trumpet.” -Ed.339

Serua . . . Israel: “O God, save your people; O God, save your people Israel; O God, save (I say)your people Israel.” -Ed.

340

Fam.341

Est numerus in numero: “He is the number in the number.” -Ed.342

Nunc . . . tribulationis: “Now are the days of troubles.” -Ed.343

Hic predictus: “This is the number that was foretold.” -Ed.344

Audite . . . est: “Listen: it is finished.” -Ed.345

Uriel also did correct this place with deliuering this in the place of the other description before.346

Angele . . . tuam: “O angel, prepare your trumpet.” -Ed.347

Venite Tempus: “The time comes.” -Ed.

348

Hij duo . . . adhuc: “These two were still hidden.” - Ed.349

Vale . . . suum: “Farewell. Nature has its own limit.” -Ed.350

Hij duo . . . adhuc: “These two were still hidden.” - Ed.351

Have wanted: “were missed.” -Ed.352

Veritas . . . sunt: “Truth is in God alone, and all these things are true.” -Ed.353

The descryer, or the skryer omitted to tell.354

Hij duo . . . adhuc: “These two were still hidden.” - Ed.355

Consummatum est: “It is finished.” -Ed.356

Iste . . . suus: “This is his number.” -Ed.357

Omnia unum est: “Everything is one.” -Ed.358

Semieil.359

Laudate . . . eius: “Praise the Lord in his sanctuary” (Psalm 150). -Ed.360

The declaration of the Numbers.361

Make experience: “get started.” -Ed.362

Note these doings to be accownted Calls.363

Saluete: “Greetings.” -Ed.364

Note: 7 names, proceding from 3 generall places of the Circumference or 3 generall letters, being butone letter and that, A.

365

Prove: “determine the truth.” -Ed.366

Vide Galatinum, lib. 3. cap. 11. -Δ. This is Petrus Galatinus, a 15th century Kabbalist. -Ed.367

Id est . . . Trinitate: “That is, God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Spirit, Trinity in unity andunity in Trinity.” - Ed.

368

Pater . . . Deus: “God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Spirit, nevertheless not three gods butone God.” -Ed.

369

Sicut . . . unus: “As the rational mind and flesh of a person are one, so too are God and man oneMessiah.” -Ed.

370

42, are here in potentia, but, non Acta.371

The vertu of this Circle.372

ADAMS TREATISE, A: He meaneth my Booke that I call Soyga.373

Primus . . . Dixi: “First and newest, one alone God lives now and ever: He is and he will be, andhere are his Divine Names. I have spoken.” -Ed.

374

Benedicamus Dominum: “Let us bless the Lord.” -Ed.375

Δ: I had made, and written, and corrected certayn prayers to them.376

Fiat voluntas Dei: “Let it be as God wills.” -Ed.377

Straight way: “immediately.” -Ed.378

Baskets.379

Ecce . . . Israel: “Behold, it is a mystery. Blessed be the Lord, the God of Israel” (Psalm 7:18). -Ed.380

Sapientiam: “wisdom.” -Ed.381

Omnia unum est: “All is one.” -Ed.382

Here there is a marginal flourish in the manuscript, with a line drawn to the word “heven.” -Ed.383

Seal this: “confirm this.” -Ed.384

Note of the 7 Baskets.385

Dixit . . . est: “He spoke and it was so.” -Ed.386

Et viuis . . . est: “And you live with him, and your kingdom is with those.” -Ed.387

Dedit . . . Orate: “He gave power to them in heaven. His power is great. Pray.” - Ed.388

Magnum . . . Orate: “Mighty is GOD in his angels, and great is their power in heaven. Pray.” -Ed.389

Nuncius . . . coelis. Orate: “Your messenger is great in heaven. Pray.” Nuncius (Nuntius) is commonlyused as a title for Gabriel in medieval Latin. -Ed.

390

Michael is the sixth name. vide post. -Δ. Vide post: “see below.” -Ed.391

Dedit . . . coeli: “He gave power to his angels in the splendor of heaven.” -Ed.392

Et coniunxit . . . unum: “And God joined them into one.” -Ed.

393

My contynual and anncient prayer.394

Note these manifold and great Mysteries and mark these 7 diuerse Crosses with these 7 letters.395

Note this Bond.396

He is twice three and one.397

I haue hither to forgotton to ax where Uriel his name may appere.398

48 letters are here: and One is noted by a Cross: which maketh the 49th. Of this Cross and Angelsvide Anno 1584, Junij 25. - Δ. See TFR, p. 173. -Ed.

399

The 7 angels, Zaphiel, Zadkiel, Camael, Raphael, Haniel, Michael, and Gabriel, appear in CorneliusAgrippa, De Occulta Philosophia, book 2, chap. 10, p. 282, as the “seven angels which stand in thepresence of God.” -Ed.

400

72 vertues multiplyed by 48: giue 3456.401

This I supply was spoken by Michael though the noting by whom is omitted in the original. -Δ.402

Shaddowed: “shaded.” -Ed.403

¶ Of this sentence cam no frute nor furder confirmation, therefore, consider.404

The third Lord Monteagle, William Stanley, died in 1581, and it seems likely that Dee was trying topurchase some of his books at his estate sale. -Ed.

405

Note this trumpeter.406

We were commaunded Not to ax of the apparayle of Michael.407

Et haec est . . . fac officium Phanael: “And this is his glory, which will not be moved by the wicked.Mi: What do you want? Δ: Besides the will of God, the wisdom that is necessary for us. Mi: Thewisdom of the world is nothing, but will perish in eternity. May the LORD’S eternity come, fromevery part of the world. Come, come if GOD ADONAY wishes. Perform the office, O Phanael.” -Ed.

408

Lustily: “vigorously.” -Ed.409

Multiplex . . . Noster: “Manifold is our God.” -Ed.410

7 Thrones, 7 Trumpets, 7 Angels.411

Sic est Deus noster: “So is our God.” -Ed.412

Unus . . . noster: “One is our God, O God, our God.” -Ed.413

Muserion est: “It is a mystery.” The reason Dee used this pseudo-Greek is unclear. -Ed.414

Note the intrusion of Error by the Wicked powres of Sathan.415

Perijt Malus cum malis: “A wicked one perishes with the wicked.” -Ed.416

Tanta . . . Sathan: “So great is your boldness, O Satan” -Ed.417

Sed . . . vivit: “But our God lives.” -Ed.418

Non sum: I understand the refusall of those two intruded pillers. -Δ. Non sum: “I am not.” -Ed.419

Sum: “I am.” -Ed.420

Orate: “Pray.” -Ed.421

Cumfet, comfit: “candy.” -Ed.422

Ista . . . secretorum: “These are the secrets of secrets.” -Ed.423

Invocate . . . possumus: “Call upon his name, or we are able to do nothing” -Ed.424

Sic . . . Sic: “Yes, O Lord, Yes, Yes.” -Ed.425

Laudate . . . aeternum: “Praise the name of the Lord who lives forever.” -Ed.426

Ipse: “exactly.” -Ed.427

Et Misericordia tua Domine magna est: “And your mercy, O Lord, is great.” -Ed.428

Dominus . . . suo: “The Lord is stationed in his number.” -Ed.429

Vivo . . . illorum: “I live as a lion in their midst.” -Ed.430

Et tua ... ubique: “And great is your power everywhere.” -Ed.431

Hoc . . . praece: “This is not without prayer.” -Ed432

Serpens . . . serpentem: “I am a serpent, and I devoured the serpent.” -Ed.433

Et bonis . . . Domine: “You are a serpent to both the good and the evil, O Lord.” -Ed.434

Numerus . . . cognitus: “His number was discovered by no one.” -Ed.435

Ignis sum penetrabilis: “I am a piercing fire.” -Ed.436

Et sit . . . Deus: “And may it/he be with us, O God.” -Ed.437

There is “V” omitted by our neglect.438

Note these innumerable Angels.439

Sic . . . noster: “Yes, yes, yes our God.” -Ed.440

Finis. Gaudium . . . Deus: “The end. Joy and Light is our God.” -Ed.441

Consummatum est: “It is finished.” -Ed.442

Unus . . . eius: “ONE ONE ONE. All flesh fears his voice.” -Ed.443

Adeste . . . Venite: “Be present O Daughters of goodness. Behold, your God is present. Come.” -Ed.444

Filiae Bonitatis, or Filiolae lucis: vide pagina sequente. -Δ. (“Regarding the Daughters of goodness,or little Daughters of light: see the following page.” -Ed.)

445

Scribe quae vides: “Write what you see.” -Ed.446

Nos . . . multa: “We are capable of much in Heaven.” -Ed.447

Adeste, Filiolae Lucis: “Come, O Little Daughters of Light.” -Ed.448

Michael: one of them that are cownted to stand before the face of God. -Δ. Adsumus . . . stas: “We arepresent, O you who stands before the face of God.” -Ed.

449

Hijs nostris benefacite: “Favor these ones of ours.” -Ed.450

Factum erit: “It will be.” -Ed.451

Valete: “Farewell.” -Ed.452

Et dixit . . . exaltum est: “And the Lord spoke, come O Son of Light. Come to my tent. Come (I say),for my name is exalted.” -Ed.

453

HM reads, “pendant behinde with a wreth down to the grownd.” -Ed.454

Yern: iron. -Ed.455

Traditionally, these metals correspond to the Sun, Moon, Venus, Jupiter, Mars, Mercury, and Saturn,respectively. -Ed.

456

Δ: perhaps here wanteth “non.”457

Quanmvis . . . sunt: “Although they may (not?) be begotten at one time, yet they are one.” -Ed.458

Facite . . . erit: “Make (items) according to these (examples) when the time comes.” -Ed.459

Volumus: “We wish.” Perhaps a mistake for “volamus” (we fly). -Ed.460

Magna . . . Halleluyah: “Great is God’s glory among you, and ever shall be. Halleluyah.” -Ed.461

Valete: “Farewell.” -Ed.462

Dixit . . . estis: “God said, be mindful of my name, but you have been forgetful.” -Ed.463

Forte “quae.” -Δ. (Perhaps “quae” -Ed.)464

Note these three descents.465

Venite, . . . Adsumus: “Come, come, come. Come, O Daughters of the Daughters of Light. Come nowand forever, you who will have daughters. God said, I created my angels, who will destroy thedaughters of the earth. We are present.” -Ed.

466

Vbi fuistis vos: “Where were you?” -Ed.467

In terris . . . glorificatis: “On the earth with the saints, and in heaven with the glorified.” -Ed.468

Non adhuc . . . hoc: “This mystery is not yet to be known.” -Ed.469

Quid . . . Illorum: “What will you do with these? (They answered,) We shall be with them in all theirworks.” -Ed.

470

Valete: “Farewell” (lit. “be well”). -Ed.471

Valeas . . . Cælis: “May you be well, and you are great O you in heaven.” -Ed.472

Orate: “pray.” -Ed.473

Et miset . . . Adsumus: “And he has sent the sons of the sons, instructing Israel. The Lord spoke, cometo my voice. We are present.” -Ed.

474

Quid factum . . . sumus: “What is done among the sons of men? They live badly (said they) and we donot have a place with them, so great is their iniquity. Woe to the world because of temptations to sin,or to those who cause temptations. Woe to those whom we are not with.” -Ed. Compare with Matthew18:7: Vae mundo a scandalis. Necesse est enim ut veniant scandala: verumtamem vae homini illi, perquem scandalum venit: “Woe to the world for temptations to sin! For it is necessary that temptationscome, but woe to the man by whom the temptation comes!”

475

Nec nomine . . . Mundus: “The world does not fear my name.” -Ed.476

Nullus . . . meam: “Nobody will see my face.” -Ed.477

Non est . . . dicam: “There is no maiden on the earth with whom I will speak.” -Ed.478

Tanta est . . . ab illo: “So great is the weakness of holiness of the day. The benefactors depart fromhim.” -Ed.

479

Opera . . . me: “Their handiwork is vain. Whereupon no one will see me.” -Ed.480

In the manuscript the “e” and “l” are overwritten. -Ed.481

Hagonel. Vide de hoc Hagonel, lib. 4. -Δ (“Regarding this Hagonel, see Book 4.”) Ecce: “behold”;Qui adhuc . . . viuo: “I live with those who are still holy.” -Ed.

482

Hij . . . Doctrina: “They have imitated my teaching. The teaching of all things are placed in me.” -Ed.483

Imitati sunt: “They have imitated.” The proper perfect active form of imitor is Imitati sunt, notimitaverunt. -Ed.

484

Non curat numerum Lupus: “The wolf does not administer the number.” -Ed.485

Ne minimam . . . Valete: “It detracts very little virtue from virtue. Be with them. Be (I say with them).Be (I say) with me. Farewell.” -Ed.

486

HM adds, “to Michael (who had called both the first & these).” -Ed.487

Dictum est hoc tempore: “It was said at this time.” -Ed.488

Urielis officium. -Δ (“Uriel’s office.” -Ed.)489

Omnis . . . Halleluyah: “All knowledge is from the Lord. Mi: And his name is Halleluyah.” -Ed.490

Note this list is made perfecter by the next side following. -Δ. The list is composed of the Hebrewnames for the seven planets with the divine name “El” added to indicate an angel: Sabathiel (Saturn),Zedekieil (Jupiter), Madimiel (Mars), Semeliel (The Sun), Nogahel (Venus), Corabiel (Mercury),Levanael (The Moon). The numbers 21/8 represent “el”; 26, 8, and 30 represent “1.” -Ed.

491

Beatus est . . . conseruat: “Blessed is he who keeps his own names secret.” -Ed.492

In the manuscript, “us” is heavily underscored. -Ed.493

Note these two orders of Angels: and Note Uriel doth name him self one of the standers before theface of God.

494

Sanctus . . . noster: “Holy, holy, holy, is he, our God.” -Ed.

495

Note well this Rule of Arte.496

Vox Domini . . . Halleluyah: “The voice of the Lord in strength. The voice of the Lord in grace. Thevoice of the Lord reveals the secret. In his temple may we praise his name EL. Hallelluyah.” -Ed.

497

Note this manner of Center accownted.498

Note of Numbers with priks signifying letters.499

1 the first dowghter.500

Nomen . . . aeternum: “The Name of the Lord lives forever.” -Ed.501

Viuit in caelis: “He lives in heaven.” -Ed.502

Deus noster: “Our God.” -Ed.503

Dux noster: “Our Commander.” -Ed.504

Hic est: “This is.” -Ed.505

Lux in aeternum: “Light forever.” -Ed.506

Finis est: “He/it is the end.” -Ed.507

Vera est haec tabula: “This table is true.” -Ed.508

Vera est . . . iam: “This table is true, known in part by us, but unknown in all parts. See below.” -Ed.509

Note these other purposes.510

Virtus Vobiscum est: “Virtue is with you. Pray.” -Ed.511

Angeli . . . illorum: “The angels of light of our God. And he set his angels in their midst.” -Ed.512

This name Corabiel you may see in Elementis Magicis Petri de Abani, in the Considerations Diei (Monday). - Δ.

513

Videt . . . est: “God saw his own work to be good, and he ceased from his work. It was so.” -Ed.514

Note these two order of Angels.515

Dixi: “I have spoken.” -Ed.516

Sit Nomen . . . Amen: “May the Name of the Lord be blessed, from this time and for all time, foreverand ever. Amen.” -Ed.

517

Sigillum . . . hebraice: “The Seal of God Aemeth (or Emeth), containing the names of God inHebrew.” -Ed.

518

Ashmole has added “Liber: 3us / Liber: 4us” at the bottom of the page. Dee has drawn the framearound the title to look like a scroll. -Ed.

519

In HM Dee notes: “Almost all the Third boke, is of the 7 Ensignes of Creation.” -Ed.520

Union of us two.521

Habilitie: “ability.” -Ed.522

The lamin not simpli . . . spoken: for No such Lamyn was to be made. -Δ.523

Venito Ese: “Come, O Ese.” -Ed.524

Laudate . . . Orate: “Praise the Lord in Heaven. Pray.” -Ed.525

Remember, Ese and lana; ar the thirdth and fowrth of the Septem Filiæ Bonitatis, sup. lib°. 2°. Theyare thus in order there: El, Me, Ese, lana, Akele, Azdobn, Stimcul. -Δ. Septem Filiae Bonitatis . . . 2°:“Seven daughters of goodness, in book 2 above.” -Ed.

526

Adesdum Ese . . . vestris: “Come, Ese. Come, lana. He gives proof in your tables.” -Ed.527

Lightened: “glowed.” -Ed.528

Creatio. -Δ “I created.” -Ed.529

Ex hijs . . . illorum: “From these they were created (I created), and these are their names.” -Ed.530

Numerus Primus: “The first number.” -Ed.531

Δ Of these seven tables, Characters, or scotcheons Consider the words spoken in the fifth boke, Anno1583, Aprill 28, How they are proper to every King and prince in theyr order. They are Instruments ofConciliation. Volumine 5°: wher my Character is fashioned. -Δ. The words “Numerus Primus” appearto be in Ashmole’s handwriting. -Ed.

532

In the manuscript, Dee has drawn a line between this word and “very blak” above. -Ed.533

Finis Tenebrarum: Halleluyah: “The end of darkness: Halleluyah.” -Ed.534

Initium . . . Halleluyah: “And it is a good beginning in his name. Halleluyah.” -Ed.535

Filiae filiarum Ese sup. lib. 2. -Δ. Venite filiae filiarum ESE: “Come, O daughters of the daughtersESE.” -Ed.

536

Somewhat wanteth.537

Vnus: “One.” -Ed.538

Dies primus: “The first day.” -Ed.539

Ubi est Tabula?: “Where is the table?” -Ed.540

Est, est, est: “It is, it is, it is.” -Ed.541

This is the end of folio 32 of the manuscript. The 4 diagrams are inserted at this point, the first two onfolio 33 recto, the other two on folio 33 verso. -Ed.

542

O honor . . . eris: “O honor, praise, and glory to you who are and will be.” -Ed.543

Unus est . . . Origo: “He is one, he is three; he is in each corner. Everything will be understood. Hewas, is, and will be to you. The end and the beginning.” -Ed.

544

forte fui.—Δ. (Perhaps “was.”) Fui . . . sum: “I was, I am that which I am (was?) not.” -Ed.545

Lux . . . est: “The light was not, but now it is.” -Ed.546

In the margin is a line pointing to the third table. - Ed.547

Ecce signum Incomprehensibilitatis: “Behold the sign that cannot be grasped.” -Ed548

Est, est, est: “He/it is, is, is.” -Ed.549

Fiat: “Let it be.” -Ed.550

In the margin, is a line pointing to the fourth table. - Ed.551

Scribe. Veritas est: “Write. It is true.” -Ed552

Man, Woman.553

Venito vasedq: “Come, O vasedq.” -Ed.554

Vita . . . manu: “The life of these (is) from my hands.” -Ed.555

O Lux Deus noster: “O Light, our God.” -Ed.556

Note this stepping before. -Δ. In the manuscript there is also a line connecting “stepping” and“forestept.” -Ed.

557

Lumina . . . tuae: “These are the lights of your knowledge.” -Ed.558

Fere . . . numerus: “Almost no one trusts this number.” -Ed.559

The sterrs, Sonne and Mone Created.560

Ad usum . . . sunt: “They are multiplied for your use.” -Ed.561

Omnia gaudent fine: “All rejoice in the end.” -Ed.562

Opus est: “It is the work.” -Ed.563

Obumbrabit . . . luce: “He will overshadow your footsteps with the light of truth.” -Ed.564

Gloria Patri et Filio, et Spiritui Sancto, Sicut erat in principio, et nunc, et semper, et in saeculasaeculorum. Amen: “Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit, as it was in thebeginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. Amen.” In British Library manuscript Harley6482, A Treatise on Angel Magic, the seven ensigns are attributed to the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars,the Sun, Venus, and Mercury, respectively. -Ed.

565

I am not sure if it wer Mi. or Ur, that called for them.566

Et posuit . . . filiae: “And he sets those in his service. What do you desire? Δ: Wisdom andknowledge needed to serve God for his glory. Mi: Wisdom is from God; knowledge is to a creatureand from creatures. Ur: Come, O daughters.” -Ed.

567

E.T. his promise.568

Practise. The lower world.569

Venite filiae: “Come, O daughters.” -Ed.570

I marvayle that the earth and waters are here ascribed to one.571

Non potestis ... ratione: “You are not able to see this without calculation.” -Ed.572

This I entersert now; thowgh it wer not at the first Noting.573

Aqua: “Water.” -Ed.574

Animal quadrupes . . . colorum: “A four-footed animal of all colors alternating.” -Ed.575

Terra: “Earth.” -Ed.576

Aer: “Air.” -Ed.577

Ignis: “Fire.” -Ed.578

Decedite . . . misit: “Depart in his name who has sent you here.” -Ed.579

We two to-gither.580

Perseth: “pierces.” -Ed.581

Vide ipam Tabulam horam 49 nom. Collectam, pagina sequente. -Δ. (“See the table itself, of 49 namescollected, on the following page.” -Ed.)

582

49.583

He ment to E.T.584

Deo . . . Amen: “To God all good, all honor, praise, and glory, forever and ever. Amen.” -Ed.585

Hora noctis 11½ a circiter: “around 11:30 at night.” -Ed.586

Tabula . . . continens: “Collected table of the 49 consecutive names of the good angels (per Dee).” -Ed.

587

Coordinatio . . . disposita: “Sequence of the 49 angels, arranged thus by John Dee.” Iste est caeteris:“and so on.” -Ed.

588

Plightes: “pleats.” -Ed.589

Uriel, his manner of apparition.590

A description of the glorious man.591

Many cullours in all his garments are shewed in sequentibus thus:592

Sic, Sic, Sic, Deus noster: “Yes, yes, yes, our God.” -Ed.593

Multiplicabit . . . sua: “He will multiply all things by his blessing.” -Ed.594

595

The yoking or cuppling of the two byrds.596

E.T. sayd the Voyce to be like Michael his voyce.597

Progressum . . . gloriam: “Progress and increase in virtue and truth to God’s honor and glory.” -Ed.598

Fortè: “your.” -Ed.599

Seely: “looking.” -Ed.600

Quick: “alive.” -Ed.601

Liking: “appearance.” -Ed.602

A palmer was a traveler who carried a palm branch as a token of having made a pilgrimage to theHoly Land. -Ed.

603

(Videlicet) in Deo: “(namely) in God.” -Ed.604

Benedictus . . . eius: “Blessed is God in his gifts, and holy in all his works.” -Ed.605

Betwixt the end of the 3rd book, whose last action was May 4, 1582, & the beginning of this 4th bookwhose first action was on Nov. 15, 1582, is a great chasme of time. Occasioned perchance by somefalling out with E. Kelly which is implied in this mention of Reconciliatio Kelliana. This is the firsttime that Edward Kelly appears to bee the seer, at lest under that name, there beeing no account,neither in the printed nor Mss. books how hee came to Dee. Queue: If Edw. Kelly was not the samewith Ed. Talbot this latter beeing his assumed name, perchance after he was in orders. For Weever inhis Funeral Monuments speaking of Ed. Kelley the Necromancer, sayes hee also went by the name ofEd Talbot. -E.A. Dee’s diary fills in some details of this period: “May 4th, Mr. Talbot went. May 23,Robert Gardener declared unto me hora 4½ a certeyn great philosophicall secret, as he had termed it,of a spirituall creatuer, and was this day willed to come to me and declare it, which was solemnlydone, and with common prayer. July 13th, Mr. Talbot cam abowt 3 of the clok afternone, with whom Ihad some wordes of unkendnes: we parted frendely: he sayd that the Lord Morley had the LordMountegle his bokes. He promised me some of Doctor Myniver’s bokes.” James Halliwell, ed., ThePrivate Diary of Dr. John Dee (New York: AMS Press, 1968), pp. 15–16. -Ed.

606

Quartus . . . dimittimus: “Fourth Book of the Mysteries. November 15, 1582. After Kelley’sreconciliation. O God, have mercy on us, forgive us as we forgive.” Compare with Matthew 6:12.Ashmole has written “Liber 5us” on the bottom of the page. -Ed.

607

In HM, this section is titled, “Some Notice of peculier formes, and attire, wherein, the Kings, Princisand Ministers Heptarchicall appeared, and of some their Actions, and gesture at their apperance.&c.” The first leaf has been lost, but HM and CHM record the following actions of that day (orderuncertain): In the first leafe were the offices of the two Kings Blumaza & Bobogel recited, asappeares by the Note at the bottome of the 2d page: & also 5 May 1583 & perhaps this first leafe waslost before he drew up his Booke of De Bonorum Angelorum invitationibus because I find a Blankwhere Blumaza is placed. -E.A. De Bonorum Angelorum: “Concerning the invitation of good angels.”-Ed.

608

Ultima . . . erit: “This age of yours is the last age, which shall be revealed to you.” -Ed.609

Est in mundo, et incipiet cum illo alter Mundus: “It (or he) is in the world, and another World willcommence with that one.” -Ed.

610

This king onely, is the ordrer, or disposer, of all the doctrine, which I terme Heptarchicall, as first, bycalling the 7 Princis and after that, the 7 kings: and by giving instructions for use and Practise of thewhole doctrine Heptarchicall for the first purpose, and frute therof to be enioyed by me: of two otherthere was onely Mention made. -Δ (HM).

611

Note. For, of Hagonel we never had any thing before. -Δ.612

To him ward: “toward him.” -Ed.613

Regnat . . . Operis: “Your power rules in the sons. Behold, the sign of The Work.” Note the crownsymbol drawn above the “H” (for “homo” or man) denotes royalty. Dee uses the crown symbol in hisdiary to signify the queen. -Ed.

614

Carmara, otherwise Baligon. Vide . . .615

Adhuc . . . non est: “There is two to come, there is no more” (in John Dee’s words, see below). -Ed.616

Prince HAGONEL. Note. All the Princis, seemed to be men, and to haue red Robes, but this Prince,his Robe was shorter then the others. All the Princis, had Cerclets, of Gold on theyr heds: not crownsnot coronets. -Δ (HM).

617

HM reads “light” in three places. -Ed.

618

Filij & Filij Filiorum, supra libro 2°.-Δ. “See above in book 2 on the Sons and the Sons of the Sons.”-Ed.

619

Δ: generally.620

Δ: particular, or my government lasteth yet.621

Kings of the erth &c.622

HM reads, “This Prince held in the palme of his right hand, as yf it had byn a rownd ring, with a prickin the mydst: hanging allso over his myddle fingers, which he affirmed to be his seale: and sayd thename of it, to be Barees.” -Ed.

623

All people of the erth etc.624

Counterpoised: “balanced.” -Ed.625

Cheare = cheer: “disposition.” -Ed.626

Vera: “true.” -Ed.627

Impura: “filth.” -Ed.628

Verus . . . Impuris: “The true with the true, and the filthy with the filthy.” -Ed.629

Philosophers.630

Geometry.631

Δ He hath recyted the offices of two Kings, as of Blumaza and Bobogel. And then he sayeth, Gatherby these few spriggs &c: Which Bobogel is over the Nobility and Wisdome, of Metalls, & all Nature.-Δ. Lucem: “Light”; Mundi tenebras: “the darkness of the world.” -Ed.

632

Lucem:“light.” -Ed.633

The foreman with the short [coat].634

Primus et quartus: “The First and the Fourth.” -Ed.635

The.636

Carmara his Minister: forte Prince Hagonel.637

Weapons wherwith to destroy.638

Note this First and last, bycause of Baligon ali. Carmara, his prince & tables.639

Practise with spirituall weapons.640

Ubi . . . est: “Where there is neither glory, nor goodness, nor good.” -Ed.641

Sempiternitie: “eternity.” -Ed.642

Note. Practise. Lib°. 2°, Filij Filiorum: (“In book 2, sons of the sons.” -Ed)

643

Note. Prince Butmono sayd this: but the office is under king Bnaspol, whose prince is Blisdon. TheMystery of this I know not yet: For Blisdon will be fownd to be the proper minister of king Bnaspol.Vide Anno 1583 May 5th, of the Making of Mensa faeders, and my Golder Lamine. -Δ (HM). Mensa

faederis: “the table (or altar) of the law (or covenant).” -Ed.644

In the manuscript, Dee has written this as “E.ŦK.” -Ed.645

Vox hominibus . . . mundi: “The voice not worthy for the people, but these with their sons havepraised God. Blessed is he who is the only son, and glory of the world.” -Ed.

646

The black cloth of silence and staying.647

The Token to leaue of, by a black shaddowing all in the stone.648

Note: how he governeth Three, and Carmara (his King) hath also a Triple crown.649

This Character seemes to stand for Carmara, as apperes from severall places in fol .2.a. & b. &many other. It appears by a note of Dr. Δ (De Heptarchia &c: Cap. i.) that Michaell & Uriel werepresent at the begining of these revealed Misteries & gave authority to Carmara to order the wholeHeptarchicall Revelacon. Perhaps this authority was entred in the first lost leafe of this 4th booke(thowgh Dr. Dee calls it the 2d Booke in his Note.) see Chap: 2 at the begining. By a marginall note atthe beginning of the first Chapter, it should seeme, that the Dr. meanes by the first Booke the Actiononly of the 16 of Nov. 1582, & by the 2d Booke the Actions of the 17, 19 & 20 of Nov. 1582. But hismarginal note of 19 should be 20 of Nov. for so it appears by the Actions entred. The 21 of Nov: vizt:the action of that day he calls the Appendix of the 2d chapter. -E.A. Laus . . . semp.: “Praise andhonor be to the eternal and omnipotent God, now and ever. Amen.” -Ed.

650

Ille . . . Venite: “Truly he is God. Come.” -Ed.651

Δ: So he sayd in latin, in the forpart of the leaf before.652

Note. Copper apperteyneth to ♀ . -Δ. HM reads, “All the Princis held up to gither, Heptagononstellare, (as I terme it) and it seemed to be of Copper.” -Ed.

653

Δ Forte Bagenol / Hagonel, if H be for B. Then Bagonel conteyned Bagenol.654

Me nosti: “You have known me.” -Ed.655

One of the first of the Twelue.656

‘8. Gods visitation. And it is 8: may be 8 yeres added to this tyme: and that maketh 1590. Nouemb.16. That 8, or 88, I know not yet.

657

Prince Befafes with feathers under his robes.658

Deo soli . . . gloria: “All honor and glory to God alone.” -Ed.659

Prince Butmono. -Ed.660

In earth.661

The Dead mens bodyes.662

The Light of his anger. 663

Threasure hid requested.664

Antichrist665

How can the middest of a spirituall creature be imagined? My dowt to ax. He meant the middest orcenter of the Earth. The middest of his Charge.

666

Δ A great dowt . . . me yet, the diuersity of the 4th and fifth officers, and officis as they are here, andin the Repetition ensuing.

667

Δ: in Animantibus bratij. (“in living creatures.” -Ed.) Sloane 3677 misreads “ animantibus oratis.”668

(Δ = man.)669

Virtus officij sui -Δ. (“The power of his office.” -Ed.)670

Short Coat. The first.671

Novi Januam Mortis: “I have known the Gate of Death.” -Ed.672

Et percussit . . . Dixi: “And the Glory of God has struck the walls of the wicked. I have spoken.” -Ed.673

Prince Brorges.674

Mysteria . . . imprimite: “Engrave these mysteries on your souls/minds.” -Ed.675

A forte, in Aëre.676

But Baligon, als Carmara, in the ende of the boke sayeth it to be his office. Consider well. PrinceBralges hath Blumaza his king.

677

The powres under his Subiection are Invisible. They appeared like little white smokes without anyforme. All the world semed to be in brightnese. -HM

678

The seale.679

Exchue Wauering or suspition.680

All Mysteries shalbe known to us. -Δ. The last of 7 Princes of the boke spoke hereof his words. -(HM)

681

Secreta Dei, non sunt hominibus reuelanda. -Δ. (“Secrets of God are not to be revealed to men.” -Ed.)682

Δ: Note Highest and Lowest to be understode perhaps in Tabula Collecta.683

BLUMAZA Rex est super Reges Terrae et illius sunt primus princeps, et illius Ministri, ut conycio.

Hanc partem primam vocat unum Librum: in quinta pagina sequente, ad

hanc Notam .

It shold seme that this character shold be onely a Circle and a pryck fol.6.b. I haue forgotten how Icam by this Crosse annexed to it.

alr Remember. Obelison his promise to me of knowing and using. (This note is next to “Befafes” onthe diagram. -Ed.)

Words: 9

9 9 7 11 45

Sanctus sanctus sanctus Dominus Deus noster: “Holy, holy, holy, O Lord, our God”; Blumaza Rex est... Notam: “I conclude that Blumaza is the king, and rules the kings of the Earth, and they are his firstprince and servants. calls this first part one book in the fifth page following, marked with thesymbol .” -Ed.

684

“Around one in the morning.” -Ed685

Carmara al: Baligon686

In the manuscript, this word has a crown drawn above it, i.e., . -Ed.687

Nam ipse . . . nostro: “For he himself is one and indivisible. Glory, glory, glory be to our Creator.” -Ed

688

Δ forte, of this work.689

The rownd Table.690

NOTE this to be a REPETITION of the Heptagonon this little Treatise aeffore. Lern to reconcile the4th and the 5th. -Δ. In HM, Dee notes, “At the Call of King Carmara (in the Second handling of thisHeptarchicall doctrine), whan he sayd, Venite, Repetamus Opera Dei, Appered Prince Hagonel.”Venite . . . Dei: “Come, let us renew the works of God step by step.” -Ed.

691

Δ hã . . . bis dext . . . Adhuc duo, et tempus non est. (This reading is from Sloane 3677. It is illegiblein Sloane 3188. -Ed.)

692

Short Coat.693

Δ: I think he ment by the rownd table shewed, which Mr. K. had sent me &c, bycause the names camout of that Table.

694

Haec sunt . . . intelligis: “These are your lessons, which you do not yet understand.” -Ed.695

According to HM this was Hagonel. -Ed.696

Unus . . . nostrum: “There is one God, and there is one work of ours.” -Ed.697

Parati . . . nostro: “We have been prepared to serve our God.” -Ed.698

Vide libro 3°.699

Hagonel seamed to embrace the Cumpany. -Δ (HM).700

Δ: I dowt it shold be short coat holding or embracing all the Table with his hands, and not H. NoteIstorum - Istarum, as if it were filias et filiare &c. (Et nomen . . . sunt: “And my name is a wholenumber, nor is their offence in our number. Moses named us. The power of these men is like thepower of these women. Although they are not one, nevertheless they are in unity.” -Ed.)

701

Making the phrase, Tam . . . Quam: “as . . . so . . .” -Ed.702

Dei potestas. -Δ (“God’s power.” -Ed.)703

Quatenus . . . quaerit: “How great is your vanity? You knew these numbers to be in God, in the world,and in the minor world. In God, that is, with us. In the world, that is, in our presence. In the minorworld, that is among us. (Your mind/soul is combined with thought.) It is debated amongphilosophers, and above all) concerning NATURE, which is not with you but with us (ah, ah, ah) and

it is in our power. You (singular form) will see God. You (singular form) have seen our work, thework (I say) of his own hands. We shall be moved by the finger of God. He came [or comes] fromGod. He was a man, and with men: and is yet with them. For truly his power gives might, strength,and purpose, not only to us, but to our deeds. What does your unburied soul seek for yourself?” Notethe missing parenthesis probably belongs after Phõs, “philosophers.” Unburied soul: “soul of a livingperson as opposed to a dead person’s soul.” -Ed.

704

Ab humo . . . dictum est: “From the earth, from man; from man is the word.” -Ed.705

Skaped: “escaped.” -Ed.706

HM reads, “robes or clothes.” -Ed.707

Note this reckening by six and six.708

HM reads, “blown bladder,” i.e., inflated balloon. -Ed.709

So he sayd pagina praecedente, unum est opus nostrum. -Δ. ( “On the preceding page (he said), ‘Ourworkmanship is all one.’” -Ed.)

710

The diuision of the Daye.711

In sexto et 7° sunt omnia, fol. 10. -Δ. “All things are in a sixth and a seventh, fol. 10.” -Ed.712

Note. K. Car. There are but 6 Names that are in Subiection unto the Prince: The first 7 next him: arethose which held the fayr & bewtifull Crownes. The first 7 are called by those names that thow seest:O E S &c. Note. This diversity of Reckening by 6, and by 7, I can not yet well reconcyle. -Δ(HM).

713

There is a blank space in the manuscript. -Ed.714

Δ: How can Bobogel be accownted the first name?715

Δ: Now he meaneth at Bobogel in that table collected from made before.716

Note. The Tablet to be conferred with the rownd . -Δ.The latter drawing is reproduced fromSloane 3677, since the original is now lost. -Ed.

717

In margin: Sent to me by E.K.718

A sword in the mans hand within the Circle.719

O in this Table OFS &c, is of the eighth name, the second letter, but the ninth here in respect of thecircle of numbers.

720

Note who sayeth this. Δ: Note the like phrase: fol. 2. of Hagonel who sayd he had spoken of it,whereas we had receyved nothing of him before.

721

This is the symbol of Saturn/Saturday. -Ed.722

Δ him.723

Baligons rule and government.724

Sup. fol. 1. b.2.725

Prodigious rule and government, the ende of all things.726

Dee his languishing desire.727

God graunt.728

Δ I understode not this to be so: tyll he called to my remembrance and made me turne my bokes to thatParcell which he called the Prologe declared by Annael: which Saul skryed: &c.

729

Δ: = hardest, for me, in respect of my Imperfections.730

In the manuscript, this word is heavily underscored. -Ed.731

Those—as he seemed to Embrace them. fo. 5.732

The Prince and his first 7.733

= data.734

Istorum Noua potestas incipit. -Δ. (“Their new power begins.” -Ed.)735

Regnat... quaeso: “It rules, it rules, it rules; O wickedness rules over the entire face of the Earth. Theheart of man is filled with malice and iniquity. Please consider.” -Ed.

736

Angels, ministers of Gods wrath.737

Consider the reckening here by 7, but before he had a reckening by 6. 738

There were but 6 holding bewtifull Crownes.739

The Powre and being of the rest. 740

Now by 7.741

Δ: each of .7. letters. Six names in subiection.742

on the right hand.743

Δ forte “of the first 7”. Δ videlicet.744

∆: of the six lines.745

Note, Name and Character.

746

Praxis. Call. -∆. (Praxis: “exercise, practise.” -Ed.)747

Prince, Ministers. 6.748

Destruction or hurt.749

= Kings. -∆. HM reads “princes,” without the qualification. -Ed.750

... Sciences past present or to come.751

Diuers kings.752

Dignification.753

∆: Is it not Annael with whome I began?754

∆ Who is that?755

HM does not include this instruction. -Ed.756

∆: Ergo it shold seme to be his office to deale with Kings: but in the ende he declareth his office to beof all Aëreall actions.

757

∆: Hagonel.758

∆ Character. HM has no such notation. -Ed.759

Of 7 letters a pece.760

The placing of my fete in practise. 761

Note former boke.762

Δ The Table of practise of a yard square: libro: 1°.763

The stone was not yet browght.764

HM reads “Mercies” in one place, and “Mercy” in another. -Ed.765

I shall not practise these Tables in Vayne.766

Dei Misericordia magna ipi Δ concessa. (“God’s great mercy granted to Dee himself.” -Ed.)767

Respice ista Tria. -∆. (“Respect these three things.” -Ed.)768

Shaddowed: “sheltered.” -Ed.769

Secresy.770

Queen Elizabeth -Ed.771

God graunt.772

Worldly vanity.773

Good Angels.774

Laus ... Max°.: “Praise, honor, glory, power, and sovereignty be to God, all good.” -Ed.775

Stay: “delay.” -Ed.776

Noble men.

777

This I note for the form of calling. -∆. Venito ... munitus: “Come, O Bobogel, king and noble prince.Come with your ministers. Come (I say), come fortified with your guards.” -Ed.

778

Note.779

Cave -∆ (“Beware.” -Ed.)780

Ioly = “jolly: handsome.” -Ed.781

BOBOGEL his apparayle.782

Faciamus . . . aeternus: “May we act in accordance with God’s will. He, our God, is truly noble andeternal.” -Ed.

783

HM reads, “sonk down into the Transparent fyry Globe of the New World.” -Ed.784

In the manuscript, the first four are indicated with a brace. -Ed.785

In the manuscript, the first four are indicated with a brace. -Ed.786

In the manuscript, the first three are marked with a brace. -Ed.787

In the mansucript, the last four are marked with a brace. -Ed.788

Deo soli ... Gloria: “All honor and glory to God alone.” -Ed.789

“Around 1 in the morning.” -Ed.790

BOBOGEL Rex.791

A rownd Table.

792

Women-like.793

Farthingale: “hoop skirt.” -Ed.794

The Circle.795

Tam mali ... noster: “Both the wicked and the good praise you. God, God, our God.” -Ed.796

Nomen . . . Bobogel: “My name is Bobogel.” -Ed.797

∆: in Heptagonum.

Bobogel ---------- Rex Bornogo ------------ Princeps

(Rex: “king”; Princeps: “prince.” -Ed.)798

Wisdome & Science: “true nobility.”799

Councell.800

Clean: “completely.” -Ed.801

Praters: “fools.” -Ed.802

Ordinationem ... eleuate: “Raise up the government of infinite power.” -Ed.803

LEE.804

O Unitas ... in Deo: “O Unity in nature and in God.” -Ed.805

O Aequalitas ... et se: “O equality of God and Nature. God in God. Nature from God and itself.” -Ed.806

Concentus ... Naturae: “His harmony is without number. Nevertheless he is together with us, thesource and head of nature.” -Ed.

807

Veritas ... est: “Ours is the truth which is sought after.” -Ed.808

Note, this is an example of what William Sherman calls a “face bracket” (John Dee, Amherst, MA:University of Massachusetts Press, 1995, p. 88). Dee drew them often in the margins of texts, and theyonly seem to mark alchemical passages (as here) or natural philosophical texts. -Ed.

809

Vegetible, Minerall.810

811

Beatus est ... mei: “Blessed is the light of my head.” -Ed.812

Unus ... pedubus: “One in head, one in heart, one in feet.” -Ed.813

Ientleman = gentleman: “nobleman.” -Ed.814

Note. King Bobogel said this of my atteyning to such mysteries, as the mysteries under him madeshew of. -∆ (HM).

815

2. NAR.816

Volumus: “we wish”; Possumus: “we can”; Quid non: “What not?” -Ed.817

Faciamus ... societate: “Let us do what they did, for we three are Adam, by association.” -Ed.818

3. BLN.819

Ab illo, per illum, cum illo: “from him, through him, with him.” -Ed.820

Qui caret hijs tribus: “Who lacks these three.” -Ed.821

In ecclesia ... Vanum: “In the church of God, he will work in vain.” -Ed.822

Penitence.823

Lawn: “thin fabric.” -Ed.824

Sunt semper . . . unus: “They are always, and their food is one.” -Ed.825

Vicissim: “in turns.” -Ed.826

4. ANA.827

Ab illo sed. Cum illo sed: “from him only; with him only.” -Ed.828

Aliqui . . . Digni: “Some from worthiness, others are not worthy of any sort.” -Ed.829

Per illum, Per ilium, Per illum: “Through him, through him, through him.” -Ed.830

Cahos: “chaos.” -Ed.831

Et quia . . . ignis: “And because they were lacking in blazing fires.” -Ed.832

In the manuscript there is a line drawn from LEE to BLN, and another line from NAR to ANA. -Ed.833

Omnes . . . in illo: “Everything towards nature, but not in him.” -Ed.834

∆ There remayned 10 tymes Three.835

∆ of 30.836

Note, by theyr sitting that they are indifferent: and so they say.837

∆ They semed therfore to sit betwene the perfect and reiected: as indifferent.838

Sumus ... novit: “We are the seven gates of Nature, and of him who knew God.” -Ed.839

∆: beside AOIDIAB.840

6, 7. -∆. In sexto ... omnia: “All things are in the 6th and 7th.” -Ed.841

NOTE the narrow path, above the chayr.842

∆ Bornogo.843

Formatur ... Heptagono: “The maker of these is the second in the Heptagon.” -Ed.844

Note former. ergo. There is allso a circle on the grownd. Vide ante 3 folia: of my fete placed upponthe Tables: Ergo they shold seme to be on the grownd. -∆ (Vide ante 3 folia: “See three foliosearlier.” -Ed.)

845

∆: of the six orders.846

Practise. by 6.847

Sloane 3188 reads, “excellencies of” in Ashmole’s handwriting, but CHM, HM, and Sloane 3677 allread, “excellencies in.” -Ed.

848

This boke sometymes called liber Creationis, & sometymes Tabulae Creationis. -∆. (“The Book ofCreation,” the “Tables of Creation.”-Ed.)

849

HM cites this: “King Carmara, Novemb. 19, of King Bobogel, his princis Ministers.” -Ed.

850

A Threfold use of this Doctrine.851

Dixi: “I have spoken.” -Ed.852

Rex Aquarum. -∆. (“The King of the Waters.” -Ed)853

Venito . . . fuit: “Come, come (I say), be present. Come, O King. O King, King, King of the waters,come, come I say. You are great, but my power is greater still. Our God stands firm, rules, and is, thatwhich he was.” -Ed.

854

Parati . . . adsunt: “We have been provided his name from our Creator, the name, to praise the name,the Name (I say) of One now [blank space in manuscript] and living. These are dark/obscure to darkminds, but true and clear to true and perfect minds. Behold, they are present.” -Ed.

855

Note this Kings apparayle, and shew.856

King BABALEL857

Omne ... aecium: “May everyone living praise God, one and three, into all time.” -Ed.858

At an ynche: “nearby.” -Ed.859

Skipjack: “a dandy, skipping fellow.” -Ed.860

He calleth Befafes.861

Veni ... iste: “Come, O prince of the seven princes, who are princes of the Waters. I am the king,mighty and wonderful in the waters, whose power is in the depths of the waters. That prince . . .” -Ed.

862

The Prince his apparayle.863

. . . est Tertius principum in Heptagonon: “. . . is the third Principality in the Heptagon.” -Ed.

864

Heptagono: “(in) the Heptagon.” Dee seems to be checking or correcting Kelley here. -Ed.865

Vere . . . aquas: “I have spoken quite plainly and distinctly. . . . Have you measured the waters?” -Ed.866

Factum est: “It is so.” -Ed.867

Prince Befafes, my old frende unknown of me.868

Philosophers. -Ed.869

John Scotus Erigena (815?-877 theologian)? Michael Scot (introduced translations of Aristotle)?John Duns Scotus (126s?-1308 theologian)?–Ed.

870

Δ The fifth of the seventh. I understand not this yet. Vide lib. 5. A° 1583 Maij 1.871

NOTE: of wicked spirits, some restitution to favor.872

See. 4th Enochian Call: “obelisong” is translated “as pleasant deliverers.” -Ed.873

Or Cerclets perhaps.

874

HM reads, “Euery one of the 42 had a letter in his forhed. They were 7 in a row: and 6, downward.But of the first 7 the letters became to be between theyr feet, and the water seamed contynually to passover these letters.” -Ed.

875

Threasors in the seas.876

Practise.877

King and Prince govern the whole day.878

Δ: Whereas in the former Treatise, ther was a dowt of Butmono the fowrth, and Blisdon theyr offyces,being assigned here clere contrary: The dowt may be answered by the notes A. 1583, Maij 5 of theTable and my Character. Therefore I suspect some Intruder to have first .... -Δ. Vitam . . . Viuentium:“God gave life to all creatures. Come ye, come O fire. Come, O life of mortals Come (I say). Bepresent. God rules. O come. For he alone rules, and is the life of the living.” -Ed.

879

HM identifies this as King Bynepor. -Ed.880

Butmono. -Ed.881

Verè beatus: “Truly blessed.” -Ed.882

Omnium . . . immensa: “Perpetual and unlimited praise for the giver of all good.” -Ed.883

Ipse dixit. -Δ. (“He himself said.” -Ed.)884

Generaltye.885

Ipse: “himself.” -Ed.886

Vita . . . manibus: “The highest life, the higher life, and the lowest life are measures by my hands.” -Ed.

887

Note second last world.888

Ecce, omnia Noua. -Δ. (“Behold, all things are new.” -Ed.)889

Vitam . . . ubique: “He surrenders life, and gives me power to be, and to live in perpetual glory.Everything and everywhere.” -Ed.

890

Note.891

Δ I dowt, I did not here perfectly at this writing down.892

Cumpassing with it a loft: circling it around in the air. -Ed.893

Δ Bnaspol.894

Δ Blisdon.895

An Innumerable Cumpany of ugly Creatures, a far of.896

Vide Lib°. 5, 1583 Martij 26.897

Vide de istis in libro Cracoviensi Junij 26. Treasure hid in earth, kept by wycked spirites. -Δ. SeeTFR, p. 180. -Ed.

898

Bnaspol, Blisdon.899

Venite . . . dentium: “Come here, where there is no peace, but only the gnashing of teeth.” -Ed.900

Prince Brorges. -Ed.901

The King.902

Mark who sayd so before. -Δ. This was Carmara at the beginning of Book 4. -Ed.903

Note a great Secret of spirits in payn expecting release.904

Somwhat was not hard of me, or forgot. Perhaps Terror.905

Δ: Bnapsen.906

Δ; Brorges.907

Note A. 1583, Maij. Thus I considered In dede after a sort Brorges may be cownted as last, for thebegyning secretly was with Bralges.

908

Bralges sayd his government was of such: super fol. 4.b. -Δ. Venite . . . potestate: “Come you who areunder my power.” -Ed.

909

The Circle of letters.910

HM notes, “Prince Bagenol appeared not, by that name, yet. Note, the king him self [Baligon, akaCARMARA] is governor ouer these.” -Ed.

911

The last Ternarie. That is expownded lib°. 5. Maij 5.912

Note, As Michael and Uriel, at the begynning of these revealed mysteries, were present, and gaueAuthority to Carmara, to order the whole Heptarchicall Reuelation, so, at the Conclusion, theyappeared agayn and Raphael with them, and Michael concluded the second boke (of this particularReuelation Heptarchicall,) with these words following. -Δ (HM).

913

Prima pars Artis Triplicis: he termeth this afterward of three proportions in Esse. Consider thesethree principall points here. -Δ. Prima pars Artis Triplicis: “The first part of a triple art.” -Ed.

914

Annael.915

Gloria . . . Maximoque: “May glory, laud, honor, and eternal thanksgiving be to our God, almighty and

all good.” -Ed.916

1588. On twelfth day at night as I considered the Method of this boke, this cam to my mynde. -Δ.Dee’s diary fills in some of the events between this action and the next: “[1582] Nov. 22nd, E.K.went to London, and so the next day conveied by rode toward Blakley, and within ten dayes toreturne. Nov. 24th, Saterday night I dremed that I was deade, and afterward my bowels wer taken outI walked and talked with diverse, and among other with the Lord Thresorer who was com to myhowse to burn my bokes when I was dead, and thought he loked sourely on me. [1583] Feb. 26th, Idelivered my boke to the Lord Threasorer for the correction of the Calender. March 6th, I, and Mr.Adrian Gilbert and John Davis, did mete with Mr. Alderman Barnes, Mr. Townson and Mr. Yong andMr. Hudson, abowt the N.W. voyage. March 18th, Mr. North from Poland, after he had byn with theQuene he cam to me. I receyved salutation from Alaski, Palatine in Poland; salutation by Mr. Northwho cam before to the Quene, and next to me was his message, hor. 12.” Halliwell, ed., The PrivateDiary of Dr. John Dee (New York: AMS Press, 1968), pp. 18–19.

917

Note. The cullour red and grene of the Table of Covenant. Two chayres.918

Two Chayres.919

Idque.920

O quanta . . . perfectione: “O how great is the weakness and corruption of mankind, that has little faithin angels and their good deeds, but hardly any faith in God. All worldly things contain the corruptionof the world within them. Our God, our God, he (I say) our God is true, and is true with his trueangels and those who ever serve him. Ask for what you wish. I have spoken, and what I have spokenthat was obscure, was in truth, justice, and perfection.” -Ed.

921

Note of this Rod.922

Ecce . . . Hic . . . Per hoc . . . Et a Mensurae . . . vis? “Behold . . . here, . . . and here. . . . And fromthe end of the measure you will measure us and our power. Practice (I say). What do you wish?” -Ed.

923

Parabolically: using parable. -Ed924

In umbra . . . Age: “In the shadow of death there is no equality. Nothing is obscure which you havereceived through him (E.K.). Practice.” -Ed.

925

A Threefold work.926

In HM, Dee attributes this to “Carmara, Nouemb. 21. in appendix of the second boke.” -Ed.927

Threfold Work.928

The Kings with their Characters.929

An, Aue, Rocle, Liba. I understand of Il, An, Aue, &c in the characters of the 7 kings.930

Filij Filiorum - An, Aue, &c. Examination to be made of these bokes. -Δ. Filii Filiorum: “Sons of theSons” -Ed.

931

Δ fortè “Unlawfull” and was myshard.932

Forte: “their.”–Ed.933

Princis.934

Liber Creationis. Note, what hath bin tawght in this boke. -Δ. HM attributes this saying to Carmara,Nouemb. 21. Liber Creationis: “Book of Creation.” -Ed.

935

Δ: as may appere by the 49 names Collected.936

Δ: I suspect this to be an imperfect phrase.937

Name among Angels938

Δ = name expressed.939

Note Attire.940

It is to weete: “that is to say.” -Ed.941

Modo retrogrado quasi: “now as if going backward.” -Ed.942

Addendo . . . Baligon: “This course is made by adding 7. Therefore adding 7 to the number 43 resultsin 50: a number one greater than 49, which may indicate the first king, Baligon.” -Ed.

943

Addendo . . . principe: “This course is made by adding 7. Therefore if 7 is added to the number 37,from there results 44 for the next prince.” -Ed.

944

Δ: Note that he calleth that contynually A Globe. Uppon such a globe Nalvage shewed out all theCalls.

945

HM reads “must have.” -Ed.946

King . . . first . . . answering to Blumaza as I perceyued 1583 Maij 5, mane by meditation: and ofNecessity must be: yf the last be for Baligon.

947

The next 1 is the last letter of Babalel, and then transversim as before, &c.948

Traversim quasi retrograde: “Going crosswise as if backwards.” -Ed.949

Last.950

Last.951

Left.952

Meterly well: “fairly well.” -Ed.953

The use of the Circular Table (here before often called a Globe) at another tyme.954

I omitted a word, and our memories could not yeld it, this perhaps, Dignifyed.

955

An angel holding up the stone.956

This stone brought by the Angel is said to bee an nich thick in the following Mysteriorum Lib. 5. Ms.p. El. Ash: conceives it to have been of a lenticular forme, included in a circular limb upon the top ofwhich a cross, & edgewise sett in the frame. -E.A. See action of 5 May 1583. -Ed.

957

Veritas . . . uno est: “Truth is within truth, God within God, One is within one.” -Ed.958

caue. -Δ. (“Beware.” -Ed.)959

Illi . . . saecula: “May all honor, praise, and glory be to him who is to reveal the age through fire,forever and ever.” Perhaps *indicere is intented: “to inflict (the age with fire).” Ashmole readsIudicare: “to judge.” -Ed.

960

The words “Liber 6us. / Liber 7us.” are in Ashmole’s handwriting. -Ed.961

The boke fownd in Northwik hill.962

The scroll is shown below before the April 11 th Action. It shows the locations of ten hiddentreasures. -Ed.

963

Pilosus. -Δ (“Hairy.” -Ed. )964

Penetrasti . . . meae: “You penetrated the power of my iniquity.” -Ed.965

Feci, Nam decedo: “I am done, for I depart.” -Ed.966

Auete. Verum est, et incredibile: “Greetings. It is the truth, and incredible.” -Ed.967

lustitia. -Δ (“Justice” -Ed.)968

Via . . . eleyson: “The way, the truth, and the virtue are one, and his greatness is manifold and

wonderful. And the breath comes from your mouth (and has life) from which everything lives, by yourcommand and your light. Hail the word, hail the creator of things and of their measure which havebeen, are, and will be. You have illuminated the eyes of the creatures by reminders and plainwarnings. Life to the good, but death to the wicked, and those cast from your consideration. Howgreat and innumerable are your gifts? O remiges varpax. Lord have mercy.” -Ed.

969

Aqua. -Δ (“Water.” -Ed)970

Loquitur de mea cogitatione, quod esset Raphaël. -Δ. (“He speaks concerning my thought that he maybe Raphael.” -Ed.)

971

O Beata Trinitas . . . eius: “O blessed Trinity, send your light and your truth, that they may lead me tothe holy mountain and to your tent. Me: Where, O unbelievers? Δ: We are not unbelievers, but ourhope is alive, and the eternal and almighty truth is the fountain of life. Me: I brought you water fromthat same stream. It is a true medicine for your imperfections and needs. Understand now both who Iam and for whom I was adorned. Drink and receive the abundance for your bones [can also befigurative: innermost part, soul]. For many are the imperfections of mortals. I have and you (pl) willhave. I brought, and he shall be seen. The word is that light that blots out all imperfections. Thefaithful will enter into his blessedness. Wherein is the potion and eternal medicine. You thoughtcorrectly [see previous footnote]: I am indeed as you believe. For by truth and justice, his words andteachings are true and complete.” -Ed.

972

Recte sapere: “To perceive correctly.” -Ed.973

Ecce seruus . . . pronunciatum: “Behold the servant of the Lord, Let his decree be for me (like hismercy) as was declared about me.” -Ed.

974

Perfyted: “perfected.” -Ed.975

Increduli. -Δ (“Unbelievers.” -Ed.)976

HM identifies this as Raphael. -Ed.977

A parable.978

Note hereby to consider theyr actions, gestures and other circumstances.

979

Signa sunt . . . resanabit: “These are signs to you (pl) of humility and of repentance; which (signs) Imake everything yours; they are not mine. May his word be praised in heaven, and may he also bepraised on earth. Discover power in the humility of his speech (or language) and you (pl) will see theglory of his brow. For the glory of his power is merciful and almighty. Vanities exist in his seductions;Necessities exist in your true needs. For he made all things for his praise: and (behold) his handiworkpraises the light of his face. Love one another; live with humility. Truly, my medicine (which is his)will convey everything.” -Ed.

980

Nature ∴ Reason ∴981

Note Adam, before his fall, knew all things.982

The true use and order of the premisses.983

Raze out: “erase.” -Ed.984

Et finis est: “And it is the end.” -Ed.985

Note of this boke.986

J Dee, and EK.987

Adrian Gilbert, half-brother to Sir Walter Raleigh, was a frequent visitor to Mortlake. He eventuallywas allowed to participate in some of the actions. Earlier in this same year (1583), Dee started plansto colonize North America with Adrian Gilbert and John Davis. During subsequent actions, Deeconsults the angels about this proposed venture.

988

Potentia, Actus. -Δ (“Power, Deed.” -Ed.)989

Δ Blisdon is the prince under Bnaspol the king. Vide sup. Lib. 4: A°. 1587. Circa Maiu: Quidam Ben,(spiritualis Creatura) dixit ipi EK, se custodinisse illum pulverem et librum Dunstani, &c. -Δ. (Videsup. ...: “See above in book 4. Around May 1587 one Ben (a spiritual creature) said to EK that hehimself had guarded that powder and Book of Dunstan.”) See TFR Actio Tertia, May 23, p. 27 (pagesseparately numbered). -Ed.

990

Gloria patri: “Glory be to the Father.” -Ed.991

A lambs hed, may be a token of our humilitie required, &c.992

Magna . . . dixisti: “Great are the things that I have said.” -Ed.993

Note.994

NOTE.995

Note. All tymes, Speciall tymes.996

Of frendship, at any tyme.997

Note.998

Furder.999

NOTE Whose charge it is to deliuer it.1000

Veritas. -Δ. (“Truth, verity.” -Ed.)1001

Lingua et Vox Angelica. -Δ. (“Angelic language and voice.” -Ed. )1002

The Powre of the primitiue diuine or Angelicall speche.1003

ADAM.1004

Angelorum Colloquia -Δ. (“Conversation of angels.” -Ed.) 46 Tres ab hominibus in cæelos rapti cumAngelis conversantes. Forte, ʻEnoch, Elias, Jo . . .’ -Δ. (“Three carried off to heaven keepingcompany with angels. Perhaps Enoch, Elias, and John [the Baptist].” -Ed.) 47 NOTE. -Δ. In the

manuscript this last sentence is heavily underscored. -Ed. 48 Forte: “presseth.” 49 Note. 50 Shivered:“shattered.” -Ed. 51 The boke, the first Language of God Christ.

1005

The cullor of the Letters.1006

21 Characters.1007

Δ By his often taking things from under the table it shold seme that there shold be some shelf madeunder our Table.

1008

Unus . . . es: “You are One, One, One, Great, Great, Great.” -Ed.1009

Magna . . . eius: “Great is his glory.” -Ed.1010

Numerus . . . tibi: “The number, O most perfect, One and Threefold. Glory be to you.” -Ed.1011

A battle foreshewed.1012

Before two yeres finished, Ergo before A°. 1585, Martij 26.1013

NOTE.1014

Election.1015

The Apostles on Whitson Sonday.1016

A. Gilbert may be made priuie, but he is not to be a Practiser.1017

Medicina sum: “I am the medicine.” -Ed.1018

Medicina or Medicus Dei: “God’s medicine or doctor.” -Ed.1019

A Gilbert, his task.1020

Note, a prophesy.1021

Description geographicall.1022

Tenebrae post dorsum. -Δ (“Darkness behind the back.” -Ed.)1023

For discoveries making of the seas and theyr bownds.1024

Instruction requisite.1025

Note.1026

Both ioyntly EK and J:D:1027

Leysor: “leisure.” -Ed.1028

God will shew himself aliue.1029

O liber . . . vobis: “O book, book, book, life to the good, but truly death itself for the wicked. Greatare the wonders sealed up inside you, and great is the name of your seal. The light of my medicine,for you.” -Ed.

1030

Gloria Laus et honor Deo p<at>ri et F<ilio> et S<piritui> S<ancto>: “Glory, praise, and honor toGod the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit.” - Ed.

1031

Insidiatores. -∆. (“Traitors.” -Ed.)1032

Pereant . . . mea: “May everyone perish who betray the virtue of my name: and who have hidden thelight of my justice.” -Ed.

1033

Multa . . . ipem: “Reprove us, because he himself suffers much.” -Ed.

1034

Constrayned: “forced.” -Ed.1035

Pilosus. -∆ (“Hairy.” -Ed.)1036

See. Matthew 7:9; Luke 11:11-12. -Ed.1037

Heaviness: “sorrow.” -Ed.1038

Raphaëlis officium. -∆. (“Raphael’s office.” -Ed.)1039

Forte, truth.1040

Afflictions to EK.1041

Note the durance of these Memorialls.1042

Traynes: deceits. -Ed.1043

Note of the vision which was shewed A°. 1582.1044

Veniat . . . mentientem: “May the vengeance of God come, and may it may smite the lying tongue.” -Ed.

1045

Dicat . . . non est: “He may speak, for he is not one of us.” -Ed.1046

The finding of the skroll, of the Treasors.1047

Cownterfeted Roll. -∆. Vide infra pag. 152, 153 &c. -E.A.1048

Sic soleo iniustis: “So I am accustomed to unrighteous people.” -Ed.1049

Purificata ... nostrorum: “Cleanse, 0 Lord, your holy one, and destroy the wickness of our enemies.” -Ed.

1050

Write. -∆. Visio . . . Dei: “The true vision is truly noted, and it will be noted for the glory of God.” -Ed.

1051

Dixisti, et factum: “I have spoken, and it is so.” -Ed.1052

∆ Note Body, sowle, spirit.1053

The 12 Apostles.1054

A. G.1055

John Davis is mentioned in Dee’s diary as early as 1577, but Dee probably knew him as a boy. Hewas evidently one of Dee’s pupils, and one of the principal players in the search for the NorthwestPassage. He stole at least seventy books from Dee’s library after Dee left for Europe in 1583. SeeJulian Roberts and Andrew Watson, John Dee’s Library Catalogue (London: The BibliographicalSociety, 1990), p. 50.

1056

Lern the Alfabet.1057

Soli . . . gloria: “May all honor and glory be to God alone.” -Ed.1058

The reformation of the Kalendar. -∆. On 24 February 1582, Pope Gregory XIII ordered the use of the“Gregorian” calendar, and the English court deliberated over its response. Dee was one of theauthorities commissioned for a report. According to his diary, Dee delivered his proposal to reformthe calendar to Lord Burghley, Treasurer of England on 26 February 1583. It caused considerablecontroversy. The court opinions were all favorable, and the Queen approved a draft proclamation toadopt the reform, but it was rejected by the bishops because they didn’t want to appear to befollowing the Catholic lead. -Ed.

1059

Angeli proprij. -∆ (“Proper angels.” -Ed.)1060

Peculier and propre Instigators.

1061

God his Elect.1062

The reference is to David and Goliath. -Ed.1063

Peradventure: “perhaps.” -Ed.1064

∆: Raphael long tyme visiting my hed.1065

A secret. -∆. Secretum dico: “I declare a secret.” -Ed.1066

Lingua dolosa. -∆ (“Deceitful speech.” -Ed.)1067

England.1068

Gadding: “wandering.” -Ed.1069

Note, each in his Office.1070

Prævalescentia. -∆ (“Prevailing against.” -Ed.)1071

A: and EK, and A. Gilbert.1072

The erth—1. EK The Tree—2. Δ The planter—3. AG1073

Note Lerne The Alfabet.1074

∆ Philosophicall Harmonie in prayer, is ment by the prayer which I dayly use, & often: Deus in a mind a a m f G P e F e S &c. -∆. Apparently “Deus in adiutorium meum intende: Domine adadiuvandem me festina: Gloria Patri et Filio et Spiritui Sancto” (“O God, be pleased to deliver me; OLord, hasten to help me. Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit”), based onPsalm 70. Compare with Dee’s prayer at the beginning of Liber 1. -Ed.

1075

Omnipotenti . . . actio: “All honor, praise, and thanksgiving be to our almighty God, creator,redeemer, and sanctifier.” -Ed.

1076

49 49 441 196 24011077

100.1078

100.1079

Zuresch. Veresk and Zuresk are all one. ∆ Perchaunce Zuresch, with ch, for k, and so the word shalbeof 7 letters.

1080

Ses: the letters giue.1081

Ses.1082

Gampedaz.1083

Kaphene.1084

Domka.1085

Phiam1086

Vrepres1087

Adepd.1088

Aze.1089

Druz.1090

Keztz/cests.1091

Unbar.1092

Onizdar.1093

Gharmes.1094

Δ It is not to be spoken or interpreted, but whan the time appointed is come.1095

Sely: “pitiable.” -Ed.1096

Mensurator: “It is measured.” -Ed.1097

Sint . . . intelligant: “May those eyes be clear, in order to comprehend.” -Ed.1098

Secundus a primo: “The second from the first.” -Ed.1099

Note this diuersity of sownd and writing: as x for z.1100

Incomprehensilibis . . . tua: “You are incomprehensible in your eternity.” -Ed.1101

∆: Forte, van. Axe this dowte.1102

Gronhadoz.1103

Oicasman.1104

Veueiah.1105

Nos.1106

There is a stop.1107

Ophed.1108

Medoz.1109

Pres.1110

∆: Note: A-deüne must be pronownced as one worde: like as Res-publica, in latin: els here woldseme to be 50 words but, A-deüne, cam out of one square.

1111

Vandemhnaxat.1112

Bances.1113

Δ Note and take hede from hence forward.1114

Of the boke.1115

49 Powres with theyr Inferiors, vide sup. 48 after a sort: and 1. vide Martij 24.1116

Angelicall Language.1117

Longe . . . destructionis: “We are far away from the perversity of destruction.” -Ed.1118

There are approximately three blank lines here. -Ed.1119

Raphaël is to be absent for a certayn time: but his powre shall be here.1120

Of the boke.1121

Languages.

1122

Nihil . . . perfectum: “Nothing is here which is not perfect.” -Ed.1123

Δ Note, that we shalbe Theodidacti, of god him self and no Angel herein. -Δ. Theodidacti: “taught byGod.” -Ed.

1124

Potentia. -Δ. (“Power.” -Ed.)1125

The ende of all things is at hand.1126

The sight of god.1127

Sanctus . . . gloria: “Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts. Heaven and earth are filled with the gloryof his majesty. To him alone is all honor, praise, and glory.” -Ed.

1128

Sum: “I am.” -Ed.1129

Impleta . . . tuo: “All things have been fulfilled to your glory and honor.” -Ed.1130

Note, fire.1131

Sic . . . purificare: “So I am accustomed to cleansing the errors of the people.” -Ed.1132

Moue not from your places.1133

Fire agayn.1134

The Third row of the first page.1135

Palse/Palze. I dowt which of these 3 must serve: c,s,z.1136

Ego sum . . . gloriam: “I am the one who is within you. Therefore I am the one who is for myself. Δ:

Not for us, O Lord, not for us, but for your name may we give glory.” -Ed.1137

Orate: “Pray.” -Ed.1138

The fifth row.1139

Pronownced mises.1140

Mansh.1141

Adíper. It is significatiue.1142

Arkad.1143

Pasdas.1144

Dros.1145

Akos.1146

Locus sanctus. -Δ. Locus est hic sanctus: “This place is holy.” -Ed.1147

Sacer est a te Domine: “It is consecrated to you, O Lord.” -Ed.1148

The Seventh row.1149

lah.1150

Lesgomph.1151

Asco, with a prick ouer the o, is to be pronownced as Asto.1152

Vnam.1153

Note this Mysterie of god his powre drawn to him self agayne.1154

Magnus Magnus Magnus: “Great, Great, Great.” -Ed.1155

Locus . . . Deo: “A place consecrated and acceptable to God.” -Ed.1156

Of the first character of Vlla, I dowt.1157

Ex.1158

The V has an umlaut in the manuscript. -Ed.1159

Sem.1160

Vdráh.1161

Iohed. gohed, pronownced as Iohed, signifieth One euerlasting and all things descending uppon one,and gohed Ascha is as much to say as One god.

1162

Canse, signifieth mightie: and Cruscanse, more mightie.1163

All these which haue lines under them [Here they are hyphenated. -Ed.] are eche but one word ofdiuerse syllables: being 9 words of them.

1164

The a produced.1165

The last h remissly sownded.1166

This word is circled in the manuscript.1167

Pola and Pala signifie two: Pola signifieth two together, and Pala signifieth two separated.1168

ΔThis was a parcell of a row, which onely appered by him self.1169

In margin, but later crossed out: Δ At ‘no.’, ende 49, and so here ar 10 over.1170

“á” must be sownded long.1171

This “se” is the nine and fortyth word longing to them before.1172

Vns.1173

“A” long.1174

Sey.1175

Danset.1176

this with a prick betokeneth “y.”1177

Pronownce “Asto.”1178

Pansu.1179

Musse1180

ó long.1181

Aske. E.K. understode the Language: and wold haue spoken somwhat, but he was willed to stay.1182

Orate: “Pray.” -Ed.1183

Pronownce as we do cruse a cup.1184

ó long.1185

Kidmap.1186

Sempiternall One and indiuisible God.1187

Dansét.1188

A very long.1189

Gras.1190

a reverent word, the first ‘a’ very long, and is, be it made with powre.1191

Ahal, iently, and the ‘a’ long.1192

“A” long.1193

Orate: “Pray.” -Ed.1194

The diuine powre creating the angel of the sonne.1195

4 manner of constructions in that one word.1196

A-ro is one word diuided, as res-publica, and here this word is diuided into two squares, and sothere are 49.

1197

E long.1198

Life lephe lurfando is a strong charge to the wicked to tell the truth: Δ This he sayd to my demand of

this phrase wherof I had mention many yeres since.1199

A long.1200

Pronownce “ar.”1201

NA - The name of the Trinitie, One separable for a while.1202

“A” long; onely one “a” sownded for “aa.”1203

Orka.1204

“ä” sounded as “au.”1205

The ‘g’ not expressly sownded.1206

In eius loco. (“In this place.” -Ed.)1207

It is but one word.1208

Sownded, palef.1209

Gloria . . . semper: “Glory be to the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit now and forever.” -Ed.1210

Bonum . . . es: “It is good, O God, for you are goodness itself.” -Ed.1211

Et magnum . . . Magnitudinis: “And great because of the size of greatness itself.” -Ed.1212

Sum . . . locus: “I am, and this place is, holy.” -Ed.1213

Padohómaghebs.1214

Rede as arch.1215

A piller of light stode before the boke.1216

In margin, but crossed out: “Vin in vinco must be pronowced long as if it were a dubble i.”1217

Arse.1218

Or, gáscampho - why didst thow so: as god sayd to Lucifer. The word hath 64 significations.1219

=cum humilitate aduocamus te cum adoratione Trinitas. (“[Befafes] with humility we call you, withadoration of the Trinity.” -Ed.)

1220

This is the name of the spirit contrary to Befafes.1221

In margin: Befes, the vocatiue case of Befafes.

Befafes ô, is to call uppon him as on god. Befafes oh, is as muche to say, ‘come Befafes and bearewitness.”

Also in margin: “Befafes his Etymologie is as much to say as, ‘Lumen a Lumine’. Spiritus orhsecundus est in grada imperfectionis tenebrarum. = Δ. How can orh signifie ‘Deus sine fine’ if it bethe name of a wicked spirit?” (Deus sine fine: “God without end”; Deus a Deo: “God from God”;lumen a lumine: “light from the light”; Spiritus orh . . . tenebrarum: “The spirit orh is the second in thescale of imperfections of darkness”; Deus sine fine: “God without end.” -Ed.)

1222

This word hath 72 significations.1223

Of two syllables.1224

Salus . . . vobiscum: “Welcome (lit. health) to you in him who is with you.” -Ed.

1225

Larvandah.1226

Δ Note these 55 wordes stand in 49 places: [ors lah, ama natoph, gedos lubah, vals mors] of which55, some two stand in a square place, some three, [surem paphe arbasa] as I haue noted.

1227

Iebne.1228

Af.1229

Bates.1230

There are no points neyther in the last before. They be parcells of Invitations very pleasant to goodAngels. Before was, as it were a preface of the Creation and distinction of Angels &c.

1231

Loghes.1232

Orghen.1233

Ghibúrod.1234

Zimegafna.1235

Askma.1236

Daie.1237

Deo . . . semper: “To our God, living, true, and almighty, be all praise and thanksgiving, now andever.” -Ed.

1238

Quia . . . infinita: “Because God himself, God, our God, whose infinite mercy.” -Ed.1239

Iestes.1240

Amaies.1241

Vlsaie.1242

This name comprehendeth the number of all the fayries - who are diuels next to the state and conditionof man etc.

1243

Iedan.1244

Famek.1245

Iuma.1246

Vanies.1247

Akna.1248

Maies.1249

Detkel.1250

Pagze. = iustitia a numine diuino sine labe. Δ (“Justice from divine power without defect.” -Ed.)1251

Vlskan1252

Ienzed.

1253

Congamfilgh. = fide that reviveth mans brest, The holy ghoste. -Δ (Fide: “in faith.” -Ed.)1254

Iesk.1255

Hamies.1256

Oxmoiel.1257

Kadgama.1258

Omsaie.1259

Na.1260

Sol.1261

Maries.1262

Lo.1263

21, words hither.1264

O long.1265

In great letters.1266

Δ Here are but 48 words: I dowt that there lacketh one.1267

Zadketh.1268

Here seme to be to many by 3 or 4.1269

Deo . . . gloria: “To God all good, all honor, praise, and glory.” -Ed.1270

Expectas expectaui Dominum: “I waited patiently for the Lord” (Psalm 40:1/ Vulgate 39:1). -Ed.1271

Take hede of Nettels.1272

Perhaps the Jues shall be restored. -Δ. Dee sees “headless” as a metaphor for the fact that the Jewshave no central authority like the Pope. Dee’s meaning is most likely to be that the vision is aprophecy that the Jews will be readmitted into England where they had been expelled in 1290/91.They were, in fact, readmitted into England in 1655 after petitions from Menasseh Ben Israel. SeeDavid S. Katz, Philo-Semitism and the Readmission of the Jews to England (Oxford: ClarendonPress, 1982), chapter three for details. There is more on this in his most recent book, The Jews in theHistory of England (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1994). According to Dr. Katz (privatecommunication), “Dee had good reason to think this might happen in his lifetime.” -Ed.

1273

Orate: “Pray.” -Ed.1274

Interprete not yet.1275

Zunah.1276

Ag-zel-ia.1277

Doxaniahad. one word.1278

Fáma = I will giue.1279

= I desire thee O god.1280

Gaphned.1281

This was put in and out a good while before EK could haue a perfect vew to rede it.

1282

Nuleg.1283

= The slymie things made of dust.1284

Zoah. Δ Here seme to want 5 or 6 names.1285

Nu-mech is two wordes.1286

One word.1287

These last two words are in one square.1288

= The furious and perpetuall fire enclosed for the ponishment of them that are banished from the glory.One word of 7 syllables: 4 in the first part and 3 in the last.

1289

Zembloágaf.1290

Lu = from one.1291

Madna.1292

Iel.1293

Deo . . . saecula: “To God alone be all praise, honor, and glory, through endless ages upon ages.” -Ed.1294

Sum: “I am.” -Ed.1295

Sum quod sum: “I am that I am.” -Ed.1296

Locat.1297

Nostah = it was in the begynning.1298

Δ Here seme to lack 5 words.1299

= Use humilitie in prayers to God, that is fervently pray. It signifieth, Pray into god.1300

∆ pronownce as che in chery.1301

∆ ratrugeem is one of the 7 words on the side of the Table first prescribed.1302

= I will begynne a new.1303

Note this covering to be made for the boke. = ∆. Sindall: “sendal, a thin light silk.” -Ed.1304

Note this to be pronownced rowndly to gither.1305

Gloriam . . . resonent: “May all creatures continually resound the glory and praise of our Creator.” -Ed.

1306

Oratory: a small private chapel. -Ed.1307

The manuscript has an “a” (or ∆?) over the second “e” in “veniet.” -Ed. 355 Veniet . . . sunt: “Hisvoice will come, that he may tell the sons of men what is coming” Sloane 3677 also has an “a” overthe second “e” of “veniet.” With this proposed amendment the statement would start: “May his voicecome. . . ” -Ed. 356 Benedictus . . . Domini: “Blessed in he who comes in the name of the Lord.” -Ed.357 A prophesy very dreadfull now at hand.

1308

Spedily & reuerently.1309

Uriel held up now the triangle of fire .1310

Those.1311

Uriel now holding up the Ball of fire in his left hand, sayd as is here written: .1312

If from the first day of writing we accownt than from good friday the reckoning doth begynne: and soende this.

1313

The Abridgment of time.1314

Speaking to ∆.1315

The danger thretned, if EK do not his dutie.1316

Note a terrible thing.1317

The ende of all.1318

Ecce . . . suae: “Behold this servant and wretched little man; let it be to me whatever is most pleasingto his will.” -Ed.

1319

Note, by the place here before what measure in proportion of powr and understanding this was, inrespect of the white ball of fyre.

1320

Jentlewoman: “noblewoman.” -Ed.1321

Mistres Francis Haward elected to taste of god his great mercy for her charitable hart, &c.1322

Forte Row.1323

This was originally numbered 1, the next 2, and so on. These were each crossed out later andrenumbered 49, 1, etc. See the note at the end of the 49th row. -Ed.

1324

∆ forte: Asney.1325

Iadeth.

1326

I dowt which is n and which is u.1327

A dowte whether “ar made” be two words or one.1328

The following notes are found on a separate sheet of paper: -Ed.1329

In margin at top of page: “solgars.” See TFR, p. 5, where “solgars” is prescribed as a cure. -Ed.1330

∆ Ω.1331

This word is circled in the manuscript.–Ed.1332

Here seme to be 50 names: and so, one to many.1333

Here are but 38.1334

Ce-.1335

48.1336

Here are 54.1337

50 words.1338

Admad.1339

Sembeth.1340

Lefe.1341

Here seme to be 50.1342

Of the “n” and “u” of this word I dowt.1343

At vom was a + to note the ende of a line: But both these mak but 49 names.1344

51 words.1345

Iemse.1346

Vanket.1347

48.1348

Corrected from “ondanfaha.” -Ed.1349

The copy had “ouhna.” I cowld not conjecture.1350

Iea.1351

An other boke: British Library, Sloane manuscript 3189 contains the bulk of the angelic book. -Ed.1352

Polluted. -Ed.1353

In marg.: (“strong”). condemnatus: “condemned.” -Ed.1354

Est: “He is.” -Ed.1355

This note is on the reverse side of the following diagram. -Ed.1356

Assay: “try.” -Ed.1357

They wer fownd at Huets Cross as the spirituall creature affirmed when he led them to the finding ofthis Moniment was & a boke of Magik & Alchimie. Perhaps that is the Cros called Huteos Cros beingthe fowrth of them below.

1358

Note J. Dee. The last being of the Danes here, was abowt the year 1040. (Tabula . . . effere: “Thetable of places of things and hidden treasures of Menabon, my Gordanil, soldier and banished princeof the Danes, and of many other famous men [in the southern part of Britain], and of native soldierswho fought against the same. With the agreement of closest friends I decided to hide this away andbury it for the convenience and help of our countrymen who may return at some time. By this whenunderstood, they can easily bring [lit. expose] the hidden to light.” -Ed.)

1359

Of this “k” I dowt yet.1360

∆ fortè Marr.1361

Grotes: silver fourpence pieces used from the 14th to the 17th century. -Ed.1362

Gyrning: “snarling.” -Ed.1363

Avoyded: “departed.” -Ed.1364

Note. Now 30 Tables being written since good friday: and days onely 21 passed since good friday.1365

The stone out of the frame.1366

∆ as who shold say, αυτoζ ∈ψα, ipe dixit: nr Deus. -∆. (Autos . . . Deus: “he said himself, ʻour God.’” -Ed.)

1367

Prepare all things.1368

Good Angels.1369

Fardel: “pack.” -Ed1370

Tyme of Iustification known than.1371

The ende of our election.1372

Tyll the very howre.1373

Want of due reuerence using in our actions is reproved.1374

Angels abase themselues, to pleasure man by theyr instructions, when they tak uppon them, or use anysensible evidence of themselves or voyces, &c.

1375

40 dayes.1376

A.G. -∆. (Adrian Gilbert. -Ed.)1377

Vox angelorum.1378

Uriel putteth one into his place.1379

Il or El.1380

Gesture: “general behavior.” -Ed.1381

Vulgarly: “commonly.” -Ed.1382

Note, Threfold answer.1383

Liber Arabicus. -∆. (“Arabic book.” -Ed.)1384

This probably does not refer to the book Soyga. -Ed.1385

EK he Kneleth down.

1386

Lord Treasurer: William Cecil, Lord Burghley. -Ed.1387

Note.1388

In Sloane 3677, Ashmole notes: “1674 The Duke of Lauderdale hath a folio MS which was Dr. Deeswith these words in the first page, Aldaraia sive Soyga vocor.” Literis transpositis: “by transposingthe letters.” -Ed.

1389

The language towght in Paradise.1390

Eve. -Ed.1391

The Tower of Babel. See Genesis 11. -Ed.1392

Enoch.1393

Jude 14-15: “Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lordcometh with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgement upon all, and to convince all that areungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all theirhard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him.” This is quoted from 1 Enoch 1:9. SeeJames H. Charlesworth, ed., The Old Testament Pseudepigrapha, vol. 1 (New York: Doubleday,1983), pp. 12–13. -Ed.

1394

Note: excellent Memories, for Traditions contynuing and preseruing.1395

∆ forte: 18. Note, 28 dayes more do make iust the 40 dayes, before notified.1396

Esdras bokes. -∆. See II Esdras 14.37ff. -Ed.1397

The Jues.1398

∆ this might seme to signifie the calling home of the Jues, A°. 1588 to come.1399

Note, El semed to be woman.1400

Vice: “a character playing one of the vices in a morality play; jester.” -Ed.1401

Varinus Phavorinus, Lexicon græcum (Rome, 1523). -Ed.1402

Gariladrah.1403

Since. -Ed.1404

That was Uriel. Vide pag. precedent. -∆. (“See the previous page.” -Ed.)1405

He pointed to EK.1406

Thesaurus absconditus. -∆. (“Hidden treasure.” -Ed.)1407

40 dayes.1408

August.1409

Knowledge to be infused Ictu Oculi. -∆. (Ictu Oculi: “with a stroke(or ray) of the eye.” -Ed.)1410

Thesaurus abs.1411

40.1412

Note: till August.1413

Lycence, licence: “legal permission.” -Ed.1414

Without digging.1415

Ten places.1416

Mary: a mild oath. -Ed.1417

The chest.1418

Braynford: “Brentford.” -Ed.1419

Grecia:“Greece”; Anglia: “England.” -Ed.1420

Anon: “soon.” -Ed.1421

∆ True it is, I had hidden there, in a capcase the recordes of my doings with Saule & other &c.1422

The boke, The powder, the rest of the roll. -∆. This is the so-called Book of Saint Dunstan. -Ed.1423

Amicorum . . . gloria: “Everything is shared between friends; therefore, to God alone are offered allpraise, honor, and glory.” -Ed.

1424

Quinti Libri Mysteriorum Appendix: “Appendix to the Fifth Book of the Mysteries.” -Ed.1425

Lease: “occupy.” -Ed.1426

In Sloane 3677, EA reads “cumber.” -Ed.1427

Cumbred: “obstructed.” -Ed.1428

Railed at: “verbally abused.” -Ed.1429

Sapientia. -Δ. (“Wisdom.” -Ed.)1430

Voluntatem . . . deus: “He fulfils the desire of all who fear God” (misquoting Psalm 145:19). -Ed.

1431

£s 300 det.1432

Dextera Domini: “from the right hand of the Lord.” -Ed.1433

Il: the first of the 7 sonns of sonns of light. -Δ (HM).1434

Benedictus . . . Domini: “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” -Ed.1435

1494–1555 German mineralogist and author. -Ed.1436

Potichayre: “apothecary (?)” -Ed.1437

Iovis omnia plena: “Jove fills all,” from Virgil’s Eclogues, III., 60, repeated in Giovanni Pontano’sastronomical poem Urania siue de stellis, Lib. 1.628. Note that Pontano is cited by Philip Sidney inhis Defence of Poesia (London: Dent 1595; Rutland, VT: Tuttle, 1997). -Ed.

1438

De Lege Spirituali: “concerning the spiritual law.” -Ed.1439

Non raro . . . obscuratur: “Furthermore, knowledge is obscured not rarely, through negligence, whichis committed in the working of anything.” -Ed.

1440

Corpus . . . perficere: “Body without mind, achieves nothing . . . ” -Ed.1441

A remedy for the blyndness of EK at this instant.1442

And so many dayes yet wanted of the 40, yf we accownt from the 6 day of Aprill: but if from the tymeof the begynning I wrote them, then there wanteth not so much as 9 or 10 dayes. -Δ. Cor Contritum . . .Cogitationi: “Contrite heart): Without a contrite heart it is impossible to be completely freed ofmalice and inferiority. And so I say, the heart crushes the threefold temperance of sleep, food, andbodily license. An excess and abundance of these others creates pleasure, but pleasure brings ondistorted thoughts and in fact hinders prayer and proper thought.” -Ed.

1443

Soli . . . gloria: “To God alone be all honor, praise, and glory.” -Ed.

1444

Nos. -Δ. (“We/Cls.”–Ed.)1445

Δ Here I mist the hering of a word or more.1446

Nota et Caue -Δ. (“Note this and beware.”–Ed.)1447

Election confirmed.1448

One of us is by the Lord confirmed in constant purpose.1449

Δ I think “sayeth the Lord” is forgotten here.1450

Note.1451

Note.1452

Vengeance cryed for.1453

Non nobis . . . perpetuum: “Not for ourselves, O Lord, not for ourselves, but for the glory of yourname, we give and we will give all praise and honor, forever” (Psalm 115:1). -Ed.

1454

The mysticall Alphabet.1455

The Table of Practise.1456

Illuding spirits thrusting in themselues.1457

I understand that the characters are most untrue.1458

Δ The Inner square, of 6 ynches.1459

Δ vide post foliam, et etiam in Tabula cordis carnis et cutis, nam in lineis defendentibus, ibidemhabes hanc tabula hic incipiendo sed in primo omittendo l et accipiendo o. (“See on the next sheet,and also in the table of the heart, flesh, and skin, for in the surrounding lines, you have this table herecommencing the same, but omitting ‘l’ at the start, and gaining ‘o’.”) Note: This note is writteninverted above the diagram in very small script. There is a hand pointing to the first “o”in the topborder. In fronte tabulæ: “in front of the table”; a sinistris: “on the left”; a dextra: “on the right”; iuxtapectus: “next to the chest.” -Ed.

1460

In fronte Tabulae. (“In front of the table” -Ed.)1461

Forte med. (“Perhaps ‘med’”-Ed.)1462

A sinistris. (“To the left.” -Ed.)1463

Juxta pectus. (“Next to the chest.” -Ed.)1464

A dextris. (“To the right.” -Ed.)1465

Soli Deo . . . perennis: “To God alone be eternal praise.” -Ed.1466

Note of the Square within.1467

Ternarius et Quaternarius. -Δ. Numero . . . operis: “In the numbers of the ternary and quaternary, fromwhich is the beginning and the entire foundation of this, your most holy work.” -Ed.

1468

12, 7.1469

Note of these kings and Princis.1470

The dignity of the Table of practise.1471

He alludeth to our talk had of Transposition of letters.1472

Note, danger of violating precepts of doctrine.

1473

Fortè s p. -Δ. The manuscript originally had “p s,” but these are crossed out and “s p” inserted. -Ed.1474

Adam.1475

A primo . . . nostri: “from the first. Δ: Which is the first and newest, Alpha and Omega, may he havemercy on us.” -Ed.

1476

Pied: “spotted or patched.” -Ed.1477

Apparayle changed.1478

An ænigmaticall lesson.1479

Note.1480

Three manner of works with God his Name.1481

Vide inscriptiones suo loco, An. 1582, Martij die 10. f. 6. -Δ. (“See the inscription in its own place,10 March 1582, folio 6.”) Sigillum . . . gestandum: “Engrave this sigil in gold, for protecting the bodyin all places, times, and occasions: and to be worn on the chest.” -Ed.

1482

The Nature of all Characters.1483

NOTE.1484

Note here of the 7 Tables of Creation, how they apperteyn to the 7 kings and Princes.1485

This boke of 48 Tables.1486

Note of the Names of God.1487

Generation: corrup., incor. (“Generation: corruptible, incorruptible.” -Ed.)1488

The Character allso was a falls tradition.1489

Note.1490

Lepidè, mathematicas meas demonstrationes deuolat. -Δ (“Neat! He endorses my mathematicaldemonstrations.”–Ed.)

1491

He meaneth my propre Character truely made.1492

Note. These to be put in propre Characters.1493

So, on my Character or lamyne of dignification: are all the names of the 7 kings, and of the 7 Princis,perfectly: as in the great Table, (called often tymes Mensa Faederis) the Bees, onely, (being the firstletter common to them all) kept bak, in memory. -Δ (HM).

1494

Note, here, it may appere that Butmono is Prince to Bynepor, and Blisdon prince to King Bnaspol. -Δ(HM).

1495

Deo nostro . . . gloria: “Perpetual praise and unlimited glory be to our almighty God.” -Ed.1496

The Title of the boke was Seuen Sobs of a Sorrowfull Sowle for Synne. -Δ. London: 1583. Hunnis’book consists of a translation of the Seven Penitential Psalms in rhyme.

1497

Astonied: “bewildered.” -Ed.1498

Uriel.1499

Note, sowles created before the bodies are begotten.1500

Three elected.1501

Fortitudo in deo et propter deum. -Δ. (“Strength in God and because of God.” –Ed.)1502

Temptation necessary.1503

Pugna . . . victoria: “They will have fought, but victory will be yours.” -Ed.1504

A perfect begynning.1505

Sententia contra istum Malignum spirituum qui nobis inpenere voluit. -Δ (“A judgment against thisevil spirit who wished to use us.” -Ed.)

1506

He spake to EK.1507

Angelus malus proprius ipius EK. (“The wicked angel belonging to EK himself.” –Ed.)1508

Diuels are accusers proprely.1509

EK had byn carryed away in the wrath of God. If fervent prayer had not byn, as may appere in thebegynning of this nights Action.

1510

The boke of this Prophesie shall contynue.1511

= a malo Temptationis. -Δ. (“Against the evil of temptations.” -Ed.)1512

Professio mea est Philosophia vera, vide Libro primo. -Δ. (“My profession is true philosophy. SeeBook 1.” -Ed.)

1513

Deo . . . perpetuum: “May all praise, honor, and thanksgiving be to our almighty God, now andforever.” -Ed.

1514

Beati . . . pacem: “Blessed feet, gospel of peace” See Romans 10.15. Quomodo vero praedicabuntnisi mittantur? sicut scriptum est: Quam speciosi pedes evangelizantium pacem evangelizantiumbona!: “And how shall they preach, except they be sent? As it is written: How beautiful are the feet ofthem that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!” This verse quotes from

Isaiah 52:7. Quam pulchri super montes pedes annunciantis et praedicantis pacem: annunciantisbonum, praedicantis salutem, dicentis Sion: Regnabit Deus tuus!: “How beautiful upon the mountainsare the feet of him who brings good tidings, who publishes peace, who brings good tidings of good,who publishes salvation, who says to Zion: ’Your God reigns.’” -Ed.

1515

Per te Jesu Christe: “Through you, Jesus Christ.” -Ed.1516

This Holy Book.1517

The boke to be finished to morrow.1518

The day appointed for the use of this Book. Augusti 1.1519

Our nine dayes contrition preparatiue. -Δ. Note the Clavicula Salomonis prescribes a nine-daypreparatory period before calling spirits that includes penitential prayers and abstaining fromimpurity. See S. L. Mathers, ed., The Key of Solomon the King (York Beach: Samuel Weiser, 1972repr. 1989), book 2, chapter 4. The magi (Zoroastrian priests) also undergo an elaborate nine-nightpurification ceremony (“Barashnum”) in order to prepare for higher religious ceremonies. –Ed.

1520

Angels sent to viset the heape of sinnes in the world abownding &c.1521

Good Angels.1522

The second of the greatest prophesie, is this.1523

Our Testimony of this Prophesie, all the World ouer, to be (by us) published.1524

Our bodyes to be made strong.1525

Antichriste is allmost ready for his practise.1526

40 dayes more for the tables writing in their own Characters.1527

The frute of this boke.

1528

The backside of my Character.1529

The use of the stone which a good Angel browght to me the last yere: remember it is half an inchethik.

1530

The 4 hollow fete of the Table.1531

HM reads “must.” -Ed.1532

The use of the Table of practise is onely for one Month.1533

Vide sup. A°. 1582 Maij 4.1534

Great long iornayes to be gon of us two.1535

The Cullor of the silk for the Table.1536

On the first of August next.1537

Δ So they seeme to haue byn ment in the figure of the Table of practise before described.1538

The Princis here not put next to their kings.1539

Note. 4 diuerse Wayes.1540

A Secret of preeminence due to the Kings &c: as in Astrology. I use to mak every planet a base or agrownd in his propre signification &c., & so every howse of the 12 &c. in respect of his proper andseverall signification.

1541

P. 85. -E.A.1542

The Symbolism of my name, in my character, how and where.1543

Princeples.1544

Δ perhaps somewhat like this:1545

The man in the myddest of the globe or circle.1546

Tables.1547

The 7 ensignes of creation.1548

At the time of theyr call.1549

The 7 ensignes to be paynted on the Table.1550

Supra. -Δ. (“Above.” -Ed.)1551

Befafes.1552

A.G.1553

Supra.1554

The last Ternarie.1555

Three times.1556

Vide supra pagina precedente. -Δ. (“See above on the previous page.” -Ed.)1557

The 7 characters of the 7 kings as on the formar page is Babalel, Liba, &c.1558

Expedition. -Δ. (“Expeditiousness.” -Ed.)1559

Journey. - Ed.1560

How the Threasor is to be used.1561

The Skroll, The Boke, The red powder.1562

Albertus Laski, Palatinus Siradiensis venit ex Polonia Londinum 1583 Maij initio. -Δ. “Albert Laski,the Palatine of Sieradia (Sieradz), came from Poland to London in early May, 1583.” The Polishprince Albertus Laski visited London on 1 May 1583. At the Queen’s command, he was received withmuch honor. He visited Dee on 15 June along with Philip Sidney. The prince was so impressed withDee and Kelley that they were invited to Lasco, the prince’s seat near Krakow. They left with theirwives and families on 21 September 1583. Laski plays a major role in Dee’s subsequent actions. -Ed.

1563

Δ My good Angel.1564

Hereby may many other answers be considered.1565

Multa nobis perpetienda propter Deum nostrum Omnipotentem. -Δ. (“Our great suffering near for ouralmighty God.” -Ed.)

1566

Note The Quene of Scotts to be behedded. So she was A°. 1587 at Fodringam Castell. And allso thesame yere a great preparation of ships against England by the King of Spayn, the Pope and otherPrincis called Catholik, &c.

1567

Gloria . . . Aeterno: “Everlasting glory be to our God, almighty and eternal.” - Ed.1568

The Erthes.1569

The boke.1570

The shepe under the Table.1571

Verus . . . sempiternus: “True and holy and everlasting.” -Ed.1572

A Temptation permitted by God.1573

Pereant . . . Tenebrarum: “May darkness perish with the Prince of Darkness.” -Ed.1574

Temptations & hinderances.1575

The forme of the boke committed to my discretion.1576

Δ Fortè Annaël.1577

Misericordia Dei. -Δ. (“God’s mercy.” -Ed.)1578

Actum est: “It has been done.” -Ed.1579

NOTE.1580

Justice.1581

fiat: “Let it be so.” -Ed.1582

The boke.1583

Note.1584

Jubilate . . . versamini: “Rejoice in God all ye dwelling on the Earth.” This is reminiscent of severalPsalms. -Ed.

1585

The Erthes.1586

This “a” was sownded to the ende of pinzu as we use in english balads, as with this word down is

sownded as downa, down a down a, &c.1587

Michael: Gravida . . . tremulis: “Michael: The earth is pregnant and struggles with the iniquities ofthe enemies of light. It is therefore accursed, because it is in the womb of damnation and darkness.Uriel: It is filthy and offensive to us. Raphael: It scourges itself by its own shaking.” -Ed.

1588

Rap: Veh dicit . . . Fiat: “Raphael: He says ‘veh,’ but it is not what he hears. We have seenlamentation, but he doesn’t feel misery. May we be sanctified therefore, his holy one, because we aresanctified in that one. Michael: Let it be so.” -Ed.

1589

Nova. -Δ. Transeunt . . . nova: “The old ways cease, the new begin.” -Ed.1590

Just.1591

Peccatorum remissio. -Δ. (“Remission of sins.” -Ed.)1592

Quae . . . gradu: “which they are now in the highest degree.” -Ed.1593

The Thorny path sup. 24 March.1594

Angeli iniusti, respectu Justiciae Divinae. -Δ. (“Unrighteous angels, with respect to DivineRighteousness.” -Ed.)

1595

Mercy.1596

Decedant . . . pereant: “May the wicked depart and perish.” -Ed.1597

De Vita . . . possit?: “Regarding the life of Stephen, King of Poland, what can be said?” -Ed.1598

An successor . . . Austriaca?: “Will his successor be Albertus Laski, or from the House of Austria?” -Ed.

1599

An Albertus . . . Moldauiæ?: “Will Albertus Laski, Palatine of Sieradia, have the kingdom ofMoldavia?” -Ed.

1600

....................... require none at Gods hands in this Case.1601

Note, we shalbe called upon.1602

Albertus Lasky.1603

The dead man.

1604

Prophetia de regno Alberti a Lasky, sed ipe noluit constanter se convertere ad Deum et adherere Deo,&c. (“A prophecy of the rule of Albertus Laski, but he himself has been constantly unwilling toconvert himself to God and adhere to God.” -Ed.)

1605

Fornication.1606

Justa facienda. (“Just cause.” -Ed.)1607

This phrase is heavily underlined in the manuscript. -Ed.1608

Perswasion, Δ.1609

Alb. Lasky ¶1610

Alb. Lasky his name, in one boke with our names.1611

. . . rie bones . . . be . . . to.1612

Faces marked.1613

Forte: “They that.” -E.A.1614

The Cumpany for the mines royall, which had made A.G. and me a lease for Deuonshire mynes, &c.1615

Forte: “done.” -E.A.1616

Δ we were called to dynner often so he ended.1617

Semper . . . sequiter: “May the Trinity in Unity, our eternal and almighty God, be ever blessed. Amen.Here follows the Sixth Book of the Mysteries (and holy), parallel, and of a new land.” -Ed.

1618

R: “here folowithe the makinge off the seale off the trwe and lyuinge god.”1619

Deest S.1620

S: “intret.”1621

S: “y.”1622

S adds: “e.”1623

S: “t.”1624

R has “w,” but has “n” supra linea.1625

R (sup. lin.): “t.”1626

Deest S.1627

R has “x,” but has “s” supra linea.

1628

R: “n,” S: “x” (?).1629

R: “t.”1630

R has “v,” but has “t” supra linea.1631

R (sup. lin.) adds “p.”1632

R ends “yleotsyma.” Sloane 313: “htoexorahala/ yqciystalga∧a onosularitckspfyo/ mo (sup. lin:e)mau (sup.lin. x) aremlarclatcdaccnonaorleyot.“

1633

S: “istæ.”1634

S: “æque.”1635

Sloane 313: “nominate.”1636

R: “schemhamphoras,” S: “shemhamphorash,” Sloane 313: “semamphoras.”1637

R adds “hoc.”1638

Deest R; S: “et sub nomen aliud dei sz.”1639

Sloane 313 omits this diagram.1640

S: “inferiorem.”1641

Sl. 313 adds “super nomine.”1642

R: “.l.h.,” Sloane 313 reads “l . et . x .”1643

R omits “istas duas.”1644

R omits “istas duas”; Sloane 3854 adds: “.l.a. et in alio post istum .l.c. Et in alio post istum.”1645

S: “.v.m.”; In Sloane 313 this phrase reads: “scribe illas 2. literas. l. et . x . et infra alium angulumdextrum istas 2. literas . a . l . et in alio post istum . l . a . et in alio post istum . l . c . et in alio postistum . n . m . ut hic post in figura deorsu~ in marg .. in ...”

1646

S: “heptagonum.”1647

R: “.l.h.”1648

S: “heptagoni.”1649

R: “scante.”1650

R omits “casziel ... quod est.”1651

S: “heptagoni.”1652

R: “sunt.”1653

S: “adimpleti.”1654

S: “heptagonu~.”1655

S: “heptagonu~.”1656

Sloane 313, S: “non q° m° primus factus est sed.”1657

R: “incarceret.”1658

Deest R.1659

S: “primus.”1660

Deest R.1661

S: “hexagoni.”1662

Deest R.1663

S: “angulo.”1664

R, S: “quæ.”1665

R, S: “sequntur.”1666

S: “hexagoni.”1667

S: “hexagoni.”1668

Deest R.1669

S: “supra.”1670

R: “scaneti.”1671

S: “scribantur.”1672

S: “praedicti.”1673

R: “hac,” S: “hæc.”1674

Deest R.1675

R adds “de.”1676

R, S: “hæc.”1677

S: “a.”1678

S: “hexagoni.”1679

S: “hoc sanctum nomen dei.”1680

R, S: “hæc.”1681

R, S: “hæc.”1682

Deest R; S: “hæ.”1683

R: “dua”; S: “duæ.”1684

S: “.c.h.”1685

Deest R.1686

S: “illud.”1687

S: “tercia .”1688

S: “hexagoni.”1689

S reads simply: “tendit a 3°.”1690

R, S: “hæc.”1691

R, S: “hæc.”1692

Sloane 3854 adds in margin: “i~ illo.”1693

Text between * deest in Sl.38541694

S: “hexagoni.”1695

S: “hexagoni.”1696

S reads simply: “quod est a 5ta cruce.”1697

R, S: “hæc.”1698

R, S: “hæc.”1699

R, S: “hæc.”1700

S: “exagoni.”1701

S: “exagoni.”1702

S: “quartum.”1703

Deest R.1704

S: “sanctum.”1705

R adds “dei.”1706

Sloane 313: “lyalg”; S: “lialg.”1707

R: “quid”; S: “qi.”1708

Deest S.1709

Deest S.1710

R: “volitum.”1711

S: “hexagoni.”1712

S: “sanctum.”1713

Sloane 3854: “aliud dei sacrum”; Sloane 313: “ad nm dei sacru~.”1714

Sloane 3854: “ucham.”1715

Sloane 3854: “ue”; S: “Ne” (?).1716

Deest R, S.1717

S: “hexagon.”1718

S: “sanctum.”1719

S: “hæc.”1720

R: “in alla.”1721

S: “lateris eiusdem.”1722

S: “supra.,”1723

R: “latere.”1724

S: “hexagoni.”1725

S: “dexteris.”1726

S: “Avs” (?).1727

S: “hexagoni.”1728

S: “dexteris.”1729

Sloane 313: “duynas”; S: “dvynas.”1730

R: “Granl.”1731

Sloane 313, S: “et in alio .ω.”1732

S: “est sub angulo primo 2i et 3i hexagonoru~.”1733

S: “angulo.”1734

S: “hexagonorum.”1735

Deest R, SI.313.1736

R, S: “itarum.”1737

R: “sequenti”; S: “5ta.”1738

R: “sequenti”; S: “6ta.”1739

R: “alio.”1740

S: “spaciolo.”1741

S: “claditur.”1742

Deest R.1743

S: “hexagoni.”1744

S: “hexagoni.”1745

R: “scilicet”; S: “si.”1746

S: “A.”1747

S: “dexte=/is.”1748

Deest R.1749

S: “A.”1750

S adds “alia.”1751

R adds “dei.”1752

S: “Ely.”1753

S: “Eloy.”1754

S: “Sother.”1755

R: “ADONAL”1756

R: “quod communiter in exemplaribus.”1757

R: “primu~.”1758

S: “hextagonus.”1759

Sloane 313, SI.3854 omit “de maximum ac venerabile.”1760

R: “alio.”1761

R, S: “at.”1762

R: “vituluio.”1763

Sloane 313: “aut.”1764

R: “par.”1765

S: “sequntur.”1766

Sloane 3854: “libro sacro” ; S: “saco”; Sloane 313: “libello ∧ sacro.”1767

S: “talitur.”1768

S: “seqitur.”1769

R: “hoc.”1770

R: “Dexit.”1771

R, S: “hoc.”1772

R omits “sic placuit creatori.”1773

S: “dominus ipsum.”1774

S: “polutus.”1775

R: “scriptus.”1776

R: “suffumigetr.”1777

S: “postea.” In the margin of Sloane 313, there is a drawing of a hand pointing out the passage whichis very similar to Dee’s.

1778

Deest S. In Sloane 313 it is written surpa linea.1779

Deest Sloane 3854.1780

R: “tamen”; S: “tantum.”1781

R: “hoc.”1782

R: “digue ris.”1783

R: “et.”1784

S: “tali”; Sloane 3854: “tal.”1785

S: “cælestes.”

1786

S: “convincere.”1787

R: “terreac.”1788

R: “transmittaere.”1789

S: “congregare.”1790

R, S: “suas”; Sloane 313: “meas vel suas.”1791

S: “graciosi.”1792

R: “dum”; S: “domine” (?); Sloane 313: “deuiu–.” (?)1793

Sloane 3854: “agnoscere.”1794

Deest R.1795

S: “chirothechas”; Sloane 313: “cirothecas.”1796

R: “posuit.”1797

Sloane 3854: “sacrosct~m”; S: “sacosctmus.” (?)1798

S: “heptagonus.”1799

S: “designant.”1800

For a critical edition see Joseph Peterson, The Lesser Key of Solomon (York Beach, ME: WeiserBooks, 2001), pp. 57—108.

1801

This form of the introduction is thus to be varied depending on the office, place and number thouwishest to conjure.

1802

For a critical edition see Joseph Peterson, The Lesser Key of Solomon (York Beach, ME: WeiserBooks, 2001), pp. 109—45.

1803

For a critical edition see Joseph Peterson, The Lesser Key of Solomon (York Beach, ME: WeiserBooks, 2001), pp. 147—54.

1804

Psalm 67.1805

Psalm 54.1806

Psalm 51.